Truth and Dare

Truth and Dare
by VoyWriter

From a story of a similar name by YCD and fully mused by her. It has edges from
my story War Crimes, too, but is not a sequel – more a continuing. I urge you to
read War Crimes, then Killing Time by YCD, then this story as it will add a lot to
your understanding. This is rated R, maybe more and describes in not too graphic
detail consenting sex between two adult males.

Disclaimer: Paramount owns the rights and title to everything Trek but my ideas
and presentation of them. Feel free to distribute this via email with all comments
intact and without revision.

email comments to VoyWriter@aol.com

Chakotay caught up with Tom Paris after his shift as the younger man was
heading down the corridor to Sandrines.

“Tom. I wanted to ask you about something you said a couple of weeks ago. It’s
been bothering me.”

“I didn’t mean it whatever it was,” Paris shot back.

“Would you mind coming to my quarters? Or we can use one of the briefing
rooms if you’re more comfortable there.”

He studied Chakotay. This seemed serious. The First Officer’s expression was
guarded, a bit withdrawn.

“Ok,” he agreed slowly. “And your quarters are fine,” Tom decided was the
appropriate answer. This obviously was not a public matter.

They were seated at the small table in his quarters which Chakotay used for meals
or work or both. A pot of tea sat on the table. And a mug of beer. That was Tom’s.

He took a sip and stared at Chakotay. “So what’s so important? You look a little
shook up – if you don’t mind me saying so.”

“I do mind.”

“So it’s going to be like that. Great. I thought we were over all that crap.”

Chakotay pressed his lips together. “When we were – on the planet – you told
there had been rapes – by Maquis members. That you knew of them from your
time in the Maquis.”

“Yeah. And you said not on your watch.”

“You were serious.”

Tom stared at him. “You knew what Seska and Dolby were up to. Hell Suder told
me more than once that he was just following your orders.”

“And you believed him.”

“I did at the time.”

“And now?”

Paris paused. “I’d wager a month’s replicator rations that there’s not one thing that
happens on Voyager you don’t know about – close to the truth?”

“Close enough.”

“So how do you want me to answer that? Either you’re a fool or some kind of
sick…” Paris stopped.

“I didn’t know.”

“Okay.”

“Okay you believe me?”

“Okay – I don’t know. Why is it so important I believe you?”

“It’s not.”

“So you just want me to make you feel better? Well, it didn’t happen, Chakotay. I
made it up. I was just trying to get a reaction out of you. There. Is that better.”

“Now I don’t believe *you*.”

“Why don’t you try telling me what you did know about,” Paris suggested.

He rose and crossed the room, leaning casually against the First Officer’s work
station.

“Truth or dare, Chakotay. Ready for another round?”

“I’m not in the mood for games, Paris.”

“Oh this is no game, Commander,” Tom drawled. “This just a way to let you off
easy. I’ll even let you pick truth or dare after I ask the question.”

“That kind of makes the whole game pointless doesn’t it?”

“It let’s you tell me as much or as little as you want.”

“I just want an answer to my question.”

“I answered your question. There were rapes. I never saw one. But I know it for a
fact. I can be a witness at your trial when we get home. If we ever get home.”

“Dammit Paris, I wasn’t there! I didn’t know.”

“Okay.”

Now Chakotay rose and paced, rubbing the back of his neck with his hand.

He was a big man. A powerful man. Yet he had never used his strength against
any member of the Voyager crew – Maquis crew either – at least as far as Paris
knew. Tom could appreciate that. But he also knew that people could change –
hell he had. So who knows what or who Chakotay really was when he was with
the Maquis. Something different than this usually calm, spiritual man who
seconded Janeway’s command. Of that Tom was sure.

“How many people did you kill?” Paris wondered.

Chakotay looked like he was going to blast him then said. “Personally or with a
ship?”

“Personally.”

“Good because I can’t answer the other.”

“So how many?”

“Eighty four.”

“You killed eighty four people…!”

“You asked.”

“And you kept count?”

“I kept count.”

“How did you kill them?”

“Most of them – close range phaser blast. One with my hands. Another with a full
body block. A few in less clean ways.” He took his place back at the table, cupped
his mug of tea in his hands.

“Did you torture any of them first?”

He saw Chakotay’s eyes flicker. Dark to dark obsidian and back again.

“Truth or dare.”

“I told you I’m not playing that game.”

“So you did.” He whistled. “Captain know about this little breach of protocol?”

“She knows something.”

“Did you talk about it on the planet?”

“What we talked about is none of your business. And no, I didn’t tell her about it
then.”

“So you didn’t talk about it?

“Are you going to tell me what you know?”

“It just seems like a pretty big topic to just ignore or gloss over. And you did have
all that time… What did you do with it all anyway?”

“Drop it, Paris.” Chakotay warned sharply. There was genuine anger in his eyes
now, and his voice was a level colder.

Chakotay spoke slowly now, deliberating pacing his voice as if it could pace the
anger that drove it. “I want to know what you know about the rapes.”

“What’s the point? So you can add another little burden of guilt to your back
pack?”

Chakotay just glared.

“What if I told you I was raped?” Paris wondered.

“Were you?”

“Not then.”

“Ever?”

“Are we playing the game now?”

“You don’t have to answer.”

“I don’t mind. No. I never was. Were you?”

There was no answer. Chakotay picked up his mug of tea.

“Jesus – you were!”

“I wasn’t.”

“Something shook you up there.”

“This was a bad idea. Drink your beer and get out of here.”

“What do you know? What is it that’s eating your gut? What is it that my
comment on the planet got stirred up?”

“I saw one.”

“You saw a rape?”

Chakotay stared into his mug of tea, at the wall, out the viewport – anywhere to
avoid looking at Paris.

“The Cardassians raped Lon Suder. They made me watch.”

“You couldn’t close your eyes?”

Chakotay closed them now.

Tom saw some horribly deep expression of rage and guilt reflected in them before
they closed completely. God. Chakotay was really shaken. Tom moved back to
the table and put his hand on his shoulder.

“I’m sorry. It explains a lot about Suder though. They’re bastards for making you
watch.”

“The Cardassians are experts at torture. It’s all in the choice of weapon.”

“I never knew you were a prisoner of the Cardassians,” Tom realized.

“It’s in the past.”

“Like hell it is. It’s breathing right here in front of me.”

“Leave it alone.”

Tom crouched down before him. He knew what a man in pain looked like – he’d
looked in that mirror himself for a lot of years before Janeway rescued him from
it all – and this was a man in pain. Paris placed his hands on Chakotay’s thighs,
looked up into his face.

To his credit, Chakotay did not flinch or move away at the contact. He knew help
when he saw it – and he needed help with this one. Anything else he’d go to
Janeway. Anything but this. She was still not comfortable with what little she did
know of his time in the Maquis.

“What happened to Lon wasn’t your fault.”

“We had been pretty casual about our methods, too,” Chakotay told him. “What
you say happened might have happened. I wanted to know the truth.”

“You should have asked Seska.”

“I did. She said whatever I wanted to hear or served her purpose.”

“I guess she would.”

Paris took his chair back. “The thing with Lon. How long…”

“Several hours.”

“Jesus.”

Chakotay reached for his tea. His hand was shaking. Just a little. Imperceptible –
except to Paris. He covered it with his own, guided it past the tea to the beer.

“No.”

“It will make you feel better.”

“No it won’t.”

“What will then?”

Chakotay flicked his eyes up to meet Paris’ gaze and then back down again.

“You can’t tell her about this, can you?” Paris said.

“Hell no I can’t.”

“But you need her to hold you – run her hand down your cheek, tell you it’s okay.”

Chakotay pushed abruptly from the table. “Enough Paris,” he growled. He walked
to the viewport, his arms wrapped around himself.

Paris watched for a moment then followed. He stood behind Chakotay a moment
and then slipped his arms around the other man and pulled Chakotay’s back tight
against his chest, laid his head against Chakotay’s shoulder blade. He could see
their reflection in the black expanse of space in the viewport. Chakotay’s
expression was unreadable.

They stood like that for a few seconds, maybe more. Then Chakotay pulled away,
moved closer to the viewport, rested his head against the coolness of the plasteel,
his hands on either side of the viewport frame.

Tom gave him a moment, then came to him again. This time he could feel
Chakotay shake. The muscles rippled and then relaxed. Then again. Tom pushed
his way in front and tipped Chakotay’s head up, his hands mingling with the
falling tears. It was sheer loneliness. A secret kept too long. Maybe even more to
the story. Things he would never hear.

Tom knew that by rights Janeway should be here. Comforting him. Holding him.
But telling her would reveal too much – too much about the wars, too much about
Chakotay’s own personal hell. Their relationship was too fragile, too clean, for
that.

Tom half directed, half led Chakotay to the bed, pushed him gently onto the edge
and sat beside him. Chakotay put his head in his hands. His breathing was ragged.
The eye of the storm. More to come.

Tom reached up and touched his cheek, one hand along one cheek. Chakotay
pushed it aside.

“I know. I’m not her,” Tom said gently. “I’m sorry for that. But I can help you let
go of this, if you let me.” He gave it a minute and then touched his finger to the
cheek again. This time there was no resistance.

Tom drew him down then, onto the bed, and held him in a lover’s embrace,
Chakotay’s head on his shoulder, arms wrapped around him. Chakotay curled his
legs up tight. Protective.

The storm came again. More furious this time. Less control.

Tom stroked his face. His back. Pulled him closer. Chakotay fell asleep – the half
drugged sleep of someone spent with grief.

He looked battered almost. It would make anyone with any ounce of compassion
hurt for him. Tom gently met his lips to Chakotay’s tear swollen ones. Touched
them softly. Once. Twice. Again. He laid his cheek against Chakotay’s cheek.
Chakotay opened his eyes. He was a bit confused. Tom read need there. Hunger.
The desperate bid for human contact that grief wrenches from you. And Tom
could feel Chakotay’s growing erection against his thigh too. Not lust. That was
too simple.

Tom knew only one answer. He slowly disengaged himself and stripped off his
uniform then stripped off Chakotay’s and took him back in his arms.

“No.” Chakotay said hoarsely. The first thing he’d said for thirty minutes.”

“It’s ok. Let me help.”

It was not an act of lust nor love, but compassion when Tom guided Chakotay’s
hand to his own erection, turned so his back was against Chakotay’s front, raised
his legs, pressed his buttocks against Chakotay’s erection, reached back to touch
the other man.

Chakotay pressed himself slowly into Tom, ancient rhythms guiding his motions.
His mind was still bleary, but yet cognizant of both the empathy and the gift. He
collapsed in a cry of strangled emotional pain and release. Tom found his own
erection disappeared.

He reached down and pulled up the blanket from the end of the bed, ordered the
lights down and drew Chakotay close. The other man was already asleep, spent in
every way.

They slept like that.

Chakotay awoke first. He was showered and dressed by the time Paris woke up to
the smell of coffee and the sight of Chakotay at work at his desk.

Paris sat up in the bed, blanket slipping to his waist. He had no idea what to
expect.

Chakotay noticed him immediately. He brought him a cup of coffee.

“You’re on duty in 20 minutes. I’ll change your shift if you want.”

“No. I can be ready.”

“Fine.” Chakotay handed him the cup and met his gaze, deliberately opening
himself up one more time.

Paris saw relief, a little embarrassment, but mostly gratitude.

“We can say we had an all night poker game,” Paris suggested, diverting his eyes
and attention to his coffee.

“We can.”

“Or we don’t have to say anything.”

“It’s your call Paris.”

“Chakotay.”

“Yes.”

“It was a lousy thing to have happen to you.”

“What’s that?”

“The rape.”

finis

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

War Crimes

War Crimes
VoyWriter

Disclaimer: Paramount holds the StarTrek name and characters prisoner. I am
simply here on a visitors pass subject to revocation at any time. Please feel free to
distribute this electronically with all disclaimers and comments intact and
without revision. VoyWriter 1996.

Comments welcome at VoyWriter@aol.com
Thanks to YCD for an insightful discussion that brought the ending into focus for
me and ended my own torture.

Kathryn Janeway exited the turbolift to the bridge.
“Commander Chakotay – in my ready room,” she ordered in a barely contained
voice that bespoke a greater fury beneath. She did not wait for him to
acknowledge.
The bridge crew exchanged furtive glances as Chakotay excused himself from
Tuvok and followed Janeway’s tapping footsteps to the ready room.
He paused before activating the doorslide. Janeway’s imperious tone had
infuriated him, but his temper would not serve him with her and he knew it. He
forced his breathing to slow and then entered.
Janeway was pacing before the observation window, her expression unreadable at
first, but quenched in coldness when she turned to him.
What in the hell had happened to cause such a reaction?
“Please sit Commander,” she directed tightly. She was giving no quarter.
He hesitated a moment, but then nodded and took his usual chair at the meeting
table. For now, an exercise in restraint and control seemed the best course of
action.
“Might I ask what this is all about?” he wondered in what B’Elanna Torres called
‘that damned soft voice of his.’
Janeway took her time crossing to her desk, choosing to stand behind it rather
than sit. She had containment issues of her own to handle and she did not intend
to let emotions to rule this meeting.
When she finally she spoke, her voice carried its usual distinctive tone, though
perhaps with a harder edge. It was the best she could do at the moment.
ÒI was reviewing Mr. SuderÕs effects,” she began.
Chakotay nodded. It was a standard procedure when a crew member died.
Chakotay himself had collected the items and made them ready for her. There
hadn’t been much – a few tapes on botany that Tuvok had recommended, some
clothing, a meditation stone. It was an unremarkable collection and somehow sad
that this was all that was left of the man.
ÒDid you know he kept a journal?Ó Janeway continued.
ÒIÕm not surprised,Ó Chakotay replied. Suder had been a fairly meticulous person,
albeit a fanatical one. “Although I didn’t notice it in his effects.”
“He made recordings over the botany tapes.”
“I didn’t play them,” Chakotay said patiently, though he wondered where this was
all leading.
“I did,” she told him, her voice clipped.
“I gather something you heard there upset you.”
Her mouth tightened and she watched Chakotay carefully as she spoke, gauging
his reaction. “In an effort to exorcise his demons, apparently Mr. Suder decided to
document his time in the Maquis.”
The muscle in Chakotay’s jaw contracted. It was enough. Her eyes registered a
disappointment so great that it nearly drove all other emotion from them.
Chakotay sat in silence. He knew what the tapes contained. He knew what Suder
had said. He also knew the truth of it. In a sense he was relieved, yet he was bitter
as well to have his past thrust upon his future without choice or warning.
“It was a different life,” he said at last.
“It’s a life you are still accountable for,” she insisted harshly.
He pushed up from his chair and rapidly paced the room. “I have held myself
accountable every minute of every day,” he spat. “What would you have me do,
Kathryn?”
“Chakotay, you tortured Cardassian prisoners in ways that go far beyond ethical
treatment,” Janeway breathed in almost palpable pain. She couldn’t recall being
so disillusioned.
He stood before the observation window, a dark silhouette. “I can’t change the
past.” His voice was quiet. He was shaken, too. He turned to her.
“Do you plan to relieve me of duty?”
She drew in her breath. “I don’t know.”
“Would it be easier if I resigned?”
“Easier? Yes.” Suddenly she was tired, her voice weary. She met his gaze evenly.
That was not easy.
“I’m guilty, Kathryn. Guilty of every damned thing Suder said on his tapes and
probably more. I’m a Federation felon. A dangerous man. And you have me in the
command structure of your ship. And you have me in your life.”
She looked at him without blinking and then turned her eyes for a moment to her
desk. She stabbed the comm line. ÒMr. Tuvok,Ó she called. ÒPlease report to the
my ready room.Ó
She waited until the Vulcan Security Chief had entered and the door slid closed
before speaking again, her eyes locked on ChakotayÕs. She owed him that much.
To say these words with his gaze firmly fixed in hers.
ÒCommander Chakotay,Ó she stated formally. ÒAccording to Federation law and
Starfleet Regulation I have no choice but to charge you with crimes against the
Cardassian people in violation of the Geneva Convention and Shankir Principles.
I hereby order your arrest and confinement. You are entitled to a hearing on this
matter within two days. Mr. Tuvok will advise you of any other rights. You are
officially relieved of duty.Ó She nodded at Tuvok, her eyes still matched with
ChakotayÕs. ÒThatÕs all Lieutenant.Ó
Janeway turned away. It was the damned hardest thing she had ever done.

Janeway sat in the dim light of her quarters before the observation window. There
were stars before her, though she did not see them. She was exhausted, but could
not find sleep.
She had gone so far as to change for bed, loosen her hair, slip between the sheets,
close her eyes. That only made it worse, for the darkness brought memories of
other dark nights. Nights shared in a camp on a new world. Sweet winds.
Tempestuous storms. Magical stories. Contentment.
She was not one to question her decisions. She did not, in fact, question this one.
She simply wished it did not have to be. She wished she did not know what she
knew. She wished the decision had not been hers to make. These were not
feelings of regret, but rather something closer to grief, if in fact, not grief itself.
There had a been a parade of crew members through her ready room the rest of
the long day, each with their own agenda. She had yet to collect her own thoughts
and god knows they were scattered wide.

B’Elanna Torres been the first to take Janeway by storm. The Engineer had been
furious and ended up throwing her comm badge on the desk in resignation. She
was not interested in Janeway’s explanations, the fact that Chakotay himself had
corroborated Suder’s testimony, that this had been forced on Janeway and she
herself was reeling from the blow. B’Elanna saw only perceived injustice, an
inability to forgive on Janeway’s part and the trap of Federation law and Starfleet
regulation. She had paced the ready room with long angry strides demanding that
Janeway make an exception and enumerating her reasons for it loudly.
“What more does someone have to do to prove their loyalty?” B’Elanna spat.
“Next you’ll find someone’s letters home and lock me up, too.”
“B’Elanna…” Janeway started, but the Engineer was not ready to listen.
“When I left Starfleet it was because of this same inflexibility,” B’Elanna raged.
“Well it was the right decision. The problem was I let myself be talked back in.”
She tore her comm link from her tunic and slapped it down on the desk. “And
that’s a problem I can take care of right now! I am Maquis, too. Captain,” she
growled with angry pride. “How are you going to deal with that?”

Amazingly, or perhaps not so, Tom Paris was next. Tom had taken a different
approach. Tom understood fallibility – and accountability – and he had
experienced forgiveness at Janeway’s hand. It was ironic that the one man
Chakotay had counted as enemy in his first hours on Voyager had ended up his
advocate.
“It’s not that I think what he did was right,” Tom drawled, his practiced careless
manner serving a backdrop to his real concern. “I mean – I don’t love the
Cardassians, but rules are rules…It’s just that, well, it’s a different world out here,
Captain. I kind of see it as a new start for all of us. How’s it so different than my
situation?”
“This is far more serious than that, Tom,” Janeway had tutored. “Every principle
for which Starfleet and the Federation stand have been abrogated by Chakotay’s
actions. I cannot let it pass. We are out here alone, true, but we must hold fast to
the vision that lead us here,” she said fiercely. “It is the one thing we cannot risk.”

Harry Kim was just plain upset. Kim could handle the unexpected in the form of a
nebula, invading warship or hostile world – what disturbed him was a change in
his own world. There had been too many changes, too much uncertainty. Janeway
had tried to calm his fears.
“It’s normal, Harry, to wish for things to be different. We all have wished we were
home, for instance. But when things can’t be the way we want them, we need to
accept them as they are,” she said gently.
“It’s just that I can’t imagine Commander Chakotay doing the things they say.”
“They?” Janeway raised an eyebrow. Damn she hated the rumor mills.
“There’s just a lot of talk,” Harry said uncomfortably.
“I’ll let you know what to listen to, Mr. Kim,” she said briskly. “Until then I
suggest you mind your station and leave the others to their business.”

Neelix and Kes appeared together.
“You know this is not good for morale,” Neelix started immediately. “Not good at
all. Are you sure this isn’t just some kind of misunderstanding? I mean, Mr. Suder
was not in the best of health,” he said delicately. “Perhaps he was attributing his
own actions to the Commander. I read once…”
“I think what Neelix means is that this seems so unbelievable,” Kes finished
plaintively.
“Dearest, you always look at the best in people,” Neelix said affectionately. “It is
one of your most endearing qualities.”
“There is still good in Commander Chakotay,” Kes insisted. “He’s done many kind
things for me – for all of us.”
“He did risk his life to help protect the array from the Kazon,” Neelix concurred.
“Isn’t there any possibility of a second chance, Captain?”

“The Commander has clearly made some very good friends,” Tuvok
acknowledged when Janeway shared the day’s events with him. “Regrettably that
is not a mitigating factor in this case.”
“Isn’t it?” Janeway wondered aloud. “I mean, shouldn’t it be?”
“Starfleet regulation is very clear in this matter, Captain,” Tuvok advised.
Janeway waved a weary hand. “I know, Tuvok. As is Federation law. You are
right of course.”
“As was your decision to arrest and confine the Commander,” Tuvok told her.
“And as your statement advises, Captain, the Commander did substantiate Mr.
Suder’s taped log. He – confessed – if you will. There is ample evidence to support
your actions. You merely acted in accordance with regulation.”
The knowledge made her feel no better.

Janeway rose and crossed to the observation window, pressing her forehead
against the cool surface.
Was it possible that she really knew Chakotay so little? Understood him so little?
There was the real disillusionment – to have been so close, shared so much,
known so little.
And tomorrow, what? Sit in judgment? Sentence him to confinement for the
duration of his life? Death would be more humane.
Chakotay had already refused counsel. He did not intend to argue the matter, he
told Tuvok when the Vulcan advised him of his rights.
He is making this too easy, Janeway realized. Just as he made his arrest easy. He
had nearly given her permission to arrest him? Why? she wondered, pacing about
the room. To spare himself from revealing more? To spare her from hearing
more? Was his truth worse than Suder’s?
She hugged her arms tight. Who was she here – Captain, friend, lover? Her mind
lightly touched the new word tying it to old memories. And which was she first?
To what part of herself did she owe her loyalty?
How should she judge what was right? She believed in Federation principles, in
Starfleet regulations, with all of her being. She had dedicated her life to
upholding them. She also believed in this man with a part of herself that had not
felt so fiercely protective at any point in her life, nor so passionate. This
uncommon man. He did not deserve common treatment.
She crossed to the desk and tabbed on the computer. “Computer, activate view
only for security block A-1.”
The holding cell was dimly lit, lights turned down for sleep save one near the bed.
Chakotay was awake, sitting unmoving on the bunk, his uniform exchanged for
the drab gray jumpsuit of confinement.
His gaze caught the red light which signaled the camera had been activated. He
looked up. She could see his eyes. There was no censure in them.
“Activate voice and open dual view,” Janeway directed. “Interrupt log,
authorization Janeway K-4.”
“Chakotay,” she said softly. “It’s Kathryn.” She used her given name. She wanted
him to know that it was not the Captain of Voyager who had stolen in to visit him
this night. This was the woman who had shared his life those sweet, short months
on New Earth.
“Hello Kathryn.” He said softly, understanding and warmth in his voice.
She eased into the chair behind her desk and reached out to touch the viewscreen
with her fingers. “Will you tell me about it?” she asked.
He saw her hand, felt her fingers tender on his face, and nodded. “I’ll try.”

“When I received the news about my father’s death, I was teaching tactical
support,” Chakotay began, recalling what had come to be a pivotal event in his
life. “It had been a hell of a long day – we’d been doing first term tactical
simulations on the training holodeck and had been at it for hours. I had made
dinner plans, but I was too beat to go through with them so I canceled and just
went back to my quarters. The message was waiting.”

Chakotay stepped into the darkened room and directed the lights up to quarter
brightness. It had been a rough day – first term simulations were always a battle.
In fact, if they’d been using real Starfleet vessels they might have depleted their
forces. Setting up simulations on paper was one thing, but when the cadets had to
actually work them through in the lab, any flaws became evident.
Unloading a stack of data padds listing raw scores that would end up grades by
morning, he headed straight for the bedroom, absently tabbing the comm panel to
active as he passed it.
He had his boots off and uniform stripped to the waist when he heard the urgent
message tone repeat on the comm panel. He hurried to retrieve the message. It
had been relayed through on a non-regulation channel, bypassing Starfleet
entirely and dropping into his personal mail delivery.
There were few words. It was not easy to send protracted messages via long range
off-line channels and this one was no exception. He learned that his father was
dead – killed in the border wars – and he was asked to come home and fight to
honor his father’s memory. There was no signature. It was too dangerous to put
one’s name to anything if one was a member of the Maquis – and Chakotay knew
this message had come from the Maquis, probably his father’s second.
He stabbed the screen dark and simply stood for moment, wondering just what it
was he was supposed to feel. Sorrow? Rage? Vindictiveness? He felt none of that
– only emptiness, only an overwhelming sense that once again he had failed. He
had not been there to fight the fight. He had disappointed.
Heading back into the bedroom he finished changing into a loose pair of pants
and open tunic, and then ordered a cup of tea from the replicator. He left the mug
sitting, untouched on the pad.
A large slashing viewport ranged the height of his quarters no wider than a man.
He could see beyond the station to the stars beyond. To the life beyond.
He still remembered the look in his father’s eyes those many years ago when a
much younger Chakotay had told him of his admission to Starfleet Academy.
What had it been – disappointment, concern, a bare hint of amusement, dismissal
of the topic.
“That is not our place, any longer Chakotay,” his father had said on the day his
son departed for Earth. “We were cast out from there. This,” he extended his arms
broadly to encompass all their peoples’ lands, “this is our place. And this is your
destiny.” He poked his son in the chest. “You may not see this today, but you will
eventually. And you will return and it will become you more than you would ever
guess. It will burn in you,” he promised.
Chakotay had shaken his head at another diatribe and left both disturbed and
dismayed that there had been no fond farewell.
He crossed to the viewport and rested an arm against the rounded frame and his
head against that. It seemed as if nothing had ever burned in him as it had in his
father’s blood. He was a good officer – an excellent officer according to his
service record. As an instructor he was thorough and well liked by cadets and
peers. His students were the tops in tactical training and in demand by the best
Captains and ships.
He had friends, activities, a couple of fairly serious relationships with women
over the years – but he had not found passion. Not for his career. Not for himself.
How could his father’s blood run through his veins and not deliver him that
passion?
“Answer that, father,” he said aloud to the stars as the first of many salty tears
slipped down his face. He did not bother to brush them away. It was the least
honor he could do a man who had given his life for his people and for his cause,
and his blood to a son who could not find it’s promise.

“I stood there for an hour,” Chakotay revealed to Janeway. “Afterward I was
exhausted. It was as if some breakwall had let loose and drained away my
strength. I don’t ever recall feeling so lost and alone as that moment.”
Janeway touched her fingers to the viewscreen. “I wish I could have been there to
help.” She wished she could help now. ÒDid you leave then and go home?Ó
He shook his head, pulling his feet up onto the bunk and draping his arms over his
knees. ÒNo. I didnÕt see how that would help. I was disconnected from that life,
Kathryn. I felt as distant from it then as I feel from the Maquis now. I still
honored the traditions in my own way, but I no longer lived them as when I was
under my fatherÕs roof.Ó
ÒYet you did go back,Ó Janeway reminded him. ÒWhat changed your mind?Ó
A dark stare met her question. “You are hereby ordered to report before a casual
board of inquiry at 14 hundred hours,” Chakotay repeated flatly. “You are entitled
and advised to seek counsel.”
“You were called before a court martial board of inquiry?” Janeway raised a
speculative eyebrow. “To answer what charges?”
“I was accused of receiving unauthorized transmissions from known enemies of
the Federation in violation of whatever damned regulation applied.” It had been a
humiliating and infuriating experience to stand before his superior officers and
peers and answer charges of collaborating with the enemy – in this case, a father
he’d been at odds with for years.
“They traced the message about Kolopak’s death,” Janeway said quietly.
Chakotay nodded, rubbing the back of his neck with his hand. It had been a long
day. “Apparently a tracer had been attached to my comm months before – when
the fighting really heated up in the zone. They had only the single transmission,
but I was Kolopak’s son and in their minds I was guilty by association,” he said
bitterly.
“Surely your service record…”
“My service record meant nothing compared to a single two line message and the
blood in my veins, Kathryn,” he pressed with a savage fierceness that made her
draw back from the view screen.
Chakotay rose abruptly and paced the short length of his cell. Just telling the story
made him restless and brought back all the feelings of that day – disbelief, rage,
fear, shame, betrayal.
“That day, Kathryn, I finally understood what my father had been fighting for,
what my people had been fighting for since the beginning of our association with
the white man. And I realized the dishonor was mine. Despite their actions, this
betrayal was not Starfleet challenging an officer over his personal mail – that was
just their paranoia and fear. It was my betrayal, Kathryn, for failing to honor a
sacred trust,” he said in a hushed, but caustic voice.
He pressed a hand on either side of the viewscreen and stared hard at Janeway’s
image. She could see the tension in his face and could almost feel his efforts to
control it. As she watched, his eyes cooled to an obsidian glass that would have
quenched even a Cardassian fire.
“I did not honor my peoplesÕ traditions, or help to build new ones, or defend the
old ones. That was my shame. And I vowed that day never to forget where my
loyalties should lay.Ó
“But there were no charges,” Janeway observed. “There’s nothing in your record.”
“I received notice of my father’s death,” he said evenly. “My personal comm logs
confirmed the message. The inquiry was dismissed with without prejudice or
finding. I resigned my commission the next day and left to join the Maquis.”
He dropped his head back, closing his eyes and then opening them again to meet
hers. “My people say that you live many lives – each separate, yet each bridged to
one another to form a whole. So I have been son, student, teacher, renegade,
commander…Ó
Lover, Janeway added silently.
ÒAnd now they have become me,Ó finished Chakotay.
There was silence, for a moment, and then Janeway spoke. ÒStarfleet was wrong
you know,Ó she told him. ÒWhy didnÕt you fight them on it?Ó
ÒI thought I did,Ó Chakotay replied pointedly.
ÒWith the Maquis.Ó
ÒWith the Maquis,Ó he nodded.
ÒHow did you get out to the border worlds?Ó Janeway wondered.
This brought the hint of a grin. ÒA friend gave me a ride,Ó Chakotay remembered.
ÒA friend?Ó
ÒDemora Sulu.Ó
ÒHighly placed friend,Ó Janeway noted with interest. ÒI know she was your
sponsor at the Academy.Ó
ÒWe stayed in touch over the years,Ó Chakotay revealed. ÒI think she saw me as a
project that was never quite finished,Ó he said with a self-deprecating grin.
ÒYou told me once that there were those in high positions in Starfleet who
disagreed with Federation policy in the borderlands,Ó Janeway remembered.
ÒYou were able to get weapons, codes, even ships. Was she your contact?Ó
An Admiral now, Demora was known to be a contrary in her Captaincy,
preferring to run her ship just on the edge of Starfleet regulation. Perhaps it had
come from years of patrolling the border areas and badlands, or perhaps it was
merely her own stubborn will injecting itself into the situation.
Regardless, it made for an interesting study. If Sulu really was Chakotay’s contact
in Starfleet, breaking Federation law with the tacit approval of a Starfleet
Admiral added a new dimension to the Maquis struggle.
Janeway waited for Chakotay’s reply. She could tell he was struggling with the
answer, weighing his loyalties. Betrayal of one friend balanced against the trust of
another.
ÒCaptain Sulu followed her own conscience,Ó he responded at last. It was the best
answer he could give her. It would have to be enough.
Janeway accepted it and moved on.
“And once you returned to the Maquis – what then?” she asked, tucking one leg
neatly beneath the other and resting against the back of the chair. Her hand
unconsciously touched the viewscreen, keeping contact, however distant.
“I was welcomed home as the prodigal son, finally come to terms with his
heritage and taking his rightful place as a warrior among his people. It was
dammed exhilarating,” Chakotay said honestly. “I spent the first few months
teaching Starfleet tactical skills to the cadre leaders and pilots. Frankly it wasn’t
unlike what I had been doing for Starfleet.”
“And then…”
“And then I was given a ship. Sent out on patrol. Given command. I was in the
fighting now – the distance was gone. I started to feel the blood on my hands,” he
remembered. And he had gotten used to that feeling after so much of it, and the
revulsion that had accompanied it went away along with the faces and names of
those who were killed, comrade and enemy alike. Then a some point, he started
to need the blood, because it had defined him – and he was lost without it.
Those days seemed so distant now, yet the feelings were still raw enough to make
him edgy if looked for them. He had questioned his own humanity and found it
lacking. The thought of losing himself once again in that vision was unnerving –
yet she was asking for it, and he owed her that – more – but that, if nothing else.
The lines of his jaw tensed. Janeway watched him struggle, watched him fight to
keep the peace he had made within himself.
There was a cost associated with this, she knew. A price they would pay whether
the truth convicted or vindicated.
“Chakotay,” she said softly, calling him back.
His gaze flicked to the screen, to her – his expression, dark, intense, a mirror to
his soul, reflecting both loss and the hope of salvation. He had survived intact
once with the help of this woman, but that was before she had understood this
darkness and how it had driven him.

Chakotay pushed the light blanket off and sat up on the edge of the bed, rubbing a
hand through his short cropped hair. His bare feet were cooled by the metal
decking, the sweat evaporating from his chest and back and thighs, taking the
night with it.
He glanced across the bed. Seska was still sleeping. It had been another angry
night with her. Accusations, demands. Then furious, almost violent sex.
Unsatisfying in every way save the most basic. His interest in her had dissolved
weeks ago and he had ended it then. He was not a man given to leaving things
unfinished.
Last night had been an aberration – one he vowed not to repeat. She had found
him exhausted from days without sleep and hours of battle and taken advantage
of that vulnerability. It made him feel more used than his role as prodigal son in
the Maquis.
He had only let the relationship go on so long because even as harsh and
unrelenting as she had become, Seska had still touched some human part of him.
And with a spirit on the edge of being swallowed by the blood lust of the war,
even that tenuous contact had been something – though inevitably not enough.
He reached for his pants and tunic, pulled them both on and then his boots and
weapons belt. There was no running water at this camp – a hulking derelict of a
wasted freighter serving as a waystation command post and shipyard – so he
would wear the stench of battle along with the blood. He adjusted the belt around
his waist, reflexively checked his weapons, rekeyed the power levels, reset the
safeties.
He was so accustomed to feel of a weapon in his palm that it had become
pedestrian – like cup of coffee – ordinary, expected.
When had he become so callus, so jaded, so hard? Where had idealism given way
to reality? With what crew member’s death, what lost ship, what Cardassian face
dissolving before his weapons had he become a part of the war – inside it, tasting
it so it began to nurture him. When had the anger become him?
Leaving Seska and the barren room he had been given as quarters, he headed to
the control room of the freighter/command post, grabbing a cup of coffee from a
half functioning replicator in the corridor.
There was the usual commotion in the control room. He ignored it and crossed to
an open terminal, entered his authorization and reviewed the nights logs. Minor
skirmishes, other than that, relative quiet. It had been that way too long –
something was up. Chakotay could feel it along the back of his neck. He ran
through the sensor sweeps. Nothing. There should have been something.
ÒSnap.Ó The word was whispered, but taut. Suder.
Chakotay stopped. Turned.
ÒThe trap springs.Ó Lon SuderÕs voice was strung with barely controlled tension.

Chakotay flicked his eyes to Suder and then back to the terminal and then back to
the man. “Walk me to the ship,” he ordered, turning toward the door before Suder
could respond. He headed down the corridor, toward the air lock which now
accessed the outside.
“It’s too quiet out there,” Chakotay said, stepping into the thick morning air,
knowing Suder followed and listened. “I want to take a ship out, test the waters.
But, I don’t want a lot of attention – not just yet.”
“Where to?” Suder breathed, suddenly close at Chakotay’s arm.
“I want to take a trip under the net. See what we can hear.”
Under the net. Slip in beneath the communications web the Cardassians had set
up along the border to monitor incoming traffic. It was risky. The web was tight,
nearly impenetrable. The Cardassians had no mercy for trespassers. Chakotay had
done it twice. Come out both times. The experience evened the odds – a bit.
“We’ll need something fast, small,” Chakotay continued. “Limited crew. This is
reconnaissance. You,” he turned for a moment to Suder, “Torres. That’s enough”
“Torres is at the depot,” Suder said, referring to the repair dock where the larger
ships were serviced and refitted. “She won’t be back until tonight.”
“Damn.” They needed someone at ops. His best choice was his worst. He stopped.
“Something clean and fast from the yard,” he told Suder. “I’ll get Seska.”

Suder found a sleek half-sized fighter. It had been Vulcan once. It was a mixed
breed now, but had been tooled up and fitted with a few surprises – a Starfleet
issue sensor system for one. How it came to be at the waystation, Suder didn’t say
and Chakotay didn’t question. Seksa wondered, but got no answers – not in the
past, especially not today, from Chakotay. She knew the Maquis had friends.
They had resources. There always seemed to be ships. It was rumored there were
even sympathizers high in the ranks of Starfleet. No one would confirm anything.
Chakotay took the helm, Suder the second seat and weapons. Seska sat behind
them at ops – communications, sensors, environmental all at her touch. They got
clearance fast. This station was used to traffic that needed fast ins and outs. They
kept their monitors tight, their sentries alert.
“Wide sweep,” Chakotay ordered Seska as they headed into open space. “I don’t
want any surprises.” “Weapons at standby,” he directed Suder. “I’m taking the
long way, but we might invite company all the same.”
They didn’t. Nothing. It was not right.
“Where the hell are they?” Chakotay muttered. “Recheck sensors, Seska,” he
ordered. They were getting near the net. They should have seen something.
Patrols at least. The lack of activity made him edgier than had they been
surrounded by fleet of cruisers.
“It’s quiet,” she reported.
Chakotay made a snap decision. “We’re not going in,” he announced, quickly
rekeying a course change into the helm. “We’re going back. I don’t like this. Any
of it.”
An alarm klaxon went off in the cabin just as the ship swung around.
“Too late. Here they are,” hissed Suder, bending to his station.
“Cardassian. Three ships.” Seska’s report was a curse. “One warship, two short
distance fighters. They must have been following us just out of range.”
“Dammit! Show me, Seksa!” Chakotay worked the helm as Seksa transferred the
data on the incoming ships up to his display. He checked the pattern – two fighters
out front, the warship hanging back. Standard formation. Easily out maneuvered
in open space. Not with the web at his back. They were like a moth in a net.
The Maquis fighter had a small modified warp engine – warp 2 capabilities. He
would use it all. They shot past the first ship. Under the second. Weapons burst
around them, rocking them. Sensors went down. Seska swore and pounded her
panel in absolute frustration.
“I need those sensors,” Chakotay shouted over the alarms. “Suder-” he snapped as
the first ship flashed by again.
Suder cursed. Without sensors he was shooting blind. He guessed. Stabbed the
keypad. Fired. They felt the concussion waves as Chatokay slid past. Were they
that close?
“Seska where the hell are those damned sensors.” It was not a question.
“I’m trying!” Her hands stabbed at the keypad, using every rerouting trick she
knew. Nothing came up.
The interior of the fighter erupted.
Seska was knocked from her seat by the concussion. She ended up on the floor on
hands and knees behind Suder who had been slammed against the bulkhead. His
face was bloody. His body limp. Seska panted for breath.
Chakotay crashed hard against the helm, bracing against the blow. He heard his
arm snap and felt the pain abstractly. His back burned. He smelled his own blood.
It mixed with the acrid odor of burning circuits. Then he felt the tractor beam
grab the ship.

Janeway closed her eyes, opened them again. “You were taken prisoner.”
Chakotay was silent, pressing the demons away, regrouping, returning to the
safety of the brig and Janeway’s voice.
“It was a mistake trying to go out there,” Chakotay said quietly, sitting on the
edge of the bunk, finally ending the ceaseless pacing that had accompanied his
words.
Janeway, too, paused, trying to relax her body. She pressed a hand behind her
neck and rubbed at the knots. There were things she could share too – about the
Cardassians – things she should share.
“I’m going to get a cup of tea,” she told him, pushing away from the desk. “I can
activate your replicator if you want something.”
He shook his head. “No. Thanks.”
“I’ll be a minute, then.”
He watched the screen, caught a glimpse of soft coral moving from his view. He
leaned back in the bunk, his head against the bulkhead, his eyes closed.
“Chakotay.” Janeway touched the screen as she murmured his name. He looked
exhausted. Depleted. That was a part of the price. He opened his eyes. The look
was hollow. More payment.
She set her mug on the desktop and settled back into the chair.
“Can you tell me what happened – on the Cardassian ship?”
He opened his eyes now, drew his knees up and rested his hands lightly atop
them, his back still against the bulkhead.
“The Cardassians beat us up for a few days,” Chakotay said with deliberate
understatement. “They worked on my arm…” His expression shifted. She couldn’t
read it through the screen. “They did things to Suder you won’t find in any
journal. They seemed to get particular pleasure in that, and in making me the
audience.”
Janeway saw the flicker of remembered horror in his eyes, heard the undercurrent
of bitterness that he was trying so hard to swallow. There was more there, she
knew. Some of it he could not share with her. Would not.
“What did they want from you?”
“They never said. We were Maquis. We were very near their space. We assumed
that was enough.”
“What about Seska?”
“Seska disappeared right after we were taken into the warship. She never
discussed what happened to her. After what they did to Suder, we allowed her
privacy.”
“You never talked about it?” Janeway mused, half to herself. There were reasons
for not talking. Most of them not good. And the results not good either.
“Who would we talk to, Kathryn?” Chakotay asked with just a hint of chagrin.
“There are no counselors on Maquis ships. There is no time for that kind of
self-involvement.” The bitterness surfaced again in his voice.
“Do you think Seska was involved?”
“Was she privy to the plans? At some point, yes, I think we now know she would
have been. When? I don’t know. She could have taken the sensor web down. We
wouldn’t have known if the drop-out was from a hit or her doing. We wouldn’t
have considered sabotage in any case. She could have simply set the proximity
alarms to allow the Cardassian warship to get close to us. She may just have
wanted to watch them work us over.”
This was all said with a coolness that begged for closure on the subject. Out of
both respect and kindness, Janeway accordingly did not pursue it.
“How did you get away?” she asked instead. “Since you are here I presume you
escaped, or otherwise left.” She absently stirred her tea. She had yet to take a sip.
“We were traded.” Chakotay said simply.
“Traded?”
“Starfleet arranged to have some political prisoners released in exchange for us.”
“That doesn’t make sense, you were felons – wanted by the Federation,” Janeway
exclaimed in disbelief.
“We were a very small part of a larger package. Names on a list. Unimportant.
Unnoticed.”
“Who’s list?” Janeway knew the answer already, but she wanted him to tell her, or
refuse to. She wanted to see just how far his loyalty would carry him – just how
much did the Maquis owe Demora Sulu?
“What’s the point of this?” he asked with frank weariness.
He wasn’t going to tell her. She would not have expected less. Still, she had tested
him. He looked at her, knowing that.
She did not apologize. He would not have expected less.
Janeway drank the tea now, considering what he had told her. She took just a sip,
then set the mug back on the desk. Her hands rounded the cup, held it, let it go,
folded on the desk. Her expression hardened now, slightly, but visibly.
“After these experiences,” she began – her voice was harder, too, he could hear the
cool edge – “I presume that is when the incidents described in Mr. Suder’s logs
began?”
He met her calm even gaze with one an equally frank one. “No.” he said with
equanimity. “That is when they stopped, Kathryn.”
She was silent for considerable time. “The hearing is scheduled for 0800 hours
tomorrow. Try to get some sleep. Goodnight, Commander.”
Chakotay held her gaze a moment and then replied. “Goodnight, Captain.”
She reached forward, dimmed the lights in her quarters, ordered the computer to
resume one way observation and logging, and sat, staring at the image on the
screen.

They used Janeway’s ready room for the hearing. With three senior officers
involved, she wanted to stay near the bridge. And with the growing climate of
upset aboard the ship over this incident, she also wanted to isolate it from any
more speculation. It was a private hearing – she would brook no discussion. Not
from an angry B’Elanna Torres, nor a concerned Harry Kim, nor a curious Tom
Paris, nor a sympathetic Kes and Neelix. Only duty personal were allowed on the
bridge – at their stations – no additional crew were even permitted on deck. It was
a closed hearing. Period.
One of Tuvok’s security staff brought Chakotay in. They had to walk the short
distance from the bridge turbolift to the ready room. It was unavoidable. Curious
eyes watched as their former First Officer left the lift, walked the few steps before
the guard, waited as the door slid open, entered and went in, alone.
He looked like hell, Tom thought. But who wouldn’t. It was a rotten deal. He had
figured they were past all this – alone here in this new place.
Harry thought he would always remember the silence on the bridge. He wondered
if one of them shouldn’t have said something – offered some words of
encouragement. No one had, though.
B’Elanna had been at his cell when the guard took him out. She had made angry
noises. Chakotay had told her to get her comm badge back and return to duty. She
had stared in disbelief.
Kes and Neelix had been at the brig level lift. Kes touched Chakotay’s sleeve
warmly. Neelix offered those encouraging words Harry had wished for on the
bridge.
Now in the ready room he faced only Tuvok and Janeway, but it was Tuvok who
sat behind the Captain’s desk. Janeway stood by the observation port, a silhouette
against the pattern of unfamiliar stars.
“Please be seated, Commander,” advised Tuvok, gesturing to a chair pulled before
the desk. “And be aware that these proceedings are being recorded.” He waited
until Chakotay had taken the seat before he continued.
“Captain Janeway has chosen to abstain from these proceedings,” Tuvok
announced. “I will, therefore, magistrate the hearing. Do you have any objection
to this, Commander? It is within your right to request someone else.”
Chakotay breathed softly, turned his head toward the viewport, caught Janeway’s
profile, the set of her jaw, her determination not to meet his gaze.
“No,” he said to Tuvok, finally looking away. “I have no objection.”
“Very well. In your statement yesterday you advised you wished no counsel. Is
this still correct? I will remind you that you do have a right to counsel at anytime
during the hearing.”
“I wish no counsel. That is correct.”
“That is so noted,” Tuvok advised. “I will begin then. I have reviewed Mr. Suder’s
journals and your statements of yesterday – both the formal statement to myself
and the Captain’s statement of your conversation. These both indicate an
admission of guilt on your part. Do you wish to refute that or alter your formal
statement at this time?”
“No.”
“Are their any mitigating circumstances that you can tell me which would
influence these proceedings or my decision?”
“No.”
“Do you wish to make another statement at this time?”
“No.”
“Very well,” Tuvok noted, folding his hands carefully on his desk. “I have given
this matter careful study over the late night hours and have determined that
according to both precedence and law, the personal journals of an individual
suspended from duty for mental imbalance are not admissible in a hearing
proceeding. Therefore I am declaring Mr. Suder’s logs inadmissible. While your
statement does still stand, it is now a confession to evidence which no longer can
apply. Therefore, it is as well abrogated. I am dismissing any charges. You are
released Commander and your rank and command status reinstated. These
hearings are officially closed. End log, Tuvok, C1.”
Tuvok rose, nodded to both Chakotay and Janeway and then left the ready room.
There was a long silence which the Janeway finally broke.
“You have your reinstatement, Commander,” Janeway advised quietly, not
looking back from the window “I suggest you return to duty.”
“Aye Captain,” he breathed softly, rising from the chair. He walked toward the
door, stopped just before he reached it and turned back into the room.
“I wish I had better answers for you, Kathryn,” he said softly.
She turned, finally.
“I spent my time at the hands of the Cardassians, Chakotay,” Janeway told him.
“Nothing like what you went through, but enough to scare the hell out of me. I
still cannot countenance your actions.”
He met her gaze. It was unreadable.
He drew a breath. “Someone once told me that there is a difference between
fighting a war for a just cause and fighting one for someone else’s abstract
principles or politics,” he said. “I always thought this to be true. But I have
learned that the price for anger and rage is always the same.”
Janeway slowly closed her eyes and then opened them again. “Dismissed,
Commander,” she told him.

finis

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Ordinary Day

An Ordinary Day – the morning
by VoyWriter

Disclaimer – Paramount gets all the rights to all the characters and the StarTrek
name and they probably want all the credit too. Feel free to distribute this
electronically with all disclaimers and notes in place and without revision.

comments welcome at VoyWriter@aol.com

The concept for this is courtesy YCD who seems ever inspiring.

Kathryn Janeway stepped out of shower and pulled a robe over her shoulders,
twisting her hair out of her way into a fast braid. She could hear humming in the
room beyond, soft, abstract, and the sound of the replicator being used. She
crossed to the sink, brushed her teeth, applied the small amount of make-up she
generally used on duty, and headed into the bedroom to dress.

“What’s this about another phaser overload simulation?” Chakotay asked, padding
barefoot into the bedroom, tea in one hand, padd in the other. “I thought B’Elanna
was satisfied with her efficiency ratings.”

Janeway slipped the mug from his hand, took a sip and replaced it. He raised an
eyebrow and sighed, used to it by now.

“B’Elanna was satisfied with her efficiency ratings,” Janeway told him, her mouth
tipping into a grin, “until you suggested that engineering could be the only
department with perfect ratings if she reran the simulation. She asked me not to
tell you about it. I think she planned to throw it back in your face.”

Janeway tapped the padd and then snatched it from his hand. “You’re not
supposed to be reading my logs anyway.”

“You left it on my side of the desk.”

“I’m not used to sharing.”

“Poor excuse.”

“I could say the same.” She rummaged in her drawer for clean underwear, felt a
hand in beside hers.

“These are nice,” Chakotay grinned, holding up a very brief pair of silky black
panties.

She sighed and shook her head, grabbing them and tossing them back in the
drawer, pulling out regulation whites. “I think your Captain needs to find you
more to do,” she said dryly. “Aren’t you on duty today?” she asked. He still wore
just a towel tucked around his waist.

“As I recall I was trying to check the logs,” he reminded her, tossing the towel in
the replicator and quickly dressing.

She watched his reflection surreptitiously in the mirror as she loosened the casual
braid and pinned up her hair. He was as comfortable with his body as he was with
himself. It had a taken her a little longer, but she had the same ease now.

A hand touched the back of her neck. She drew in her breath. “Missed a strand,”
he said softly, lifting the lock of hair and kissing her neck beneath it. “Breakfast?”

She shook her head. “Sorry. I have a science department meeting that may go all
day. We’re reviewing the research project schedule for next month. Working
lunch, too. I’ll try to get to the bridge before the end of shift, though. Give you a
break.”

He took up his tea, sat on the edge of the bed to watch her as she reworked her
hair. She had a grace and dignity that was not diminished by her saucy charm. He
knew he would never tire of her – looking at her, talking with her, being with her,
working with her, loving her.

“How about dinner?” he wondered, tugging his boots on.

“Late, maybe,” she offered apologetically. “Kes has been working on an inventory
of hydroponics stock and I promised to stop by after the department meeting.”

“Maybe I should call a department meeting myself,” he mused, “command level
only – First Officer and Captain.”

“You do that and I’ll be there,” she teased in return. “Have you seen my pips?”

“By the replicator,” he said, standing and following her from the bedroom.

“Right.”

“I should have the recommendations for assignment changes ready tomorrow
morning. Do you need them sooner?” Chakotay asked, tossing down the rest of
his tea and setting the cup on the counter. “Here, let me.” He picked the pips out
of her hand and placed each one on her collar.

“Tomorrow’s fine on the assignment changes. It was a good idea to move a few
people around. It could improve efficiency.”

“Thanks. I also thought it might keep people from getting restless and
complacent.” Chakotay grabbed a stack of padds from the desk. If it was a quiet
day on the bridge he might be able to find some time in the ready room and finish
the evaluations today. “Do you need me to log you off the bridge?”

She shook her head. “I’ll do it from the conference room. All set?”

He held up the padds. “Ready,” and then tipped her face up to his and gently
kissed her. “Should I wait for you for dinner?”

She traced her fingers along his jaw. “If you wouldn’t mind.”

“I’ll even cook,” he told her with a grin, stepping up to activate the doorslide.

She returned the smile and walked through the opening into the corridor. “Have a
good day, Chakotay.”

“Have a good day, Kathryn.”

An Ordinary Day 2 – Duty Shift

Kathryn Janeway pressed her fingers against her comm badge as she crossed to
the door of the conference room. The science department was filing out ahead of
her, their meeting temporarily adjourned.

“Janeway to Chakotay,” she called.

“Chakotay, here,” came her First Officer’s strained and somewhat muffled voice.

“We’ve taken a break in the department meeting until stellar cartography is ready
for their presentation. I’m about to head to the mess hall for some lunch. Care to
join me?”

There was a metallic sound and then a soft curse. “Damn.” Then, “Sorry, Kathryn.
We’ve lost the viewscreen on the ops panel. Looks a like bad control board.
Ensign Kim and I are trying to…” There was another metallic sound and another
curse.

“I get the idea,” she said dryly. “Need any help?”

“A second thumb on my right hand would come in use,” he responded with a
grunt that told her the damaged panel was most likely fused in place. “Or another
half meter of space beneath the ops station.”

She chuckled. She could picture him wedged up tight to the station, broad
shoulders shoved as close as possible against the access panel, long legs
outstretched, the muscles in his thighs and rear tensing as he struggled to release
the panel. Uncomfortable as he might be, it did show off some of his best assets,
she thought idly.

“I guess I’ll find another date,” she told him, her lips twitching into a grin.

She heard him grunt again, straining with the effort, then he came back. “Don’t
push it, Kathryn,” he warned, his soft voice touched with teasing humor.

“I promise I’ll won’t enjoy myself,” she laughed. “See you this evening. Janeway
out.”

Chakotay turned the bridge over to Tuvok and headed into the turbolift, calling
out the deck for the mess hall. He rubbed his shoulder absently trying to ease the
knotted muscles. He had ended up prying out the control board by brute force.
The new one had gone in quickly, though, and he hoped to catch Kathryn before
she finished lunch.

She was just leaving as he rounded the corridor to the mess hall, talking
animatedly with Jepson from geological sciences. Chakotay watched her a
moment, her eyes alight with enthusiasm, her expression animated, vibrant. It
extended beyond her, radiated throughout the entire ship. It never failed to touch
him. He grinned just to see her.

Her eyes caught his smile and her expression warmed, a flicker of desire,
unabashed pleasure – two things she would not have revealed before her crew
even a month ago when they first returned from New Earth.

He crossed to her side. “I thought I might be able to make it for lunch.”

She shook her head, touching her hand to his chest. “I’m sorry. We’re just getting
started again. Stellar cartography is setting up now. Did you get the ops station
back up?”

“At the expense of my shoulder and a few singed ears, yes.”

“The ears have heard worse,” she reflected with a wry grin. “And I’ll see what I
can do for that shoulder later.” She touched a finger to his jaw. “Don’t forget I’m
late tonight,” she reminded him and then she was off down the corridor for her
meeting.

Janeway stepped onto the bridge for the first time that day, expecting to see
Chakotay in the center seat, but finding it empty. She knew Tuvok was in a staff
meeting with the security crew. That left Paris in charge.

“Status, Mr. Paris,” she asked, pausing with her hands on the top railing.

“Quiet as a billiard hall on Sunday,” Paris quipped. “Commander Chakotay is in
your ready room,” he volunteered.

She shook her head and hid an amused grin. Paris was one hell of a pilot, but
never had taken to official regulation. “You might take a look at section 62 of the
Starfleet manual,” she told him as she crossed to the ready room and activated the
door slide. “I believe you’ll find there are 15 acceptable responses to a request for
a status report – not one of them says anything about a billiard hall,” she drawled.

Paris hid his own grin. “Yes, ma’am. I’ll do that.” The Captain had mellowed in
small, but significant ways since she and Chakotay had returned from New Earth
and then a week later moved in together. She still ran a tight ship, but with just a
twist of humor.

Janeway found Chakotay buried in padds, concentrating on downloading data to
the reporting logs. He was sitting at the conference table. He never used her desk
except to perch on the edge when they were alone in there talking. She
appreciated the distinction and his choice to make it.

He rolled his arm in an effort to loosen his obviously stiff shoulder, reaching back
to absently rub his neck and shoulder blade.

“I thought I’d relieve you for a few minutes on the bridge before my meeting with
Kes,” she said, slipping behind him and rubbing her hands along his shoulder and
back. She felt him stiffen and then relax. Her touch did that to him, caused that
involuntary reaction. It still amazed her.

Chakotay took her hand, drew it to his lips and held it there against his mouth,
exhaling a sigh. “I’ve got Tomas and Jenkins from showing up here in a couple of
minutes. It will probably take a while. They’re at it again over the duty roster.”

She shook her head and gave a bemused shudder. “I don’t envy you that,” she told
him as the door chime sounded. “And I think that’s my cue to leave. Good luck.”

“See you tonight, Kathryn,” he said, dropping a kiss on her palm before releasing
her hand.

“See you tonight, Chakotay.”

An Ordinary Day 3 – Evening

Chakotay looked up from the desk as the door swished open and closed again
announcing Kathryn’s arrival. He was surrounded by data padds and set the one in
his hand aside to rise and greet her.

“Welcome home,” he said, nuzzling her temple. She looked tired and he rubbed
his hand along her shoulders. She relaxed into his embrace a moment and met his
kiss before they released.

“Long day?” he asked.

“I’ve had it,” she said, reaching up automatically to pull the pins from her hair.
“Never let a scientist run a meeting. We went on so long I never did get to Kes.
God, I need to get out of this uniform and these boots. You’re too far ahead of
me.”

Chakotay had changed into comfortable off-duty clothes hours ago – a soft woven
shirt, open at the neck, sleeves rolled up, and loose pants knotted at the waist. He
was barefoot as was his preference.

It was one of her favorite images of him – relaxed, strong, content.

“Eat first or bath?” he asked.

“I’m starving,” she called as she headed for the bedroom to change. “What’s that I
smell?”

“Chili. I didn’t think you could face leola root stew tonight and we really didn’t
have a good excuse to use replicator rations, so I talked Neelix into letting me try
my hand in his kitchen. It’s been in a stasis warmer.”

She stuck her head out from the bedroom, tugging her turtleneck up and over her
head. “Bless you. I’ll be just a minute.”

Chakotay spooned the chili into bowls and grabbed a basket containing Neelix’s
white grain bread which was edible, if not actually good.

He set the bowls and basket on the coffee table in front of the couch and went
back for spoons and napkins.

He looked up as she reentered the room, knotting the tie of her robe around her
waist. Her hair was loose and soft about her face. Her entire body language had
shifted – was looser, warmer, more inviting.

“You look like you feel better,” he grinned. “I thought we could just eat here.”

She dropped gracefully and gratefully onto the couch, tucked her robe beneath
her, and accepted the proffered bowl and spoon. “Suits me. How was your day?”

Chakotay sat on the floor, his back against the table, his legs stretched out, one
foot touching hers, just the barest contact.

“After the ops station got back on line, it was fairly quiet. It turns out it the
board’s been going bad for weeks.”

She nodded. “That explains the problems Harry was having with…mmm… this is
good.” The warm chili was just a little zesty, meatless and thick with vegetables.
“I may have to promote you to cook.”

“Here to serve, Captain,” he quipped.

“How did things resolve with Tomas and Jenkins?”

“They’ve agreed to disagree for the sake of harmony on the ship,” he told her with
a grin.

“In other words, you threatened to take their replicator rations if they didn’t figure
out a way to get along,” she said dryly. “Could I try some of that bread? It’s right
behind you on the table.”

He reached back to get the basket, stifling a groan at the motion, but she heard it
anyway.

“Your shoulder. I’d forgotten – I’m sorry,” she said, immediately concerned. She
leaned forward. “How is it?”

He managed a shrug. “I need to finish up that report, but then maybe I’ll take a
soak.”

The new hot tub was the one extravagance they had allowed themselves when
converting their two cabins into a single quarters. It had become both a playroom
and sanctuary.

“You could let the report go,” Janeway suggested. “I can’t believe your Captain is
that harsh a taskmaster.” Her eyes twinkled merrily. “I’ll bet I can even arrange
some time off for good behavior,” she added saucily.

“Maybe I could wait until tomorrow morning for the reports,” he said
thoughtfully.

“You do that and maybe I’ll give you some company in that tub.”

“You do that and I’ll do the dishes.”

“To hell with the dishes.”

Ordinary Day 4 – Nighttime

Chakotay gathered the stack of padds and moved them from the bed to the night
stand. It was past 0200 hours and he felt the weariness of the day wash over him.
He had finished the report after all, and gotten his soak, and the promised
company.

Kathryn lay beside him now in the bed, the sheet tucked part way up, her smooth
bare back and fine shoulders peeking out above it with just a hint of coral from
her nightgown. Her hair was a soft curtain over both.

She’d fallen asleep the moment they climbed into bed – a combination of the hot
tub, a back rub and just plain exhaustion after a long day.

He reached over and brushed a tendril of hair away from her neck, tracing its
elegant lines with one finger. She quivered slightly in her sleep, but did not wake.

His shoulder still ached, despite the soak and despite Kathryn’s tender
ministrations in the hot tub. He tried to roll it back, but learned immediately that
was a mistake. “Argh.” He swallowed a grunt of pain – almost. This woke her up.

Janeway rolled over and leaned up on one elbow. “Chakotay?”

“I guess my shoulder wasn’t quite as good as I thought,” he sighed ruefully. “I’m
sorry. I didn’t mean to wake you. Go back to sleep.”

“I was dreaming about science meetings,” she told him with a wry grin. “I think
I’ll wait a few minutes. Here…” She sat and nudged him to shift so she could
reach his back. He eased between her legs and leaned back while she worked the
knotted muscles.

“You tightened up again after the soak. Maybe you should put some heat on this
or call the doctor for a muscle relaxant.”

He closed his eyes, his breathing just a little uneven. “I like *this*,” he countered.

Her hands were warm and strong on his skin and he could feel the aching pain
drain away beneath them. His bare back brushed her skin, touched the silken
fabric of her nightgown.

He felt his entire body relax. She did that for him – just her touch, often just her
presence. It was amazing to him that he did the same for her.

She continued the rounding motion with her fingers, across the back and along his
shoulder, marveling at his well muscled body and the feel of it beneath her hands.
Just as her own breathing started to become uneven, she heard the soft regular
sound of his snoring.

She eased him against her body and down to the bed, pulling the covers up around
them both, and then found her regular place, tucked against his side, face to face,
one leg crooked slightly over his hip.

She pressed her lips to his temple, so near her face that she could feel his breath.
“Good night, Chakotay,” she whispered.

The barest hint of a smile touched his lips and his hand slid down the silky gown
to silky thigh, resting there, heavy and warm. “Goodnight, Kathryn.”

finis

end of series

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

New River

NewRiver parts one through five

NewRiver: Discovery
by VoyWriter

Disclaimers: Paramount owns the rights to StarTrek except what is spinning
about in my head. Please feel free to distribute this electronically with all
comments and disclaimers in place and without revision. Not to be collected or
anthologized or prepared in hard copy without author’s written permission.

e-mail to VoyWriter@aol.com – authors love to hear from you

Kathryn Janeway savored her first sip of morning tea, padding barefoot across her
quarters still in gown and robe, to curl up at the end of the couch for a few
moments of solitude before the rush of the day.

She took a deep breath and rolled another swallow of the tea across her tongue. It
was the sweetthorn mixture Chakotay had introduced her to, made with herbs
from Kes’s garden. She had come to associate the flavor with serenity and needed
the calming influence that morning.

The day before had been a blur of reports and staff meetings and a seemingly
endless list of minor problems to be resolved. Chakotay had been helping
B’Elanna and Harry to correct a problem with the displays in stellar cartography
so she’d had to manage the grievances on her own. She hadn’t realized or
remembered how many petty details Chakotay had to deal with every day. It was
amazing he could maintain anything resembling calm or sanity. Janeway had
wanted to lock her door after the fourth complaint starting “my roommate.”

No wonder Chakotay had been so willing to assist engineering, she thought, an
amused smile tipping her lips. Fortunately the display was repaired now and back
in service. She thought she might have to go up there to fix it herself and send
Chakotay back down to man her ready room.

It still struck her as incredible that she and Chakotay had meshed so well. They
made a fine command team, each drawing on and complementing the strengths of
the other.

She knew her optimistic nature was a balm to his battle weary soul. And for her,
his ability to center himself kept her grounded even in the most difficult of times.
It gave her a sense that together they could weather Voyager through any storm –
except, she thought dryly, bringing herself back to the day at hand – another shift
listening to complaints from irate roommates.

She pushed herself resolutely off the couch and carried her tea to her desk. calling
up her schedule for the day.

It was daunting as usual. It seemed everyone wanted a piece of her time.

Sciences was asking for her opinion on phase shift time travel as a means to
speed their journey home. That sounded more esoteric than practical.

Neelix wanted to go over the menus for the coming week and to review the
supplies situation – she’d let Chakotay handle that one.

B’Elanna advised she had some new theories on engine efficiency to discuss, but
what she really wanted was permission to take the engines off line for half a day –
Janeway messaged her approval and took that item off of her schedule.

She’d also planned an hour with Ensign Kobal to review the progress of his
dissertation. She was advising him through his PhD thesis on the affects of cross
culture pollination of unrelated species. The young man was earnest and diligent,
but his work was unremarkable at best.

She sighed and turned away from the terminal without acknowledging any of the
commitments and only B’Elanna’s request handled. It was not a promising day.

She rose to refill her tea. One more cup while she dressed.

She was just pinning up her hair and draining the last of the mug when Chakotay’s
pleasing baritone chimed in on the comm.

“Chakotay to Janeway.”

“Janeway here, Commander,” she acknowledged, pushing a final pin into her bun
and examining her work in the mirror.

“Captain, do you think you could clear your schedule for the day? There’s
something I’d like you to see.”

Bless you, Chakotay, she thought, and she said, “I think I can do that,
Commander,” hoping he did not catch the note of relieved pleasure in her voice.

“I’ll meet you at holodeck 2 in fifteen minutes then.”

Ah…a new holodeck program, she thought. Now this could be interesting.

“Oh, and Captain,” Chakotay came back, “dress casual.”

“Fifteen minutes and casual dress. I’ll be there Commander.” Now her interest
was truly piqued.

She reached up and began to tug the pins from her hair.

Chakotay was waiting outside the holodeck. He nodded approvingly at the light
dress and sandals she had chosen. And although he didn’t comment, he was
pleased to see her hair down. It fit with his surprise.

He was wearing shirt, vest and dark pants, a belt snugging the shirt to his waist,
the sleeves rolled up and the neck open. Janeway recognized the clothes from
New Earth.

Chakotay smiled and greeted her. “Good morning.”

“Good morning,” she returned the greeting and the grin. “So what’s this all about,
Commander?” she asked, nosing at the holodeck program he had entered. It said
only Chakotay 6:New River.

“Ready?” he asked, deliberately ignoring her question.

“Let’s go,” she nodded, her eyes bright with curiosity.

Her enthusiasm was infectious and Chakotay chuckled.

The holodeck doors parted at his command and they stepped inside.

“I think you may need this,” Chakotay told her, handing her a wide brimmed
straw hat as the doors slid shut behind them, cutting off the reality of the ship in
exchange for the scene before them.

Janeway was mesmerized. A canopy of forest awaited, the greens punctuated with
dappled sunlight and a soft breeze cooling the midday air.

She accepted the hat. “This is lovely,” she breathed.

Chakotay touched her elbow and guided her down the small rise into a clearing
and from there toward what she had already identified as softly singing water – a
river.

A shallow flat bottom boat awaited them, pulled partially onto the shore. She
could see a pack and provisions peeking promisingly from the top.

“You said you wanted to explore the river,” Chakotay reminded her gently.

She touched his arm. “You did all this?” She was stunned, delighted, moved.

“With a little help,” he grinned. “With a lot of help actually,” he corrected.
“Tuvok downloaded all his scans from New Earth and Harry helped with the
display projections based on Tuvok’s data. B’Elanna reworked the holodeck
powergrid so it could process and adapt to our responses.”

Janeway nodded. She knew that usually only people on a holodeck were
responsive, not the environment.

“Tom set up the river navigation patterns,” Chakotay continued, “and I built the
boat.”

“So there was nothing really wrong with the displays in stellar cartography,”
Janeway realized.

Chakotay shrugged. “We needed an excuse to finish this up without you
becoming suspicious. Oh,” his eyes twinkled with merriment, “and I arranged for
a few of the crew to keep you busy yesterday.”

She pushed a finger into his chest. “That you will pay for,” she said sternly, but
her grin and the glow in her eyes let him know she was teasing – at least a little.

“Ready?” he asked.

She nodded. “Thank you.”

“My pleasure.” And it was. To see her so delighted was a joy.

“Now it’s muddy here,” he told her. “I’m afraid you have a choice of getting your
feet wet, or…”

She made a face and he laughed and took it as permission to scoop her up and
carry her to the boat, setting her directly on the front seat.

“It’s fairly stable, but I’d stay put,” he warned.

“Aye, Captain,” she rejoined, tapping her hat onto her head.

Chakotay pushed the boat into the river and jumped in, using the oars to move it
out into the water.

The river was wide at first with grassy banks and then tree-lined stretches where
it narrowed and gained speed.

“There’s a tricorder in that pack,” Chakotay gestured, “if you’re a mind to work a
bit.”

She retrieved the device and noticed a wrapped packet beneath.

“Lunch?” she queried. She never had eaten breakfast.

Chakotay nodded. “I used a few replicator rations,” he told her. “But Neelix
insisted on supplying the lemonade so that I can’t vouch for.”

“Did everyone help with this?” she marveled.

“The doctor even sent insect repellent,” Chakotay teased, “but these are safe
bugs,” he assured her quickly.

“And Kes?”

“Kes brought it to my attention that our Captain needed a break,” Chakotay told
her, expertly paddling around a fallen tree. “I should have noticed. I’m sorry I
didn’t.”

Janeway brushed off the apology. “This is marvelous,” she told him, extending
the tricorder.

“There’s a lot to be discovered here,” he said.

She had a padd full of readings by the time they stopped for lunch in a sunny
glade at water’s edge.

Chakotay reclined on the blanket, leaning back on one elbow as he watched
Janeway delightedly open the food bundles.

He had included a soft spreadable cheese she was partial to, a large round of hard
crusted bread, a couple of star fruit Neelix had found on Gamma Six, and a sharp
corn relish to top the bread and cheese.

They ate greedily, sharing ship’s gossip and companionable silence with equal
pleasure.

In the warm sun Kathryn grew lazy. “This is lovely. Truly.”

“I’m glad you like it, Kathryn. It’s adaptive so we can visit as many times as we
like and the river will continue inland with us. We could even hike the trails and
camp.”

She made a face and groaned and he laughed.

“I forget, you’re a true product of the twenty-fourth century -” he remembered.

She offered him a section of star fruit, sitting cross-legged, her braid slipped
forward over one shoulder.

She looked totally at ease and absolutely enchanting. Chakotay busied himself
with the fruit lest she see the look of utter captivation on his face and what lay
beyond that in his eyes.

The day before, B’Elanna had said that he was bewitched by Janeway and then
had offered her approval. “She’s good for you, Chakotay,” Torres had insisted.
“She gives you heart.”

And looking at Kathryn so alive and vibrant in the sun-dappled clearing, he knew
it was true.

“What do you want from life?” she asked suddenly. tossing another section of star
fruit across the blanket.

He raised an eyebrow while neatly catching the fruit. “I’m not sure I came
prepared to answer that today,” he told her, keeping his voice light and bantering.

She laughed. “I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to sound so dramatic,” she apologized, “but
surely you must have thought past the Maquis.”

“It seemed difficult to imagine a time when the Maquis could be disbanded,” he
told her. “Why the question, Kathryn?” he wondered.

“Hmm?” She stretched out her legs and leaned back on her hands, glancing
around the clearing. “I don’t know. I guess I never considered any life other than
Starfleet. I really never thought much about choices until New Earth. This place
brings that all back.”

She rolled over onto her stomach and finished the last of the star fruit, gazing at
the river. “It is so lovely here,” she sighed.

Chakotay watched her with a gaze so tender, she might have been embarrassed
had she seen it. It was not his intent that she would.

“How about a swim?” he asked suddenly, pushing the remainder of his meal aside
and jumping to his feet.

“You swim,” she told him lazily. “I’m going to sleep.” She folded her arms
beneath her head and tucked her hat down so it shaded her eyes.

She heard the splash of water as Chakotay waded and then dived into the river,
and then the warmth of the day, the satisfaction of the meal and the pleasure of
the company lulled her to sleep.

She awoke to find Chakotay packing up the remains of the lunch. His hair was
wet and he was barefoot. She belatedly wondered what he had done for swim
trunks. Her face flushed. She hoped the heat of the sun covered it.

“We should be getting back,” he told her.

She nodded and gracefully sat up, reaching over to collect their plates at the same
moment he did, brushing his hand.

He pulled back instantly, but not before she slipped her fingers into his hand.

“Chakotay.” Her voice was ever so slightly rough, whether from sleep or
circumstances.

He stopped, kneeling before her, and met her gaze.

She knew better, but couldn’t resist. She traced the lines of his tattoo with her
fingers, the pads sensitive to the scarring beneath them.

“Did this hurt?” She had never asked.

“It was a ritual,” he answered. “My mind and body were in different places.” Then
he took her hand and drew it away. “Time to go, Kathryn,” he repeated.

She hesitated, and then nodded.

The trip back was faster. They were headed downstream now, and they spoke
little, just an occasional comment about a tree, or a clearing, or a bird overhead.

Chakotay was trying very hard to maintain a respectable distance – both
physically and emotionally – it was damned hard.

As for Kathryn, she was alternately questioning the wisdom of the trip and the
wisdom of their decision on New Earth to maintain their relationship as strictly
professional.

They reached the original landing and Chakotay pulled the boat up out of the
water and then lifted her out, carefully setting her on her feet well up from the
muddy shore.

She stopped him then, slipping her hand up to his cheek and then her fingertips to
his lips.

He inhaled audibly and shook his head. “Kathryn.”

He closed his eyes and uttered her name as a plea or a benediction, she couldn’t
distinguish which, but either way, the depth of it rocked her.

“We were wrong,” she told him softly.

He opened his eyes, meeting her gaze, startled and pleased to find an open
invitation there, though he also saw trepidation.

“Computer, save adaptations and end program Chakotay 6:New River,” he called
out.

The scene dissolved into a black and yellow grid – the real world.

Kathryn glanced about. “You don’t pull any punches,” she grimaced, stepping
back from him.

“I just wanted you to know that I had no ulterior motives today, Kathryn. This was
not some elaborate scheme to convince you to rethink the decisions we made on
New Earth.”

“And if I were to tell you that I had – that I thought we made a mistake trying to
separate that time from our lives…”

He did not answer for a moment, and then, “I would tell you to be very sure this
time, because there’s no going back, Kathryn,” he warned gently, his breath warm
on her face.

She met his gaze and then nodded and looked away. He was right. She still had
doubts, uncertainties, issues to be resolved, but the journey had begun.

“Thank you for today,” she said, “and I’m glad you saved the program. “I’m not
ready quite yet, but I think one of these days I’d like to venture a bit further
upstream.”

“I know an expert Indian guide,” he teased, touching his lips to her hair. It was
soft and silken and scented with the sun and the river. He closed his eyes, lost in
it.

“It was a wonderful gift,” she told him.

“There are many types of gifts, Kathryn,” came the soft reply.

New River2: Explorations

Kathryn Janeway signed off on the engineering log and tabbed her computer off,
pushing away from her desk in her ready room and stretching. That was it – her
last official act of this duty shift. She was now on her own time.

She checked her chronometer as she left the room and headed toward her quarters
– still time for a bath before she was to meet Chakotay at the holodeck. He had
finally gotten her to agree to a camping trip – one night, but camping nonetheless.
They were going to use the New River holoprogram he’d set up and take the boat
upstream to a spot just past where they had picnicked – had it been a month ago?
They would camp at the edge of the forest between the water and the trees.

She discarded her clothes as she made her way to the bathroom and settled into a
tub of hot water, luxuriating for a few moments, soaking away the day.

Although the idea of camping was certainly not hers, she was looking forward to
a break from command and, frankly, to spending time alone with Chakotay.
Ship’s duties had prevented more than a chance meal together in the past weeks
and she was discovering that wasn’t enough. The bond they had forged on New
Earth lay filled with promise – unfamiliar territory that transitioned friendship
into something more. She was ready, at least, to explore that uncharted water and
she knew Chakotay was as well, patiently deferring to her in this, his own needs
set aside. She had been unfair to him, she realized. Unfair to them both.

It was time to rethink, to renew. She determined this trip would do just that.

Chakotay had the boat nearly packed when she arrived. He was wearing
customary pants, short and vest, the colors tawny and golden, like his skin.
Janeway allowed herself a moment’s possessive pleasure in just watching him
before she called out a greeting.

He smiled to see her and hurried up the sandy shore.

“Hello Kathryn,” he greeted her. “All ready?” he asked, taking her light pack and
stowing it in the boat.

He noted with approval that she had dropped her hair into a casual braid and wore
a long comfortable tunic over light tights, low boots on her feet. She was bathed
in rosy coral hues, warm and inviting. She carried the hat he had given her their
last outing, a braided cord tied around the crown. He recognized it as the result of
her knot tying lesson on New Earth. She had been a diligent student. It pleased
him that she had saved it and brought it today – connecting those times with this
one.

Without asking permission he scooped her up and carried her to the boat. She was
already feeling reckless and his unexpected act made her laugh.

To hear that throaty response was as if one small piece of his burden was relieved
and Chakotay swung her into the boat, onto the front seat, with a dizzying motion
that made her laugh again.

It was afternoon this visit so they wouldn’t stop until the campsite. Kathryn turned
in her seat to watch Chakotay’s strong shoulders push the oars against the river’s
current, taking them inland. She trailed her fingers in the water beside the boat
and then impishly flicked water onto his face.

He grinned. “You’ll regret that, Kathryn,” he promised, eyes merry.

“Will I?” She deliberately repeated the action, laughing with such absolute delight
that the sound was seductive.

“Once more and you’re cooking,” he warned, neatly paddling around a sand bar
the shifting river had deposited since their first visit.

“Now you know my cooking would punish both of us,” she grinned. She had tried
cooking on New Earth. Chakotay had bravely suffered through several of her
inventions until his stomach rebelled. After that, he’d taken over the cooking
chores completely and they’d eaten well.

She realized how many things he took care of for her. And it wasn’t simply the
stronger protecting the weak or helpless – for lord knows she was far from
helpless or weak. Nor was it some odd form of servitude playing out. No, it was
simply that he had a made a decision to lighten her load and help her with her
burdens.

“Thanks you,” she told him.

He raised an eyebrow. “You haven’t actually camped yet,” he teased. “Be careful
you’re not preemptive in your praise.”

She shook her head, smiling softly. “I may or may not end up thanking you for the
camping experience,” she told him dryly, “but I do recognize what you do for me –
every day and with an amazing grace. And I want you to know that it makes a
difference. A tremendous difference.”

“I’m glad, Kathryn,” he said simply. “I know you bear a heavy burden. I’ll help you
however I can for as long as you want me to.”

She was almost embarrassed by his generosity, so genuine and pure it seemed.
She told him so.

“Enjoy the day,” Kathryn,” was his soft reply.

They reached the camp site with several hours still to go before dark. Together
they dispatched the bundles from the boat and set up a rough camp – cooking ring,
supplies store, latrine and sleeping space. Chakotay cut some downy branches to
soften the ground and they opened their sleeping bags to air and warm in the sun.
It was a satisfactory camp, if not a comfortable one.

“I’m for a swim,” Chakotay announced when they were set up. It was a cooler day
then their last visit, but the sun kept any real chill from the air.

“Sounds good,” Kathryn agreed. She’d anticipated a swim this time and had her
suit on beneath her tights and tunic. As Chakotay peeled off his clothes, she saw
he’d worn trunks as well.

Ready first, he headed into the river and watched her unobtrusively from the
water as she undressed and neatly folded her clothes. She wore a plain black
one-piece suit, cut a bit higher in the leg and lower in the bag than he might have
expected, velvet against a firm, smooth body. She waded out and then dove in,
purposely splashing him.

He retaliated instantly, precipitating a water fight that ended when both were
laughing too hard to continue.

“I’ll race you across,” he challenged. “Loser cleans up dinner dishes.”

“Deal,” she agreed.

They found a starting point and raced across. Chakotay beat her by a full length
with a vicious, perfect backstroke. She realized she’d been thoroughly set up.

“I’m done,” he gasped, shaking the water from his face and slicking it from his
close-cropped hair.

“I’m beat,” she agreed.

They crawled up onto a large flat rock hear the shore to dry. Chakotay lay on his
back, one arm crooked beneath his head, one leg bent at the knee and was asleep
in moments, baking in the sun. Janeway lay on her stomach, watching him, until
she too was asleep. She awoke to find him watching her now, shifted onto his
side, his eyes revealing more than he had planned.

He stared at her hungrily, but with an aching tenderness, momentarily unable to
draw back the feelings.

She closed her eyes. “Am I doing this to you?” she asked softly, her voice slightly
rough.

He touched his fingertips to her mouth. “Shush. You’re a beautiful woman,
Kathryn. I see your soul in your face while you’re sleeping.”

She heard a soft splash and opened her eyes again. He was already approaching
the shore. She pressed her own fingers to her lips. Her hand was trembling.

By the time she reached the shore, toweled off and dressed, he was busy making
dinner. At pot already steamed on the cooking ring, it’s contents bubbling. She
peeked inside as she rubbed her hair, loose about her face. She’d forgotten a
bathing cap and it would be wet for hours.

“What’s for dinner?” she nosed.

“One of my favorite soups,” he grinned. “Rice, beans, corn, tomatoes. It’s-”

“An old Indian custom,” she finished with a wicked smile.

“I was going to say it’s best when it’s cooked for an hour or so,” he countered. “If
you sit by the fire here,” I’ll do that for you while it’s heating.” He gestured to her
wet hair, brush and towel.

She drew in her breath. “We need to talk, Chakotay,” she said, but she handed
him the brush and towel and sat down on one of the folded blankets they had set
near the fire to warm. (4)

“Talk, Kathryn,” he replied, running his fingers through the thick strands to
loosen the snarls.

“Do you ever get scared?” she asked, hugging her knees to her chest.

“I’m scared all the time.”

“Somehow I doubt that,” she said dryly. “What scares you?”

He considered, pausing and then gently working the brush through her hair. “The
usual, I guess – things that go bump in the night…”

“Now you’re teasing.”

He grinned and then his expression grew serious. “I was afraid my parents would
die,” he said softly.

“But that was inevitable.”

“Sometimes the inevitable is the most terrifying. You have the least control over
it.”

“Were you scared in the Maquis?” she wondered. “You faced the enemy each and
every day.”

“It was routine in a way. Expect the unexpected. The way I felt, the way I reacted,
that scared the hell out of me. The Cardassians, the possibility of capture or
death, was not frightening.”

“It should have been,” she said flatly.

“I know you were captured by the Cardassians,” he said, and he felt her stiffen.
“It’s in your service record.”

“I had nightmares for months.”

“I’m sorry.”

“I thought nothing could terrify me more than that, but I was wrong. When I gave
the order to destroy the array, I felt more fear than at the hand of any Cardassian.
I still feel it – everyday.”

“I know.” He stopped brushing and rested his hands lightly on her shoulders. “You
don’t need to be strong for me, Kathryn,” he said. “In front of the crew, on the
bridge, maybe even to face your own demons, you need to be strong, but not for
me. Trust me. Trust what you feel for me.”

She leaned back against him, against his solid, safe, undemanding, unyielding
presence. He wrapped his arms around her and they sat.

The soup was delicious, a bit spicy and plenty filling without any
accompaniment. After the meal they sat before the fire, finishing with honeyed
tea and a tin of gingersnaps they passed back and forth.

“I may get used to this camping business,” Janeway decided, munching on a
cookie.

“Don’t forget who’s doing dishes,” Chakotay reminded her, propped comfortably
on one elbow, legs stretched out toward the fire. (5)

“How could I?” she sniffed. “You’ve reminded me twice. Next time remind me
not the may any swimming bets with you. Where did you learn that mean
backstroke?”

“At the Academy,” he revealed. “Look in the holologs for my class. I captained
the team. I’ve been swimming with Tom every morning to keep in shape.”

“Our Tom?” she shot out in disbelief. “What else don’t I know about?”

Chakotay grinned. “A little friendly competition is healthy. It works out the
tensions. Resolves issues.”

“Ever make Tom do dishes?” she asked dryly, picking up their bowls and
dropping them in the pan of steaming water that sat at the edge of the fire ring.

“Tom wouldn’t have taken that bet,” Chakotay laughed, tossing out the rest of his
tea.

Kathryn watched the fluid motion of his arm, the way the firelight warmed his
skin, the absolute lack of tension in his body. She was captivated and she rocked
back on her heels to simply watch him for a moment.

He flushed, whether from the fire or the attention. “I thought you were doing
dishes.”

She smiled. “Aye, Commander,” and stuck her hand in the dishwater to retrieve a
bowl. The water was boiling hot. “Damn!” she cursed, jerking her hand away and
trying to examine it in the firelight.

Chakotay reacted immediately, jumping to his feet. He grabbed her hand and
propelled her to the river, pulling her down to her knees and immersing her hand
in the cool water.

“Somehow I knew you’d get out of dishes,” he told her, holding the hand down
even as the water began to chill it. “All right,” he decided after a few moments,
“let’s have a look.” He pulled her hand from the water and leaned back so the
brightness from the fire reflected some light.

“My mother used to kiss it and make it better,” Janeway said absently, trying to
see for herself. It looked a bit red, but none the worse for wear. She realized
belatedly what she had said, and that her hand still rested in Chakotay’s strong
brown ones.

She slipped her hand away and raised it to his cheek. He turned his face into it,
his mouth soft on the palm, and then he took it in his hand, caressed the knuckles
with his lips, lightly kissed the palm.

Kathryn reached her other hand to touch the indent at his neck where his collar
lay open and his collarbone began. Her hand curled around his neck, her fingers
soft against his skin, and she traced the line of his ear, his jaw, the outline of his
tattoo.

She was exploring the feel of him as she had explored his likes and dislikes, fears
and goals. He knelt unmoving, allowing her this freedom without pressure,
without obligation.

Now her other hand joined the first, slipped down his chest to the buttons on his
shirt, opened one, then the next and the next, pushed the shirt from his shoulders,
touched the lines of his muscles. She felt him tremble and she stopped.

He took her hands in his, kissed them, retrieved his shirt and shrugged it back on/
She carefully buttoned the buttons and allowed him to help her to her feet. They
walked hand in hand back to the camp, silently did the dishes, shut down the
camp for the night and crawled into their separate bed rolls.

“Goodnight, Kathryn,” Chakotay called across the short distance. The fire lay
between them, still crackling and glowing through he had banked it for the night.

“Chakotay,” she said softly.

“Yes, Kathryn.”

“I know I have to make some decisions. This isn’t fair to you.”

“You’ll make them when you’re ready. Goodnight, Kathryn,” he replied.

“Goodnight.”

She awoke in the morning to the smell of fresh biscuits and a bowl of wild
berries. Chakotay was not in the camp. A mug of steaming tea sat next to the
plate by biscuits, warming by the fire.

She looked at her hand in the light of day. It was only ever so slightly red. She
remembered the feel of his skin beneath her palm and blushed at her boldness.
She would need to make decisions, she knew. Both her mind and her body were
demanding it now. But she still had to reconcile Captain and Kathryn and she still
had the crew to consider – a crew that seemed far more real in the stark light of
day.

It always came to this – obligations and duty taking first priority – but somehow
she felt closer to a balancing them against her own needs and desires, to
balancing the need for protocol and authority against the example of a loving and
dignified relationship.

She heard whistling and looked up to see Chakotay returning to camp. He waved
and grinned.

“Good morning,” she called, returning the smile. She saw he had a small bundle
under one arm and a bouquet of wildflowers in his hand. The flowers he gallantly
presented to her. The bundle, she saw, was his medicine bundle. He must have
been meditating. She wondered if he found any answers, but did not intrude on
that private rite.

“Thank you, these are lovely,” she told him burying her nose in the flowers. “How
long have you been up?”

He laughed. “Long enough for a swim, a walk and to make breakfast. Did you
sleep well?”

“I did,” she realized.

“Good. What do you want to do today?”

She picked up the mug of tea, examined the steaming brew, then met his gaze. “I
think I’d like to do some exploring,” she said.

NewRiver3: Journey

Kathryn Janeway initiated the New River holoprogram and stepped in – alone. It
was the first time she had come alone, the first time in uniform, but it was the
only refuge she could think of.

Chakotay lay badly injured in sickbay, the result of her decision to send a shuttle
through an active plasma storm to a deuterium rich planet below.

B’elanna had suffered a broken leg and collarbone, Harry severe lacerations, and
Chakotay the multiple injuries that now threatened his life, when the storm
suddenly grew in intensity and plummeted the small ship to the planet’s surface.

It had taken Voyager two days to be able to mount a rescue effort – to allow the
storm to subside so they could safely send another shuttle down. Two days during
which she had not slept or eaten, despite Tuvok’s admonitions, instead retreating
to her ready room and an impenetrable command posture.

B’elanna and Harry had ridden out the crash in stasis jackets. Chakotay had stayed
in the pilot’s seat. His crumpled body was thrown from the wreck, propelled
through the front window of the shattered shuttle onto the rocky crash site.

She hadn’t gone down to the planet with the rescue party. There was no
justification for the Captain to leave the ship, especially with the First Officer
injured, perhaps mortally. Her place was on the bridge, waiting with the others.

Chakotay was breathing, barely, when Tom Paris and his rescue team finally
reached the shuttle and located all it’s occupants, including a severely battered
First Officer some 10 meters away.

Tom sank to his knees in the rock, fumbled with his tricorder, gently turned
Chakotay over. “God.” Tom closed his eyes, opened them again.

“Janeway to Paris, report.”

Tom took a deep breath. “It’s bad, Captain, real bad,” came his unguarded reply.
“B’Elanna and Harry were strapped in – they’re hurt, but they’ll be ok. Commander
Chakotay…” Paris hesitated.

Janeway could sense his indecision, knew he was trying to spare her. She wanted
her bad news straight up, always had.

“Report, Lieutenant.” She was standing before her chair on the bridge, eyes
forward, shoulders straight, back stiff, braced.

“Well, he’s alive,” Tom answered at last.

Dear God. That was the best he could say? Still, the alternative…

“Captain, I’m not sure about moving him,” Tom continued, now finding some
control. “I’m going to have to rig a stasis board. I’ll need help. Can you patch me
through to sickbay?”

Janeway turned to Perry, filling in at Harry’s station. “Do it, Mr. Perry.”

Perry complied immediately, nodded.

“Link established,” Janeway informed Paris.

“And Captain, when we get within transporter range…”

“Understood Mr. Paris. We’ll be ready. Janeway out.” It was that bad then. Even
the few minutes to dock the shuttle might be critical.

They beamed Chakotay directly to sickbay and Janeway was there waiting. She
stood in the background while they took him from the transporter pad and
performed the immediate triage the doctor deemed necessary to preserve his life.

B’Elanna and Harry were brought in on stretchers and Janeway saw to them. Both
were conscious, though sedated. Harry was in shock, B’Elanna exhausted from
fighting the pain.

That done, Janeway crossed to where the doctor had begun a more detailed
survey of Chakotay’s injuries. They had cut away his uniform, draped him with a
thermal blanket to ward off chills and shock.

She stepped to Chakotay’s side. She was prepared for severe injuries, but not for
the damage the crash had inflicted on his face. A deep laceration ran from
forehead to cheek to jaw, tearing through his tattoo, exposing fine cheekbone,
rendering skin and flesh to pulp, though mercifully sparing his eye. His face was
torn, discolored, swollen, not his own.

Janeway gripped the edge of the bed, allowing herself a moment to acclimate, to
accept, then she reached out her hand, and with eyes and touch as tender as a
lover, caressed the side of his face that yet remained whole.

“Chakotay,” she said softly.

“I’m afraid he can’t hear you, Captain,” Kes said softly. “I’m sorry.” It was an all
encompassing statement.

Janeway met her gaze. “I’m not giving up on him yet, Kes. Don’t you either,” she
said softly.

Janeway turned to the doctor. “What can you tell me about the Commander’s
condition, Doctor?”

The doctor looked up from his padd. “Severe trauma to the head. Concussion
leading to present comatose state. Damaged liver. Left renal failure. Multiple
fractures in both legs and left arm. Extensive lacerations. That is my preliminary
report,” he said, pressing a hypospray to Chakotay’s neck, then a second, then
scanning his medical tricorder before injecting a third.

“Prognosis?” Janeway demanded.

“Indeterminate,” came the doctor’s clipped reply. And then to Kes. “Prepare for
surgery. I want Tom Paris to assist us as well. We’ll begin as soon as I have
handled Torres and Kim.” He turned back to Janeway. “It will be several hours.”

She nodded, accepting the information and the dismissal. “Understood, doctor.
Please keep me advised of any changes.”

Janeway made her way to the holodeck then. Stopped a moment to advise Tuvok
of her whereabouts and initiated the program.

Now she stepped down the muddy shore to the boat, pushed it into the river,
jumping in at the last minute.

She took up the oars. Chakotay had given her a lesson in rowing when they
camped several weeks earlier. She could manage, although her motions were not
as strong and fluid, not as naturally graceful as his. She headed into the current,
up stream, toward their campsite. It was a journey she would face alone.

The weather was chilly, the adaptive program had counted the weeks since her
last visit – since the camping trip – and begun the transition from summer to fall.
She and Chakotay had discussed another trip – more camping – but hadn’t gotten
free to come back.

The unfamiliar exercise of the rowing made her shoulders and back ache. She
pressed on. The mild pain was diverting.

She reached the campsite at dusk and found a new lean-to, a woodpile, some
non-perishable provisions – tea, beans, gingersnaps – blankets. He had been there
then, getting things ready.

She made a fire, found the blankets, draped one over her shoulders, sat on another
before the fire, then slowly reached up and pulled the pins from her hair, letting it
fall softly around her face. She was no longer on the bridge, no longer Captain. In
this place she was Kathryn, though she recognized that the events of the past days
had blurred the line between Captain and Kathryn beyond retrieval.

It had come to this then – she had sent him out in the normal course of duty and
he had not come back whole. She had weighed personal safety against
responsibility, and obligation had won. And she had made the decision without
qualms. She would make it again. She refused to let doubt undermine her
convictions or erode her confidence.

What was left was to find a balance she could live with – to understand how
Kathryn and Captain could work in concert. It had come time to serve two
masters – both the ship and herself.

She fell asleep before the fire, her head resting on her knees. She slept the
dreamless sleep of the exhausted for several hours, awakening to the insistent
chirp of her comm badge.

“Doctor to Janeway.”

She focused immediately. “Janeway here.”

“The Commander is out of surgery. We were able to repair most of the damage.
Fortunately he is strong and in good physical condition. It is possible he may
suffer some impairment of his left leg – the damage was more severe than first
observed. Regardless, he will require extensive physical therapy. I was able to
relieve the pressure on his brain,” the doctor continued. “But he has not yet
regained consciousness. He is presently in a regeneration chamber. I will advise
you in the morning when you can see him. Lt. Torres and Ensign Kim are resting
comfortably under precautionary observation. After a day or two of rest, they will
be fit for light duty.”

The doctor sounded tired – Janeway wondered if that was possible for a
holoprogram.

“Thank you, doctor,” she said softly. “I know you did your best. Please continue to
keep me advised. Janeway out.”

The fire ring was still glowing. She stirred the embers and brought it back to
flame, staring at it a moment, allowing relief to wash over her, to rinse away
some of the terrible tension. It wasn’t over yet, she knew, but they’d come a step
closer. And she would take another, for herself and Chakotay.

She recalled the stiff, almost hostile nature of their relationship in the early days.
Defiant Maquis commander. Polished Starfleet officer. And she could trace the
subtle changes since then that had brought them to respect, to friendship, and to
commitment beyond that.

It was time to accept and acknowledge – for the Captain to give Kathryn
permission to have a life beyond obligation, a lover beyond duty.

NewRiver4: Renewal

“This is Kathryn Janeway,” began the announcement on the ship’s comm. “I want
to let you know of some plans I have made. I am taking a short personal leave to
assist Commander Chakotay in his recovery. I will still be here, of course, and if
there is an emergency, I will certainly resume my duties, but barring that, Lt.
Tuvok will handle day to day operations of the ship. I trust you will give him your
complete cooperation. Both Commander Chakotay and I thank you for granting
us this time. Janeway out.”

She turned to Chakotay who stood at her side, just within the doors of the
holodeck, a cane in hand for balance. “Ready?” she asked.

He nodded. “Although I’m not sure I’m ready for your rowing and cooking,” he
teased, his sense of humor firmly back in place.

“Who said I was cooking?” she retorted. “You have to earn your keep somehow.”
“Computer, initiate program, Chakotay/Janeway6:New River.”

The familiar setting appeared, the boat ready at the shore. Janeway started down
the path to the boat. Chakotay followed, his halting steps neither graceless nor
effortless, but a challenge met.

He had finally won release from sickbay that morning, a full 10 days after the
shuttle accident. He had awakened two days after the surgery to a world changed
for him – legs that would not hold him steady, a face marked beyond the tattoo,
and in balance, Kathryn at his side.

He had reacted to his injuries with uncharacteristically graceless anger which had
quickly transformed into a driving stubborn determination to regain his health.
Still, it gave Janeway a glimpse, however, brief, of a different, darker, Chakotay –
the angry warrior, the renegade Maquis commander. That side could no more be
separated from his being than dedicated Captain from hers.

He had reacted to her presence by questioning her motives – wondering just how
far her sense of guilt over the accident might drive her.

But Kathryn dispelled any such absurd notions with only a raised eyebrow and a
few words. “I’m here to stay, my love,” she advised him. “You don’t get off that
easy.” And her declaration had carried across sickbay to where Tom Paris visited
Harry, and from there throughout the ship faster than a red alert.

Kathryn offered an arm as Chakotay slowly lowered himself into the boat, bracing
his weight as he sat, favoring his weakened left leg. It was a reversal of roles – her
strength now, a calm presence in an unfamiliar world.

Chakotay accepted it with the same easy dignity that had accompanied his steady
support of her these past months, secure enough not to feel threatened by this
assistance any more than her Captaincy. It was simply not an issue.

Janeway stepped into the boat and pushed off, finding the oars and directing the
boat upstream. It was warm, the sky bright, an idyllic day.

She had spent the week getting her affairs in order – meeting with her senior staff,
with Tuvok, passing along command codes and access verifications – transferring
authority.

And she had spent time at the camp as well, laying in supplies, making the
necessary adaptations to the program to accommodate a less mobile man than had
designed it originally. She had adjusted the weather as well – taking the chill of
fall from the air when the doctor advised warmer temperatures would be kinder to
freshly knit bones.

“You’ve made changes,” Chakotay observed. “It should be fall.”

“Just a slight delay,” she told him.

“The sun feels good,” he said, lifting his face to the warmth. She had brought him
the tawny off-duty clothing of their last trip, and save the tearing interruption in
his scar, he looked much the same as that day, though his eyes shadowed his
ordeal.

Kathryn got them to the camp just before lunch. She came in with his back to it,
deliberately, tugged the boat to shore and helped him stand and step up to the
bank.

“I made some changes here, too,” she told him, matching his slow stride as they
walked up to the site.

The lean-to was larger, tented sides rolled up. A rustic bed and pair of rockers
were visible inside on the hard packed earthen floor. Sleeping on the ground was
not an option for Chakotay at this point and the rockers could be pulled to the fire
ring at night.

On a table near the provisions hut were woodworking tools and Chakotay’s
medicine bundle. He made his way to the table, touched the tools, let his hand
rest on the bundle.

“I thought you might want that,” she said, slipping her hand beneath his vest to
rest on his back and then circling both arms around his broad chest before
stepping back and taking his hand.

He wordlessly nodded his gratitude.

“There’s more, but I’ll let you discover it for yourself,” she said. “What I would
like now is a swim.”

The water was an equalizer. He was fluid again, whole, strong. He erupted beside
her. “Race?” his eyes twinkled. “Loser does dishes.”

She prodded him in the chest and shook her head. “Not this time,” she laughed.
“But I will make lunch – just this once,” she warned. “I’ll call you,” she said,
heading for the shore.

As she set out the simple meal of cheese and fruit she watched him test himself,
swimming the width of the river twice, pushing, focused. It was what he needed –
time to heal in his own way, at his own pace. It was the gift she was offering, that
and her heart, unconstricted now by obligation.

They ate lunch around the work table, rockers pulled up tight, the sun baking bare
arms and backs. He knew enough to rest afterward, easing back in the rocker as
she cleaned up, puttered with a few experiments she’d brought to fill her time.
Just watching her was a balm.

And when evening came and dinner was done and the fire banked for the night,
they found themselves next to each other in the bed, hips touching, hands
intertwined, his face turned and buried in her hair. They slept. There would be
more, both knew, before their time here was over, but not yet, not this night.

Kathryn woke first, pressed her lips to his temple, dressed quickly and sat on the
shore and watched the sun rise. The day was already warm. She wore a light dress
and sandals. The straw hat he had given her sat at her side.

Chakotay joined her not long after, had found the clothes she’d packed for him,
picked loose pants, a light shirt which he didn’t bother to button, left his feet bare.

“Good morning,” he said, easing down beside her on the shore, stretching out his
left leg and then slipping close to her back, wrapping his arms around her slight
form.

She smiled, leaned back against him. “Good morning,” she returned.

“Thank you, Kathryn,” he said, pressing his mouth into her hair. For making this
transition easy. For helping me to get well. For giving me the space I need to heal
mind and body. They were thoughts he did not need to vocalize.

She turned now into his arms and touched his cheek and his lips with her fingers,
speaking her heart with her touch.

They sat entwined until his stomach growled a voracious demand for breakfast.

“Your turn to cook,” she advised him. “And I’ll warn you, I have high
expectations.”

They spent two weeks at the camp while he regained his strength and they
defined their relationship. The loving came as they had know it would and it was
as tender and passionate and unrestrained as their hearts. The words of love came,
too, simple declarations binding flesh and spirit, a private ceremony that would
be repeated in a public service when they returned to the reality of their life on
the ship – among friends and crew.

They would go back tomorrow. She had already advised Tuvok. This night was
their last in the camp.

Chakotay sat before the fire – cross-legged now – that improved. Kathryn knelt
before him, a small needle tipped laser in hand. He closed his eyes and nodded.
She firmly gripped the tool and lifted it to his forehead, rebuilding, redefining, his
tattoo. He did not move and she was deliberate and quick.

She turned off the laser and pressed a cool gel pack against his skin. He shrugged
it off, took her hand, kissed the inside of her wrist, the small single feather that
matched the larger version on his face. Her uniform sleeve would hide it, but she
could touch it, connect when she needed to, to these days of renewal when
Kathryn and Captain had at last become one.

finis – part four

NewRiver5: Discovery

NewRiver 5 takes place near the end of Janeway and Chakotay’s stay at NewRiver
(sometime near the end of part 4 of the series). It tells the story of how they
became lovers plus a bit more.

I wrote this for all the fans who insisted the story be told. I hope it doesn’t
disappoint. It has far more sex than I intended, but don’t blame me – blame
Kathryn and Chakotay.

The two line quote below is from America by Paul Simon. I love the invitation.

Let us be lovers.
We’ll marry our fortunes together.

part 1 – Affirmation

Kathryn Janeway woke up slowly, felt the weight of Chakotay’s body curled
around her. She was cradled in his arms, his chest strong against her back, his
thighs warm against her legs, his mouth pressed to her neck, even in sleep.

The cool night air was already giving way to the warmth of morning although the
sun had been out for barely an hour. The river sounds were the first awakening.

She looked down at the tan hand which curled in relaxed sleep against her bare
stomach, traced the fingers, saw the golden color against her fair skin.

She could hear his soft breathing. She would listen for that now. Always. When
she had woken in the night she had heard it, been reassured. Such a short time ago
he had been so close to death. Her doing. Not her fault, but her doing. Almost her
undoing. Then her salvation – of a sorts.

He shifted, stretched against her. She felt his erection press against her,
involuntary reaction – his – and hers. She turned into him and heard his low
chuckle, answered with her own throaty response, slid a hand up his hip, felt one
return down her thigh. One of them moaned. Another involuntary reaction. Like
their attraction to one another. Federation Captain. Renegade Maquis
Commander. Officer. Felon. Lovers now.

The sun had risen another hour before they left the bed, slipped into the river for a
swim.

They sunned themselves dry on the large flat rock at the river’s edge until both
were hungrier for food than love.

Chakotay rose, swam to shore, stomach grumbling in protest as he paused to dress
before putting the tea and cereal to heat on the fire ring.

Kathryn languished on the rock, laying on her stomach as he had lain on his back,
the sun a companion.

He wondered what she would do if the cool water hit her bare bottom, but
decided not to tempt fate – the breakfast would burn if he went to her once more.

Instead he called to her. Told her to get dressed. Promised spiced tea. Exacted a
promise of his own.

They sat cross-legged on blankets before the fire ring and ate.

“Do you care what we do today?” Chakotay asked, setting his empty bowl aside
and reaching for his tea.

“I might. What did you have in mind?”

“There’s something I’d like to do before we leave. We’ll have to go up river a bit
more, then leave the boat and walk. I’d rather not wait until the last day.”

The last day. Two days from then. They had already agreed.

“How much walking? I plan to be lazy today.”

He laughed. “Not much. I think you’re up for it.”

“How about you? You had a busy day yesterday.”

“I’m fine.”

He had been walking every day to strengthen his leg and it was stronger now – not
fully recovered from the shuttle crash, but the injury no longer limited him. For
now that was enough.

Kathryn tossed the rest of her tea in the fire. “Let me braid my hair and I’ll be
ready.”

“Bring your brush,” he told her. “I’ll do it for you.”

He loved the feel of her hair against his hands, the way she could fall asleep
resting against him as he ran the brush repeatedly through it’s lengths.

She touched a finger to his jaw. “If I let you do it, love, we won’t even go near the
boat.”

He took her hand. Pressed her palm to his mouth. “I thought you wanted to be
lazy. The boat can wait.”

Would her heart always race when he touched her? Would she always feel this
heat? In 10 years? In 40? In the 70 it might take them to get back to earth?

Seventy years.

“We’re going to grow old together.” For some reason she hadn’t made the
connection until that moment. She would grow old at this man’s side. He at hers.
She might live to see his death. He, hers.

They would grow old together.

“I think that’s the idea,” he said and he tugged her against him, pulling her
buttocks tight between his legs, wrapping his arms around her. He savored the
feel of her as she relaxed against him. And her smell. Fresh. A bit of the river in
her hair. The warmth of the sun on her skin.

“Think you can deal with me for that long?” he teased.

She leaned back against him, rested her hands on his arms, breathed in the scent
of him. Felt his hunger. Felt her own rise again.

“We’ve been lovers for what – ten hours?” she wondered.

“Something like that.” His hands slipped beneath her shirt. His shirt. Hers now.
He’d been amused when she’d adopted it earlier in the week. Then enchanted by
her wearing it. There was something so sensual about his clothing against her
bare skin. She’d belted it at the waist using the braided cord from her hat. The
shirt was long enough, and lightweight in the heat.

Her breath caught as his fingers teased along her ribs. Found places already
familiar but still untried. So new. They were so new together. Raw. Pure. Strong.

Who would she see, and love, and know in seventy years? This man at her side
now? Or some new person he had not yet become; some new person she would
help make and they would discover together. Creation and journey. And they had
just started.

His hands slid down her hips, touched her thighs – traced along the outside. The
inside. She tried to turn to him.

“Stay,” he whispered against her hair.

The belt was slipped off. The buttons on the shirt were undone. The shirt was
parted, but was not removed. Fresh from her swim and in a hurry for breakfast,
she wore nothing underneath. She pushed off her own sandals.

Her back arched against his touch. Chakotay was not her first lover, but they had
never been lovers together before last night. That was the gift.

He was patient, slow, demanding. She cried out her release and he held her until
her trembling gentled into small soft breaths.

“You should have let me brush your hair,” he said, smiling against her cheek.

“Now you tell me.”

He laughed and stood, pulling her up to face him. His fingers worked the buttons
closed on her shirt. He reached for the belt, buckled it around her slim waist.
Collected her sandals, slipped them on her feet, lending her his arm for balance.

Her pulse was still racing. The dressing was almost more unbearable than the
undressing. She’d done the same to him the night before. He’d called it exquisite
pleasure. She understood now.

“Still up for the boat trip?” he asked, tipping a bucket of sand onto the fire to
quench it.

“I think you’ve guaranteed my co-operation for the rest of the day,” she told him
dryly.

“So it worked,” he rejoined. “I’ll have to try that when you give me a hard time on
the bridge.”

“Payback is hell, Chakotay.”

The river met high bluffs as it worked its way inland. There were spots along the
way they could have stopped – breaches in the bluffs that let in the woods – but
they continued on.

“You’ve been down here before,” she realized.

“I have.” He pushed the oars against the water, glad to feel his own strength again,
welcoming the press of muscle, the resistance of the oars as they dipped into the
river.

“When I first set up the camp I came upstream. I went a little beyond where we’re
going today. And I came back yesterday. It’s not much farther.”

She pulled her off her hat and set it on the seat beside her. She wanted to feel the
sun against her skin. Her braid hung over one shoulder and she pushed it back and
lifted her face to the warm brightness.

Chakotay paused in the rowing and let the boat drift a moment as he turned to
look at her – her eyes were half closed against the light, her lips slightly parted.
The sun brushed her skin with a golden glow. He wavered between love and lust,
between agony and amazement.

“Kathryn…” Her name escaped his lips, a groan more than a fully formed word.

She opened her eyes, raised a hand against the brightness. She smiled to find him
looking at her. She recognized his expression – already. It was something between
hopelessly lost and utterly captivated. That she was responsible was a source of
delight and amusement.

“You’re the one who wanted to go up river,” she reminded him. “I was all for just
lazing on the shore. What do you have planned, anyway?” she asked, suddenly
curious and not just a little suspicious.

He laughed out loud and picked the oars back up. In the span of a blink she had
gone from wanton to winsome. He could not possibly tire of her – she wasn’t the
same woman for more than a moment.

There was a sandy spit of land which reached out into the river near the higher
bluffs. Chakotay pulled the small boat in, tugging it on shore. He lifted Kathryn
out of the boat with one fluid motion and set her on the shore, past the waterline.

“We’ll be walking in sand a while, you might want to carry your shoes and go
barefoot.”

“Just where is it we’re going?” she wondered, slipping out of the sandals and
pushing her bare feet into the sand. The surface was warm from the sun, but cool
beneath her feet.

Chakotay hefted the pack out of the boat and secured the oars before pointing.
“Up there.”

She followed the direction of his finger toward the bluffs, raising her hand to her
eyes to cut the glare. “Up there?”

He nodded and adjusted the pack across his back. It was cumbersome more than
heavy. He still was supposed to be taking it easy, though his idea of moderate
activity was light years apart from the holodoctor’s instructions.

Kathryn draped her hands on her hips, her weight shifting to one leg. Unconscious
posing. Unconsciously Captain.

“I think we have a little confusion about just what’s expected here,” she told him.
He almost heard the ‘commander,’ at the end of the sentence, nearly saw the red
and black of her uniform.

He swatted her rear playfully, more a caress. “At ease, Kathryn,” he reminded her.

She shook her head. “Sorry.” And offered a shrugged smile. “I’m afraid you’re
stuck with us both.”

Odd. As much as she had been separated before – Captain and Kathryn – she was
integrated now. It was as if she had somehow been made whole – either answered
for the other. She had to get used to her new self.

Chakotay’s hand was still on her rear. Proprietary. Possessive.

“We’re not going to get anywhere if you start that,” she advised him.

He cupped her to him and she ran a caressing hand from chest to thigh and around
his buttocks. Touching. Tasting with their hands. Reacquainting themselves with
the feel of one another since the passing of an hour, maybe less. But it was all still
so remarkably new as to remain unfamiliar territory, and both wanted that tactile
reminder of their exploration.

Chakotay broke away first, with a groan, and a grin. He heard her echoed groan.

“You do realize we have to figure out a way to control this,” she told him with a
wry smile.

“Not today.”

“No, not today.”

He adjusted his pack and took her hand, starting down the narrow beach.
“Ready?”

She studied his face. The intensity of his look. She would see this face every day
for the rest of her life if the gods were kind. See reflections of herself in his dark
eyes. Catch a glint of humor, a challenge of passion.

Raising a hand to shield her eyes she looked up the bluff sight again. There was a
long path curving gently around the hillside. She could see it wind in and out of
the woods. She guessed it was 2 or 3 kilometers to the top.

“It’s a long way up,” she said pointedly. “Will you carry me if I’m tired?”

“I’ll carry you even if you’re not, Kathryn,” he replied, and he held out his hand.

Chakotay had been up the trail before, but now as he saw lush woods through
Kathryn’s eyes, he realized he had not experienced it all.

Her delight was infectious as she moved with hungry curiosity from one new
discovery to the next. Calling him to smell a spicy flower, touch a felt-rough leaf,
feel the softness of spongy moss, she slipped gracefully through the forest like a
nymph come home. He gave up trying to keep up with her and simply watched,
walking a few paces as she moved onward, collecting her samples and prizes in
his pack.

They were a little further inland, a little higher than their camp and the ecology
had altered accordingly. The path was a wonder of flora and fauna. Long soft
spread ferns rowed the trailside intermixed with tiny white flowers arching from
long stems and scrubby leaves. Shafts of sunlight found their way to cast a sparkle
on peacock blue crescents of wildly blooming shrubbery.

Kathryn found a small patch of berries, got approval from the tricorder and filled
her pocket and Chakotay’s mouth, tasting them herself when he passed one back
across his tongue through her open lips.

They were a little tart, tasted like blueberries, though they looked like
strawberries, albeit smaller.

“My mother used to make wonderful pies,” she reminisced. “I never appreciated it
at the time.”

“I thought we’d have lunch at the top if you can wait,” he told her as they paused
for drinks from the thermos. “It’s not much farther.”

“This is lovely. And I have absolutely no idea where we are. For all I know we’re
walking back to camp. You could leave me here and I would be lost.”

“Then I would come find you,” he said simply. He capped the bottle and pushed it
into his pack. “Ready?”

“I am.” She slipped her arm through his and felt the drowning warmth of contact.

“Ever made love in the woods?” she teased as they made their way up the last bit
of path before the bluffs.

“Is that an offer?”

“It might be. It’s your trip though. I think I’ll just wait to see what you have in
mind.”

He laughed. “I think you know exactly what I have in mind. And yes, I have. Have
you?”

“Does a corn field count?”

“It might.”

“Then yes for me, too. I was 18, just on my way to the Academy. It was a good
send off. You?”

“A bit younger – sixteen – there aren’t the taboos among my people, although it
might not be a bad idea. At sixteen it’s not much of an experience, more reflexive
than anything. Watch that branch.”

She pushed aside the low hanging branch and stepped from sand to solid stone.
They were at the bluffside. She stepped further out onto the ledge and drew in the
vision of their world that the vista afforded them, turning 360 degrees to get a
fuller view.

The river wove though the narrowed valley below, blue and white motion against
the red duskiness of the bluffs. To the distance there were step hills rising to
higher mountains, greens giving way to grays and browns. In the nearer view she
thought she made out the outline of their camp, the whiteness of sand leading to
the outlines of structures.

It was a rich palette of color and texture, so tactile as to nearly feel rough and soft
to the touch of her eyes.

Chakotay stepped up behind her, drew his hands about her waist and pulled her
back against him. His lips nuzzled her hair.

“We could have had this, Chakotay.” There was a touch of regret in her voice.

“We do have this, Kathryn,” he said simply. It was incredible fortune. That he had
come seventy light years to find his future and could see it stretch before him
with such clarity. The distances visible from the bluff were nothing compared to
the lifetime he could envision before him – with her. His arms tightened. “I owe
you a great debt.”

She rested her head back against his solid chest for a moment, acknowledging his
words with the weight of her body against his. There were debts on both sides.

“I’ll consider last night partial payment,” she said after a moment, a low chuckle
following teasing words. “But I’m afraid you’re going to have to make further
reparations.”

“I haven’t heard a final price.”

“I’ll get back to you on that.”

“That’s what I’m afraid of, Kathryn.”

She grinned. “Smart man. Let’s eat lunch, Chakotay.”

The ledge extended nearly 40 meters in all directions, folding into the forest
along the back and dropping several kilometers to the river at it’s face. They made
their lunch near the tree line, still in the sun, the broad view still within their
eyesight, but the softer sandy ground kinder than the rock face.

Chakotay unpacked the simple meal. He had brought soft corn shells, rolled
around corn and rice and beans along with two apples and a handful of the ginger
cookies they both had become partial too.

Kathryn sat cross-legged on the blanket. He lay on his side, head propped on his
arm, eating and watching her, the lunch spread between them. She pulled off a
piece of the tortilla and pushed it into her mouth with one finger. It was
unbelievably sensual, though he knew she was absolutely unaware of the effect.
He was neither unaware nor immune.

He reached across and captured the finger, drew it to his mouth, cleaned the last
bit of filling from it with his tongue and then slowly gave the hand back.

She forced her breathing to be even, willed her racing pulse to slow.

“Is that an invitation?” she asked, her eyes slightly narrowed.

He raised an eyebrow. “Would you toss me one of those apples?”

“I am not Eve,” she said dryly, pushing one of the apples his way. “And if this is
the Garden of Eden, aren’t there supposed to be snakes?”

“I don’t think I should answer that.”

Her eyes flickered across the length of his body and the unmistakable bulge in his
pants. “I thought you said it was reflexive at sixteen.” she observed dryly. “You’re
a bit past that now.”

“It wasn’t a mutually exclusive statement.”

He tossed away the half eaten apple and tugged her across the blanket into his
arms, slipping a hand beneath her dress to touch her bare thigh. He just wanted
the contact, the feel of her flesh against his in the warmth of the day, the luxury of
not letting go. It was another kind of making love. A kind of worship, maybe.

“You’d think we’d get enough of this,” she murmured, softening into his embrace,
molding against his side as he eased them to the ground. “We’ve barely taken a
breath in two days.”

“Who walked naked into the river?” he teased.

She groaned in mock dismay. “Is that all it took? I wish I would have known. I
could have done that a week ago.”

***********

part 2:Creation
(2 days earlier, at the camp site)

Kathryn pulled a piece of star fruit from the rind and tossed it across the blanket
to Chakotay. Then she peeled away another section for herself. It came away
from the rind easily, the separation intentional. It was designed to be eaten in
pieces. Only the peel kept it whole.

“Have you given any thought to what happens if we get back?” she asked
Chakotay. “We could be drawn in very different directions.”

“I have thought of that. And to be honest, I doubt I would wear this uniform for
anyone else, Kathryn. I have no desire to return to Starfleet. My issues with the
Federation are unchanged.”

“And the Maquis?”

“I’m not sure if that was ever my fight, but if the wars are still going on, I would
have to give it some consideration. If nothing else, I’d have to see my crew home.
Those who wanted to go back.”

It was a fair statement and she told him so. She would have the same obligation
with her crew.

“Of course that’s assuming StarFleet doesn’t arrest us the moment we reenter the
Alpha Quadrant,” he added.

“It could happen,” she allowed. “But they’d have hell to pay to get you off my
ship.”

“It’s not a position I’d care to put you in.”

“Afraid to test my loyalties?”

“Not at all. But it would force you to compromise something you’ve given your
life to. You’re a damn fine Starfleet officer, Kathryn.”

“It’s one big package, Chakotay. What’s best for me doesn’t change because I’m
wearing a uniform. Starfleet will just have to deal with that.”

“And if they don’t?”

“Then they can keep the uniform.”

“You make it sound so simple.”

“I’m not going to allow StarFleet to dictate how I go about my business. Their
business, fine. Not mine. It is simple.”

“Not easy, though.”

“Let’s worry about one problem at a time.”

She stretched and stood. “Right now my problem is how to get out of doing our
lunch dishes.” She jerked her head toward the river. “Want to race?”

He laughed. “I’ll do the dishes. Go ahead and swim. I’m going to walk a bit
afterwards if you don’t mind.”

“I don’t. And I’ll make it up to you for the dishes.”

“Swim without your suit. I’ll take that as payment.”

“You are an audacious bastard,” she laughed. But as she walked toward the shore
she slowly shed every bit of clothing, leaving a trail scattered from their camp.

Chakotay grinned and watched appreciatively. Audacity was in no short supply.

She was sunning herself on the flat rock in the river when he returned from his
walk. She lay on her back, one leg crooked, her arm thrown over her eyes. She
must have gone in and out of the water a couple of times because she hadn’t
burned.

He slipped out of his clothes and waded quietly into the water then swam over to
the rock with sure long strokes. She turned onto her stomach as he got near, rolled
over, but apparently had not noticed him.

Cupping a handful of water, he trickled it down her back to her buttocks, just a
few drops at a time. The river was warm from the long days of sun and she
shivered at the tickling, but not the temperature. He repeated the action, grinning
as her buttocks and thigh muscles quivered, tightened and released.

“Enjoying yourself?” She opened one eye and peered up at him.

“I couldn’t resist.” He smoothed a hand down her back, pushing aside the droplets,
then continued the motion down her rear. She arched a little. Spread her legs a
little. He bent down and placed at kiss at the base of her spine. She moaned
involuntarily and snorted a soft breath.

They had been touching. They had been sleeping together. He slept nude. She
wore something, not much. But there had been no rush to make contact. They did
not feel pressed to consummate the love or turn it into lust. That would come
soon enough. This tentative exploring was a gentle entre.

She rolled over toward him and sat up, allowed his hand to hold the fullness of
her breasts. His fingers tipped the nipples. She watched his expression. And she
saw him grow hard with desire for her. She recognized her own power.

Her hand contacted his chest. She drew a line with her finger from his shoulder
down to his flat stomach, splayed her hand across the hardness of his chest. Made
him groan. Her fingernails traced the outline of his nipples, scraped a bit. His
breathing grew ragged. He threw his head back and leaned back on his hands for
support. She bent down and touched her lips to his erection, then drew away.

He had closed his eyes. He opened them now. He was a little stunned. Like a deer
in the headlights. Uncertain. Questioning.

“I don’t intend to make love to you for the first time on a rock in the river,
Chakotay.”

“You came damned close to having no choice, Kathryn.” His voice was rough.

“That’s why I stopped.”

Kathryn walked up to the fire ring and crouched down beside it, pulling the lid
from a simmering pot.

“Smells good,” she told Chakotay over her shoulder. “No meat I suppose?”

“You’ll have to get used to that.”

“I’m from Indiana, Chakotay. Vegetarian is still a dirty word there. I can always
use the replicator if I get desperate.”

“Not with my replicator rations.”

She rose and walked to his side. He was putting together some fresh fruit to
accompany the stew. He had been teasing about the rations, she knew, but it
brought up a new issue.

“We are going to have to figure out how to share things,” she told him, stealing a
piece of banana from the bowl.

“Looks like you’re doing fine.”

She ignored the comment and continued her train of thought. “I don’t intend to
sleep in separate quarters.”

“Fine. Yours are larger. I’ll move there. You’ll have to make me room in the closet
and cupboard, though. I don’t intend to just share your bed.”

“It’s been a long time since I shared quarters. I may not be the best roommate,”
she warned.

“Better than Seska,” he said without thinking. Then he caught his words.

“Seska and Mark both existed in our lives. We can’t ignore them, Chakotay.
Though frankly I’d prefer to deal with them now than have them in bed with us.”

“Is there something to deal with?”

She considered then shook her head. “I think I would have left Mark regardless
when we returned from the badlands. We just grew apart. He was a great friend
when I needed one and I hope he’s gone on with his life. I think I can leave it at
that.”

Chakotay nodded. “Fair enough. I’m afraid I don’t have quite the same perspective
with Seska, though. She put me through hell. I’m still a little embarrassed by it all.
By what it cost you – and Voyager.”

“Any debt you owed me for Seska is long paid. Your ego may still be a bit
bruised, but it will heal. If you still feel obligated, I’m sure we can work out some
terms.”

“Maybe I could just cook all of your meals for the next 70 years.”

“I would accept that deal. How about the bathroom? I hate sharing the bathroom
in the morning.”

“I’m an early riser. I’ve been up before you every day here.”

“All right. I’ll take that as a promise.” She perched on the edge of the woodpile
which was stacked next to where he was working.

“Have you given any thought to where you would work? I think your quarters
should be offered to Samantha – it’s the biggest cabin after mine and she needs the
space with the baby. You have your office, office, of course, but that’s not always
convenient. It’s not practical to share my desk. I have confidential materials
there.”

“We may have to share it. You just may have to trust me. Maybe we can arrange
some sort of schedule.” He looked over at her. “Anything else?”

“You can’t call me Kathryn on the bridge.”

“Can I call you Captain in the bedroom?”

“That depends if you’re in the mood to take orders.”

This brought a laugh. “I haven’t noticed I’ve had much choice in the matter.”

“We haven’t been in the bedroom yet. How about you?”

Chakotay stopped and set down the knife and piece of fruit. “I want a
commitment, Kathryn. It doesn’t have to be marriage, but I want some sort of
ceremony to mark a committed relationship.”

“I hadn’t thought about marriage. What did you have in mind?”

“Nothing specific, although I would like some part of it to reflect my traditions
and heritage.”

She sat in thoughtful silence a moment. “I committed to you publicly, Chakotay,
when I announced I was taking a leave of absence to help in your recovery. I think
I can go a little further. And I think it would be good for the crew to understand
this is no casual relationship. I suggest we think about what we might want and
come back to it. We still have a couple of days to make plans before we go back.
Although I think it should be sooner rather than later if we’re trying to make a
point to the crew.”

He nodded. “Fine. I’ll give some thought to it.”

“And I will as well. One thing though…”

He cocked his head expectantly, lifting a dark eyebrow.

“I won’t promise to obey.”

The dinner was good. They ate unhurriedly and then spent the last few hours of
sunlight with projects around the camp. Chakotay did some light chores – cleaned
up the boat, restacked the woodpile, fixed a loose latch on the shed. Kathryn put
her notes together on the plant specimens she had collected. They had agreed to
meet at the hot tub before bed. It had become something of an evening ritual. A
way to wash away the day and relax before sleeping.

The round wooden tub was their one real luxury. Kathryn had refused to spend
two weeks camping without a tub and the doctor had encouraged the hot water as
therapy for Chakotay’s leg. It was powered by dilithium batteries – cheating a bit
for the campsite, but at least not intrusive.

Chakotay was already soaking when she finished her work and crossed to the
sheltered clearing where the tub was set up.

He lay with his head resting against the tub wall, his eyes closed.
She watched him for a moment. Envied his tranquillity, but knew what he had
suffered to find it. His arms were draped across the edges of the tub, his hands
resting loosely on top. The water swelled up to mid chest, revealing golden hues
in the waning light.

She could not help but touch him. She traced a finger around his nipples, her light
skin against his darker tones. Then she spread her palm against his stomach,
beneath the water line. Her own breath quickened with the contact and she drew
back.

He opened an eye. Questioning.

“I’m coming in,” she said in answer. “Here,” she tapped his hand with the tea cup.
“I brought you tea.”

She set her own mug on the tub ledge and quickly stripped off her clothes and
stepped in. The water was warm and gently swirling. He shifted to make room for
her, drew her under his arm, against his chest.

She recovered her tea and took a sip before relaxing into his embrace.

“Mmm. You feel good.”

“Glad I could be of service.”

She rested her head against his shoulder. “You were busy tonight. How’s the leg?”

“It’s fine. I was careful.”

“Like hell. You overdid all day today.”

“I’m thinking of taking the boat out tomorrow.”

“Isn’t that asking for trouble? Your leg’s still mending even if you don’t think so.”

“I could do without the lecture.”

“I’m bossy. Get used to it.”

“I don’t want to argue, Kathryn.”

“You know we’re going to disagree about a lot bigger things than this. I suspect
we could have some hellacious arguments. We’re both stubborn, passionate.”

“Is that a problem?”

“Not at all. I’d worry if you didn’t give a damn.”

“So far you’re safe.”

“You know Mark and I never argued. We didn’t always agree, but we just agreed
to disagree. It was very congenial. Civilized.”

“Is that what you’d prefer?”

“Actually, no. It isn’t. I think I’d rather have it out. There’s no point in carrying
around a lot of unspent anger. It’s not productive. It’s not honest either.”

“Be careful what you wish for Kathryn.”

“Maybe I should make myself clear. I’ll knock you back in a second if you
challenge my authority on the bridge, but when it’s just the two of us? I’ll damn
well expect it.”

“I’ll keep that in mind.”

“So you’re taking the boat out tomorrow?”

“I am.”

“You’re on your own, then. I’ve warned you.”

“You’ve warned me. Are we through talking?”

“We can be.”

“Put your mug aside.”

She took a final swallow and set it on the ledge before he pulled her around onto
his lap, her legs straddling his. She could feel his erection beneath her and she
pressed herself against it.

He caught his breath. “That could be dangerous.”

“I might be in the mood to live dangerously.”

“Drowning included?”

She laughed. “I hadn’t considered that.”

“How about if I wash your back? Turn around and hand me the soap.”

Slipping from his lap she collected the soap and returned, straddling him the other
direction now, her back to his chest.

He lathered the soap and slowly slid his hands down her back, across her
shoulders, down her sides. She softened and stretched into him. She could feel his
erection against her buttocks now. It gave her an odd sense of power – that she
had brought him to this state of arousal.

His hands slipped around to the front of her, cupping her breasts, smoothing
against her stomach, pressing lower. She spread her legs and arched against his
touch, moaning softly, cries almost. Her hand guided his a bit lower, directed the
motion for a moment until he followed on his own.

“Oh..gods.. Chakotay..” The words were whispered, but she came hard with an
almost vicious force. It had been long. Very long since that. Since someone else
had given her release. She sagged against him, curled onto his lap, and he held
her, pressing his mouth to her hair, whispering his love.

She might have fallen asleep had she not felt him strong beneath her. He was still
needy.

Her hand slipped between them, found his erection, paced the length of it,
measured the fullness of it. Her other hand cupped his testicles, touched the
muscle at the base, kneaded softly.

“Stand up,” she whispered huskily.

He gripped the sides of the tub and rose up, the water sheeting off of him. She
knelt before him, took him in her hand, licked away the droplets of water. She
could feel him expand, extend. There had been so much foreplay. He was very
close.

Her mouth moved over him, drew him in, sucked and tongued and caressed. Her
hands kneaded his buttocks and gripped his thighs.

“Ahhhh. I can’t… Kath….” He was gasping. Ragged. She took her mouth away and
pressed him between her breasts, felt the warmth of his orgasm against her skin,
held him when he collapsed to his knees and panted against her.

How strange that she could draw the strength from him and leave him weak
within her arms. Any power that was granted by the red and black of the uniform
and the thrust of a starship was dwarfed by this.

They slept side by side in the bed, sated, drained, perhaps a little shaken by the
intensity of the contact, the intensity of their individual and combined responses.

Chakotay awoke before her as was his custom. Cleaned up. Started the fire.
Began breakfast. The smell of hot cereal and coffee woke her, that and his hand
on her thigh, trailing up her hip.

She stretched lazily, savored the tingling warmth in her thighs, in her belly. Mark
had never taken her to that edge. Held her at that precipice. Pulled her over with
such force.

“I may be no good at all to you today,” she teased, capturing his hand and drawing
the fingers to her lips.

He chuckled and patted her knee. “I’m taking the boat out. Your breakfast is
waiting. I’ve eaten.”

“Want some company?”

“Would you mind if I didn’t?”

“Not at all. Will you be back for lunch?” She sat up and pulled her robe over her
shoulders.

“Afraid you might have to cook?”

“Wondering when to start worrying.”

“Don’t. What are your plans?”

“I have some more cataloging to do. I can keep busy.”

“If you’re sure.”

“I am. What about this afternoon?”

“I hadn’t thought about it.”

“Let me plan something. I’ll leave you some time after lunch to take a nap and
then we’ll go off.”

He nodded, kissed her and walked over to his worktable, collecting his medicine
bundle and a light pack. She could see the water bottle peeking out of the side.
She understood his need for solitude and although she did not mind her own
company, she preferred when she could share it. It was something else she would
have to adjust to. Changes. Compromise.

He returned as promised and they ended up sharing a light lunch and then napping
together at the river’s edge on the blanket where they had eaten.

Chakotay fell asleep almost immediately after the meal. He had pushed himself
hard on his short trip, deliberately, to test himself. He had been satisfied with his
efforts.

Kathryn watched the steady rise and fall of his chest beneath the loose shirt,
noticed the curve of his hand resting on his stomach, mentally catalogued the
lines of his body, the discord of his tattoo – unfinished now, since the accident,
spaces between the markings. A work in progress. A promise to be finished.

And then there was the fullness of his mouth. His mouth attracted her. It had from
the first. Not like the eyes which had drawn her immediately with their
compassion and intelligence, but on a more base level. She knew now the feel of
that mouth on her skin, on her breasts. Leaning over him, she traced her tongue
along his lips. He stirred, but did not waken.

Her hand moved down his chest, lower, touched him and she felt him grow hard
just from the feel of her palm through his pants. She undid the belt, drew down
the fastening, slipped her hand beneath his briefs. He still slept, though he
groaned and pressed against her hand.

There was an issue of control here. Hers. His. She knew she was not violating
him, that he would willingly participate if awakened, but she chose not to. It was
a test – of one of them – or both.

Slowly her fingers undid the buttons on his shirt and pushed it aside. She got to
her knees and bent down to press her mouth to his skin, trailing wetness down his
stomach. She pushed the briefs down a bit and then tipped her tongue into the
cleft in his erection, rounding the head, savoring.

She felt his hands slide into her hair and push her down. He was awake, then. She
resisted the pressure. This was her exploration.

He understood somehow, cooperating as she removed his clothes. He lay naked
before her now and she straddled him, fully clothed, rubbing against him, testing
his stamina, his control.

His eyes were closed, his face pulled in fierce concentration.

“Let go,” she whispered.

He opened his eyes. “Pull your dress up,” he implored hoarsely, his hands sliding
up her thighs as he half sat, shifting her tighter onto his lap.

She pulled the hem of the dress from beneath her, but did not remove it, nor her
panties. She was wet against him, felt her own power and desire. His hands pulled
at buttons the front of her dress, pushed it open so it rode down to her hips. He
lifted and shifted her so she was on her knees, still straddling him, and he was
fully sitting. He pulled her back to him and slid his hands beneath her dress,
baring her buttocks to his hands, to his erection.

Now her hand reached down between them and grasped him in so fluid a motion
that he came with silent convulsive shudders, falling back upon his hands for
support. His wetness mixed with hers.

Wrapping his arms around her, he slowly rolled them both onto to their sides,
held her and caressed her breasts and back and buttocks while she found her own
release and cried his name as she fell against him.

After a moment her breathing softened and she pulled herself up. She was sticky
with both their fluids and he was wet with them as well.

“Here’s where we lose the romance,” she said wryly, grabbing up his shirt as a
makeshift towel. “There’s no damned elegant way to do this,” she observed as she
swiped at herself and then him, cleaning up the worst of it.

“That’s two of my shirts, Kathryn,” he told her, laying back in the sand, his hand
covering his eyes. She had taken one to wear and now this one was unwearable
unless one of them wanted to do laundry. Neither did.

“I’ll buy you a new one.” She stepped out of the dress and panties and tossed them
aside with the shirt. “I’m going for a swim.”

“Ok if I sleep now?”

She shrugged. “I’m through with you,” she told him irreverently as she waded into
the river. “Be my guest.”

A laugh started in his belly and filled him and he bounded after her, pulling her
down in the water. She grabbed for his legs, found one and tumbled him. Dodging
his grabbing hands, she laughingly pulled away, treading water.

He would be wonderful with children, she realized. He still loved to play. He
knew the way of it; met it with enthusiasm and unabashed delight. They had not
talked about children, Not since the business with Seska, and then that had been a
different matter entirely.

“You ready to talk some more?” she asked.

“I can.”

“Not here. Let’s get dressed. Have some lemonade. I wanted to take a walk
anyway if you’re up to it.”

“I’m fine.”

She followed his long strokes back to shore.

Kathryn had found this path by accident one day while collecting plant specimens
in a nearby glade. It looked like an old stream bed. It was sandy and just a bit
below grade.

“I’m just curious to see where it comes from,” she told him, stopping to remove
her sandals for easier footing in the sand.

Chakotay was already barefoot. He only wore shoes when he had to. She had
learned that about him. And that he slept nude. Liked to move around the camp in
the morning with little or nothing on. Preferred to drink his morning tea in
silence. Actually preferred to roam a bit before eating breakfast. Snored. Just a
little.

Mark had not snored. She had thought she preferred that until she realized that
the sound could be a comfort. That it was a reassurance of a presence at your
side. She still made these little comparisons, counted the differences. It was more
a curiosity than anything. Idle thoughts. Inevitable, she supposed.

Chakotay preferred the spiritual to the scientific. That challenged her. Gave her a
balance as well. Annoyed the hell out of her sometimes.

He was a better swimmer than she was. Better marksman. Better tracker. Better
cook. Vegetarian. That wouldn’t have played well at home. Did not drink. She
liked a beer now and then, or some brandy in her tea.

It was an inventory that was slowly being assembled. An index and table of
contents under construction which grew with each new discovery.

Likes and dislikes. Emotional. Physical. There was more to be learned there. The
backs of his thighs were sensitive. And his nipples. She could draw them out with
a flick of her tongue.

“You’re very quiet.” Chakotay took her hand.

“I was cataloging your idiocinracies.”

“Anything I need to know about?”

“I’ll let you know. I’m still collecting data.”

“I’ll try not to do anything out of character.”

She laughed. “I think you’re more of a conformist than you let on. It’s just a
different set of standards.”

“I was never a true revolutionary, just a bit contrary.”

“My point exactly.” She picked her way over a bed of rounded stones and
crouched to gather up a handful of tiny shells that had pooled behind the stones.
They were unremarkable. Typical of fresh water streams even on earth.

Rising, she tucked a couple of the shells in the pocket of her tunic and left the rest
behind. “Where do you think this stream begins?”

“There’s a range of step hills in the distance. That would be my guess. It may be
active only in the spring when there’s run off from the winter melt.”

“That would explain some of the debris we’re seeing.”

“Still want to go on?”

“For a bit. I would like a couple of species of ferns to study. If you don’t mind.”

“I don’t.”

They walked along in companionable silence for a few moments. The weather
was warm, the sun screened by the canopy of trees. The old stream bed narrowed,
twisted, widened.

Chakotay stopped occasionally to pick up an odd object – a seedpod similar to a
pinecone, a feather, a twig of dried berries. Kathryn found several new varieties
of wild orchid – or what she called an orchid for lack of a better name.

“Between my plants and your little collection we’re going to denude this place,”
Kathryn chuckled as they stepped out into a small glade. “Break?”

“I wouldn’t mind.”

They dropped to the soft grass and passed the water bottle back and forth a couple
of times. Chakotay had stowed some dried fruit in his pack and they shared that
as well.

“It’s lovely here,” she said with a contented sigh. “Now I’m ready for that nap.”

“I’m available as a pillow.” He was leaning against a tree, his legs bent. He looked
more like part of the setting than a pillow, but she was willing to take the leap of
faith if it meant somewhere soft to lay her head.

“I just might take you up on that,” she told him.

“As far as I know, we’re in no hurry to get back.” He extended his hand and drew
her in between his knees.

She lay her head back on his shoulder. “How about a bedtime story? I always
loved your stories.”

“Did you have something specific in mind?”

“Know any more about that angry warrior?” she asked settling into his arms.”

“I might.”

He considered. “I can tell you what happens to the warrior and the woman leader
after they have come to live and work together.”

“That sounds perfect. I always liked them.”

Chakotay found Kathryn’s hands and paired them with his own, intertwining his
fingers and lacing their palms together. “Ready?”

She relaxed into his warmth even more. “Ready.”

“The warrior had met all the tests of his new life,” Chakotay began in a soft
melodic voice. “He had learned his way among his new people. He had sought
and found his spirit guide in new surroundings. He had chosen his new path and
learned his different name and place. Yet still his greatest wish was to win the
hand of the woman leader of their tribe, for her bravery and kindness were
unrivaled, and he knew her heart alone would fill his life and complete his soul.”

“For many months, he waited, and through it all, he learned to love her more and
more, but still he would not speak his heart. At night his arms would ache from
loneliness, and when he saw her his heart would soar. Yet, he said nothing of his
feelings for he knew she traveled her own journey, leaving what had been behind,
and seeking out her new own path.”

“Then one day it came to pass that they were lost together, alone in a strange and
unfamiliar place, far from their tribe and depending only on the other. This
closeness gave the warrior new grown courage and one night he found the bravery
to tell her of his love.”

“His heart was pounding as he spoke, and when he finished with his story, he
waited in humbled silence for her to give or take his heart. As she slowly offered
up her hand, touching palm to palm, it felt to him as if her hand was touching
right upon his heart. He felt his spirit rise and soar and knew their souls would
never spend another day apart.”

“You’ve loved me that long?” Kathryn spoke softly, her voice a whisper, emotion
pressing it to quiet.

He pressed his mouth against her hair and drew her closer yet. “I may have always
loved you, Kathryn, no matter who or when I was.”

She awoke in the glade to the sensation of a feather tickling her rib cage, tipping
just below her breast. Her tunic was unbuttoned – not all the way, just enough to
give him access to the roundness of her breasts.

Peeking out from one eye, she offered a dry look to match her tone.

“Bored?”

“I thought I would see what all the excitement is about.”

“And?”

He pressed his lips against her neck, drew her hair away and kissed the nape
below.

“I think I can see the appeal.”

“Are we going to do this all day?”

“Hush Kathryn. Just listen and let the woods fill you.”

He combed and smoothed her hair with his fingers as the sounds of the forest
settled about them – the call of the birds, the wave of trees high upon the wind,
small scurrying noises in the brush. His arm drew around her and his hand slipped
inside her tunic, cupping her breast. They sat entwined, glorying in the day.

“Chakotay?” she asked softly after bit. “Have you thought about children?”

“Do I need to?”

“I’m not sure.”

“Does it have to be decided today?

“Not decided. But I’d like to know how you feel.”

“How do you feel?”

“I never considered it before. But frankly I can’t imagine running Voyager at
anything resembling a professional level and still having the time or energy to
devote to raising a child. Let alone going through morning sickness or 9 months
of pregnancy. How about you?”

“I wouldn’t have the morning sickness.”

“I can see this is going to be a worthwhile discussion.” She made a mental note to
add one hell of dry, sarcastic sense of humor to that list she was compiling.

“I’m not sure how I feel, Kathryn,” he answered finally.

“You went through this with Seska. Surely you must have sorted out your
feelings.”

“With Seska I had no choice.”

“True,” she agreed. “But you did go through the exercise all the same. It might
help me if you shared what you learned. Why did you decide to go after the
child?”

“Do you disagree with the decision?”

“Not at all.”

He was silent a moment, shifting her in his arms so she was resting against his
thigh and he could see her face. He traced his finger from her collarbone down
between her breasts and rested his hand on her flat stomach.

“Kathryn, I will fill you with children, if that’s what you want.”

“I don’t know that it is. At least not under our present circumstances. Maybe
never.”

“Then that’s fine, too.”

“That’s a lot of ambivalence about a fairly significant topic.”

“Would you prefer indifference?”

“You know I wouldn’t, but I’d like to know how you feel about it. If you expect
children. If you want them.”

“Unless you intend on getting pregnant today, I think we have some time to come
to a decision on this.”

“In other words you’re done discussing the subject.”

“Do you have other issues?”

“I want to understand your issues.”

“I’m not sure I even understand them, Kathryn,” he told her candidly. “To be
honest, I would like to see you pregnant with my child. But it has more to do with
you than the child. I’m just not sure I want to disrupt my life for it. I’m not sure I
want to share you with anything else.”

“That’s honest.”

“You asked.”

“I didn’t intend it as criticism. It may make more sense than a lot of reasons. I can
understand it at least. And frankly I think I’d like to carry your child. See my eyes
peering out from your face. I just don’t want to pay the price right now. I’m not
ready to give up my command and I don’t think I could do both well.”

“So we keep up our shots.”

“We keep up our shots,” she nodded. “But I’d like to reserve the right to change
my mind. One day our circumstances may be different. I may step down from
command at some point. I’d like to keep my options open a while longer.”

“Captain’s prerogative?”

“Kathryn’s prerogative,” she corrected. “Yours, too.”

“I’ll keep that in mind.”

“Ready to head back?” She stretched and began to rebutton her top, kissing the
tips of his fingers as she lifted his hand from her breast.

“Done walking?”

“Done talking.”

“Am I passing?”

She raised a questioning eyebrow.

“Your tests,” he clarified, pulling his pack together.

A chuckle escaped her lips and she shook her head in amusement. “You’re doing
just fine. Ready for graduation, in fact. Maybe we’ll hold the commencement
exercises tonight,” she quipped, standing and tugging him up after her.

“Cap off the week long festivities?”

“Something like that.” She slid a hand down his back to his buttocks, felt the
muscles tighten. “I want to watch you toss your hat in the air, Commander. See if
I can catch it.”

He drew her to his chest. “I’ll try not to disappoint.”

“I’m counting on that.”

***********

part 3:Pilgrimage
continuing part 2

They sat facing one another, on their knees on the blanket near the fire. Both still
wore swim suits. Chakotay had thrown on a shirt, unbuttoned. Kathryn wore just
the suit.

The air around them was charged with anticipation, tinged with apprehension,
warmed with affirmation.

They would be lovers this night. Lovers beyond the touching and caressing that
had framed their recent days. Beyond hands and mouths. Beyond even the fit of
one inside another they had yet to share. That their bodies would join was
incidental to the melding of their souls. There was something spiritual, something
nearly sacred, one celebrant to another, about what lay ahead.

Chakotay began the joining. His hand to her face. He touched her with a caressing
stroke that found its start at her temple and continued to her cheek. She turned
into his hand and pressed her mouth to his palm. Her lips were soft against his
roughened skin, her eyes closed.

The firelight flickered warming light and deepening shadows, caught the tawny
golds of his skin in contrast with her fairness and blended and muted them into
one.

With a soft stroking motion he smoothed backed her hair and then entwined his
fingers into the soft thick strands, combing through the lengths, tasting the
richness with his hands.

She dropped her head back and his fingers traced the fine lines of her neck. It was
the barest touch, feather light, yet it sent a rocking pulse through her that touched
her core and made her softly moan.

She would have moved, had she been willing or able to break the spell of his
hands against her flesh. She was not. He could touch and hold and glory. She
would seek him in her turn.

His hand experimented with the feel of her flesh beneath them. Texture. Heat.
Muscle. Bone. He slipped the straps of her bathing suit from her shoulders,
pushed the fabric down her arms, bared her breasts, lost his breath a moment.
Found it again, unsteady, insubstantial.

He splayed his fingers across her chest, took her breasts within them, circled the
nipples, teased them taut, made her cry out in quiet exaltation.

Now her back, and arms, and sensitive sides, and the curve beneath her arms were
his as well, and he lifted her as he knelt and peeled the cloth from her until she
was vulnerable in her nudity. Then he stripped himself and brought her back to
her knees before him, as exposed within as without. As was he. His eyes framed a
window to his heart and soul.

Where his hands had been, his mouth now visited. Another kind of tasting. The
hollow spot within her neck. The bend of her arm. The joining of her hand and
wrist. The dark round tipping of her breasts. She moaned now and leaned her
hands on his shoulders to support her unsteadiness.

He laid her down, smoothed legs and arms and caught her mouth with his, slowly,
pacing his lips across her lips, his tongue finding her tongue, her teeth, the
softness beneath her tongue. And he lifted her, pressing a hand beneath her
buttocks, kneading them, caressing them, finally leaving them for hip and thigh.

He parted her legs and ran his hands down their length, cupping knees and ankles,
pressing tongue to toes, sucking, causing her to writhe as all sensitivity soared.

Moving on knees to within her knees, he cupped golden curls and felt her wetness
hot on his hands. He stroked with a slow softness, deftly. Stopped. Treasured her
taste with his tongue.

Now her hands directed his mouth as she rose and bucked to meet his lips. She
enforced her own desires. He pulled back again and slipped a finger within her,
then another and drew them out, pressing them to her own lips so she could taste
her passion.

He sat and pulled her up to join him. She straddled his hips, sitting, legs around
his legs, his waist encircled, gripping. He held her close within a warm embrace,
one arm solid around her back.

He reached between them, touched her wet warmth and to his stunned surprise,
he came from just the contact, a fierce unexpected sob dragging from his throat,
sagging against her even as she waited for her own release. When his breath and
heart and mind found an even level, he lay her back down and took her hand and
pressed it down between her legs. With his own atop it, he guided her from
moans to cries to whimpers with long and solid strokes, an echo of himself in the
moments past.

They lay trembling together, foreheads touching, eyes closed, finishing the prayer.
Resting. Sleeping for a while.

At last, she reached across the distance between them and began her own sacred
pilgrimage of his soul and body. She traced the familiar unfamiliarity of his hip
and measured the length of hard muscled leg, returning the distance to challenge
arm and elbow.

He was hard again, his erection taut between them, but she did little more than
acknowledge this response, intent on exploration.

She scratched a soft pattern around his nipples with her fingernails and drew a
pattern down his chest, stopping to tease the scattering of hairs around his
nipples. He lay back, one arm across his face, more naked in his expression than
in body, both stripped bare.

Straddling his width, she pressed her wetness to his chest and lay down upon him
and slid the length of his chest until he was coated with her and with himself,
with the fluid he had spilled on her which lingered yet. He trembled, quivered,
made his own cries as she pressed her tongue to clean what she had spread.

He came again, hard pulsing wetness against her buttocks and she turned and took
him in her mouth as he finished, sipping of him, swallowing his flavor, savoring
his richness. He arched his back and bent his legs and pressed into her even as he
softened and became flaccid in her mouth. Still it was not over.

Wetting her finger from between her own legs she shifted and knelt between his
thighs and laved between his buttocks until he was spread open to her. She
pressed a finger in, slowly, gently, pulsing, tickling until she made him hard
again. He sat with a singularly graceful fluidity and pulled her tight to him, his
hardness nearly painful beneath her rear.

Her hands found his face, her tongue his eyes and ears and finally his mouth. She
tugged at his tongue with her teeth, sucking and biting until he gasped for air and
cried for relief. And still she had yet to taste his neck, to press his head beneath
her breasts, to bring hands to furred thighs and hard muscled stomach.

Finally she guided his hand to himself and urged it up and down along his length,
her hands kneading testicles and thighs, one finger back within buttocks, his legs
spread wide as he claimed his own release and spilled forth against her waiting
breasts.

They were spent, and slept, curled together, sticky with themselves and one
another. He awoke once, stroked her arousal to sleepy soft cries, folding her leg
across his thigh.

It was well before dawn when they wakened again. First her. Then him, alerted by
her stirring. They had cried and screamed and whispered impassioned words of
love and now they tested them and found their strength unchanged.

The fire ring had kept burning, but the wood was consumed. She slipped first into
the river while he pushed some logs onto the fire and then joined her – two
acolytes taking yet another baptism together under the fullness of the moon.

They bathed themselves and one another and did not linger. She claimed his shirt
and wrapped herself and then dressed him, tugging his now dry suit up lean hard
legs, smoothing it over hip and thigh, arranging and challenging. It was exquisite
pleasure and he told her so in whispers that grew hoarse and weak as her mouth
nipped the fabric of the suit where it was tight against his renewed erection.

“I need to be inside you,” he breathed, pulling her from her knees into his arms.

Her gentle responsive laugh both broke and renewed the mood. “I thought you’d
never ask.” she replied, her voice husky and compelling.

He stripped the blanket from the bed and pushed the sheets toward the bottom.
They wanted the softness of the mattress as cushion to their passion, but needed
nothing else to bind or entwine them save their feelings for each other.

There was a lantern near the bed and she lit it. This would be no dark unseen act.
She would know his eyes and face and trace the path to his heart and mind.

They stripped one another, dropped the clothes carelessly on the floor and
crawled together into each other’s arms, spooned and cradled, chest to chest. Her
breasts pressed against his arm muscle. His erection sought the softness between
her legs of it’s own accord.

She draped a leg across his hip, opening herself, and he stroked her and captured
her wetness and slicked it against himself. Their mouths were slow on one
another. She traced his lips, full, strong, sensual. Her tongue. Her finger. Her own
lips. She captured his mouth and sucked. His tongue probed and tipped against
the soft edges of her mouth.

Slowly they rocked together, arms entwined, mouths softly mixing, breathing
matched in uneven pacing as he entered her, finally. He guarded his movement,
so close to climax that even the smell of her heat and wetness nearly drove him to
come. She raised herself against him, widened to allow fuller entry, but did not
press, did not want the end yet either.

She held and stroked his back as he pulsed slowly in and out of her, raised on
strong arms above her, his eyes half lidded, concentration, passion, lust, flickering
within. Gently she edged him into rolling over and he pulled her with him, onto
him.

Pressing her weight against her knees she raised and lowered herself, finding his
hand and guiding it to between her legs, to touch her as she was filled by his
length and breadth.

His body trembled and she drew away and rolled onto her stomach, bracing her
knees and lifting herself so he could enter her, his body rising above hers, his
chest against her back, his knees paired beside her own.

He could press himself fully within her now and it was more than he could bear.
He shoved his length deep, thrusting hard, gripping her hips, pulling her against
him. She tightened and loosened deliberately, found his hand and pushed it in
slow circles against her own hard softness until her trembling gave way to his
steady rhythm. She came with a scream that was primal and shook with his name.

Her scent and sound and motion brought him past the edge. He cried her name as
a benediction, in praise and prayer. He rocked with the pulses of the orgasm, his
fluids released within her, hers against his hand.

They shook on hand and knee, his chest against her back, until he rocked back on
his heels and drew her with him, kneeling now, her back still pressed against his
chest. He wrapped his arms around her and she gripped them, eyes closed.

“Whatever I was, Kathryn, I am yours now,” he whispered. Her tears fell on his
hands, and his mingled in her hair. The affirmation was complete.

***********

part 4:Benediction
(on the cliffs, the day after, continuing part 1)

Chakotay led Kathryn by the hand along the back of the bluff toward a slight
opening in the trees. She was curious, but said nothing, confident in the warm
grip of his hand against hers. It was his surprise. She was content to wait and let it
be so.

“It’s steep here,” he warned, choosing his steps with a bit more care than on the
top of the bluff, “and it might be a little slippery.”

“I’m fine.”

The path led quickly down, tightly hugging the rock side of the bluff, the border
of trees falling away and finally becoming rock themselves until they were
contained within a stairway of sorts leading toward the base of the cliffs. The air
was cool and damp, and she could hear a rushing sound in the distance, louder as
they moved lower. The fall of water.

“*Is* there?” she asked, stopping him with the pull of her hand so she could hear
beyond their footfalls.

He nodded. “I found it when I came before. By accident, really. I was just walking
and happened upon it. I felt immediately that it had a special spirit. I wanted to
share it with you.”

The falls dropped about 60 meters from the cliff’s edge to the pool before them.
From that, a rushing stream cascaded toward the river, another 20 meters below.

A flat rock wall formed the half circle base of the falls, and Kathryn could see
there were markings along the edge, well defined at eye level.

Kathryn crossed immediately over to investigate. Her fingers traced the lines of
images – a man, a hand, a symbol she recognized as the tattoo Chakotay wore.
And then beyond that a second line – a woman, a ship that was clearly Voyager,
however primitive the art. In the last line there was a boat and a two people – man
and woman.

“You put these here,” she said, turning to Chakotay. “I’ve seen these before. In
Ohio. I was visiting with some friends and there is a site there. And another in
Canada on Lake Superior. I remember it was right at the waterline. My mother
was scared to death I was going to be swept away, but I had to see them.”

“Pictographs,” Chakotay said, filling in the word she’d been struggling for.

“Yes. The symbols each mean something, don’t they? I never learned the
meanings. Do you know them?”

“Some of them. The simple ones.”

“That’s your actual hand print,” she realized, peering at the palm print on the
rockside.

“I marked it when I was here the first time. I called the spirits and asked them to
purify the site.”

“And did they?”

“Yes. They did.”

“And the other images?”

“When I took the boat out yesterday I came back here.”

“In wondered where you were off to.”

She touched the rock face, her fingers playing across the designs.
“What does it say?” she asked him. “Tell me what message you put here.”

He traced the first image of the man. “This represents me,” he began. “It tells you
it will be my story.”

His fingers moved to the palm print. “The open palm represents an offering.”

“And the tattoo – your heritage?” she guessed.

He nodded “It tells that I honor the traditions and the old ways.” He touched the
symbol of his tattoo upon the wall.

“And is this me?” Kathryn wondered, pointing to the next line and the stick figure
of the woman.

“It is.” Chakotay nodded. “And this the home and life you gave to me,” he told
her, tracing the rough outline of their ship.

She continued to the third line of images, touching the figures of the man and
woman, and the boat. “So then this is us, and our journey up the river, our journey
to find each other…” She looked to Chakotay for confirmation and he smiled
softly and nodded again.

“It’s lovely,” she sighed. “Is this what you brought me here to see?”

“In part,” he nodded. “I wanted you to see how I had marked our presence here.

“And the rest of it?”

He held out his hand and smiled. “Ever swim beneath a waterfall, Kathryn.?”

The falls was cooler than the river, but not cold. They splashed and played in the
wide shallow pool under the raining water, using up stored energy and releasing
their inhibitions to become childlike and silly until at last panting with laughter,
Chakotay pulled her beneath the falls, kissed her with delight and passion and
brought her by the hand back to shore

They had no towels, so they pulled dress and pants and shirt atop wet skin. The
sun would dry both cloth and flesh.

“I’d like to do one more thing before we go, Kathryn,” he told her, pushing their
shoes into the pack, and then rising and offering his hand.

He crossed them to the pictographs, touched his hand to the empty space. “There’s
something I’d like to add to this. To show we were here together.”

He pressed their entwined hands to the rock, one upon the other.

“What do we mark it with?”

“I brought some of the dye. I made it this morning from the leaves and bark I
collected along your stream bed,” he replied, reaching into the pack and drawing
out a flat container. He opened up the seal.

Kathryn could see some kind of brownish dye inside. Another container held a
cleansing soap.

“You did this before? When you made the original pictures?”

He nodded and rose with the dye container in hand. “It’s not complicated. Ready?”

She nodded, and flattened her hand into the dye. Chakotay followed suit and
gestured for her to make her imprint first.

Kathryn pressed her hand against the cool hard surface of the wall, wriggled it a
moment, then released. Chakotay followed, just a bit aside of hers. Ten fingers.
Two palms. Merged in dye upon the cliff for all eternity. One spirit looked back
out at them.

***********

part 5:Rites of Passage
some from NewRiver part 4)

It was their last night in the camp.

They had spent the day cleaning up, rearranging, packing. Getting the camp ready
for the coming fall and winter when they hoped to come again.

Chakotay topped the woodpile, gathered tools and projects and set them all away
within the shed. Kathryn bundled up her notes and tests and put the case beside
his things. A promise to return.

In many ways the day was very ordinary. In more ways it was not. Both knew that
no matter when they would come back, it would never be the same. This
innocence. This exploration. This stage along their journey.

Chakotay sat before the fire, the flickering light warm upon already warm-hued
skin. Kathryn knelt before him, a small needle tipped laser in her hand. He closed
his eyes and nodded. She firmly gripped the tool and lifted it to his forehead,
rebuilding, redefining, his tattoo. He did not move and she was deliberate, quick
and deft with her touch. Marking him. Remaking him, the same and yet her own.
His image with her hand.

She turned the laser off and pressed a cool gel pack against his skin. He shrugged
it off, took her hand, kissed the inside of her wrist, the small single feather that
matched the larger version on his face. Her uniform sleeve would hide it, but she
could touch it, connect to it and to these days of rebirth and renewal. Recall the
time she become one within herself – when Kathryn and the Captain had found
peace with one another.

***********

part 6:Ceremony

Tom Paris rose from his seat at the round table and raised his glass, tapping it
with a spoon to signal quiet.

“I’ve been asked by the crew to propose a toast,” he announced, glancing about
the assembly.

They had turned one of the holodecks into a banquet room. The largest meeting
room on Voyager was not spacious enough to accommodate all the crew who
wanted to witness this day, but the holodeck served well, bedecked with flowers
and linens and candles and the air rich with flavors and spices.

Neelix had outdone himself with the preparations, despite the one day notice and
the gift from the crew had been enough donated replicator rations for a real buffet
– comfort food, party food, specialties from all the homeworlds represented on the
ship. Enough cause by itself for rejoicing even without this joining.

There had been music and wine and dancing with the banquet. It was a party, a
celebration, an affirmation of the future.

Kathryn and Chakotay rose at Tom’s instance and faced the group, the second
time that day. The first had been before the meal when they spoke their simple
vows and marked commitment and communion, shared their joy and passion with
the crew.

Chakotay’s hand rested possessively against the small of Kathryn’s back. A narrow
silver band encircled the third finger of his left hand. Her wish. Her gift. Her link
to where she came from. A memory of her father and the wedding band he wore.

Kathryn’s hands were bare. Her wish as well, but a gentle cascade of small white
feathers, each a promise and a prayer, laced down her back against the looseness
of hair. His traditions, his heritage, his benedictions shared with her.

Tom raised his glass a little higher and began his toast.

Here was another turn upon the river, another bend, another pulling of the
current, the journey was the only destination.

finis

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Brush Away the Skeletons

From newsfeed.pitt.edu!uunet!in1.uu.net!newsfeed.internetmci.com!chi-news.cic.net!newsjunkie.ans.net!Rezonet.net!news.pubnix.net!mba!tbeu!sophie.masse Sat Dec 23 13:31:41 1995
Path: newsfeed.pitt.edu!uunet!in1.uu.net!newsfeed.internetmci.com!chi-news.cic.net!newsjunkie.ans.net!Rezonet.net!news.pubnix.net!mba!tbeu!sophie.masse
From: Sophie.Masse@tbeu.mba.org (Sophie Masse)
Date: 22 Dec 95 15:56:07
Newsgroups: alt.startrek.creative
Subject: B-A-T-S [DS9]
Message-ID: <97e_9512231130@mba.mba.org>
Organization: MtlNet (MBA.org) The BBS at the End of the Universe

BRUSH AWAY THE SKELETONS
************************
Written by: Sophie Masse
CopyRighted by: Sophie Masse
Email adress: Sophie.Masse@tbeu.mba.org
Rated: PG-13
Known characters: Garak, Enabran Tain, Gul Dukat, Mila, Julian Bashir.
Ficticious Characters: Telim Garak (Garak’s father) Telara Guel, Gul Delgat
Bajoran victim.
Main Character: Garak

PART ONE – THE ENROLLEMENT
**************************

Elim Garak would have preffered being eaten alive by a Grekhol over what he
was being submitted to at the moment. In fact, he would have gladly invited
contempt by turning down the Spymaster’s offered hand. As he stared at it
incredulously, he wondering for the millionth time why he was being forced into
this. His right hand, which would have normally been pushed by courtesy and
reflex to grasp the Spymaster’s hand in a show of gratitude, now lay limp
at his side, trembling slightly. Somehow, accepting the offer would have been
too easy…too dangerously easy.
Yet a hand pushed insistantly on his back, forcing him to take a step
foward. He knew full well it was the strong hand of his Father, yet the
touch startled him. He gave a sidelong glance at the man who had brought him
here, and gave no indication of happiness or contentement. His Father
nodded toward the Spymaster. “Go on Elim,” he whispered harshly. “Say you’re
glad to be here, and let’s get on with it.”
Now Garak turned his young teenage face fully toward his Father, looking
up at him with pleading eyes. “But Father, this is not what I want…”
Gul Telim Garak frowned heavily down at his son. “We discussed this
aready. Now don’t embarass me and shake the man’s hand!”
Gul Enabran Tain smiled feintly and retracted his hand. “Don’t worry,
Gul Garak. We get a lot of hesitant, confused youngsters. That’s why the
Order exists. To shape these creatures into effective Agents, for the good
of our Empire.”
The elder Garak scowled abruptly. “Surely he won’t be placed in the Order
right away. He doesn’t have the skills…”
“No no no. Cardassians of your son’s age are not prepared for such a…
honorable position as one in the Obsidian Order. No no, your son will be put
into Pre-Obsidian School where he will be tought discipline and skills which
will help him in the Order…if he passes the Level Entry Test, of course.”
“Of course,” smiled Garak. The younger widened his eyes. This was certainly
not what he had intended to do with his life. He now turned his lanky body
toward his father and looked up insistantly. Although tall in nature, Garak
could not measure up to his Father, higher than the norm. Still, Elim had
always managed to instill a look which balanced off his physical shortcoming
toward his father. “Father…” he said more fiercely. “I don’t want to be
here.” His father kept a frozen smile toward Tain as he pulled roughly on his
son’s arm. “Excuse me, Gul Tain. I need to talk to my son for a moment.”
Tain motioned them to proceed, and he sat back in his chair, considering
the young man Telim had brought in. The Order would certainly mold him into
a fine Agent, but Tain saw more in the young man. Yes, if Garak was
properly motivated, he would soon become a valuable asset for the Order.
“Now listen here,” his father was growling. “You’re a clever boy. The
Obsidian Order is the only reasonable place for someone like you. Don’t
expect anything else. This is where you should be, and this is where you will
be. No questions. Now, defy me again in front of Gul Tain, and I will make
you suffer for it. Understood?”

Garak’s lower lip trembled, but his bright blue eyes were steady. “Yes,
sir.”
“Good. Now, tell the man you’re honored to be here, and we can proceed
with your enrollement.” He straightened up and tugged at Garak’s collar to
adjust it. “You should be proud,” he said. “Obsidian Agents are rare these
days, and it’s becoming increasingly difficult to even appeal to the Order.
You have the potential, Son. Don’t disabuse it. You’ll make a fine Gul.”
Garak sighed and was turned toward Tain by his Father’s strong hands. He
neared the wide black desk and stared at the figure of Tain which loomed over
it. He adopted a wan smile and extended his hand to Tain. “I’m honored to be
here, Gul Tain.” He had said it with a false honesty which sounded fake even
to his own ears.
Enabran smiled broadly and took the boy’s hand, shaking it vigourously.
Obviously, he had not perceived the deception. “May I say, you’ll make a fine
edition to the Order, my boy. Once you’ve been disciplined, of course.”
Telim smiled. “Of course.”
Garak sighed and slomped his shoulders. Already at 17, he had managed to
secure his life until well over sixty. And what was his life going to be
like? If the rumors about the Order were true, he was certain it wasn’t
going to be a pleasant one. Already he missed his friends…his life. His
*normal* life. He would have to tie loose ends. Break up with Telara most of
all. He did not love her, but she was familiar. She was a remnant of a life
he knew would never be his again. With a sigh that extended deeper into his
soul, he was ushered out Tain’s office, and into a life completely different.

END OF PART ONE
***************

PART TWO – A DIFFERENT LIGHT
****************************

Pre-Obsidian school was not all that bad, Elim had to admit. He met some
interesting collegues, all of which eager to enroll in the Order. As time
streamed on, Garak became increasingly aware that being in Pre-Obsidian
School did not assure him a position in the Order. And had he still been the
seventeen year old cardassian he had been when he enrolled, he would have
done everything in his power to dissuade the Superiors that he was not a
likely candidate. Yet, as he reached the age of 23, he had been disciplined
into thinking the Order was the most important Organisation that Cardassia
had yet to encounter. Applying to a position in the Order was Garak’s
priority right now, and he was certain his collegues were no match for his
skills. Gone now was Garak’s good natured attitude, yet his dark sense of
humor was legendary on campus. He had lost all qualities which would have
impaired him and he replaced them with arrogance, connivance and mischief. If
he was to be an effective Agent, generosity and compassion would have surely
brought him nowhere. Yet he allowed courtesy and humor to remain. Two
qualities he insisted were required in any civilised Cardassian. However, an
underlying feeling of regret always managed to remind him of his previous
life. His father was dead now, killed during his shift on some desolate moon
in some isolated sector. Garak was not told the details, nor did he wish
to know them. His mother had been placed in an institution, no longer able to
survive by herself. They had given word to Garak about that as well, but the
Cardassian didn’t want anything to do with it. As far as the Order was
concerned, one had no parents. Familial and intimate attachements only made
it harder to pull away from a non-Obsidian lifestyle. And so Elim Garak was
alone, his only company that of Enabran Tain, now his official Mentor, and
a couple of lower collegues. He only allowed to aquaint himself with people
he was certain did pose a threat to his entrance exam. After all, the Level
Entry Test was only a few days away…
“And you’ll do fine,” Enabran insisted. Garak looked up from a lighted
computer screen, and his smooth features crumpled in a look of angst.
“Are we talking about the same test?” he inquired.
Tain waved a dismissive hand. “Students are told it’s a difficult test so
they’ll study and train more. There’s nothing to it, actually. When I
passed it, I got the highest grade in my Squad.”
Garak snorted and returned his attention to the screen, saying, “And how
much did you pay the Examener to accomplish that?”
Tain scowled. “Oh, how very low. Even for you.”
“Well I’m sorry!” Garak exploded. “But my mind is on this exam. And study
as I will, I am not certain I will pass it!”
“And what makes you say that?”
“My mind has been wandering these past few months. I’m afraid I haven’t
paid due attention during your teachings.” Tain stared intently at Garak,
and he was certain his pupil had carried no honesty in his appology.
“And what has made your mind wander?”
Garak slumped back in his chair, releasing a noisy sigh. “When I was first
enrolled in POS, I had no liking whatsoever for anything that involved the
Order.”
“Including me, I gather,” Tain smiled.
“Oh especially you,” Garak said with a return of the smile. “I thought
you were the most arrogant, egotistical man I had yet to meet.”
“And look at you now, making competition with me on all those levels.”
Garak frowned. “Please. I still have my pride.”
Tain sat back and nodded at Garak. “So what’s bothering you, Elim.”
“It looks to me as if I have no life. I mean, what am I really going to
do in the Order? Really? I’ll have a couple of orders issued, perhaps issue
some myself…but what will it accomplish? I’ve never been told what the
Order is fully about. I’ve heard passing rumors, read incomplete documents.
You’re in the Order, Sir. What is it like?” he asked gingerly, leaning
foward.
Tain frowned at the abrupt change of subject. “You say you have no life,
seeming to dislike the Order all together, and yet you are eager for
knowledge about it’s existence. I am not sure how to interpret it all.”
Garak shook his head at Tain’s evasiveness, then kicked the computer base
with his heavy boot. “Oh right!” he said contemptuously. “That’s what I need.
Someone to tell me I’m lost and confused. That may have worked when I was
seventeen, but no more. I only wish to know what I’m getting myself into.
Now why the hell was I never told about it?”
Tain shifted his heavy frame in his seat and his eyes looked downcast.
“I’ve never told you because I was afraid you’d leave. The Order is not
some cheerful organisation that helps the elderly Garak. It’s a serious and
dark Order, one that thrives on it’s Agent’s ability to emotionless attitude
toward their victims.”
“_Victims_?” Garak narrowed his eyes as he viewed Tain’s reaction. He was
acutely aware that his mentor had not meant to let the word slip.
“We interrogate people, Garak. To tell you the truth, we imploy techniques
to better motivate people to give us information.”
Garak’s face lightened with sudden revelation. “You torture them?”
“Not torture…it’s such an…extreme word.”

Garak nodded slowely. “But it _is_ an effective term, isn’t it? So what did
you intend to do with me? Make me your star headsman? Is that it?” Garak
felt unsure weither he should feel proud, or repulsed.
“You make it sound barbaric!” Tain exploded, standing up briskly. “The
Obsidian Order is a respectable Service. We save more lives than we dispose
of. Casualty is necessary everywhere, Garak. It’s not exclusive to wars.
Remember that.” Furious, Tain turned his heels and left the room, leaving
Garak alone with his jumbled thoughts.
“I should have run away,” he muttered, recalling the exam material in his
computer. “When Father came in my room, I should have knocked him down and
run away.” Of course, he knew he would never had the temerity to attempt
such a thing. Just like he knew he would never have the temerity to kill, or
even torture another living being. But more he focused on the idea, he was
surprised to discover that the concept shocked him even less than a minute
before. Perhaps Tain was right about him after all…

END OF PART TWO
***************

PART THREE – TELARA
*******************

Elim Garak was now officially a Gul in the Obsidian Order. He was now 26,
and his more atheltic frame now bore the metallic heavy uniform of the
Obsidian Order. He wore it proudly, and hid no arrogance when it came to
those who had not made it as far as he had. Thus, when Telara Guel came to
visit him, he looked upon her with lifeless eyes. His love, which had
never burned for her in the first place, was not even replaced with
affability.
She sat down across his desk and regarded the office he now held. For a
cardassian of Garak’s age, the position and luxuries he delighted in were
not often seen. And to his eyes, she was merely here to bathe in his success,
perhaps in a wish to rekindle their once ago romance to profit from his
wealth and influence. Garak snorted, and Telara turned sharply toward him.
“What?”
“Oh, nothing,” he said simply. “Merely wondering what your reason is for
visiting me. You do realise that a person of your position cannot intrude
upon my affairs. The only reason you are talking to me is because I know you.
People here fear me, you know.” His flash of arrogance was more than she
could take. Her eyes flamed with ire, and she curled her lips ever so
slightly.
“I see that the Order has indeed changed you, Elim–”
Garak held up a palm and smiled. “Gul Garak, my dear.”
“And to think that you swore you would never be influenced by them. I guess
promises don’t mean much to you.”
Garak stared at Telara with a narrowed eye. She spoke the truth, of course.
He had made that promise to her years back, when he had been a seveteen year
old boy. Those years were now forgotten. He leaned back and made a prayer
with his hands. “But tell me, why *are* you here, dear Telara.”
She stood up, the folds of her azure dress falling gracefully to the plush
carpeting. “I don’t know, frankly. I think I wanted to be sure you were
truly gone. I guess I was right. nothing remains of *my* Garak.”
Elim stood up and gazed at her evenly. Then, with a curve in his lips, he
whispered, “I was never yours, Telara. Honestly speaking, and you have never
known me to lie, have you my dear? Honestly speaking, I have never loved
you.” He watched her reaction with a critical eye, perceiving if indeed he
had damaged her spirits. When he detected a shattering in her eyes, his
smile grew wider. “Now,” he said, stepping toward the exit and opening the
door for her. “If you’ll excuse me, I do have some work to do.”
Almost on the edge of tears, Telara mustered her pride and sauntered to
the door. She paused when she was directly facing Garak, and with a final
show of anger, she drew back her palm and slapped his face with a satisfying
sound. Garak didn’t even bother holding up his hand to rub the pain away. He
nodded slowely and said, “I hope you enjoyed that. It’s the last thing you’ll
ever get the chance to do to me. By the way,” he said before she left. “You
want to know the real reason why I kept staying with you?”
He took her lingering presence for an affirmative, so he went on, “I only
kept you around because everyone knew how much you liked to fuck. And for me,
reputation outweighed my having to stare at your dull face every day.” And
then, with a polite smile, he inclined his head, then slammed the door on her
contrite face. He never saw her again, and never regretted his actions. He
would have many years after his service to the Order, but her face had long
been forgotten during his stay in the Obsidian Order. Her memory, along with
a painful pinge of regret, would resurface only decades later, recounted to
a certain Doctor Julian Bashir.

END OF PART THREE
*****************

PART FOUR – FIRST ENCOUNTER
***************************

Garak didn’t like Gul Dukat. He became aware of that fact upon meeting
the other Cardassian one dreary afternoon. In fact, not only did he have
complete lack of respect for the other, he loathed the likes of him. His
mere presence made him sick to his stomach. He wasn’t sure if it was the
position he held — so close to his in importance — or his naturally
arrogant features that smirked at anything living and intelligent enough to
take offense by it. Whatever it was, Garak hoped he would not know this
person long enough to become aquainted personally.
“Gul Garak,” Dukat said with an imperious wave of the hand. “I trust Gul
Delgat has relayed your orders?”
“I was not aware I had orders,” Garak said with petulance.
“Oh please. Don’t think of yourself as Supreme Spymaster of the Obsidian
Order. You may be high in ranks in this Organisation, Gul, but keep in mind
that others will always outrank you, weither by status or officiality.”
“Such defensive reactions, Gul Dukat,” Garak said with a matching smirk.
“Are we perhaps low in self-confidence these days? If so, operating at
Central Command is perhaps not very wise. You might give misguided orders…”
“You keep your nose in your business, and I’ll keep mine in Central Command.
Now,” he said with a short ragged sigh. “*Has* Delgat given you orders or
not?”
Garak shook his head and settled in his chair. “If I had, I would not have
said I hadn’t, now would I?”
“Then contact Central Command. Ask for Delgat, and he will relay them to
you.”
Garak crossed his legs and looked up at Dukat with an amused expression.
“Why should I? I have nothing to do with Central Command. They don’t give me
orders. If I had orders to follow, they would be issued by the Obsidian
Order.”
“It’s not an order, it’s a task!” Dukat shouted. “The Obsidian Order is
here to *assist* Central Command. Do you not know your own Organisation’s
duty?”
“Spare me,” Garak breathed. Unknowing of Dukat, a nerve had been touched.
Garak still had a fuzzy image of what the Service was about. He gestured
Dukat to wait on the side as he opened a channel with Central Command. A
low Officer answered the call, and promptly recognised Garak. He stuttered
a few words, then passed the transmission over to a Gul. It was Delgat.
“Gul Garak,” he nodded formally. “We have a mission for you,” he said
without preamble.
“Quite tedious that *I* had to contact you. If you needed my assistance,
it should not be my job to seek it, but yours to ask it.”
My appologies, Gul Garak. But we had an impromptu scheduling of–”
Garak waved a hand. “Get to the point.”
“A Bajoran freighter has been captured. It was roaming inside the
Cardassian boundaries, and we intercepted it a few days ago. We need someone
to interogate the passengers. We are certain they are either smuggling
information or stealing some.”
“And you want me to find out what exactly? What the information is, or
simply if such information exists?”
“Anything.”
“Well that says a lot,” Garak sighed. He nodded and said, “Very well.
Expect me soon.” He closed the channel and got up. As he passed Dukat, he
paused next to him and said, “Next time, instead of making dramatic
entrances in my office, a simple communique will suffice. And as much as you
needed to gauge me as I did you, I hope today’s encounter was sufficient.
Personally, I don’t want to see you again.”
“Trust me,” Dukat purred. “The feeling is mutual.”

END OF PART FOUR
****************

PART FIVE – THE FIRST DUTY
**************************

Garak considered the young woman sitting across from him. She was perhaps
in her twenties, a fade tunic covering her shapely figure, and a hood which
harbored light tanned hair. She had dark hazel eyes, and the only thing
which broke her face was her Bajoran ridges and a slight scar on her chin.
She wore the customary earring on her right ear, yet the rest of her was
unadorned. Garak sighed and folded his arms. “Tell me again why you were
roaming Cardassian space without permission?” he asked tediously.
She stared back evenly. “And I’ve already told you, our ship suffered a
propulsion breakdown in one of it’s thrusters. We were forced into your
space without our will.”
“A likely excuse,” he sneered. “Now tell me the real reason.”
“That is the reason!” she shouted.
He waved his hands in desperation, then became acutely aware that someone
was watching them. When he turned, the face of Enabran Tain peered at him
with disapointed eyes through the small glassed window of the door. Garak
frowned and stood. “Excuse me,” he said, leaving the room.
“Sir!” he said with obvious delight. “How long has it been?”
“Not since the Test, I’m afraid,” Tain replied, a genuin smile crossing his
gray features. “Now can you tell me something, Elim?”
“Certainly.”
“What the hell do you think you’re doing in there?”
“Conducting an interrogation,” Garak answered uneasily. He wasn’t sure what
was asked of him.
“You call that an interrogation? Why not bring Taspar eggs and Cardassian
ale while you’re at it? In fact, let’s have a celebration in her honor!”
Garak looked stricken. “I fail to understand why you view my session so…
unruly.”
“You’re too civilised, Garak,” he said affectionatly. “Too damn polite.
You gotta show more authority, more domination if you want to go anywhere
with her. Remember, civility might get you part of the information, but
savagery will instill fear and offer you all the information, in addition to
complete submission.”
Garak wasn’t sure if that’s what he wanted. As though picking up on the
thought, Tain placed a fatherly hand on his shoulder and said, “It might not
agree with your views, Garak, but it does with the Order, and that’s what
counts.”
Sighing, he nodded carefully. “Then I shall abide to your wishes and
alter my techiques.”
“Good son. Now here,” he said, handing him a device. Rather, an array of
devices compiled in one case. Among them, Garak recognised a dermal injector,
an epidermal cuircuit and monitoring devices. He looked up inquisitevely.
“For her,” Tain said with a toss of the head. “Inject the cuircuit in her
system. It will regulate her cardio-vascular muscles to your wishes. You
may induce arrest for as long as the device will permit you. It’s
programmed to start the heart after a reasonable amount of time. But I
can assure you…if the pain of such an experience will not make her talk,
you can be certain she tells the truth when she says she has no
information to give.”
Garak looked down again and inspected the instruments. He took a profound
breath, then walked inside the room. A few hours later, when he came out
again, he was not the same man that had walked in. He threw the case on the
floor, now missing the cuircuit, and walked off with fury. The Bajoran
woman lay mercifully on the table, relieved of the torturous treatement she
had been subjected too for the past hours. She had revealed nothing, and
that was what Garak had been angry about. Not that he had inflicted the most
exquisite pain in her, not that he had been reduced to status of Tormentor
in mere minutes…no, he was flustered that he had not managed to extract
the information which was needed.

END OF PART FIVE
****************

PART SIX – A TEST OF LOYALTY
****************************

Gul Elim Garak was now 35. He was a supreme Inquisitor, and a rank to be
feared and treated with respect. Something he had taken for granted a few
years back was now reality; he was no longer being issued orders. Rather, he
was giving them. But he now and then indulged himself in an interrogation
or two. Years of only doing so had eroded his compassion; he was now plainly
enjoying watching his victims wither and break down in front of him, weeping
or begging him to cease his inquiries. What a fine job it was, Garak told
himself. And how he was gratified that his father had indeed pushed him into
this. How foolish he had been…to think he had initially rejected the idea
of being enrolled in the Obsidian Order.
It was of this he thought about as he completed business in his office.
A chime sounded, and he was startled out of concentration. He looked up and
sighed. “Come in.”
Gul Enabran Tain entered the office and gave Garak a hearty grin. “Garak,
my young friend. How fare you?”
Garak stood up gingerly and grinned broadly as he shook hands with his
mentor. “Quite well, Sir. And how is life treating you?”
“Oh, you know me. Quite a dull life these days. I’m close to retirement,
you know.”
“I refuse to believe that,” Garak said with a smile.
“Ah well, t’is true,” Tain sighed, dropping his increasing weight into a
chair. He looked up from heavy eyebone ridges and considered his pupil.
Briskly, he changed the subject. “Are you engaged any time during this week?”
he asked.
Garak waved a hand toward his computer. “I was planning on completing
unrelated work, but otherwise I’m free.”
“Good. I have a request.”
“Which is?”
“We cought some covert transmissions being broadcasted to Bajor. Now we
believe that several rebel Cardassians are in contact with Bajoran Militia,
perhaps giving them valuable information. Of course, no one will admit
anything, but this is where I want you. I wish for you to conduct several
inquisitions over the course of the week. Some other members of the Order will
do so as well, but I will bring in the prime suspects for you.” He allowed a
small smile. “Your techniques are, after all, legendary.”
Garak shied away from the compliment and adopted a serious frown. “And, who
are these…rebel cardassians?”
Tain held up a PADD and handed it across the desk to Garak. Elim looked at
the listing, and his breath cought in his throat. “Telara? She is among the
traitors?”
Tain narrowed his eyes. “You know this woman?”
“Yes…”
“She is believed to be the leader, my friend. I want you to start with
her.”
Garak looked up with a somewhat pleading look. “But what crime was comitted
here? Is there even any form of evidence…proof?”
“We don’t need proof. Rumors are enough to at least interrogate them. May
I trust you? I don’t think I need to ask this of you.”
“Of course I can be trusted,” Garak snapped. “I shall do as you wish.”
Tain nodded with satisfaction. “Good. Now, won’t you come by this evening
for supper? Mila always enjoys your company, and she’ll make you some of
her best Taspar dishes you so adore.”
Garak was cought in his thoughts and nodded hurriedly.”Yes, of course.”
Tain considered Garak for a moment, then stood to leave. “In any case, I’m
eager to see your report on your findings. This Telara of yours…she might
prove to be a valuable source of information.”
Garak muttered, “I’m sure she will be.” Somehow, for the first time, Garak
wasn’t eager for the interrogation sessions next week.

END OF PART SIX
***************

PART SEVEN – MILA
*****************

Garak had always been fond of Mila. He considered her a valued friend, and
always enjoyed her company, as did she. And when Elim stopped by the
Spymaster’s house, he was greeted by her generous smile. “Master Garak, what
a pleasure to see you,” she grinned, ushering him in. She had deliberatly
ignored the use of his title, perhaps because she wished formality to be kept
outside the house. Yet she recognised Garak’s importance, and manage to hold
respect with a more informal title. As far as he was concerned, she would
have called him Elim, and he wouldn’t have mind.
When he was inside the dinning room, Mila pulled a chair for him. “Master
Tain is away for the moment, I’m afraid.”
“Oh?” Garak was surprised. “Anything amiss?”
“Oh dear, no. He simply had some last minute business to attend to. I was
going to contact you when word was given to me, but you had already departed.
I hope you don’t mind dining with me, Master Garak. Although, I would
understand if you left.”
Garak smiled generously. “My dear, your company is always appreciated.
Besides, you know full well I cannot refuse your Taspar eggs.”
Mila looked truly gratified. “I knew you would not turn away from a hot
meal. All that work of yours must not let much room for healthy intakes of
food.”
Garak nodded. “You’re quite right about that. I find myself skipping lunch
all together sometimes.”
“Oh well, that cannot be good for you,” she frowned heavily. “You should
stop by more often.”
Garak narrowed his eyes. Somehow, he had detected something other than
motherly concern over his nutritive habits. He smiled feintly and stood. “Do
you require any assistance with supper?”
“Oh no, everything is already being prepared.”
“I see.”
Mila looked momentarily hesitant, as if a private battle was being fought
within her. When the conflict was resolved, she looked up. “Master Garak…”
she began.
“Please,” Garak said, holding up his hand. “Call me Elim.”
Mila flushed slightly, and took a step foward. “Elim, I cannot say that I
have been totally honest with you…”
“Oh?”
“When I told you that Master Tain was away…well, that was true enough.
But the reason was falsified. You see…I was the cause for his brisk
departure.”
“Oh.”
“I..Well, frankly, I told him you were not coming, and that he had better
take the opportunity to get some work finished back at the Order.”
“And he bought that?” Garak smiled with revelation. “Somehow, I have
difficulty imagining him believing I refused a free meal.”
“Well, he did,” Mila said with her eyes averted.
Garak stepped foward. “And why would you tell him that?”
“It seemed the only way I could get you alone without asking you directly.”
Garak frowned. “Did the thought that I would have refused seeing you alone
ever crossed your mind?”
“Frankly, it did. I had to be sure…”
Garak again moved foward, smiling sympathetically. He pressed his fingers
to her lips and his smile grew into one of affection. “I think I know why
exactly you did this. And I must say…I’m glad you did.” He took her in his
arms, his strong hands envelopping her back with loving care. He brushed her
lips with his own, capturing her mouth in a kiss which was not passionate,
but friendly. He pulled away and pinched her chin with a cheerful smile. “But
I will not allow a relationship with you.” At her momentary disapointed
look, he vehemently shook his head. “Not because of you, my dear Mila. But,
well, the Order does frown upon intimate relationships. If I should somehow
pull away from my work to pursuie other interests, my concentration would
fail me when it would come to my duties. And I shall not submit you to a life
of constant absences from my part, my dear. And you are equally not deserving
of a one night affair. Thus, please, let us not pursuie this.”
Mila nodded with comprehension. “I understand. But please, tell nothing of
this to Master Tain. He would have my head if he discovered I had a penchant
for his student and not for him,” she smiled.
Garak returned the good humored grin. “Not to worry, dear. I’m rather good
at keeping secrets.” He slapped his hands together and licked his lips. “Now,
shall we eat?”

END OF PART SEVEN
*****************

PART EIGHT – FAILURE
********************

“What do you mean, you can’t go through with this?”
Garak bowed his head and shook his head. “I can’t interrogate her. I’m too
personally involved.”
Tain restrained his anger with difficulty. “That was nearly two decades
ago! What happened to your fabled insensitivity when it came to traitors and
smuglers?”
“She’s not a traitor.”
“How do you know that if you haven’t interrogated her?”
Garak met his gaze evenly. “I just know!”
“That’s not good enough! Now march back in there and talk with her, beat
her, pull her hair, anything! I want her to confess.”
“If you’re so eager for her to endure punishement, then why don’t you do it
yourself?”
Tain leaned back. “You *dare* talk back to your Superior like that?”
“You’re not my Superior. Not anymore.”
Tain narrowed his eyes. “Oh? I can have that changed rather quickly, if you
wish. I still have more influence in the Order than you’ll ever have.”
“Yet I still have enough importance to refuse a session if I choose to. And
at this time, I refuse to interrogate that woman in there.”
“Do you realise that defying me is enough to throw you out of the Order
all together?”
Garak recoiled in shock. “You would do this to me because of my simple
refusal to a session?”
“I would do this because of your ungrateful attitude toward me! Your Mentor,
your Superior!”
Garak curled his lips, and his hands crumpled in fists. “If that are your
feelings toward the matter, then I quit!”
“Good! The Order is no place for a unrespectable coward!”
Garak was fighting desperatly not to lunge at the man and swipe him a good
knock on the jaw. He clawed at the insignia on his uniform and striped it
off, throwing it unceremoniously at Tain’s feet. “You know what? It feels
good not to be your pawn anymore.” With what he turned on his heels and
walked off in a storm. Tain tightened his fists and watched his student march
away.

END OF PART EIGHT
*****************

PART NINE – CARDASSIAN EXILE
****************************

Garak stared incredulously at the two Obsidian Agents crowding his house.
He shook his head and frowned. “Repeat that, please.”
“Gul Tain has ordered us to inform you that you are now exiled from
Cardassia. If you choose to remain here, you will be trialed and executed
under Cardassian Legislature.”
Garak swallowed hard. “And *why* am I being exiled?”
The other guard handed him a computer pad and nodded toward it. “He
believes that by refusing to interrogate the rebel suspects, you are making
yourself an automatic suspect yourself. Since no one wishes to interrogate
you, guilt has already been determined. The only reason, it seems, that you
are not being forced to execution is your aquaintance with Gul Tain. We
both suggest you choose exile if you do not wish your life to terminate.”
“This is ludicrious!” Garak exclaimed. The guards looked around his
house and once of them said, “You should begin packing. A transport has
been arranged to carry you off to the Bajoran system. Gul Tain believes you
will learn much by living amongst your allies.”
Garak exploded. “I will be sacrificed! We are at war with them!”
“That is not our concern. You are not forced to live on Bajor. There are
several neutral systems around which will be sufficient to sustain you.
Perhaps even the Federation will accept you,” he sneered.
Garak was suddenly sick to his stomach. The reality of it all had just
knocked him on the side of his head. He let himself drop on a chair and let
out a heavy sigh. “I’m ruined,” he said simply.

END OF PART NINE
****************

PART TEN – DS9
**************

13 years had now passed since the incident. Garak had remained on a
desolate planet in some sector he could not recall the name. He had stayed
in the freighter as far as it would take him, and he had settled in a small
camp outside the planet’s main city. He had slowly tried to rebuild a life
of his own, yet he found it hard to begin from the lowest point. He had been
used to luxury and power. Now he had been reduced to a lowly merchant
traveling from city to city to earn his bread. Pityful, he scolded himself
relentlessly. I should have opted for execution, he thought. At least I would
have gone off with dignity and pride. After all, is this a life?
Yet something pushed him to mold another life. He was tired of the
traveler’s lifestyle, and longed for something better. Perhaps all was not
lost after all. He still had his skills, certain talents that could be put
to good use. He was given word that the war between Bajor and Cardassia
was no longer in activity, and he was certain he could return to Bajor’s
system and build a new life. That station the Federation had settled near
the discovered wormhole. He could go there.
And so he did. With the small savings he had accumulated, he booked a
flight to this Deep Space Nine, and arrived at the station with a new
purpose…a new lease on life. And a cardassian station, no less. At least
the surroundings were familiar. He had quickly found quarters, and decided
to open a shop. After all, he had been a tailoring merchant for all these
years, why not remain with what worked? Thus he leased a space, then opened
his business. Yet because the population was overly Bajoran, he found only
prejudice and racism. The tables were turned it seemed, and he could do
nothing to protect his pride…
…until one fateful afternoon — when he met a young and eager to please
Doctor Julian Bashir — he discovered his life had encountered a satisfying
change…for the better.

THE END
*******

… OFFLINE 1.50


| Return Address: Sophie.Masse@tbeu.mba.org
| Standard disclaimer: The views of this user are strictly their own.

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged | Leave a comment

Anslem

SUMMARY: The final story in the DS9 novel, JEU-PARTI, sequel to “Orfeo”
and “Eye of the Storm.” Eleven years after his abrupt, late-night
departure, Salene reappears in Jake’s life. He finds a twenty-nine-
year-old Jake whose writing career is beginning to blossom even while
his private life is falling apart. This story is rated [PG-13] for
allusive sexual description; those who object to gay fiction should read
no further.

Obviously, we’ve tried to project a *likely* future, but equally
obviously, the show may render some of our assumptions obsolete. When
reading, please take into account that this was penned during the
fifth season of DS9. Also, despite Picard’s comments in “First
Contact,” we have assumed there is some form of financial compensation
in the Federation. Frankly, anything else makes no economic sense.

Additional author’s note: This story was conceived at the same time
as “Eye of the Storm”–months before the theater release of “Shine.”
Similarities are coincidental.

Acknowledgements to Margaret Wander Bonanno for her novel, DWELLERS IN
THE CRUCIBLE, from which we have borrowed certain details. “The Road
Less Taken” is the work of Robert Frost, and “Ozymandias” the work of
Percy Bysshe Shelley.

DISCLAIMER: Paramount owns all rights to DS9 series characters herein;
Margaret Wander Bonanno has rights to the character of Sethan; all
original characters are the property of the authors. Resemblance to
any individual, living or dead, is purely coincidental. This is a
nonprofit work of fanfiction. Distribution is free, but please retain
this disclaimer and ask the authors’ permission before archiving to
web pages or sites other than the a.s.c archive.

ANSLEM
J & Macedon, c1997

Snow whispered where it touched. If he listened hard enough, he
could hear it tell him secrets. Flakes clung to his cloak: delicate
white stars making obscure constellations on a black void of wool.
They fell in his hair, on his eyelashes, tickled his nose and cheeks.
He had long ago lost any sensation in fingers and toes and the tips of
his ears.
On the horizon, the sun rose. Yellow-white G2 star. He had
always found the quality of Earth’s sunlight all wrong. It fell too
bright on eyes–desert-evolved or not–which were accustomed to the
orange cast of a K1 star. Shadows cut sharp.
There were no shadows now. The sky was slate grey, snow grey.
Like his thoughts.
He clutched the book–a real book of paper and cardboard backing
–more tightly under his arm. The plastic in which he had wrapped it
made a crinkling sound. His attention centered on a child swaddled in
pink like a stuffed pillow; she waded knee-deep in drifts and squealed
in delight, mittened hands threw up puffs to scatter down around her.
She was coming dangerously close to a cord of wood stacked beside the
house.
“Jenny Gwen!”
Her father set aside the snow shovel with which he had been
shoveling the walkway, retrieved her and raised her high on one
shoulder to carry her back with him. She was small. The watcher in
the street knew she would be three years old with the next Earth
month. Her father went back to shoveling. The child returned to
waddling in his wake, pouncing on snow mounds and pulling them down,
obliterating the path he had just made neat. He turned, saw what she
had done and set down the shovel with a solid plunk. “Jenny! No!”
She just laughed, grinning up at him defiantly from the opening
of her parka hood.
It was the child who saw the watcher first.

He had been observing for twenty-seven minutes. Having come this
far, he now stood irresolute fifteen meters away in the middle of the
street. Two words on the inside of a book cover had brought him:
“To Salene”
To be dedicatee of a book was a singular honor. But for him to be
dedicatee of a book by this particular author with whom he shared such
a painful past was a bafflement. A puzzle. It demanded an answer.
Maybe the author had known that. But why now? After eleven years,
why bait the trap now? Not that he had responded immediately. The
book under his arm had been in print six Terran months, seven days. A
series of events in his own life had been necessary before he could
bring himself to make this journey.
Now he stood fifteen meters from Jake Sisko, who had squatted
down to speak to his daughter. He wondered for perhaps the hundredth
time how to approach this remeeting.
The child solved the problem. Pointing directly at him over her
father’s shoulder, he heard her say clearly, “Somebody’s watching us,
Daddy!” And she waved at him, little mittened hand wobbling up and
down rapidly. “Hi!”
Not knowing what else to do, he raised his own hand in return.
At that moment, Jake twisted to look. Letting go of his daughter, he
stood slowly–or perhaps Salene’s mind just cast everything over the
next few seconds in slow motion. Jake walked down the path toward the
street, stopped an arm’s length away as if not trusting himself to
come within striking range. For a long moment, they stared.
Age had defined the lines of Jake’s face, reminding Salene how
brief ran the span of human years. Jake was a man, his height finally
grown into, the roundness gone from his shoulders, his chest filled
out. He was big, bigger than his father. He did not slouch where he
stood any longer. Yet he was still beautiful: that rare purity of
profile which carried no false feature, no blemish but the small
freckle on his right eyelid. Salene had always thought that freckle
saved him from insipidity.
Yet what shocked Salene more than any physical change in Jake,
what nearly sent him reeling back, was the sudden pulsing sense of
Jake’s presence. The bond. It was still there.
Well, what did you expect?, he asked himself sarcastically.
He thought even Jake might have felt something because he frowned
slightly and shook his head, then looked back up at Salene, opened his
mouth, shut it.
The child picked that moment to interrupt. She had waddled down
the path while the two of them had stood staring stupidly at one
another; now she walked right up to Salene to tug on his cloak. “Who
you?” He glanced down at the little face, into eyes that muddy-green
color which sometimes turned up in children of mixed parentage.
“Jenny Gwen–let him go!”
He looked back at her father. Jake had come a few steps forward.
“I will not have her for breakfast,” he said dryly.
“I didn’t think you would.” Jake’s tone ran cold with all the
unspoken accusations of eleven years. “I just didn’t want her to
force any unwanted human feelings on you.”
Such bitterness! Not undeserved. Salene met Jake’s eyes for a
moment, then squatted down to face Jake’s daughter. “My name is
Salene,” he told her.
“Sa-lene,” she repeated and smiled at him. She had her father’s
sweet smile and probably his fine bone structure, though under cheeks
still plump with baby-fat, it was hard to tell. Her skin was fine
Vulcan teak, a little darker than his. The hazel eyes were her most
striking feature. He wondered what her mother looked like. Sarah
Fernandez. It was only a name from the About the Author note in
Jake’s book: “Jake Sisko lives in Bellefonte, Pennsylvania, Earth,
with his wife, Sarah Fernandez, their daughter Jennifer Gwendolyn,
three cats and one newt.”
The wind blew his hair and the child noticed his ears, walked
around his side to inspect them more closely, then reached up a
mittened finger to touch the left one. Salene saw Jake tense. “They
are supposed to be that way,” he told her.
Though her hands had a child’s awkwardness, she was very careful
as she explore the ear, then moved around to touch his eyebrow. Like
all children, the differences fascinated her. Her little face was
pinched with perplexity. “I am a Vulcan,” he told her.
She repeated that, too. “Vul-can.” Then she grinned, as if
delighted by something. “Pointy ears!” And she broke into giggles.
“Jenny Gwen!” Jake snapped.
Salene raised a hand, shook his head. “It is all right. She
means no insult by it.”
“I like them!” she said as if agreeing, though he doubted her
vocabulary included ‘insult’ yet. She looked up at her father,
smiled. Jake sighed and let it go. Salene suspected the child had
already learned that her smile could excuse a multitude of sins. She
was utterly charming; it devastated him. Here was what he could never
have given Jake Sisko.
“What are you doing here?” Jake asked him then.
Salene stood, pulled the book out from under his arm. The title
showed clearly through the transparent plastic. ANSLEM. “This.”
Jake glanced from book cover to Salene’s face. “It’s been out a
while.”
“Indeed. And to great critical acclaim–as it deserves. I
understand that it was nominated for the Baytaw Prize? You finally
discovered what to do with the characters.”
“I had help. Somebody pointed me in the right direction eleven
years ago.”
Salene removed the book, opened it to the dedication page, read:
“‘In loving memory of my mother, Jennifer Martin Sisko; and to Salene,
for a clear eye, tactful honesty, and no compromises.’ I am…deeply
honored, Jake.” Closing the book, he looked up. “But this was
undeserved by me. It was a long time ago. You have matured greatly
as a writer, and this story has changed profoundly from the version I
read. I do not believe I contributed much to it, in its final form.
So–I must confess myself perplexed by the dedication.”
Jake had listened quietly while his daughter wound round and
round his legs, as if he were a living Maypole. The adults might have
their conversation, but she would be sure she was noticed. Now, Jake
smiled bitter–an expression new to his face since Salene had known
him–and said, “It’s a writer’s prerogative to dedicate his book to
who he wants.”
“Agreed. But is it not equally the prerogative of the dedicatee
to inquire as to the reasons?”
“You came a long way to ask why.”
I had ghosts to face, Salene almost said, but closed his lips on
it: a metaphor more suited to Jake than to him. Instead, he replied,
“I did not think a letter would do.”
“You thought a letter was good enough for goodbye.”
Only thirty-three years of tight control saved Salene from wincing
visibly. “That was…one of the more short-sighted acts of my life.”
Before Jake could reply, the child piped up. “I’m cold! We go
*in* now!”
Jake lifted her onto his hip, then turn back to Salene. “If you
came sixteen lightyears to ask why, I guess I can give you coffee.
Come on.” Turning, he started up the walk. Salene followed, snow
swirling around him.

The house smelled of pine from a tree in one corner. A tree in
the house? Ah. He had forgotten the month: late December. Christmas
had just passed in most of Western and parts of Eastern Earth.
Red and blue decorations enlivened a dark wood sitting-room. The
place had a rustic air. A fire burned in an archaic cast-iron stove.
Salene moved towards it, felt his extremities tingle as they revived.
A pot of water sat steaming on top. “Why is there water on top of
your stove?” he asked, turning. Jake’s daughter had gone tearing off
up the staircase while Jake stood in the kitchen, pouring real-brewed
coffee into two cups on the breakfast bar. The kitchen was fully-
appointed. Jake must still cook.
“The water humidifies the air. Otherwise it gets dry in here
with the stove going.”
“Where did you find such an antique?”
“I didn’t. Sarah did. Antiques are her hobby, though she took
most of the smaller ones with her.”
Salene blinked. “Took them with her?”
Jake brought over the coffee, set it in front of Salene. “Take
off your cloak. There are hooks on the wall by the door.” Salene did
so, hung it beside the tiny pink coat which belonged to the child.
He turned back then, let his eyes take in his surroundings with
more care: a sofa, a chair with a cat sprawled in it, a pair of lamps,
a bookshelf with real books beside the staircase, a half-full fishtank
with algae all over the sides. The newt? Otherwise, the room was
strangely bare. Christmas decorations, shoes, and scattered toys had
initially hidden that fact. He saw a man’s things; he saw a child’s
things. He did not see anything recognizably a woman’s. “Where is
your wife, Jake?”
A long pause. Jake wasn’t looking at Salene. “We’ve separated.”
At the base of his spine, Salene experienced a shivery burst that
flashed weakness down his legs and spread out low in his abdomen. He
did not have a name to put to the sensation. It kept him silent for
ten breaths, then he asked, “How long?”
“Four months.”
Salene sat down across from the man who had once been–and still
was in his own heart–his dearest friend. “I am sorry.”
Jake looked up. “Really?” His tone made the question sardonic,
not curious.
“Yes. Really.”
The child’s return interrupted any reply Jake might have made.
She gallumped down the stairs, a large stuffed animal in her arms–
some marine mammal. Salene was not well-versed in Earth’s flora and
fauna. Coming over to him, she pushed the nose of the animal right up
against his face. “She kiss you!” The timing was bad; he twisted
away almost violently.
“Jenny!” Jake said. “Come here!”
“Jake, forgive–”
“Shut up, Salene.” But Jake was looking at his daughter; she
glared back, then reluctantly approached. He caught her between his
knees, took the stuffed animal out of her hands and set it on the
floor. She reached for it but he had scooted it well out of reach.
“Jenny. Jenny Gwen, look at me. Do you have your listening ears on?”
Giving up on the toy, she raised her face and made an odd popping
sound with her mouth. “Use person talk, Jenny, not newt noises. Do
you have your listening hears on?”
Dropping her chin, she said sullenly, “Yes.”
“It’s not considered polite to touch Vulcans. Mr. Salene has
been very patient with you, but it’s time now for you to stop. Why
don’t you go upstairs and play for a while? Daddy wants to have a
grownup conversation, okay?”
“No!”
“Jenny Gwen–!”
“No!”
“Jenny, go upstairs. I’m going to count to three. One….”
She did nothing.
“Two….”
She skipped out from between his knees, darted in to snatch the
stuffed animal, then backed up a dozen steps, stopped, as if to see if
he would make good his threat.
“Two and a half….”
“I go!” And she dashed up the stairs.
When she had disappeared, Salene said, “She lives with you?”
“For the time being. Sarah’s on assignment to a new space
station. That’s what she does: station architecture.”
“Then you met on DS9?”
“We met here in Pennsylvania. I was visiting my grandparents.
They told me about a local professor who was interviewing people who’d
grown up on space stations, for planning research. She wanted to make
stations more kid-friendly.” Jake shrugged. “I agreed to talk to
her. Turned out, she’d grown up on one, too. We had some things in
common. She asked me out and we started seeing each other. After a
while, I asked her to marry me.” Jake looked off. “It’s not the
stuff of exciting novels, I’m afraid.”
Salene wanted to ask what had happened to Jake’s marriage, but
did not feel it his place. Eleven years ago he had given up all right
to know about Jake’s private life. He sipped his coffee instead and
stared at the black iron stove.
Silence stretched. Finally, Jake shifted. “So. How about you?
What’ve you been up to for eleven years?”
It was not sarcastic, or bitter. Just a question posed offhand–
like one might ask at a casual meeting between acquaintances. Yet
what he and Jake had been to one another…. Salene had come here
prepared for anger, for abrupt dismissal, even for cold refusal on
Jake’s part to acknowledge him. But to be reduced to a mere
acquaintance!
It was the perfect cruelty, of course. The perfect revenge.
What better way to humiliate a Vulcan than to care less?
Standing, Salene walked away a few steps, moving like a man drunk
or disoriented. Finally he looked back at Jake, whose face was nearly
blank. He did not even have the good grace to look victorious, which
made his victory unassailable.
“What have I been ‘up to’? I have eaten out my heart over you.
Does it please you to hear it?”
Jake blinked. Salene watched the full impact of his admission
register. Blankness disappeared, the eyebrow twitched–almost Vulcan
that. There was a pinched look about Jake’s mouth. Then he bowed his
head and stared hard at the carpet under his feet. “Damn you. You
had to push it, didn’t you?”
“If the other option was to be treated as if I did not matter–
yes.”
Jake stood, stalked over to face Salene. “You could have come
six months ago. Why didn’t you?”
Salene sidestepped that question to re-ask his own. “Why did you
dedicate a book to me after eleven years?”
Jake threw up his hands, turned half away. “I don’t know! But
if you came now, why didn’t you come before?” He turned his head to
glare. “You want to be treated like you matter, but you don’t treat
me as if I matter to you!”
“You matter.”
“Then why didn’t you come?”
It was an accusation, not a question.
“I…did not want to be manipulated.”
That shut Jake up. There were tears in his eyes; he had always
been emotional. Once, Salene had prized that. “I *needed* you,” Jake
said finally.
“I am here.” What other response could he have given?
Jake started to move forward, hesitated, faltered, cooled. He
waved a hand and turned away again, all the way around. “It doesn’t
matter. It was a dumb thing to do, the dedication. I didn’t have any
business doing it; I was just confused. My marriage was falling
apart. I don’t know what I thought that dedication would accomplish.”
The answer seemed obvious to Salene. “You did something you knew
I would have to respond to, either to express gratitude or curiosity.”
He paused, added, “That was why I initially refused to come.”
“So why did you, finally? You didn’t have to; you made it clear
once that you didn’t want me around.”
Salene paused, thought how to answer. He could sidestep the
truth and preserve his pride, but had he wanted to preserve his pride,
he would not have come here at all. “It was never a matter of not
wanting. It was a matter of choosing between two things I wanted too
much.”
For a moment, Jake said nothing, clearly taken aback. Then his
face shut. “I didn’t think Vulcans ever wanted; that’s a *feeling*.”
Salene looked around himself, anywhere but at Jake. “I feel.”
“You said that once, too. I was stupid enough to believe you.”
“I did not lie!” It was a snap, no other description for it.
Reining his temper, he walked back to the stove. It was hot, like
this feeling in his chest. It made his skin tight, made his heart
tight. “When I left you, I left my soul.”
Behind him he heard clapping, slow and mocking, and spun around.
“How *poetic*,” Jake said.
To admit to emotion was bad enough. To admit to it and not be
taken seriously– He was moving almost before he knew what he was
doing. He grabbed Jake by the wrist, jerked him close…and had
nothing to say. At the root of it, this wasn’t about declarations.
Jake had no reasons to believe him. So he leaned in the rest of the
way and kissed him. It was brutal. Teeth bruised lips. He had Jake
by the nape of the neck. Jake had both hands on his upper arms, to
draw him close or shove him away. A wrestling match: each trying to
dominate the other on grounds neither had expected but perhaps both
had wanted too much. Salene could feel the bond pulsing in his own
mind. The wish to link with Jake almost overwhelming–as overwhelming
as this intense desire reawakened after long dormancy. They pushed
against each other like a pair of phalanxes at the clash of shields.
Jake broke off abruptly, jerked his head around to the stairs.
Salene remembered then, too: the child. She was not there. Jake let
out a breath, let Salene go. “What in hell was that?” he muttered.
Salene stepped forward again, back into the circle of Jake’s
personal space–but he kept one eye on the stairs. “Which part? The
anger or the desire?”
Jake set a hand on Salene’s hip–very carefully, as if he thought
Salene might break. “This is insane. It was eleven years ago. I’m
not attracted to men. I have a daughter, and a wife, if we can work
it out. You have a career, and a family that doesn’t want to hear
about me.”
“All true, if not precisely accurate on the details. Only part
of my family would not wish to hear about you.”
“Which part?”
“My elder brother.”
“You said your family would disown you.”
“I was young.” And foolish. But he did not add that.
Jake backed up, raised his hands. “This is going too fast. What
did you come here for? To disrupt my life again?”
“I told you–I wished an answer regarding the dedication.”
“And you got one. My marriage was falling apart. I guess it
reminded me of you!”
“You said you needed me.”
“I did. Then.”
“And now?”
Jake made a helpless gesture. “I don’t know! I don’t understand
any of this! You just…drop back into my life and expect me to take
you on faith.”
“No, I do not.” He wanted to touch Jake again, knew it would be
unwise. “I did not intend what just occurred–but I cannot say no
part of me had hoped for it.”
“What did you think was going to happen if you came here?”
“Honestly? I thought you would not talk to me.”
“Despite the dedication?”
“Yes. I simply felt compelled to see you again.” He let a
faint, bitter smile touch his lips. “The dedication provided an
excuse.”
“So now what?” Jake asked.
Salene shrugged by way of answer. He really had no idea. He had
not thought to get this far. Jake picked up their cups, went back
into the kitchen and poured more coffee. He did not look at Salene.
“Do you want to stay for lunch? It’s still snowing out there.”
“Do you wish me to stay?”
“I wouldn’t ask otherwise!”
“Then I will stay.”

It was a strange afternoon. Not comfortable. After lunch, the
child was put down for a nap. She went reluctantly, might not have
gone at all had Salene not promised a song. She was fascinated by
him. And he was fascinated by her, by the sheer fact of her. Jake’s
child. That she was charming and apparently clever for her age only
added to the effect. When she was finally asleep, he came back
downstairs. Jake sat in the near-empty dining room on the other side
of the kitchen, staring out the front bay window at the snow coming
down in the street. His feet were up on the sill and he had a
steaming cup of coffee in his hands. There was a second chair for
Salene. “I did not think you particularly cared for coffee,” Salene
said by way of greeting, took the chair.
“Started drinking it at the Pennington Academy in New Zealand, but
I didn’t actually get to like coffee till I lived in Rome a few years.
They know how to make real coffee in Italy; they roast the beans, not
burn them.”
“What were you doing there?”
“Going to school.”
“In Italy, not New Zealand?”
“I stayed at Pennington two years. I guess I learned something.”
He took a sip of coffee. “That’s not fair. I did learn something,
but I learned more outside classes than in them. I decided I’d do
better with a degree in something else. If all you study is writing,
you have nothing to write *about*. So I travelled for a few years–
all Earth’s important old cities left standing after the Third Word
War. I went to Leningrad, Calcutta, Nairobi, Istanbul, Mexico City,
Cairo, Athens, Barcelona, Venice, Casablanca. Quite a list, huh? And
those are just the ones I remember off the top of my head.” He
grinned. “Finally settled in Rome. Took comparative literature
there, with a year at Cambridge after. I think I lived in their
library–a real one, with real books. It’s wonderfully Gothic. Nog
thought I was nuts.”
“You are still friends with the Ferengi?”
“Nog didn’t walk out on me.”
Salene rose, stalked away through the kitchen. Behind him, he
heard Jake rise also. “Don’t leave. I’m sorry.”
He stopped but remained turned away towards the sitting room with
its stove and denuded Christmas tree. “There is nothing for which you
need apologize. You are correct. Nog did not betray his friendship
with you. I did.”
“I never understood why. I read the note you left, but couldn’t
you just have *told* me those things? Did you really think I’d be so
selfish I wouldn’t let you set whatever limits you needed to?” A
hesitation. “I’d have taken you on any grounds you named. You were
my friend first.”
“You still do not understand, do you? It was never you I did not
trust! It was myself.” He turned a little to stare at a neat line of
canisters on the cabinet until his eyes went out of focus. “You were
the unwitting victim of my own weaknesses. That is why I left. I
would not victimize you further.”
“Couldn’t you let me decide for myself? If you’d talked to me–”
“I’d never have been able to leave you.”
“That was the idea, dammit!” Frustrated, Jake threw his coffee
cup. It crashed against the wall, the last dregs of coffee streaking
brown on white. Being plastic, the cup itself did not break but the
sound startled them both.
“You’re going to wake your daughter.”
“No, I won’t. A Klingon bird of prey could go screaming through
her room at warp nine and it wouldn’t wake her.” Jake came into the
kitchen to grab a rag, dampen it and go back out to wipe up the coffee.
Salene followed, picking up the cup where it had bounced away against a
baseboard. Jake had finished cleaning up but remained squatting,
staring at the wall. “If you had to leave then to ‘protect’ me, why
show up again now? Do you think it’s going to hurt less when you leave
this time?”
Salene frowned down at the blue plastic of the cup. “Do you wish
me to leave?”
“That wasn’t what I asked.”
“No, but it is what I asked.” He walked over to stand next to
Jake.
Jake did not look up at him. “You got what you came for–a
reason for the dedication.”
“Ostensibly.”
Jake finally turned up his head. “What are you trying to say?”
Squatting down as well, Salene frowned at the wood floor between
his knees. “If you wish me to stay, I will. If you wish me to leave,
I will. I did not come intending to cause you pain. I came because I
could no longer stay away. My own weaknesses again. But I will not
victimize you twice.”
“Why don’t you show me the respect of letting me decide this time
when I’m a victim?”
That made Salene glance up. There was anger in Jake’s face, and
something else. “I want you to stay,” Jake said. “But only if I can
trust that you won’t disappear on me again. If you can’t give me your
word, then yeah, I want you to go, and not come back.”
“I can give you my word,” Salene said solemnly.

II.

Jake was working. Again. He had forgotten that it was time to
eat. That was a common enough occurrence. Salene set Jenny in her
highchair at the breakfast bar and gave her wheat crackers to keep her
busy, walked down the hall to bang on Jake’s office door. Again.
“Jake.”
“Yeah, yeah–I’m coming. Just let me finish this thought.”
“You said that five minutes ago.”
“I’ll be there in a minute!”
Snorting softly, Salene went back to the kitchen. After three
months, he knew the routine: he would feed Jenny, eat something, then
Jake himself would finally appear half an hour from now, looking
shamefaced and offering apologetic variants on, “I got involved.”
Sometimes Salene wondered how Jake had survived alone with Jenny
before he had arrived. When writing, Jake lived in his own world–
especially now as he fought to complete his second novel. But Salene
understood that kind of obsession.
“At least you don’t yell at me,” Jake had said, a month after
Salene had moved in. “Sarah thought marrying a writer would be
romantic, but she never understood. Since I was home all day, why
couldn’t I run errands for her, watch Jenny, whatever? Then she
bitched when I wrote at night because I was busy all day. ‘You never
spend any time with me!'” It was one of the few times Jake had said
anything about the reasons for his separation from Sarah. Salene had
never asked more.
His current arrangement with Jake was ephemeral. It continued to
exist because they refrained from imposing the past or future on it.
After that first day, Jake never again asked Salene if he was staying,
or for how long, or what had become of his career. Once, he had asked
–almost casually–when Salene’s next tour was scheduled. “I am on
indefinite leave,” Salene had replied. That had ended it. Yet Salene
never left the house without telling Jake precisely when he would
return and then keeping to that even if it meant cutting short a trip.
They did not sleep together, nor touch at all except by accident.
Jake appeared unaware of the bond between them; Salene was too aware
of it, and reluctant to tell Jake. Eleven years ago, it had seemed
the right thing to do: his private gift. Now he saw it differently: a
violation, a link put there unasked. And so for the moment, their
unofficial arrangement continued. Jenny had accepted his presence in
their lives; Jake had come to rely on him, if not completely forgive
him; one of the cats had adopted his feet at night. His package mail
was being forwarded here, and his younger brother Solymi was gradually
shipping items from his apartment in T’lingShar. Even the neighbors
had gathered that he was more than a mere visitor.
He also knew it could not last much longer. They were living in
Never-Neverland–but that morning, he had seen Jake flipping through
his financial record, and frowning. Jake was not wealthy. In fact,
Salene had been appalled by how little Jake was paid for his efforts.
Though they lived frugally enough, the advance for Jake’s second book
was nearly gone, that for a third still in negotiation. Sarah paid
the mortgage. The house had been Jake’s idea–“I never had a house,
growing up”–but he could not afford it. Sarah was continuing the
mortgage payments until she returned and they could decide what to do
about the future. Jake seemed to be preparing himself to lose the
place; he had spoken of fixing this or that in preparation for putting
it on the market.
Salene wondered how he might convince Jake to let him help with
expenses; he had more private resources than he knew what to do with.
It was illogical to be forbidden to contribute, particularly in light
of the fact that he now more or less lived here. In fact, he could
buy Jake the house outright, present it as a gift…but did not think
that wise. Jake’s pride would be wounded. Nevertheless it troubled
him deeply to live here at Jake’s expense. Sometimes he simply bought
things and did not tell Jake.
He fetched peanut-butter-and-banana squares from the replicator,
set them in front of Jenny as the comm rang. Without thinking, he
walked out into the dining area and flipped the receive. “Yes?”
A woman’s face on the screen–startled. He knew instinctively
who she was: Sarah Fernandez. Jake’s wife. “Who are you?” she
demanded. “Where’s Jake?”
“Jake is here, writing. Shall I call him?”
She frowned. She was, he supposed, a pretty woman. He might
have been jealous, but he was the one standing in her dining room, not
her. “Who *are* you?” she asked again.
“I am a friend. My name is Salene.”
“Sal– Not *that* Salene!”
He wondered what ‘that Salene’ signified, and how much she knew
about him. He was saved from answering by the child. Having heard
her mother’s voice on the comm, she had abandoned her meal to come
screaming out into the dining area. “Mommeee!”
Fernandez’ face altered entirely. “Hi, sweetie. Where’s daddy?”
“In his office,” Jenny said, even as the office door opened and
Jake came down the hall. He was frowning. His eyes still had that
distracted look he got when he was working.
Salene had stepped back from the comm. Now, he watched Jake
confront his wife. “Sarah?”
There was a long pause while they studied each other. “The
project is done,” she said. “I’m coming home.”
“When?” Jenny shouted, gripping the edge of the comm desk and
bouncing up and down in uncontrollable excitement.
“I’ll be there in two weeks.”
“Jenny’ll be glad to see you.”
“Politic phrasing, Jake. I notice you didn’t say you would be.”
“Sarah–not in front of her.” He glanced around for Salene,
nodded to his daughter.
Coming forward, Salene knelt beside her. “Come.”
“But Mommy–!”
“I’ll call you before we disconnect,” Jake said. “You can talk
to Mommy then.”
Salene took her upstairs to work on a puzzle. In the distance,
he could hear the rise and fall of Jake’s voice, harsh with anger. He
was glad human hearing was less accute; the child seemed oblivious.
After twenty-two minutes, Jake appeared at the door to Jenny’s room.
“Jenny Gwen, Mommy wants to say goodbye.”
She leapt up and was gone on the instant. She had only been
biding her time with Salene anyway, awaiting the chance to talk to her
mother. Why did it hurt so much inside, to see how fast she went? He
looked at Jake. His friend had been crying but not, Salene thought,
in sorrow. “You know,” Jake said, “Every time we talk, I remember why
she’s out there and I’m back here.” Salene stood, shyly set a hand on
Jake’s shoulder. It was the first time they had touched in weeks but
Jake turned away. “I need to go; Jenny doesn’t know how to disconnect
the comm.” And he left Salene standing alone in the child’s room.

They did not talk again until Jenny was put to bed, bathed and
teeth brushed. She had done nothing but chatter about her mother’s
imminent return. Salene sang her a lullaby and tried not to allow her
chatter to affect him. His reactions were illogical and absurd. She
was not his child; it was perfectly natural that she be excited to see
her mother again. Nevertheless he stood for a long while in her
doorway and watched her sleep. Inside, he was hollow.
Jake came up the stairs, stood beside him. “They’re sweet like
that, aren’t they? Nature’s way of making sure their parents don’t
throttle them for being holy terrors when they’re awake, I guess.”
Salene shook his head. “She is not a ‘holy terror.’ She is only
a child.”
He could feel Jake study him from where he had leaned against the
opposite doorjamb. “You love her.”
“Her welfare is of concern to me. If you wish to label that
‘love’, it is your prerogative.”
Jake made a sound somewhere between disgust and amusement. “Well
the ‘concern’ is reciprocated. She’s very fond of you.”
Salene turned away. “Perhaps–the same as she is fond of the
cats and the newt and her collection of stuffed animals. She is not
my child.” And he stamped down the stairs, irritated with himself for
being so transparent.
He headed for his room. He would read before he composed himself
for meditation and then sleep. Jake followed him, caught him in the
hallway. “Hey! What is wrong with you?”
His turn now to jerk an arm free. “Nothing!” He turned away.
If he did not, he would shame himself. Jake let him be. Finally he
said, “She is not mine. I know this. I do not wish to impose, nor
would I ever ask that she chose between her mother and myself.”
“Why do you assume she has to?” The unexpected comment brought
Salene’s head around. Jake continued, “When Sarah and I separated, we
promised each other we wouldn’t tear Jenny apart between us. If I
thought you were trying to turn my daughter against her mother, I’d
kick you out of my house. But kids have big hearts, Salene. And as
far as she’s concerned, you hung the stars.”
“Her mother may have other ideas.”
Jake did not reply; Salene began to move back towards his room
but Jake’s hand on his arm stopped him. “We need to talk.” Salene
halted, kept his face averted but nodded. They did indeed. “Let’s go
out by the stove. It’s cold back here.”
Jake heated cider for Salene–real cider made from local apples–
then made espresso for himself. Two of the three cats had come over
to bump Salene’s legs; the grey leapt up into his lap. Absently, he
scratched her cheeks and ears.
Putting the cider mug on a table by Salene’s chair, Jake said,
“Cats and Vulcans are the antithesis of Klingons and tribbles. If
there’s a Vulcan around, every cat inside a mile comes running.”
It was an attempt at small talk to avoid the larger issue.
Vulcans were just as prone to it, though they liked to call it
something else. “It is our body heat,” Salene said.
“Maybe.” Jake snorted. “But even Nancy likes you and she’s half
wild.” He nodded to the cat in Salene’s lap. “It’s more than just
higher body temperature.”
Salene shrugged. Jake might be correct; he really did not know
why Terran cats gravitated to Vulcans–and the reverse. Salene had
read somewhere that the Terran domestic cat had recently superseded
the sehlat as the most preferred house pet on Vulcan: the only example
in the Federation of an introduced animal replacing a native one in
popularity. And it had happened in only a hundred Vulcan years. Now,
Salene let Nancy’s subsonic purr lull him while he waited for Jake to
broach more serious matters. But Jake’s announcement still caught him
by surprise: “Sarah wants marriage counselling.”
Salene sat up.
“She seems to think we can fix things,” Jake went on, “that we
should try for Jenny’s sake.”
“Indeed, you should try.”
Jake stared. “I can’t believe you want me to go back to her.”
Picking up his mug, Salene turned it in his hands. “Jake, your
commitment to Sarah has precedence. You exchanged vows with her, not
me. It is your duty not to give up on those vows unless it proves
impossible to keep them.”
“What if I prefer you?”
Salene stood abruptly, dropping Nancy onto the floor. He stalked
over to the sliding glass door which opened onto the back porch,
looked out. The back light illumined a line of yellow daffodils in a
flower bed by the house. They were just beginning to open their buds.
“That is not a reason,” he said to Jake.
“Not for a Vulcan maybe–”
Salene spun. “It is not a reason! And you do not prefer me.”
“How do you know who I prefer!”
“You are not attracted to men–as you told me yourself.”
Jake rose, too, came over to stand in front of Salene. “I’m not
attracted to most men, no. But to you?” His eyes flicked over
Salene’s face. “I don’t know. I’d forgotten….” He did not finish
the thought. Instead, he said, “Sarah and I ended up in bed the first
time we went out. Chemistry. I was drunk on it for over a year. We
had great sex. Then I woke up one day and realized I was married to
someone I didn’t *like* half the time.” He paused, glanced down. “I
probably should’ve asked for a divorce then. I didn’t. No Sisko has
gotten a divorce in five generations. I thought I was expecting too
much, wanting too much in one person, and should settle for something
more realistic. Instead, I settled for the wrong things.” He looked
back up. “Being with you again reminded me what it’s like to be
understood. I want someone who understands me.”
“And so you would sacrifice attraction for understanding. What
makes you think the trade would prove more satisfying to you in the
long run? Choose me because you want me, or let us remain friends.”
Jake eyed him. “You told me once that Vulcans didn’t marry for
love or desire, but now that’s what you want from me.”
“I could not marry you in any case; that has not changed. Nor
does it matter why Vulcans marry–it matters why *humans* do. You are
human. You must choose a mate for human reasons.”
“Salene, whatever Vulcans may think, humans aren’t slaves to
emotion–and chemistry isn’t what makes a good marriage. I married
Sarah for chemistry, and it wasn’t enough. Humans can be as pragmatic
as any Vulcan.” He grinned. “I *like* you; that matters more. I
enjoy your company, I value your opinion–”
“But you do not desire me. We may as well be roommates.”
Jake threw up his hands. “*Why* are you stuck on that? As for
desiring you–you’re wrong. I do feel…something. I’m not sure
‘desire’ is the best word for it, but for eleven years I haven’t been
able to get you out of my head!”
Jake’s phrasing cut off Salene’s initial reply. After a moment,
Salene asked, “What do you mean you have not been able to get me out
of your head?” Surely mind-blind Jake was unaware…? But Jake
shrugged, looked embarrassed–as if he had said more than he had meant
to. “Explain,” Salene prompted.
Jake took a breath, glanced quickly at Salene, then away again.
“I’ve thought of you, off and on, ever since you left–sometimes every
day, sometimes not for months. At Pennington, it was bad. Maybe
that’s why I left school to travel. Dad thought traveling was a good
idea. I’d seen so much of other planets, but didn’t know squat about
my own. But to me, traveling kept me too busy to remember. It worked
mostly, till I settled in Rome. Italy reminded me of you, so I left
and went to England. Then on a visit to my mother’s parents, I met
Sarah. She was the first person since you who I felt serious about.”
Jake was not answering the question in quite the way Salene had
meant, but it was the first time since the day of Salene’s arrival
that Jake had talked about his past. Occasionally, he had related
anecdotes but anecdotes made for spotty illumination. So, fascinated,
Salene did not try to redirect him.
“Like I said before, there’s really not much to the story.” Jake
shrugged. “We had good sex, and a similar background; I thought that
was enough. So I finished up at Cambridge and we got married. Dad
was happy for me; I think Kassidy was less sure, but they’ve both been
pretty good about not trying to run my life.” His shoulders sagged.
“Everything was fine for a year or so, then I woke up one day and
realized I wasn’t in love with Sarah, probably never had been. We
started fighting–little things at first. Then out of the blue, she
suggested that we have a kid; she must have sensed she was losing me.
I don’t know why I agreed. Maybe I thought a baby would give us more
in common, and our parents were ecstatic, so we bought this house and
had Jenny. For a while, it did help. But Jenny took a lot of time,
and I was the one who bore the brunt of it.”
Sighing, he went back over to sit down by the fire. Still silent
and listening, Salene followed. “I love my daughter; I wouldn’t send
her back even if I could. But having a child is supposed to be a
partnership, and Sarah always had some project due, or some conference
to attend, or had to stay late in the lab. I did the work, though
having a baby hadn’t been my idea in the first place. I was tired all
the time, and resentful.”
He picked up a piece of cardboard and fed it to the stove. It
was late March and the weather still ran chill enough at night to
light a fire. “About a month after Jenny’s second birthday, Sarah
came home all excited because she had an opportunity not just to
design a space station, but actually to oversee the building. Station
architects don’t always or even often have that chance. To be invited
meant a leap in her status in the field.
“But it also meant she wanted to pack us up and go off for six or
eight months to live on the edge of Romulan space, half of it spent in
pre-station contractor housing. Not very pleasant.” He threw another
bit of cardboard into the fire. It blazed. “I’d spent enough time on
ships and stations, growing up. When we first married, I’d told Sarah
I wasn’t going to raise a family on a station and she’d agreed. But
when this project came up, she kept saying, ‘It’s only a few months.’
Maybe so. A few months this time, a few months next time…and how
often would Jenny get to see a real sky and breathe real air? Pretty
soon, we’d be bouncing from project to project: building stations or
fixing them, or updating old ones. I told her I didn’t want to live
like that. We had…quite a fight. The only thing we settled was
that we needed some time apart. So we decided she’d go alone to the
project and I’d stay here with Jenny. I’d just finished ANSLEM. I
thought of you all the time then, so I dedicated the book to you. I
wasn’t sure you’d ever see it, but hoped if you did, you’d come. I
needed your logic, or maybe I just needed to see you again and realize
you weren’t any more perfect than Sarah, so I could forget about you.”
Smiling wryly, he looked up. “Trouble is, when you did come, it
just convinced me that I’d been right all along: marrying Sarah was a
mistake.” He shook his head. “I don’t want to stay married to her,
Salene–and marriage counselling isn’t going to change that. The only
thing we have in common anymore is Jenny. We haven’t even had sex in
over a year. There’s just…*nothing there* to save.”
Salene slumped back in his chair, tapped fingers on the arm.
When Jake had first said that he had not been able to get Salene out
of his head, Salene had feared that the bond he had set between them
eleven years ago had somehow interfered with Jake’s marriage. He was
still not entirely sure it hadn’t, but after Jake’s recitation, he
felt somewhat less concerned. Now, he tilted his head slightly. “How
much does Sarah know about me? When I answered the comm and gave her
my name, she said, ‘Not *that* Salene.'”
Jake appeared amused. “She’s jealous because you got a book
dedication and she didn’t. She doesn’t know about New Orleans, if
that’s what you’re asking.”
“So what does she know?”
“I told her you were an old friend, and that you’d helped me a
lot when I first started writing. She knows ‘Orfeo’ was written for
you, and that you’re a famous singer. That’s about it.”
“And she never asked why we were no longer in contact?”
“I told her we’d drifted apart over the years and I’d lost track
of you.”
“So you lied. Why?”
Jake shrugged. “I don’t know. I never even told my father what
happened in New Orleans. He figured out after a while that we weren’t
writing any more, but he never asked why and I never told. Believe it
or not, the only person I ever confided in was Dax. My grandfather
guessed, and I think Jillian did, too, but I didn’t tell them.”
“Jillian knew.” Salene flicked his eyes to the fire, narrowed
them. “She saw me leaving, informed me I was being ‘melodramatic.'”
“Jill never had much patience for anything she considered silly.”
“She is wiser than I.” He turned back to Jake. “Why did you not
tell Sarah?”
Sighing, Jake said, “Embarrassment. I felt like I’d…I don’t
know…like I’d *failed*.”
“But you did not. I told you, it was my–”
Jake held up a hand to cut him off. “It doesn’t matter what was
going on in your head. It *felt* like a failure to me, like I’d done
something wrong, or been something wrong. I was the one who got left.
And I wasn’t too sure what to make of what had happened in the first
place. It’s the only time I’ve ever been with a guy, the only time I
ever wanted to. So on the one hand, it was totally out of character.
On the other–” He shrugged. “You were the most *right* lover I’ve
ever had. Wrong species, wrong gender, but absolutely the right
person. I don’t think I ever got over you leaving me.” He looked up.
“How was I supposed to explain that to my *wife*? So I didn’t tell
her the whole truth.”
Frustrated past his ability to suppress, Salene stood and stalked
away into the kitchen, set his cider mug in the reclaimant. “I never
intended you to fixate on me.”
Jake rose, too. “Whether you intended it or not, it happened.”
Salene was abruptly reminded of Jillian’s rebuke, all those years
ago: ‘*Consequences* are what you’re trying to avoid…But life is
full of consequences, whether or not you’re around to see them.’ Had
he really thought the only consequences would be to his life? He and
Jake had shared something precious, built on a fragile trust which he
had then broken. Bond or no bond, he did bear some responsibility for
Jake’s failed marriage; it was not merely inflated self-importance.
Had he stayed with Jake eleven years ago, their relationship might
have failed–but it would have been an honest failure. Instead, he
had left Jake with a torn memory healed over by idealization. All
Jake’s future relationships had been weighed against his perception of
what might have been…a might-have-been untarnished by mundane
reality. Salene had become Jake’s ne plus ultra, and remained the
only one who could prove that image false. Ironically, he might do
Sarah more good by giving Jake what he thought he wanted.
And how much of that, he asked himself, is mere rationalization
for what *you* want?
He came back into the family room, back to where Jake had risen
from his chair, and held out two fingers of his right hand. Clearly
baffled, Jake stared. Taking Jake’s hand in his free one, Salene
folded it into the proper form, then raised Jake’s fingers to his own.
Shock of contact, physical and mental. Through hooded eyes, he
watched Jake draw startled breath. “You would have me as a partner?
I am far from perfect.”
“I didn’t ask for perfect,” Jake said. “I asked for you.”
“Perhaps, but I fear you have conflated the two.”
Jake closed his whole hand over Salene’s: not a proper touch, but
a very human one. “No, I haven’t,” he said. “I know your faults,
maybe better than you do. You always say you don’t have a temper, but
if I interrupt you when you’re working, you get short with me. Or, if
I try to talk to you when you’re playing gadulka, you look right at me
and never answer–like you didn’t even hear.”
“Asking me questions when I am endeavoring to practice is not
conducive to–”
Jake held up his free hand. “I’m making a point, not starting an
argument. You wonder why I don’t cook much any more, but cooking two
meals–one veggie and one not–isn’t easy. I won’t quit eating meat
for you.”
“I never asked you to. And,” he added dryly, “you don’t cook
because you tend to get involved *writing*.”
Jake ignored the correction, went on, “You fuss if I leave things
laying around, but when you clean up, I can’t *find* anything; you
start laundry when I’m in the shower so all I get is hot or cold
water; and you turn the heat way up because you’re cold all the time,
but you don’t have to pay the power bill.”
“Only because you will not permit it.”
Waving a hand, Jake said, “I told you, I don’t want to argue.
That’s not the point; we can fight about it later if you insist.” But
he was grinning as if he had already won the quarrel.
That insouciance annoyed Salene. “I could make a list of your
less than sterling qualities, too.”
Jake grinned harder. “No doubt. But you seem to think I don’t
see you, or know what I’m asking for when I say I want you. But I do.
I know your virtues *and* your faults.”
Yet Salene had faults–and weaknesses–Jake did not know, might
not want any part of. He started to turn away. Jake, hand still
clasped tight around his, did not let him. “Don’t play games with me,
Salene. You started this; you made that crack about having you for a
partner. Okay–I’m taking you up on it.”
Salene’s eyes widened. Jake stepped closer; they were still
almost exactly the same height. Salene could feel Jake’s breath;
Jake’s gaze had dropped to focus on Salene’s mouth. Perhaps five
inches separated their faces. This was the fork in the road. It had
taken them three months to get here–three months to move back eleven
years. Salene stared down the path not taken. “‘Two roads diverged
in a yellow wood,'” he whispered, “‘and sorry I could not travel both,
and be one traveler, long I stood, and looked down one as far as I
could to where it bent in the undergrowth–‘”
Jake snorted. “Do me a favor–don’t quote old, overworn poetry
to writer.” And he leaned in to press his lips to Salene’s.

III.

Jake Sisko might be a night owl, but his daughter was a morning
bird–so Salene had set his internal clock to wake before she did.
She had a habit of crawling into bed to cuddle with her father of the
morning. Salene did not think discovering him there would be the
optimal way for her to learn about his altered relationship with Jake.
So he rose early, opened the stove flue and put a new log on the
fire, then called her down to him when she woke, made them pancakes
from the replicator. After, she sat on his lap and let him read her a
Vulcan story. Jake had asked him to teach her Vulcan: “I think it’d
be good for her to learn a second language this young.” So, when they
were alone together, he spoke to her only in Vulcan. And when they
were alone together, her head on his chest while she listened to him
read, he could forget for a time that she was not his child. He let
one hand stroke her shoulder while he thumbed holobook frames with the
other. She would lean against him, completely trusting, innocently
assuming that she was the center of his world. She was, she and her
father. They might be the only family he had now.
He stopped that train of thought; over the years, he had come to
recognize his own exaggerations. He would not be here at all had
Solymi not insisted. He had not lost his family, not entirely. He
had done something worse: he had divided them. It might have been
easier had they all been able to reject him. Or to accept him. But
perhaps accepting him was asking too much.
There was a crash upstairs and a started shout. “Salene!”
Lulled and warm by the stove, Salene and Jenny both jumped.
Salene swung her down–“Stay here”–and took the stairs three at a
time. “Jake? Are you injured?”
Jake was in the master bedroom at the hall end. Apparently, he
had come scrambling out of the bed, tugging bed sheets with him, and
knocking over the end table in the process. Only half-awake, stark
naked with a panicked look on his face, he was trying to right the
table, pick up things from the floor. Seeing Salene in the doorway,
he let out a breath and knelt down, as if to regain his balance. “You
are still here.”
Salene understood then.
Jake had woken alone–just as he had eleven years ago.
Shutting the door firmly behind, Salene came over to kneel on the
floor by Jake, twitch a corner of blanket over Jake’s lap. Jenny was
not good yet at obeying a command for more than a few minutes. She
would come trailing up here soon. Then he set a palm on Jake’s chest
roughly where he knew the human heart to lie. He looked at his hand–
tan skin against brown–not at Jake’s face. “I am not going anywhere.
That first day, you asked if I could give you my word on that, and I
did. I will not leave you unless you ask me to.” He paused, then
added, “I did not wish Jenny to find me in her mother’s place this
morning. So I rose before she did.”
Turning, still not looking at Jake, he set the table back on its
legs, replaced the lamp and communi and the bookPADD which Jake was
reading–though not last night. On the floor under the table were
three discarded tissues, dry now and stiff. He threw these into the
reclaimer as Jenny shoved the door open.
“Daddy?”
“I’m okay, honey. I just tried to get out of bed before I was
awake.”
She climbed onto his lap, wrapped arms around his neck and kissed
him good morning: a sloppy, imprecise child-kiss. She gave these out
frequently and with profligate abandon–to her father, the cats, her
stuffed animals, probably the newt if Jake did not watch carefully,
and even to Salene. He had never told her not to.
“Why don’t you go back downstairs for a bit,” Jake was saying to
her. “Daddy needs to dress.”
She grabbed Salene’s hand and tugged at him. “Come back and tell
me stories!”
“I will in a moment.” He pulled his hand free and turned her
towards the door, gave her a gentle push. “Go.” And he shut the door
behind her. Jake was already calling up clean underwear from the
repli-dresser, hopping from bare foot to bare foot on the wooden
planks. Cold air had goosepimpled his flesh and he hurried into his
clothing. Salene leaned against the door and watched.
“What’re you staring at?” Jake asked. His teeth were chattering.
“We have to tell her.”
“Yeah, I know,” Jake said from inside a sweater. His head popped
out the top and he tugged at the hem. “At least she likes you.”
“That is not necessarily advantageous. She has grown accustomed
to me in one role: that of family friend. She may feel…betrayed…
if I assume a place that belonged to her mother.”
Jake was shaking his head as he sat to put on slippers. “I doubt
it. I’m not sure she remembers enough. Sarah hasn’t been around for
almost eight months now, and for half a year before that, we kept to
separate rooms. I was down where you’ve been sleeping; Sarah was up
here. Jenny sensed there was something wrong, but I’m not sure she
realized what, or that parents are *supposed* to sleep together.”
Salene crossed his arms. “Terran parents, you mean. Vulcan
parents would not.”
Grinning, Jake stood. “Touche, my friend. Maybe someday I’ll
get used to thinking to make the distinction. But I hope you don’t
plan to keep that particular Vulcan custom.”
Smiling ever so slightly, Salene pushed himself away from the
door, opened it. “Not at the present–no.”
As Jake passed, he touched Salene’s arm. It would have been
insignificant had Salene not been Vulcan. But he was. To touch so
casually was something only a mate would presume to do. Salene
wondered if Jake understood that, or if he did it instinctively. In
any case, he followed his friend downstairs.

But they did not attempt to explain things to Jenny that morning.
Jake went back to his office to work and Salene took her outside to
decide where to plant a garden when the weather turned seasonable. He
wondered if, with a greenhouse, Vulcan plants might be coaxed to grow
on Earth. When he had mentioned the garden earlier, Jake had given
him a double-take, but said nothing. Salene could guess what Jake was
thinking: they would not be in this house long enough to harvest
anything, perhaps not long enough even to plant. But that was one of
several matters about which Salene intended to talk to Jake when they
put Jenny down for her nap.
Last night, this relationship had stopped being ephemeral and
become very, very real. There had been none of the fey feeling of
those two long-ago encounters in New Orleans. It had been as concrete
as the cool black Pennsylvania soil Salene rubbed in his fingers.
Jenny watched, then copied the gesture–less neatly. She grabbed a
fistful, dropped it, then immediately itched her nose with the dirty
hand. “Ela,” he said, gesturing her to him. Wetting his thumb with
saliva, he rubbed her face clean. The hand would require water. “vo-
lae’en kha.” Let’s go in.
He washed her hands in the bathroom sink, then made her try to
urinate, though she insisted she did not need to. He knew perfectly
well that it was time. She would say she did not need to go even
while in the very process of doing so. She resisted toilet training
violently, and now sat on the little plastic seat, glaring at him in
sullen defiance. “Dwe-ack friend!” You’re not my friend.
“Tel’hy,” he corrected placidly. “Dwe-ack tel’hy.”
She crossed her arms and humphed. Behind him, someone chuckled.
Jake had come out of his office and stood watching. “She hates it
that she can’t get a rise out of you.”
“There is not much point,” Salene said. “In half an hour, I will
be her friend again.”
Jake just grinned, stepped past to take care of his daughter.
“How did the gardening go?”
“The soil near the water”–a small creek ran along the back of
the property–“is the richest, although given your report of the
creek’s tendency to flood in the spring, perhaps not the best choice.
The soil by the shed will do.”
Jake pulled up Jenny’s training pants, dumped the contents of
the child’s toilet into the adult one and flushed. Such a profligate
waste of water. But this was Earth. Jenny dashed out past Salene’s
legs, glad to escape the bathroom and return to play–for now, alone.
It would be some minutes before she forgave the adults for subjecting
her to the onerous interruption of waste elimination.
“The house will have to be sold, you know,” Jake was saying while
he washed his hands.
“Is that what you want?” Salene asked. “I was under the contrary
impression.”
“Lights off.” Jake stepped back into the hall; They faced one
another across the width of it. “I can’t keep this place, Salene. I
can’t afford it.”
“I can.”
Jake turned his head away, frowned at the half-open door to his
office. Salene stood in the entrance to the guest room in which he
had slept until last night.
“Jake,” Salene said, “if we are to be partners, then we are to be
partners in all things–including expenses.”
“I don’t intend to live off you.”
“So instead, you have insisted on the reverse. As a guest, I was
willing to accede, although remaining your ‘guest’ for three months,
ten days was something of an absurdity. But I am not a guest now, and
you are not ‘living off’ of me. You have a vocation as well. That
the compensation for it is less than what I receive is an unfortunate
reflection of Terran attitudes toward the arts. Nevertheless, if we
are partners, then we share resources as well as a bed.” Salene
paused. Jake still stared at his office door. “That means we may
remain in this house, if it is your wish.”
“Sarah’s name is on the deed, and on the mortgage. Besides”–
Jake finally turned his eyes back to Salene–“what about your music?
Once you said that choosing me would mean you had to give up your
career. I can’t let you do that.”
“My perceptions then were…immature. I was young. I understand
things now which I did not understand then.” For one thing, he
understood what Seltor had tried to tell him all those years ago when
he had first become chi`pain: ‘Companionship can be found in other
quarters…do not turn aside the chance for companionship even if it
is not embodied in the traditional mate.’
Salene tilted his head, listening. In the family room, Jenny
talked to herself or, more likely, to and for one of her toys. She
was a remarkably *verbal* child. In any case, she was sufficiently
distracted for the moment. “Come,” he said, and gestured Jake into
the room which he had made his own. Picking up his gadulka from its
stand, he threw the strap over his shoulder and ran fingers over the
strings. Jake sprawled in the Vulcan musnud in the corner and
listened to him. The musnud was one of the pieces of furniture which
Solymi had shipped to him. “I cannot marry you,” Salene said after a
moment.
“You told me that last night. I guess I’m not too sure what you
mean then, when you say we’re ‘partners.'”
“I mean precisely that: we are partners.” He played a chord
progression, as if he could find his courage in the notes. “The
Vulcan word is t’hy’la. It is related to the word for friend.”
“Tel’hy.”
“You were listening.”
Jake smiled. “I’ve been known to listen now and then. So what
does it mean, ‘t’hy’la’?”
“Friend and more-than-friend, alter-ego, lover, life-partner….”
Salene let the chords take him into a bit of very old melody. “Its
meaning depends on context. It is a deep word, a hidden word–one you
will not find in a Vulcan dictionary.”
Jake’s eyebrow went up. “What? Vulcans have secrets?” His
voice was heavy with irony.
Head lowered to watch his hands, Salene did not bother to reply.
“So,” Jake said after a minute, “what happens with your singing?”
“It continues. Or will, when I inform the concertmaster that I
am prepared to return to performing.”
“When will that be?”
“When this matter between us is settled. I never set a date on
my returning. At the time, it was not possible.” He hoped Jake would
not ask why just at the moment.
Instead, Jake said, “They won’t forbid you to sing, when they
find out about us? Or will you tell them?”
Salene looked up finally, stilled the strings with his hand.
“They would not have ‘forbidden’ me in any case; I would simply have
received no invitations from a Vulcan source. And…there is telling
and there is telling. This is what I have learned, in the intervening
years. So long as the two of us maintain certain…illusions…I may
make whatever arrangements I please.”
Jake laughed without humor. “Vulcans and secrets! What you’re
saying is that Vulcans have affairs all the time, they just call them
something else?” His voice sounded vaguely incredulous.
“Perhaps not ‘all the time,'” Salene corrected, “but essentially
…yes.”
Before Jake could reply to that, a startled shriek and a crash
interrupted. Jake was out the door in an instant, Salene on his heels
as soon as he could set down the instrument. A terrified cat nearly
tripped him on its way to the sanctuary of Jake’s office.
“Jennifer Gwendolyn!” Jake was shouting. Salene rounded the
corner into the kitchen, stopped cold.
Water soaked the sitting room carpet around broken glass. Jenny
had pulled down the newt aquarium onto herself. She lay unmoving in
the midst of the mess.

Jake had an unfortunate tendency to panic. Perhaps one thing
which drew Salene to him in the first place was the fact that his
emotionalism made Salene feel controlled in comparison. Now, Salene
set a hand on his shoulder to keep him out of the pediatrician’s way
as she ran the regenerator over Jenny’s shoulder. “The cuts and
breaks aren’t as serious as they might have been,” the woman said.
“She was lucky.”
“How could I have been so stupid?” Jake muttered for perhaps the
twentieth time. “I shouldn’t have left her alone that long.”
The pediatrician snapped the regenerator shut and patted Jenny’s
cheek, smiled. “You’re a brave girl!” Then she turned to Jenny’s
father. “Maybe you shouldn’t. But kids have a remarkable ability to
get into trouble, whether you leave them for five minutes or fifteen.
You can’t watch them constantly. I take it you didn’t have the
aquarium put where she could easily reach it?”
“I didn’t think so–” Jake began.
“He did not,” Salene interrupted, then added somewhat dryly, “It
required no little ingenuity on her part to reach it at all.” He
caught Jenny’s eyes. “She used a chair to climb onto the table in
order to get to the shelf. She knew very well that she was not
supposed to be up there.”
The pediatrician looked Salene up and down, unsure as to his
place in this family triangle, then she turned back to Jenny. “So
somebody learned a lesson today, didn’t she? When Daddy says not to
touch something unless he’s there to help, smart little girls listen.
From now on, you’ll be a smart little girl, won’t you?”
Wide-eyed still from her scare, Jenny nodded dutifully. Her
small brown face was stark. The pediatrician lifted her off the exam
table and handed her to her father. “She’ll be fine. Maybe a little
shaky for the rest of today, but fine.”

The newt, unfortunately, would not be. How long it might have
survived outside the aquarium, they would never know. Jake had
stepped on it in his rush to get to Jenny.
The whole mess was still waiting to be cleaned up when they
returned to the house. They had taken Jenny straight to the hospital.
Salene applied himself to the task while Jake carried a sleeping Jenny
upstairs to her room. She had missed her normal naptime but the
pediatrician had given her antibiotics, a relaxant, and a mild
painkiller, so she was groggy and had gone to sleep in Jake’s arms in
the flitter.
Now Salene cleaned up shattered glass and algae-covered gravel,
wondering why Jake had purchased an aquarium of breakable glass. He
did not realize he was shaking until he dumped the last of the wet
sponges into the reclaimant. Delayed reaction. Now that the crisis
was past, it had caught up with him. Jenny could have died; the
falling aquarium could have hit her skull, instead of just breaking
her shoulder. He sat down at the breakfast bar and put his head in
his hands, struggled for control. Jake found him that way a few
minutes later, set palms on his shoulders, squeezed. They said
nothing. Jake put on water for tea, set out crumpets. Tea was a
habit he had picked up at Cambridge. Italian espresso in the morning,
English tea at mid-afternoon.
“I’ve had that newt almost ten years,” Jake said after a while.
“I got it at Pennington. It was the only kind of pet we could keep in
the dorms.”
Salene looked up finally, took the tea cup which Jake handed him.
“You *traveled* with a newt?”
“No, grandpa kept it till I settled in Rome.” He sat down on the
stool opposite Salene. “I *stepped* on it. I kept it alive for ten
years, then killed it by *stepping* on it.”
It was like Jake to mourn even an amphibian.
“You were somewhat distracted at the time.”
“Yeah.” Jake poured milk into his tea, did not appear consoled.
“There is a Vulcan word: kaiidth. ‘What is, is.'” Although he
had to admit, he had never thought to apply it to the demise of a
newt. “Guilt cannot bring it back; thus, guilt serves no purpose.”
Jake just eyed at him. “Telling me it’s illogical to feel guilty
doesn’t change the fact, Salene.”
Salene dropped his eyes. They sat in silence again until Jake
broke it. “Thanks for keeping me calm, at the hospital.”
If Jake considered his behavior at the hospital to be ‘calm,’
Salene feared to see him distressed.
“I could sense you almost,” Jake went on now. “Like you were
inside my head, like some of your control bled over into me.” He
looked up at Salene. “Was that because of last night?”
Frowning at the surface of the brown liquid in his cup, Salene
shook his head. “Not entirely.”
Jake sipped tea. “I didn’t think so.” Remarkably, he did not
appear upset. “I’ve sensed it, off and on, since you got here. I
wasn’t sure what it was at first–or if I was just imagining it–but
it was like I could *feel* what you did, the same as in the mindmeld
back in New Orleans. It’s a result of that mindmeld, isn’t it?”
“No.” Salene looked up, met Jake’s eye, spoke the truth he had
kept to himself until now: “I set a bond between us.”
Very slowly, Jake put down his cup and straightened. “What?”
Now, there was anger. He had been willing to forgive their connection
as an accidental side effect of the mindmeld. He was not willing to
forgive it as a deliberate act.
Salene dropped his eyes to the cup. “Before I left you, in New
Orleans, I set a bond between us. Since I could not give you my
presence, I gave you my soul.”
Jake had risen, taken a step back. His skin had gone grey. “You
mean you did it on purpose *and never told me*?”
“You are mind-blind. I did not believe it would affect you.”
“How the hell would you know? How the hell would you know *what*
it’d do to me?”
Salene did not answer. It was a fair question.
“No wonder I couldn’t ever stop thinking about you! I’ve had
this…*thing*…in my head! And no wonder I’ve never been able to
maintain a relationship with anybody else! You made sure I wouldn’t!”
“Jake, that was never my intention–”
“Shut up! How can I trust what you say? You did something to my
head without my permission!”
Salene lowered his eyes again. He was guilty as charged. “I did
not set the bond to interfere in your life. I swear it on my honor.
At the time, I truly saw it as a gift. My secret gift. I was young;
it was a foolish act, but I meant no imposition. Had I thought it
might bind you, I would never have put it there. But you are mind-
blind. I believed it would bind only myself.”
“But you didn’t *know* that for sure!”
“Given what I know of bonds, it should not–”
“But you didn’t *know*. And you didn’t ask me!”
There was a long silence. Finally, in a low hard voice, Jake
said, “Get out of my house. Break this bond, then pack your things
and get out of my house.”
For a long moment, Salene sat numb: he could not think, could not
feel, could not react in any way. Finally, he said only, “I cannot
break the bond. Only a healer can. Or my death.”
Another long silence, then Jake whispered, “Damn you.”
Indeed I am, Salene thought to himself as he stood, wobbly with
shock. His stomach roiled. “I will…go pack.” He moved past Jake
without looking at him.
It did not take long to order what he had in the two large carry-
cases which he had brought with him initially, along with his gadulka.
The larger objects like the musnud, he would leave. Perhaps he would
retrieve them later. Perhaps he would not. He kept glancing at the
door, hoping Jake would come in to stop him, but the door remained shut.
When he exited the room, Jake was nowhere to be seen. The door
to the back office was closed. Salene used the comm to call for
private transport, though he had no idea where to go. Then he waited
in a chair by the front bay window, looking out at the street as he
had done the first day he had arrived here. After a few minutes, he
heard the office door open. He did not turn. Behind him, Jake spoke,
“Do you have to be present, to break the bond?”
“No.”
“Any Vulcan healer can do it?”
“Yes.”
Footsteps receded back down the hall and the door closed. On
the street outside, a small silver cab set down in front of the house.
Salene picked up his luggage and left by the front door.

He did not know what day it was, or where he was. Nor did he
care. White Terran sunlight came and went. Sometimes he remembered
to eat. He did not really sleep, but dozed, immobile on thin yellow
bed sheets in a room he had rented…somewhere, during the time he
could still think.
His bags and his gadulka sat unpacked by the dresser. Sometimes
he stared at them and thought that he should probably get up and do
something with them. But he never did. He rose only when his body
demanded that he feed it, or that he void himself. Something in him
still cared enough to resist soiling the bed. In a little while, that
part would stop caring, too, he knew. It had happened before.

Someone outside knocked on the door, called something in a
language he knew he should recognize but did not. He ignored the
voice. After a while, it went away.
People in uniforms came some time after that; he did not know how
long. They talked at him. He could not understand them. After a
while, they quit talking at him and talked to each other. Other
people came, put him on a floating cot and took him away. He should
have told them not to forget his luggage, but did not care enough.
Let it be forgotten. Perhaps he could sleep where they took him,
sleep and forget.

IV.

A gentle chime announced a visitor. Jake Sisko left off edits to
his latest novel, rose to answer the door to the little three-room
efficiency he’d rented in one of the renovated Victorian-style
buildings of downtown Bellefonte. His front window overlooked the
main street with its awful neo-Mussolini courthouse squatting on the
hill at one end.
Bellefonte had been an important stop on the iron railway in the
1800s, eclipsed entirely by the urbanizing trend of the late 1900s,
then resurrected in the 2200s as a retreat for crafters and artists,
as well as for stray faculty–like Sarah–from the big university-
center twenty miles to the south. As with most state universities and
colleges after the collapse of the old United States, the university
in central Pennsylvania had been transformed into one in a series of
academic centers, each specializing in a particular discipline.
Students might have a class in Texas in the morning, then hop the
bullet-train to Pennsylvania for their afternoon session, then take a
quick-stop shuttle to Brasilia for an evening seminar.
Ostensibly, the collection of specialists in a field was designed
to foster greater advances through ease of communication and a little
healthy competition. Jake thought it fostered greater insularity;
Pennington had suffered from something similar. He preferred the old
fashioned European university with its multidisclipline approach, even
if many thought it archaic–his wife among them. Sarah Fernandez had
bought thoroughly into the Academic Center System of the Americas.
She had used to introduce him to her colleagues as, “My husband, the
Cambridge graduate,” with an unkind emphasis on ‘Cambridge’ and there
would be smiles all around.
She wouldn’t introduce him that way any longer.
Now, he triggered the door open and, for just an instant, thought
Salene stood on the other side. Then he realized his visitor was too
short and too young and too…something. Mature in the face, perhaps.
Despite Salene’s sharp features, he would always have a boyish look.
Jake was staring at how Salene might have appeared, had he been
allowed to mature normally, and he knew who his visitor was without
being told. “Solymi.”
The other nodded.
Jake stood aside in unspoken invitation and Solymi stepped past
him, into the sitting room. Small and slight, Salene’s younger
brother came only to Jake’s chin and Jake thought about what Salene
had said all those years ago: that his height was a function of his
eunuchism, not genetics. Solymi was duskier than Salene, too, wavy
black hair cut short in a variation on the usual Vulcan style: parted
to the right with bangs swept sideways. His face was narrower, and
his cheeks had a dark shadow of beard. But the gypsy eyes were the
same, the fleshy prominent nose, the unusually straight brows, the
petulant curve of mouth. He and Salene had clearly been cast from the
same mold and, ears aside, Jake had seen their human cousins among the
Romani Rai in the historic quarter of Budapest.
He waited for Solymi to explain his arrival, but Solymi merely
surveyed the sparsely furnished room. “Given your current location, I
may assume that you and your wife have permanently separated?”
“Yes.” Jake said nothing else. Neither did Solymi, and Jake’s
patience was not equal to a Vulcan’s. Finally, he asked, “Did you
want something?”
Turning, Solymi tucked his hands behind his back. Jake had seen
Salene use the same posture at times. “It has been nearly three weeks
since you sent away my brother–yet you still maintain the link which
was the cause for your dismissal of him. Why?”
Jake didn’t like being under inquisition on his own turf. “I’ve
been busy. My wife just got back; we had things to settle.”
“Your wife returned only seven days ago; twelve passed between
Salene’s departure and her arrival…sufficient time to seek a healer
and break the bond. If you were unable to locate a healer in such
time”–his tone said how unlikely he found that–“let me offer myself.
I will break it.”
“You?”
“I am a healer.”
So, Salene’s long-ago predictions had turned out to be wrong.
His little brother was a doctor, not a writer.
Jake turned away, walked to the front window. “Does he want it?”
“I was under the impression that you did.”
“I was mad at him. He didn’t have any *right* to set that bond!”
“No, he did not.”
“I needed some time, to think it over.”
“And your conclusions?”
Jake stared at the flitter traffic in the street below. Spring
had sprung early this year. Tulips made a riot of red and orange and
violet in flowerbeds, and the wind blew pink and white petals from the
dogwoods, dusting the sidewalk like April snow.
“I didn’t expect him to *leave*–not really,” Jake said. It
wasn’t an answer to Solymi’s question.
“Yet you demanded that he vacate your house.”
Turning his head, Jake glared. “I told you; I was angry. I
figured he’d go get a motel room for the night, give me a chance to
cool down, then we could talk about it in the morning. Instead he
took off…God knows where. I couldn’t find him.”
Solymi pulled out the rolling chair from Jake’s desk and seated
himself. Folding hands in his lap, he said, “My brother boarded a
MagLev, which he perhaps intended to take to San Francisco but rode
only as far as Fargo, North Dakota. In Fargo, he left the train and
checked into an inn; he does not remember why and his motivation is
probably irrelevant. After his departure from your house, he quit
taking his medication, so his reasoning would have been questionable
in any case. When the inn owner realized that she had not seen him
for fourteen days, and received no replies to knocks on his door, she
contacted the local authorities, who took him to a hospital in San
Francisco. The doctors there contacted me.”
Alarm ruffled wings in the pit of Jake’s belly and he frowned.
“Medication? What do you mean, he quit taking his medication? I
didn’t know he was sick!”
Solymi cocked his head. “My brother has been ill for most of his
life, to a greater or lesser degree. His medication permits him to
function normally. If he fails to take it–by accident or deliberate
choice–he quickly begins to present severe pathological symptoms.”
Stunned, Jake pulled around a dining room chair to face Solymi,
sat down. “What are you trying to tell me? What kind of pathological
symptoms?”
“Salene has a condition which Terrans term ‘recurrent major
depressive disorder’; it is a noradrenergic dysfunction. Put simply,
his brain chemistry is abnormal. He requires medication to correct
it.”
Jake blinked, sat back a little, too surprised to react yet.
Solymi continued, “You see, I am not only Salene’s brother, Jake
Sisko. I am also his psychiatrist.”

“What do you mean you can’t watch her tomorrow?” Sarah glared at
him from the other end of comm. “Jake, it’s after nine o’clock and I
teach a class at nine in the morning. You know perfectly well I can’t
find a sitter now! And I can hardly take her with me.”
Jake sighed. “Call my grandparents, Sarah.”
“Then I’d have to drive her all the way south of Boalsburg before
class! That’ll take almost an hour in morning traffic even on the
high lane. And just when do you plan to be *back*?”
Jake glanced up at Solymi, who stood out of sight behind the comm
screen. “I’m going to San Francisco; I don’t know when I’ll be back.”
“This is absurd–you have responsibilities. You can’t just run
off at the drop of a hat!”
Irritated, Jake turned his eyes back to the screen. “That’s
right, I have responsibilities! To a friend. He came once when I
needed him. It’s my turn to do the same for him. Emergencies happen.
You just don’t like anything that inconveniences you!”
“Jake, that’s unfair.”
“Then how would you explain it?”
She threw up her hands. “You act like this is some minor little
annoyance! It’s not; it’s a major headache! You know that we decided
you’d have her during the day and I’d take her at night–”
“Again for *your* convenience!” Jake snapped.
“I *work* during the day!”
“Of course you do, so of course I have to work at night.”
“It doesn’t matter when you work! You’re a writer!”
“I’m also your free childcare.”
“She’s your child! I didn’t think you found it such a hardship!”
Jake collapsed in a chair and rubbed his eyes. “Of course not.
But the point remains that the arrangement is convenient for you–more
for you than for me–”
“Oh, yes! *You* get her in the morning when you’re rested; I get
her at night after I’ve put in a whole day at work!”
“Sarah, shut up. Just…shut up. I didn’t call to argue about
our arrangements for Jenny. It wouldn’t even have come up except that
you’re being unreasonable.”
“You’re asking the unreasonable!”
“Look– Do you want me to call my grandparents, or can you find
someone ekse to babysit while I’m gone? This is an emergency; my
leaving is not up for debate. You teach *one* class tomorrow.”
Sarah’s expression could best be described as full reverse, but
she said only, “I’ll call Isabelle,” and cut the connection.
Jake practically slammed down the comm screen into its holder.
Solymi had watched the entire exchange silently. Now, he said, “When
will you be prepared to leave?”
Rubbing a hand over his face, Jake answered, “Half an hour.”

They were beamed to San Francisco. As a doctor, Solymi could
commandeer an unscheduled emergency transport; beaming in was how he
had reached Bellefonte, too. In the waiting area to the psych ward of
the Federation Interstellar Hospital, Solymi left Jake, who collapsed
on a couch and put his head in his hands. Up to this point, there had
been no time to think. Solymi had explained Salene’s condition, then
Jake had packed to leave. Now, he couldn’t avoid thinking.
Why had Salene never told him about the depression? Jake had
seen Salene take pills every evening, had even asked once if they were
vitamins or something; Salene had not gainsaid it. He had not lied
outright, but he may as well have. Why hadn’t he been honest? What
had he been afraid of?
“He dislikes anything he perceives to be special treatment,”
Solymi had said. “Even more, he dislikes pity.” Jake knew that, had
discovered it the first time they had met, all those years ago. But
it was pity for his castration which he had refused then and, when
Jake had learned that his castration had been his own choice, Jake had
given him none. This was different, and yes, Jake felt sorry for him.
But more, he felt angry and betrayed–again. Every time he thought he
knew Salene, something else popped up. What more was Salene hiding?
They’d been discussing a permanent partnership, for pete’s sake!
“I did warn him to tell you,” Solymi had said earlier. “I do not
know why he ignored my advice.”
Jake didn’t know either, except that they had only just begun
discussing the future when Jenny had pulled over the fishtank on
herself and, almost immediately after returning from the emergency
room, Jake had learned of the bond…and thrown Salene out of the
house. But why hadn’t Salene said something earlier?
“The bond Salene set didn’t have any effect on Sarah and me, did
it?” he had asked Solymi.
“No,” Solymi had answered. “You would have been aware of it only
if Salene were in physical proximity to you–a range of perhaps six
meters, for the mind-blind.”
Suspicions confirmed, Jake had just nodded. He had given a lot
of thought to the bond and his marriage, after Salene had left. He
had come to realize the marriage had collapsed under the stress of its
own defects, not the pull of some unknown bond. That didn’t make what
Salene had done right, but Jake couldn’t blame him for the divorce.
Footsteps announced Solymi’s return. Jake raised his head.
Solymi sat on the tan plastic couch opposite, folded his hands loosely
between his knees. “He says he is too ashamed to see you.”
“You told him I was here?” That surprised Jake; he had just
assumed Solymi planned to spring him on Salene.
“Of course I told him,” Solymi replied now, voice sharp. “It
would have been a breach of trust for me not to. He is mentally ill,
not simple, or incapable of making some decisions for himself.
“Sorry,” Jake said and frowned at his hands. “But I didn’t come
all this way for nothing. Tell him I said that. And tell him I’m
still a little mad about the bond, but I’m madder that he didn’t come
back so we could just have it out in a regular fight, and I’m really
mad that he ran off and did this to himself. Tell him also that I
said he’d better not do it again or I’ll come after him next time.”
Solymi blinked, thrown for a moment, then he nodded gravely. “I
shall relay your message.” He rose to leave, paused, added, “You do
understand him, I see. Sometimes he must be…’knocked over the head
with the obvious’–to use a Terran phrasing.”
Jake laughed. He could get to like Salene’s little brother.

Salene looked like shit. There was no other term for it. His
long hair was a tangled mess, he had circles under his eyes from lack
of sleep, and his face was gaunt and haunted. It had that fragile,
distracted look which characterized mental patients. Dressed in loose
hospital grey, he sat on the floor, knees up and back to a wall. When
Jake entered, he glanced up dully but otherwise did not react. If
this was ‘improved’, Jake wondered what he’d looked like when they had
found him in Fargo five days ago.
“Hi,” Jake said, feeling awkward and unsure of himself and
wishing Solymi had come in with him after all. Though he had been
warned, he’d unconsciously expected Salene to look like he always did:
neat and composed–Vulcan. Instead, he looked like shit.
Salene did not speak, though he did not glance away, either. At
a loss, Jake made his way over to sit down by him. “Your brother says
you haven’t eaten dinner yet. What would you like? I’ll program for
us both.” Though Jake had left Bellefonte at ten o’clock, he had not
eaten either. After hearing Solymi’s news, he’d clean forgotten.
But Salene just shook his head, leaned it back against the wall
and closed his eyes.
Jake sighed. Now what did he say? He had never before been
around someone suffering a psychotic episode. It was relatively rare,
psychopharmacology finely tuned by the twenty-fourth century. Most
conditions were diagnosed and treated quickly, easily and precisely,
and while Jake knew a significant mental illness like depression would
bar one from service in Starfleet, most chronic sufferers took their
medication and went about their lives with little interruption…and
with few people any the wiser. That Jake had never guessed about
Salene was evidence enough of that.
He had wanted to yell at Salene: for having kept his condition to
himself, for having set a secret bond between them, even for having
obeyed Jake’s expressed wish that he leave instead of Jake’s real one
that he remain and apologize. But in the face of Salene’s current
condition, he could not be angry. It was too evident in Salene’s face
that he already hated himself enough for them both, hated himself more
than he deserved, more than any being deserved.
“Among the symptoms of Salene’s disorder,” Solymi had explained,
“are delusions that the patient is innately evil and responsible for
all adversity that they face. Reality is distorted, and any sense of
proportion is lost. For a variety of reasons, some personal, some
cultural, my brother is particularly susceptible to this tendency.”
Reaching out–carefully, lest he startle Salene–Jake took his
friend’s hand. Salene tried to worm the hand free but Jake would not
let him. “Stop it; listen to me! I didn’t really want you to leave.
I know I said I did, but I didn’t. I was angry, and I have a temper.”
Salene was silent.
“All I wanted, I think, was an apology. You gave me protests,
explanations, even a blunt admission of guilt–but you never actually
said you were *sorry*. Maybe I should’ve assumed it, but I wanted to
hear it. I didn’t want you to leave, even if I told you to. Humans
don’t always say what they mean. You should know that by now.”
Still Salene said nothing, though he had quit trying to take back
the hand. It lay limp in Jake’s; Jake rubbed his thumb back and forth
over the back of it.
“I left Sarah–for good. I’m living in a little apartment about
ten blocks from our house. I walk there in the morning to stay with
Jenny while Sarah’s teaching, then walk back when she comes home.
It’s a temporary arrangement, but works for now. We’ve applied for a
formal divorce. I don’t blame the bond for that; I’m not sure I ever
really did. I was just upset when I said those things. As soon as I
had time to think about it, I knew better. I’ve never been able to
maintain a long-term relationship because I get too wrapped up in my
writing. That’s my peculiar failing, not the result of anything you
did. Most people don’t understand that; Sarah certainly didn’t. She
wanted more of me.”
“But being a writer *is* who you are.”
Jake almost jumped. It was the first thing Salene had said, the
first indication he’d given that Jake wasn’t just talking to the wall.
“Yes,” Jake said now, trying not to sound too eager. “And you always
understood that–understood the part of me that mattered. The rest
was just miscommunication across cultures; it didn’t seem all that
important…though it does seem to keep tripping us up, doesn’t it?
Maybe we’ll get better at it, with time.”
Salene did not reply again and inwardly, Jake cursed himself.
Too fast. He was moving too fast. Salene had started trying to twist
his hand free once more, but half-heartedly, as if a part of him did
not really want free. Or so Jake chose to interpret it.
He squeezed the hand once, tightly, then let go and pushed
himself up. “I’m hungry. How about some pesto over pasta? You like
pesto.” Salene did not reply but did not refuse so Jake walked over
to the replicator and called up two servings, and iced tea. He was a
little surprised to find a personal replicator here, but the room was
quite nice: a privacy screen hid the bed, there was a couch and chair,
a small dining table, the replicator, a desk with a terminal, a
private bathroom. The decor was muted mauve and grey. For patients
neither violent nor dangerous to themselves, rooms were designed for
comfort and dignity: more hotel than hospital. Only a single sensor
panel in the wall near the door, and another above the bed, gave away
that Salene was under observation and treatment.
Jake set his bowl on the table, and Salene’s in front of the
chair opposite. He pulled out that chair and waited. Salene was
frowning at his hands. Finally he got up and, still without comment,
sat down. Jake did the same. They ate. Solymi entered as they were
finishing and, for just a moment, his expression was startled–as if
Jake had unexpectedly succeeded in teaching his dog new tricks. Then
the expression was gone, replaced by that placid approval which Jake
had come to realize substituted among Vulcans for a huge grin. He sat
down in a third chair at the table and watched his brother. Seeing
them together like this, the family resemblance was striking. Jake
wondered if Saserna shared it. Three peas in a pod. An only child,
Jake had always been just a little bit jealous of Salene for having
not just one brother, but two.
When Salene had finished the last of his pesto, Solymi set a
little plastic cup on the table and pushed it across to him. The cup
held one white pill and one pink-and-yellow one. Salene eyed the cup
with distaste, poured out the pills into his hand. The white one
showed up stark against his tan skin. “My ‘normalcy.'”
“So would a different sort of medication be,” Solymi said calmly,
“had you been born with T’Bet’s syndrome. You have a physiological
dysfunction, not a moral defect.”
Salene ignored that, swallowed the pills, then turned to Jake and
said, “My brother understates the matter. I should wear bells or
clappers, to alert the sane of my approach. We mentally ill are
lepers on Vulcan.”
Unsure how to respond, Jake pulled in his chin and raised an
eyebrow.
Solymi snorted. “And my brother has always been given to
dramatic exaggeration. Never assume malice until ignorance is
disproved. We have discussed this before, Salene; the average Vulcan
is simply ignorant.”
“Even Saserna?”
Solymi did not reply to that, but he looked irritated.
A good deal was going on here which Jake didn’t understand: a
conversation conducted–or a war fought–with him used for dumb cover.
Before he could think how to object, Solymi stood. “Come, Jake. We
should leave for the evening. He needs to sleep.”
“Meaning that I am not behaving myself, so he will send me to
bed–though not without my supper, in this case.”
Solymi’s lips thinned. “You should be improved by morning,” he
told his brother.
“Indeed! The magic pill will make it all better!”
“Salene– Your attitude is illogical.”
“Of course it is! I am insane, remember?” Salene shoved himself
away from the table. The chair fell with a crash. It made Jake jump.
“The insane are not *logical*, brother-healer.”
“You are not insane. You are recovering from a major depressive
episode and, as ironic as it may sound, your hostility is an indicator
of improvement. You know this; you have been through it before. You
will feel better tomorrow.”
“Notice the emphasis he places on ‘feel,'” Salene said to Jake.
Jake kept his mouth shut, afraid to say the wrong thing. “I am
somewhat more than you bargained for, am I not?” Salene asked wryly.
“Perhaps you will change your mind about me.”
Goaded, Jake blurted back, “I won’t. We’re in this together.
Your brother’s right. You’re ill. I don’t blame you for it any more
than I would if you’d caught Tarkalian fever. You’ll get better.”
“But I shall never get *well*.”
“You don’t know that!” Jake paused, caught his breath and
dropped his eyes from Salene’s, added, “I’ll see you in the morning.”
He followed Solymi out.
Without speaking, Solymi led him to a conference room with a
table in the middle of it and a bank of replicators on the wall.
Solymi ordered hot tea for himself, glanced at Jake. “Espresso,” Jake
said. “I need the caffeine.”
Solymi brought over both cups. “Do you still wish to remain?”
“Like I told him, we’re in this together. I’m staying.”
“You saw him at his worst.”
It occurred to Jake that perhaps Solymi had been testing him. He
took a sip of bitter drink to wash away bitter memory. “How much of
what he said is true? Do Vulcans treat him like a leper?”
Solymi leaned back in his chair, studied Jake’s face. “Most are
completely unaware that he is ill; nor do the few who do know speak of
it. It would be a breach of his privacy. But yes, it is true that
many Vulcans are ignorant of and made uncomfortable by mental illness,
and occasionally say something unfortunate, even if not aimed at him.
But then, so do many humans.”
Jake was forced to nod; it was true. *He* had been uncomfortable
with Salene, just now. “We don’t know what to do, what to say–what
not to say.”
“Understandable. Dealing with those who do not react rationally
can be disquieting. Because my brother’s disorder is an affective one
–that is, related to his emotions and his ability to control them–it
is additionally distressing to Vulcans.” He glanced away abruptly.
“I fear they are inclined to see it as a fault, a weakness. But my
brother *cannot* control his depression, and not from lack of trying.
To expect him to is as…idiotic…as expecting someone with defective
optical nerves to be able to see without corrective surgery. He did
manage without medication for nine years–from his seventeenth year to
his twenty-sixth. We had hoped him recovered.”
So–when Jake had first met him, he had not been on medication.
That knowledge made Jake feel a little better, as if he had missed
less. “Why’d he have to go back on it?”
Solymi continued to keep his eyes averted; blankness settled over
his features: an expression Jake recognized as extreme discomfort.
“He…underwent a hormonal shift; all Vulcans in their late-twenties
do. You could perhaps say that we suffer two puberties. As a eunuch,
Salene was spared the more…distasteful…manifestation of the second
but he still retains his suprarenal glands which secrete sufficient
androgens to alter his brain chemistry. It is a dangerous time for
chi`pain. Some few lose their voices. My brother lost his control.
Again. He has been in and out of hospitals since; his illness is now
worse than when he was a child. Last year, he was forced to take an
indefinite leave of absence from performing. He collapsed before a
concert.”
Salene hadn’t told Jake that. More selective truth. Vulcans had
it honed to an art form. They might avoid lying if at all possible,
but they sure as hell didn’t always tell the truth.
After a long silence, Solymi added, “When I received my license
last year, my brother was my first patient. He was, in some ways, my
reason for pursing the branch of medicine which I did. To a human, it
might seem peculiar for me to have my brother as a patient: a conflict
of interests. But the Vulcan is expected to separate the personal from
the professional. Indeed, our kinship is an advantage most of the time,
particularly when I must meld with him–but occasionally, it obstructs.
I may be his psychiatrist, but I remain his younger brother. He does
not always take me seriously.” His voice was wry. “In any case”–he
turned back to Jake–“since learning of the bond between you, I have
endeavored to convince him to seek you out again. For Vulcans, an
active bond can be as effective a stabilizing force as antidepressants,
and preferable to high dosages.”
Several things clicked together in Jake’s mind then. Solymi had
not come to Bellefonte just to reconcile the two of them. Of course,
Jake should have guessed as much; Vulcans weren’t sentimental. Solymi
viewed Jake pragmatically: a source of healing for Salene. But Jake
also understood why Salene had *not* said anything about his condition
earlier, or even about the bond until Jake had asked. He had not
wanted Jake to feel pressured into anything simply for his sake.
Sitting up, Jake wrapped his hands around his little demitasse,
frowned at the black liquid. “You think our bond can help him.”
“Certainly. Your arrival inspired him to eat without excessive
persuasion, then sparked him to react, not simply accept. As I told
him, and as ironic as it may seem, his behavior tonight was a positive
sign. For five days, he has done little but lie in bed or sit on the
floor and stare at a wall. He would not speak at all until yesterday,
or I would have had you sent for sooner. Today he quarreled with me:
a definite improvement.”
Jake was mildly amused to hear a Vulcan call a quarrel an
improvement but, “You think my presence caused that?”
“Your presence and his medication.”
“But if this bond has been there all along, why didn’t it help
him before?”
“Because it was dormant. That is why it had no effect on you.
You would have been wholly unaware of it, unless he was near. For
him, a dormant bond to an absent bondmate has been detrimental–part
of the reason we have been unable to completely stabilize him. Yet I
understand that since coming here, until three weeks ago, he has been
perfectly functional. Your presence”–he paused, as if searching for
the best word–“*centers* him. When the bond is activated, it should
be more effective yet. Tomorrow, I wish to attempt a mindmeld in
order to activate it.”
Jake stiffened; Solymi noticed. “It will not be invasive,” he
assured Jake. “I will not even be present unless you both wish it.
It is usually a private matter, and Salene is more than capable even
now of activating the bond himself.”
A private matter…. Something abruptly occurred to Jake; he
grinned. “I don’t think it’ll be necessary to activate it. I think
it’s probably active already. Maybe that’s why my presence affected
him so much today.”
Solymi’s eyes narrowed and he leaned forward, hand outstretched,
fingers splayed slightly in preparation for a mind touch. “May I?”
Jake hesitated. “This will be only momentary, and I will not examine
your thoughts. I am a healer. My brothers inherited a talent for
music. I inherited one for telepathy.”
Jake nodded then, and Solymi’s fingers connected with the side of
his face. As promised, Jake barely felt the touch. Then Solymi was
pulling his hand back, his face flushed dark bronze. “Of course,” he
muttered. “I have been obtuse. That…would have been sufficient,
and you are correct. The bond is active.”

V.

Jake was waked in the middle of the night by a pounding on his
hotel door. He grabbed a robe and answered. Solymi, looking slightly
ruffled, stood on the other side. “Hurry and dress. We are needed.”
And he turned back to his own room before Jake could ask questions.
While pulling on slacks and a shirt, Jake checked his chrono:
three a.m., local time. Seven, his. Of course, he hadn’t gotten to
bed until after two his time in the first place.
Solymi was waiting for him in the hotel hallway and, without
speaking, led Jake to the lift. Jake tried to ask questions, but
Solymi raised a hand in objection, said only, “He is having a negative
reaction to his medication.”
They walked quickly; the hotel was not far from the hospital–
three blocks. Jake said nothing lest he annoy Solymi with fretting.
“You have a writer’s imagination,” Sarah had used to tell him. If he
got the sniffles, he feared pneumonia; if he had an ache, he feared a
tumor. But no catastrophes awaited their arrival at the hospital,
though in some ways, what did await them was worse.
Salene was wandering the ward hallway, refusing to be led back to
his room and casually shoving aside nurses and aids who tried to herd
him in that direction. No one currently on duty had anywhere near his
strength. He was talking a blue streak–in Vulcan–and appeared to be
downright *cheerful*, in a manic kind of way: his eyes were bright,
his cheeks and nose flushed, like a man tipsy on wine. When he saw
Solymi, he called out his brother’s name and came over to grip him by
both arms. He was still talking but Jake couldn’t understand a word,
as much due to the speed of it as to the fact he spoke a foreign
language and Jake had no universal translator. When he caught sight
of Jake, he let go of his brother to hug Jake hard–in front of
everyone. For a human, his actions would have been excessive. For a
Vulcan, they were *bizarre*.
One of the nurses, a big strapping fellow whom Jake had just seen
Salene shove casually into a cart, called out, “Dr. Solymi! Are we
glad to see you.” He came over to them. “He slept about three hours,
then woke up, thought it was morning and started singing scales. We
had a hell of a time convincing him it was still the middle of the
night. He had to come out of his room to see…and now we can’t get
him back in there.”
Solymi listened even while scanning his brother–who continued
talking at Jake in Vulcan, gesturing emphatically. Jake shot Solymi a
helpless glance. “What’s he saying?”
Solymi’s lips were thin. “He is discussing the woods used in
ka’athyra construction.” Snapping the scanner shut, he spoke to the
nurse in a string of medicalese as indecipherable to Jake as Salene’s
Vulcan, then gripped his brother by the arm and said, “Let us try to
return him to his room.” Jake nodded. Salene seemed oblivious except
to shift his attention from Jake–who wasn’t answering him–back to
Solymi. Solymi spoke to him, also in Vulcan, and pointed toward the
room. Salene shook his head. Solymi said something else and Salene
shrugged, then permitted Solymi to lead him back inside. The nurse
and an aide followed, shut the door. The aide, Jake noticed, held a
restrainer. Solymi had noticed as well.
“*That* will not be necessary,” he said, distaste in his voice.
“He is merely over-stimulated.”
“He bruised my arm,” the nurse said.
“He did not do so intentionally. He has forgotten his strength.”
For a wonder, Salene had stopped talking. Solymi maneuvered him
to sit on the sofa and then took the hypo the nurse held out to him.
Salene even bent his neck obligingly for the shot in the juguler. He
definitely wasn’t trying to be difficult; he was just confused and, as
Solymi had said, over-stimulated. His behavior might have been rather
amusing, had Jake been less embarrassed for him.
The hypo took almost immediate effect; Salene’s eyelids drooped
and he calmed. But whatever Solymi had given him did not knock him
out. “Salene,” his brother said, still kneeling in front of him. “Do
you know where you are? Can you tell me the day and the time?”
Salene blinked, slowly. “Earth,” he said, in English. He
glanced at Jake, frowned. “I…don’t know the time, or the day.” He
shook his head, as if to clear it. “I should know them, shouldn’t I?”
Then he sat up, glanced around. “Why can I not remember the time!”
“The time is three forty-six, a.m. You had a negative reaction
to the perfluoxetine; I just administered a neutralizing agent and
tranquilizer. Your senses will clear in another two minutes. We’ll
start over on your medication until we find a level that does not
launch you into a manic episode.”
Not knowing what else to do, Jake had moved into the background.
Now, Solymi dismissed the nurse and the aide, then gestured Jake over.
“Sit beside him and take his hand.” Jake did so. Salene’s skin was
very, very warm–much more even than usual–and he was still flushed,
but the wild look had faded from his eyes. He was back to that faint
bewilderment Jake had seen earlier in the day. Jake reached up to
smooth his hair; it was horribly tangled. “Doesn’t someone around
here comb this for him?”
“He has not, heretofore, permitted it,” Solymi replied. He had
risen to fetch a brush from the bathroom, handed it to Jake.
Salene closed his eyes while Jake began detangling the thick
mass. Lamplight glittered on his cheeks; they were wet. He was
*crying*. “Hey,” Jake said, wiping at the tears. “It’s okay now.”
“It is not ‘okay’!” Salene struck the brush out of Jake’s hand.
“It will never be ‘okay’! I shamed myself yet again!”
“Salene–” His brother gestured for Jake to move, leaned in to
set fingers on Salene’s face. They were as still as statues for
fifteen breaths; Jake picked up the brush. When they opened their
eyes, Solymi nodded for Jake to continue combing Salene’s hair.
Calmer now, Salene asked, “What did I do this time?” like a man
who is not sure he wants the gory details.
“Not much,” Solymi replied, an edge of humor in his voice. “You
serenaded the floor for a while with scales, then wandered about the
ward, arguing–in Vulcan–against the exclusive use of shaforr wood in
ka’athyra construction.”
Salene actually winced; Jake wondered if it was due to Solymi’s
recitation or if Jake had pulled his hair too hard. Solymi’s teasing
made Jake angry, but perhaps that subtle teasing was the way they had
come to deal with it. It was probably better, Jake conceded on second
thought, than permitting Salene to get weepy. That would just mortify
him later. “How much do you remember?” he asked his friend, thinking
of the hug.
Salene shook his head. “Only flashes. When an episode is past,
my memory of it runs together, and sometimes I hallucinate during them
and so am uncertain what is memory and what is fantasy.” He glanced
at Jake, then dropped his eyes. “I should apologize for my behavior
earlier this evening, too. It was unduly hostile.”
Jake gestured to Solymi. “Apologize to him, not me. It was him
you were mean to.”
Solymi settled himself on the carpet, shook his head. “There is
no need for an apology to me, Jake; he knows it. We have been through
this before.”
Salene just nodded. “Solymi is…very tolerant of me.”
“You are my brother.”
And that, Jake thought, was as close as Vulcan siblings would
come to saying, ‘I love you.’ It seemed to be understood. Jake saw
Salene tap Solymi’s foot lightly with the side of his own. Rising,
Jake moved around to the back of the couch so he could better reach
Salene’s hair. Brushing it calmed Salene and gave Jake something
constructive to do. Maybe that was why Solymi had brought him the
brush in the first place. Solymi was, after all, a psychiatrist.
Now, he ran his scanner over his brother again. “The tranquilizer has
taken effect; how do you feel?”
The use of ‘feel’ was, Jake thought, quite deliberate.
Salene seemed to consider. “Rather…blank, actually.”
Solymi’s eyebrow hopped; Jake wasn’t sure if it was an expression
of surprise or disappointment. Standing, he glanced at Jake. “Under
the circumstances, I believe it would be optimal if you remained with
my brother for the rest of the night. Is this agreeable to you?”
Jake shrugged. “I’ll do whatever you think best.”
Solymi nodded, looked down at Salene. “It will be necessary to
take you back to Vulcan. We must re-evaluate your treatment.”
“I know.” Salene’s voice sounded dull. “And you have other
patients, as well.”
Solymi glanced at Jake. Jake could feel him waiting, knew what
he wanted. He would not ask; that would be imposition–but Jake
recalled very well a long-ago conversation in his grandfather’s
restaurant in New Orleans, a conversation about duty and friendship.
“I’ll have to talk to Sarah,” he said. “I have to make arrangements
for Jenny.”
“Jake,” Salene began, “if you have obligations–”
“Shut up, t’hy’la.” He used that word as deliberately as Solymi
had used ‘feel’ earlier. Out of the corner of his eye, he caught
Solymi start. “You need me.”
“So does your daughter.”
“She has a mother. I took care of her for eight months; I think
Sarah owes me a week or two, to go to Vulcan.”
“It may be somewhat more than that,” Solymi warned.
Jake shrugged; he had suspected as much, but thought it best to
take things one day at a time. “I’ll talk to Sarah.”
Solymi left them alone then. They did not speak more than a word
or two after he was gone. Jake pulled around a chair and brushed
Salene’s hair until the tangles were gone and it flowed like cashmere
through his fingers. Even then, he continued. It was hypnotic.
Salene, he noticed, had fallen asleep, head back against the couch.

“Daaaaaddy!”
Jake’s daughter came running, trailing hair and sound, and threw
herself into his arms. He lifted her up, swung her around, kissed her
forehead. “How’s my girl?”
“You’re back.” Her mother approached more slowly, descending the
stairs to the family room one step at a time, like a debutante making
an entrance. Standing just inside the back door, Jake looked up at
her and, for a moment, his body forgot that he wasn’t married to her
any more, that he didn’t even like her much of the time. She had
always been able to do that to him, wrench and twist him inside until
he couldn’t think straight.
They must have just gotten home; she was wearing her drafters
jumpsuit. He could still remember the first time he had met her,
dressed in that tight-fitting blue. He had come to her office for an
interview on station living-conditions, had expected a middle-aged
professor. She had walked in, introduced herself, perched her perfect
body on a stool and started asking questions, making notations on her
PADD. He had spent the next half hour weirdly hypnotized by the slip
and slide of three gold bangles against her brown wrist; by the way
blue fabric pulled taut over her breasts, hinting at nipples hardened
by air-conditioning; by the way her pageboy had kept sliding into her
face until she would sweep it back with a toss of her chin. He had
wanted to put his hand up, touch that hair, brush it off her forehead.
He had left convinced she must think him a total idiot. Three days
later, she had called to ask if she could see him again. For a date,
not an interview.
Now, she came forward to take Jenny from him. “We were just
sitting down to eat. Do you want dinner?”
The question and the unexpected effect of her presence threw him
off-stride. He took a breath, looked around. No need to rush into
it. “Yeah, sure. What’d you program?” Sarah never cooked.
“Chirrasquiles and rice.” She set Jenny in her high chair at the
breakfast bar and gave her plain saffron rice wrapped in a tortilla.
Jake sat beside his daughter. Sarah ordered two plates from the
replicator, set one in front of him then sat down to her own.
It was strange-familiar, eating dinner as they had so many times
before and listening to Jenny chatter–delighted to have her mommy and
daddy at the same table again–but knowing he would get up at the end
of it, put his plate in the replicator, and leave. Part of him did
not want to. Part of him wanted to forget about obligations to a sick
Vulcan who waited a continent away, just stay here, help Sarah get
Jenny ready for bed, then follow her upstairs to the room they had
once shared. Maybe they could repair this marriage. Sarah reached
for the salt; three gold bangles slid down her wrist in a delicate
jingle. It brought such a wave of poignant memory that his eyes
darkened and, for a moment, he could neither see nor think. His body
went hot, then cold; his fingers clinched on his fork.
He must have made some sound. “Jake?” she asked, studying him
with that appraising look, as cold as ice-water on fevered flesh. It
froze any whisper of old lust. For all Salene’s cool control, he had
never looked at Jake like that. His eyes were never cold like that.
“I’m fine,” Jake said brusquely, took the salt when she was done
with it. “I’m fine.”
“So.” She spoke into a pause in Jenny’s chatter. “I assume
you’ll be by at your usual time tomorrow?”
Her question drove out the last remembered fondness lingering in
the corners of his body. All business, his Sarah. She couldn’t even
be bothered to ask how Salene was.
“No,” he replied, “I won’t.”
Taken by surprise, she dropped her fork. The sound made Jenny
jump. They both glanced at their daughter. “Let’s finish eating,” he
said. “I’ll help you get her ready for bed, then we’ll talk.”
Scraping back her stool, Sarah stood. “No. We’ll talk about it
now. This is not going to become a habit, Jake Sisko. If you can’t
be responsible for our daughter–”
“I was responsible for our daughter for eight damn months!”
“Don’t swear in front of Jenny Gwen.”
“I didn’t start this conversation! I suggested that we wait.”
“Wait till when? Till it’s too late–again–for me to find a
babysitter for tomorrow?”
“I assumed you had one! I told you I didn’t know for sure when
I’d be back.”
A crash of plate interrupted them; Jenny had pushed her dinner
onto the floor. Rice went everywhere. “Mommy, Daddy don’t yell!
Mommy, Daddy don’t yell!”
“Jenny!” Sarah screamed at her, then pulled at her own hair in
frustration. “Oh, please, stop it! I can’t take this!”
Chagrinned, Jake had knelt to pick up the plate, start cleaning
up the mess. “Sit down, Sarah. We’re upsetting her.”
“I can’t take this!” Sarah said again.
He looked up at her from the floor. “Sit down.” Standing and
stepping carefully over scattered yellow rice, he put the plate in the
replicator, then came back to pick up his daughter, who was still
wailing. He patted her back; she clung to him, face pressed into his
neck. Sarah had sat and, elbows on the table, put her own face in her
hands. The gold bangles on her arm winked in the kitchen overheads.
“Jake,” she said, voice level, “I cannot take care of her alone–
not any more than you could. You had your grandparents, and your
friend, here to help you. I don’t have anyone. She’s your daughter,
too. You can’t foist all the work off on me. I’m the one who pays
the bills. You have to do your share, too.”
Sarah’s little speech infuriated Jake as much as it humiliated
him, but he clamped his mouth shut. Jenny had quit her loud crying
but was still deeply upset, her little body shaking against him. He
kissed her temple, smoothed her hair. “Shhh. Mommy and Daddy aren’t
mad at you, honey.” He glared at his soon-to-be-ex-wife, said to her
in as level a voice as he could manage. “When I left two days ago, I
told you I didn’t know when I’d be back and, knowing you, I’m sure you
have someone lined up to watch Jenny tomorrow. You’re nothing if not
efficient, Sarah, so don’t hand me the ‘I can’t find a sitter by
tomorrow’ line; I don’t buy it. Now, we’re going to put our daughter
to bed, then talk about this like two rational people.”
She dropped her hands, glared back at him, but nodded. It took a
while to calm Jenny down; Jake gave her a bath and Sarah read to her.
Finally, she was asleep and Sarah and Jake squared off in front of the
old stove in the family room. Sensing tension, the cats had traded
warmth for peace and fled.
Fists on hips, Sarah said, “Now–what is this all about?” She
was a tall woman and did not have to look up at him much.
Jake frowned at his nails. “I need to go to Vulcan.”
“*What*?”
“I need to go to Vulcan. Salene is very ill. I have to go back
with him.”
“Why does he need *you*?” she snapped.
This was where it got complicated; he didn’t want to explain
about the bond, or say precisely how Salene was sick. Luckily, Sarah
was too self-focused to ask questions that didn’t have to do with her.
“I’m his friend and I owe him,” Jake said.
“Until just recently, you hadn’t *talked* to this guy in how many
years? When I called to find him here, you said it was the first time
you’d seen him since before you’d gone to college! Now you say you
owe him?”
“As you pointed out yourself, he came to help with Jenny when I
needed it.” So it was a lie, but Salene *had* helped with Jenny. “I
do owe him.”
“Doesn’t he have a wife to take care of him?”
“No, he doesn’t.”
Her look was skeptical. “I thought all Vulcans married.”
“Not chi`pain, not often.”
“Well what about his family? Don’t tell me he’s an orphan, too.”
“Of course he has a family. But they’re not all on the best of
terms.” He shifted. Why was he standing here trying to convince her
he was right? She always did this to him: put him on the defense,
made him feel like he had to justify himself. Just once, he wished
she’d have said, ‘Yes, Jake, of course you should…. I’m behind you
one hundred percent.’ He might not have divorced her, then. But she
had always tried to run her affairs and his, too. At first, he’d put
up with it because she had given his life direction and her drive had
made her successful. He’d always admired her success. Still did.
But now, her bossiness grated. “I’m going to Vulcan. He needs me;
I’m going. I don’t know how long it’ll take–a month, maybe more.”
“So you leave me holding the bag with Jenny!”
“I had her for eight months.”
“You offered to keep her because you didn’t want to come with me.
I didn’t ask you to do it!”
He frowned at the old black stove. “I didn’t want Jenny to be
stuck in contractor housing for half a year. You know how I feel
about that.” He turned his eyes back to her. “But the fact remains
that I kept her for eight months while you were off at the edge of
Romulan space, doing your thing. Now I need a month or so, to go to
Vulcan to care for a friend. I didn’t come here to debate that with
you; I came to tell you I’d be gone.”
Sarah had turned away to sit down on one of the love seats, stare
at the stove. “What am I supposed to do with Jenny?”
“What’d you do with her for the past two days?”
“I had Isabelle or Larry keep her in their offices while I was
teaching.”
“What about daycare? I know the university offers it to staff.
And there’re my grandparents; you keep forgetting them.”
“They’re too old, Jake! And I don’t want her in daycare. Not
any more than you want her on space stations. But I can’t–” She
stopped, raised splayed hands and shook them in frustration, clenched
them again. “Jake, I can’t do this! You know I can’t! For a few
days–all right. But a month?”
He seated himself, tapped fingers on the arm of his old reading
chair. He’d known Sarah would react badly to the notion of caring for
Jenny alone for weeks, possibly months. She may have been the one to
suggest having a baby in the first place, but her patience was finite.
Day-in, day-out childcare overwhelmed her. He had always been the one
to handle that.
“The other option,” he said now, “is that I take her with me.”
“To *Vulcan*? You won’t take her to a human-made space station,
but you’ll take her to an alien world with high gravity, low oxygen
and heat like that?”
He snorted. “Sarah, don’t be dense. I’ve never insisted that
Jenny be raised on *Earth*, but I don’t want her to grow up like I
did: bounced around from ship to ship, station to station. I loved my
parents, but I hated growing up that way. Spending a month or two on
Vulcan won’t hurt her at this age.”
“Spending half a year on a space station wouldn’t have hurt her,
either, at this age!”
He clenched his jaw and looked off. “And what about the next
station? And the one after that?”
“How do you know there would be a next one? You assume a lot.”
“I don’t want to argue about it; it’s past.”
“No, you don’t want to admit that you don’t see this matter
rationally. How do you know Jenny wouldn’t like growing up on a space
station? I did. You judge what you think’s right for her based on
what *you* wanted. Vulcan is okay because it’s a planet; Deep Space
Seventeen wasn’t because it’s a station. My, that’s logical!”
He stood up, paced around. “Look, do you want me to take her
with me, or do you want to make arrangements yourself?”
“You’re quick with the ultimatums lately, aren’t you?”
“I’m sick of you always arguing with me about *every little damn
detail*!”
“Oh, so I’m not allowed to protest if I don’t like something? I
should shut my mouth and meekly accept the dictates of my husband?
This isn’t Ferenginar, Jake! You listen to Nog too much.”
He glared at her. The only way to avoid arguing with Sarah was
just to refuse to argue. “Do you want me to take her or not?”
She sighed explosively. “No, I don’t! I just got back after
months of being without my daughter!” She stood up herself, stalked
about restlessly, her back half to him. “But I can’t take care of her
by myself, either.” She paused; the pause stretched. “If you took
her, how long would you be gone?”
“I don’t know. It could be a while–a month, two, maybe more–
but if it’s going to be long, I’ll need to come back anyway to get
things, and you can see her then.”
“When are you leaving?”
“As soon as possible; Solymi–Salene’s brother–has to get back.
But I have to make arrangements to be gone. I told him it would take
two or three days.”
He saw her swipe at her eyes. “Give me the weekend. Then you
can pick her up Monday morning. I’ll have her things packed.”
He nodded once, shortly. It would take him the extra day to make
arrangements for Jenny, in any case. He wondered what Solymi would
say about the unexpected addition of a three year old.

“What is necessary, is necessary.” Solymi’s image on the comm
screen appeared thoughtful. “It may in fact prove therapeutic for my
brother. He appears to be…very fond…of your daughter.”
“She’s very fond of him, too. She was upset when he left.” In
fact, she’d been inconsolable for three days–a long time for her. “I
just wasn’t sure what you’d think about it, having her along, I mean.”
Solymi shrugged; it was Salene’s gesture. “It is not the optimal
circumstance, perhaps, but as I said: what is necessary, is necessary.
I recognize that you have obligations aside from those to my brother.”
He frowned slightly. “The family will make arrangements for her care,
when you are unavailable.”
Jake let out a breath and did not immediately reply. Solymi’s
response was so totally different from Sarah’s that it momentarily
threw him; he’d forgotten families could work together to solve
problems instead of just complain when they cropped up. “Thanks,” he
said finally. “She’s actually a pretty easy kid, and well-behaved,
despite the disruption to her life lately.”
Solymi’s dark eyes studied him. “Children are resilient when
they know they are cared for–and her father would appear to make an
effort that she know she is.”
The Vulcan version of a high compliment. “Thanks,” he whispered,
though after erupting at Sarah at dinner in front of Jenny, he wasn’t
sure he deserved it. “We’ll return on Monday morning. I need to get
a ticket for her as well as myself and–”
“It is taken care of.”
“What?”
“Your passage has been arranged; I shall see to the child’s as
well.”
Anger burned. “Solymi, I–”
“Salene said that you might prove difficult on this matter and,
if that were the case, to remind you of a certain conversation
regarding partnership?”
Jake snorted.
“Permit him this,” Solymi added. “His pride is in need of it.”
Put that way, Jake couldn’t argue, and suspected Solymi knew it.
“All right then. How is he?” Jake had worried about leaving Salene
for even a few days but had decided he should talk to Sarah in person.
So the morning after Salene’s manic outburst, Solymi had spent a
session determining how their bond affected them. Apparently each
bond was as individual as the parties involved, its strength dependent
on the length of time it had existed and the regular proximity of the
partners to one another. Although theirs had lain between them for
over eleven years, it had been nascent. In its active state, it was
newborn and weak. Solymi had done his best to solidify it before Jake
had left for Bellefonte.
Now, Solymi said, “He is well, or as much as may be expected. I
increased his medication somewhat. I will lower it again when you
return.”
“Will we have to keep doing that? Measure what he needs to take
by whether I’m with him or not?”
Solymi shook his head. “Unknown, but unlikely. The activation
of a bond always has ramifications for a patient on antidepressant
medication. The bond stimulates neurotransmitters in the brain,
particularly serotonin. Once the bond has stabilized, so does the
patient. Usually.”
Solymi cocked his head and his expression took on that wry edge
Jake had come to recognize meant he was going to say something mildly
shocking, at least from a Vulcan point of view.
“According to research, lifebonds have been found to be critical
in the psychological health of even mentally stable Vulcans. My
brother should never have been permitted to become chi`pain in the
first place since it meant dissolving his original bond.”
Jake scratched his nose. “So you think your family was wrong?”
Solymi appeared uncomfortable. He shifted slightly in his seat.
“I think they were ill-informed. No harm to Salene was intended, but
that does not mean no harm was inflicted. I have my…questions…
about the practice of castration–though less about the castration
itself than about the traditions surrounding it.”
“And that’s why you support the bond between us, even though it’s
not socially acceptable?” He had wondered.
Solymi did not reply immediately. He steepled his fingers and
leaned back in the chair before the comm, glanced off once–perhaps at
a door–then returned his attention to Jake. “A comm link is not the
best medium over which to discuss this. Suffice to say that, given my
brother’s affective preferences as well as his artistic interests and
talents, his selection of you as a bondmate was a logical one.”
Jake supposed that could be translated as ‘I’m not surprised that
he fell in love with you.’
Solymi bent forward, finger on the terminate-switch. “I will see
both you and your daughter Monday morning. Peace, Jake Sisko.” And
he cut their connection.
Jake sat in front of the blank screen and thought a while about
what Solymi had told him and how carefully the words had been couched.
He thought, too, about what Salene himself had said regarding their
relationship: ‘as long as certain illusions are maintained….’
Keeping up appearances. It was all a game of keeping up appearances.
Sudden anger flashed through him, left him weak. How could
appearances be worth a man’s sanity?

VI.

Hell, Jake decided, was a four day space-liner trip with a three
year old. The last time Jenny had been on a ship, she’d been only six
months old; Jake and Sarah had taken her to visit her grandparents on
DS9. That trip had been longer but Jenny had been a good deal smaller
and had slept through much of it. Now, he devoutly wished she was six
months old again, or that Solymi would give her a tranquilizer.
Jake had her by himself. Salene was lodged with his brother.
Solymi had decided that, while Jenny’s presence might be therapeutic
for Salene in small doses, continual cramped exposure to her would
only increase his anxiety. Anxiety seemed to go hand-in-hand with
depression: ‘co-morbidity’ Solymi called it. Salene was as prone to
panic attacks as he was to spells of major depression and, in short,
having Jenny around all the time would have sent him right up a wall.
Although, when Jake was feeling frazzled and uncharitable, he had to
admit that seeing a Vulcan hanging from the ceiling might be funny.
The evening of the third day, Solymi came by to tap on Jake’s
cabin door. An unstrung Jake let him in. Jenny was in a rebellious
mood because Jake refused to let her run up and down the hallway like
a wild thing. Now, she dashed over to grab Solymi’s pantleg and pipe,
“I’m a wild thing! Daddy says so! I’ll eat you up!”
Jake sighed and started to remind her not to touch Solymi–he
wasn’t Salene–but Solymi looked down at her, blinked and asked, “And
will you roar a terrible roar and gnash your terrible teeth and roll
your terrible eyes and show your terrible claws?”
That sent her off squealing with laughter and bouncing on her
trundle bunk. “You’ve read that book?” Jake asked, astonished.
Solymi walked over to lift Jenny easily; she kicked and giggled
and squirmed in his grasp. “She-who-will-be-my-wife specializes in
early childhood education. WHERE THE WILD THINGS ARE is a favorite
among Vulcan children as well as Terran, I must confess. I understand
that T’Var’s THREE SHELLS has become something of a classic among
Terrans?” He looked at Jenny, who still squirmed. “Vulcan children
can be ‘wild things’ from time to time…particularly at her age.
There is a word in Vulcan: shultah. It means a dust devil, but also a
‘wild child’.”
He raised Jenny up over his head and back down; she screamed in
laughter and shouted, “Again, again!”
He did it again and her peals echoed off the walls, then he
turned his attention to Jake while she attached herself to his back
like a small leech. “I believe it would be beneficient for you to
spend some time with my brother. Therefore, I decided I would take
her for a walk around the ship to exaust her energy, then put her to
bed for you. You have three hours, barring an emergency.” And he
left with Jenny still clinging to his back. Jake wondered if giving an
exact time was just Vulcan precision, or if Solymi was trying to
tell him something.
He found Salene sitting up on a cot, reading–reading Jake’s
latest novel revisions in fact. “I feel like I’ve been let out of
prison,” Jake said, then added, “Your brother’s good with kids.”
Salene nodded. “He is.” Setting aside the PADD, he patted the
cot beside him. Jake sat, leaned his head back against the wall. “To
be in such limited space,” Salene went on, “with little to do, must be
difficult for her.” He picked up the stuffed animal which had been
sitting beside his pillow. “But she is a generous child.” She had
‘given’ Salene the orca–her favorite–when she and Jake had boarded.
‘She sleep with you and make you feel better!’ Salene had solemnly
accepted and did, in fact, keep the animal near the bed for Jenny’s
sake. Now he set it back down, turned to Jake. His alto-bell voice
was subdued. “I must apologize for being unable to assist you more.”
“Don’t–” Jake said. “I don’t expect it. We both know she’d
drive you nuts right now.”
Frowning down at his hands, Salene nodded. He still had that
fragile sense about him, but not as much as before. He had gotten up
today, dressed, seen to personal hygene. He’d apparently been able to
concentrate enough to read some. Reaching out, Jake ran a hand into
his hair. It had been combed, but left unbraided; it fell to his
waist. Salene turned his head into Jake’s palm and Jake opened his
arms, let Salene rest against him. They had done this a few times in
the hospital: always silent, the vulnerability too fragile to break
with words. It was not an erotic embrace; Salene needed whatever
steadiness their bond permitted him to find in Jake. But it had never
gone on long, Salene always pulling away after just a few minutes.
This time, he did not and, growing a little stiff and uncomfortable,
Jake tried to shift.
Salene moved, twisted a little to stretch out on the cot, pull
Jake down after. Jake held Salene loosely, wondering where this was
going and thinking about Solymi’s precise delineation of the time they
would have. Their feet hung off the cot-end. Salene’s eyes were
closed; he ran a hand up and down Jake’s side. Tentatively, Jake
leaned in to kiss his mouth; he accepted it, answered by putting his
hand on Jake’s face. Jake wanted kisses, Salene wanted a mindmeld.
They did not, quite, have sex. Salene was unable to maintain an
erection and Jake’s came and went. They took off their clothes, then
cuddled next to one another for a couple hours, sharing thoughts and
simple physical affection: more an expression of intimacy and trust
than desire. Sometimes they dozed. When their time was up, Jake
said, “I guess I should go rescue Solymi,” and slid out of bed to
dress himself. Salene offered fore and middle fingers. Jake wrapped
his hand around them. “Good night.”
“Sleep well.”
Miraculously, Jenny was out cold when Jake returned; Solymi sat
meditating in a corner. His eyes snapped open. Nothing in his face
or manner gave the slightest hint that he suspected what had happened
next door, but he had to know. He had, more or less, set it up. That
deliberate evasion irritated Jake. “Did he ask you to get lost for a
couple hours,” Jake said, “or was it your idea?”
Solymi did not quite smile but amusement pulled the corners of
his eyes. “He suggested that you might welcome some relief from child
care. I deduced the rest.”
“It doesn’t bother you? The two of us?” He had gathered that
Solymi was tolerant, but tonight had gone beyond mere tolerance.
Solymi glanced at Jenny, to be certain she slept. “It is who he
is.” He seemed to be struggling with how to say something, or whether
to say it at all. “I wish for my brother to be…content.”
Translated: I want him to be happy. Jake nodded, shoved his
hands in his pockets. “Do you think his homosexuality has anything to
do with his depression?”
“I am unclear as to precisely what you are asking.” Solymi’s
tone went icy. “Do you mean to suggest that my brother is homosexual
because he is mentally ill?”
Jake waved a hand and shook his head. “No. The opposite. I
wondered if the disapproval may have made him depressed.” Belatedly,
Jake realized that to a Vulcan, the suggestion of emotional responses
could be interpreted as just as much an insult.
But Solymi appeared only thoughtful. “Possible, but unable to be
determined. My brother’s depression is biological–that is, and as I
said before, his neurotransmitters do not function correctly. The
problem can be corrected with proper medication, whereupon he is as
‘normal’ as you or I. Yet there is clear evidence that a connection
exists between the emotions and the body–among Vulcans as much as
among humans. How this functions precisely is a matter of debate.”
His eyebrows hopped. “Of *much* debate. All I can say is that my
brother’s depression was diagnosed when he was young, long before he
gave the family any indication that his…preferences…were atypical.
Of course, it is also true that one’s orientation is fixed young, so
it may be that a subconscious perception of social disapproval for his
equally subconscious preferences triggered a biological predisposition
to depression–”
“But you find that unlikely,” Jake finished.
“Indeed. What is more likely is that social disapproval has
complicated an already existing condition.” He tilted his head.
“Psychology is rarely simple, Jake Sisko. I sincerely doubt there is
a *causal* connection between my brother’s sexual orientation and his
depression, but that is not the same as saying they do not affect one
another. I would be astonished if they did not.”
It was a little peculiar to hear a Vulcan talk so analytically
about emotions without trying to deny that Vulcans had them. Jake
would have loved to know what Solymi thought of Vulcan philosophy,
generally, but now was not the time to ask. “Thanks for watching
Jenny. I hope she didn’t give you much trouble.”
“None at all, and you are welcome. It was my pleasure. Truly.”
He gave a little bow–very like his brother–and departed.

By the next day, Salene had perked up enough not only to get out
of bed and dress, but to join his brother, Jake and Jenny for
breakfast. Jenny was ecstatic, clinging to him and bouncing up and
down in excitement. She had not been permitted to see him more than a
few minutes here and there. Jake had not realized how much she had
missed him; neither, apparently, had he. Jake could tell he was
touched. He picked her up and carried her all the way to the ship
replimat despite second looks from fellow Vulcan passengers. While he
was occupied with helping her pick her breakfast from the menu, Jake
said in an undertone to Solymi, “He seems a lot better.”
Solymi nodded. “Somewhat.”
“Does my presence really help him that much?”
“Joining us for breakfast is not particularly stressful.” His
voice was dry. “But yes, your presence is quite beneficial.” He
flipped through the menu, made his selection. “It is difficult for
non-Vulcans to understand how critical our bonds are. The proximity
and physical touch of a bondmate is…stabilizing. This is why some
Vulcan cultures encourage interaction between bonded pairs even prior
to marriage.” He picked up his plate from the replicator and went to
join his brother, who was seating Jenny in a child’s chair at a table.
In fact, breakfast turned out to be almost more than Salene could
take. Jake could see how he fidgeted constantly with his utensils or
made a very precise business out of eating his meal one serving at a
time in measured spoonfuls, as if his salvation lay in organized,
exacting movement. A parody of Vulcan control. Put simply, he was
strung out.
Solymi watched him carefully but said nothing. Returning from
the replimat, Jake dropped back to walk beside Solymi and say–out of
Salene’s hearing, he hoped–“Too much medication?”
Solymi nodded faintly. “Imagine a tub of water for which you
must maintain a given water level by adjusting faucet strength even
while the drain is open and more water comes from a second faucet over
which you have no control. That is what I am attempting to do with
his serotonin levels. It will take time.” He paused, then added, so
softly Jake could barely hear. “In addition, we shall arrive at Space
Central in seven hours, seventeen minutes. There is the matter of our
family….” He trailed off.
In other words, Salene was just plain nervous about going home.

Vulcan Space Central was *the* main terminal in this section of
space, busier even than Earth’s. He had heard Kassidy as a freighter
captain say that she would rather put in to Vulcan’s Space Central
than any other. “Better organized.” So there were a wide variety of
aliens, but Jake was more interested in the Vulcans.
He had never seen so many. They did not, as a rule, travel much.
Now, he tried to keep from staring, and to keep Jenny from doing so,
too. “Lots of pointy ears!” she whispered, giggling. She had never
gotten over her fascination with Salene’s ears; Jake suspected she had
a bit of a crush on him. More, she hadn’t had much exposure to other
races, so her eyes were as wide as saucers, trying to take it all in.
He was more circumspect.
Like humans, Vulcans came in enormous ethnic variety and, like
humans, tended to run the melanin gamut from cafe latte to Salene’s
tan to white. There were few black Vulcans, which struck him as
peculiar. But then, Vulcan’s sun was orange, so maybe that had
something to do with it.
The architecture itself surprised him more than the variety of
Vulcans. It all felt slightly *off*–the same sense DS9 had given him
when he had first arrived there. Vulcans built in curves. Doorways
were arches, circular counters sat in the middle of walkways instead
of along the side, even the corners curved instead of turning sharply.
Glass in a variety of colors accented the decor, along with plants.
He had assumed that Vulcan would lack foilage. Maybe it did,
planetside. Here was another story. Plants and fountains filled
empty space. On a desert world, he guessed both were symbols of
prosperity.
The fountains were more than Jenny could resist. When he turned
his back for an instant to pick up his luggage, she darted off. He
ran her to ground by a star-shaped fountain. She had both hands in
the water, chasing the fish–and looked ready to climb in herself.
“Oh, no you don’t,” he said, snatching her up from behind.
Several Vulcans had turned away and Jake wondered if Jenny had
inadvertantly broken a taboo. Then he saw one woman put a hand over
her mouth. Not offense. Amusement. He remembered what Solymi had
said. “My shultah,” he told her.
She pulled down her hand and nodded. “Indeed.”
Swinging Jenny up to his hip, he headed back to where Salene and
Solymi waited with the luggage.
They were no longer alone. A young woman of the same ethnic type
as their mother had joined them. A cousin? They all turned at Jake’s
approach. “Where was she?” Salene asked.
“Chasing fish in a fountain. Well, not quite *in* the fountain
yet, but she would have been given another minute.”
“Yellow fishes!” Jenny declared. “Pretty fishes!”
They didn’t laugh; they were Vulcans. But they managed to convey
that impression all the same. Vulcans might not make jokes, but they
certainly did recognize the comic and were not above pointing it out,
on occasion.
Now, Solymi turned to the newcomer and held out fore and middle
fingers. She touched them with her own. It was a ritual gesture made
sweet by gentleness. “She-who-will-be-my-wife: Ismene.” Solymi’s
expression was bland, but his eyes told Jake that he was head-over-
heels in love with the girl. And she with him, from the looks of it.
“Jake Sisko,” Jake said, turning just enough to shift Jenny
forward. “And my daughter, Jennifer Gwendolyn.”
Ismene nodded to him and to Jenny as well. There was something
electric about her and though her face altered not at all, she seemed
to radiate warmth. “Did you like the yellow fish?” she asked Jenny,
who nodded shyly. “Would you like to see some green and silver ones?”
That got Jenny instantly over her shyness. “Yes, yes!”
Ismene held out her hand. “Come with me then.” Jenny squirmed
out of Jake’s arms and Ismene glanced at her betrothed. “We shall
meet you shuttleside: Shul disk, gate thirty.” And they walked off,
Jenny’s hand in Ismene’s, Ismene asking a string of questions about
the yellow fish.
“Boy, she knew just what buttons to push with Jenny.”
Jake could have sworn Solymi stood two inches taller from pride.
“As I said on the liner, she-who-will-be-my-wife specializes in early
childhood education.” Salene, standing out of Solymi’s sight behind,
gave his brother a fondly exasperated glance which Jake read clearly
as, And *you* just think she dropped straight from heaven. It was
such a human expression, Jake bit his tongue to keep from laughing.

They did not go to Salene’s apartment, which would have been too
small for Jenny and Jake, too. Solymi took them to the home in which
he and Salene had grown up.
It was not, precisely, a house. It was a crafter’s shop with a
large residence area above. They parked the flitter on the upper flat
and went downstairs, Solymi leading with Ismene behind, then Salene, a
tired Jenny in his arms. He had insisted on carrying her in the heat
and gravity and thinner air. Jake was doing well to carry himself
despite the TriOx shot Solymi had given him. And this was but morning
in T’lingShar. “You will accustom yourself to it, in a few days,”
Solymi had said. Jake hoped so; he was dying, Jenny not much better–
a little wilted flower, head drooping on Salene’s shoulder. Jake
would have to be sure she drank enough fluids.
It was cooler inside, and Vulcans built with stone to maximize
the effect. Wide, low windows let in stray breezes and electronic
bugscreens kept out insects. The upper hall was dim. But then, all
of Vulcan seemed dim to Jake. Dim and stark. Red sky, orange sun,
dun desert rock, brown mountain ridges and brown wadi-cut plain. On
the shuttle, Jake had stared out the port window in amazement. If not
for the obviously modern and highly urbanized sprawl of T’lingShar
growing beneath, he would have sworn the area uninhabited and
uninhabitable. Odd, how much better one understood a people when one
had seen their world.
Now, he peered down the shadowed hall; it ended in a balcony
overlooking the shop proper. Soft sounds, work sounds, came from
below. There was no chatter. The quiet blanketed so profoundly that
Jake could hear the tap-tap of their footsteps, and the pretty alien
tinkle of windchimes dangling in windows. Even Jenny was subdued, as
if lulled by the calm. When the four adults and single child reached
the balcony banister, everyone in the shop looked up–then stood: an
act of profound respect.
Eccentric and prodigal, mentally ill…Salene was nevertheless
*chi`pain*. Jake had forgotten just what that meant. Solymi and
Ismene drew back to leave him revealed at the rail forefront, Jenny
still in his arms. Jake’s impression was of a king surveying his
subjects. But it wasn’t arrogance in his posture. It went deeper,
ran darker: the summer king who is also royal victim. He bore the
horrible burden of their expectations, rising from his own astonishing
gift. They would kill him with their honoring. Involuntarily, Jake
shuddered.
Jenny saved them all. With the innocent self-centeredness of a
child, she assumed they were greeting *her*. Grinning, she waved down
on them from her perch in Salene’s arms. “We here! I saw yellow
fishes and green and shiny ones, too!”
Once again Jake got the impression of unvoiced laughter, and the
stiff moment dissolved. Luthiers returned to their work, though two
figures–a pale man and dark woman–left off to meet the five of them
as they descended the spiraling staircase. Solymi was greeted with
easy informality, but the two halted awkwardly before Salene. The
woman reached up to brush the curve of his cheek–a mother’s gesture–
then to peer in wonder at the child in the arms of her castrated son.
“Jenny Gwen,” Salene said, “this is my mother. And this,” Salene
nodded to the man, “is my father.”
Back to the shy she had shown initially with Ismene, Jenny
wrapped her arms about Salene’s neck and hid her face in his shoulder.
She gave not so much as a peep. Neither did Salene’s parents, but
whether from disapproval or plain astonishment at the display of easy
familiarity between her and their son, Jake couldn’t say.
Salene turned to Jake. His eyes were dark with all the strain he
kept off his face. Involuntarily, protectively, Jake took a step
forward. “And this,” Salene said, “is her father: Jake Sisko.”
It wasn’t just Salene’s parents who studied him then. Every eye
in the place must have turned his way for an instant; they pierced his
back like a dozen swords.
They all knew. Salene had made no declaration, had called Jake
nothing more than Jenny Gwen’s father, but apparently, every person in
that shop knew who Jake Sisko was to Salene ch’Sethan.

Vulcans gossiped. Oh, they did it sideways and with innuendo,
but gossip was gossip. Over the next few days, Jake received quite an
education in Vulcan realities versus Vulcan myths. It seemed that
Salene had been a topic of no little interest in the crafter’s quarter
of T’lingShar. Neighbors invented excuses to visit Sethan’s shop now
that Salene was home. Jake might not have recognized curiosity as
their motive had Salene not remarked on it–acidly in fact, if a
Vulcan could be said to speak acidly of anything.
The two of them shared a set of rooms, if not a bed. Vulcans had
no such thing as double beds, so Jake and Salene slept on individual
cots in small alcoves off a single sitting area. Even so, Jake was
surprised that Salene’s parents would acknowledge the relationship
that far. They were clearly uncomfortable with it, as were some of
the others living there. Jake wasn’t clear yet on the kin connections
of everyone under Sethan’s roof. There seemed to be an uncle, and a
pair of cousins, all of whom worked in the shop. By contrast, Solymi
did not live at home; he had his own flat. In fact, Jake discovered
rather by accident that Ismene and Solymi lived together.
Jake had gone to see Solymi. Salene wasn’t dealing well with his
return–he spent most of his time in their room and most of that in
bed–so Jake took a shunt to Solymi’s flat in the old city to ask
what, if anything, to do about it. Solymi wasn’t home; Ismene was.
She had been working on some kind of class project that involved
finger paint. Her hands were covered with primary colors and she had
a bright blue smudge across her nose. With her short-short hair, it
made her look like a child herself and Jake was tempted to rub blue
from her face, but refrained. Salene had warned him that, except for
emergencies, an adult male didn’t touch an adult female who wasn’t his
bondmate. Jake had not once seen Salene touch Ismene, though their
easy manner with one another said they were close. So now, Jake just
pointed to his own nose, said, “You, uh, have a streak here–”
She reached up to wipe at it. It smeared. Jake laughed, and
could have sworn that, for just an instant, she smiled back. “Have a
seat,” she said. “Let me go clean up.” Then she disappeared into the
back room.
Jake looked around. Solymi’s flat was small. There was an outer
sitting room, a kitchen area, and what appeared to be a back office
with fresher and the usual sleeping cubicles off of it. Two cubicles.
That was when Jake looked more closely and began to see evidence of
Ismene’s permanent presence: a pair of women’s shoes discarded in the
corner; a bookshelf with children’s books–the paper kind one opened
to look at flatpics; an ivory throw made of a filigree lace, like
tatting. There were two chairs at the table and, from what he could
see, two desks in the back office; two neat piles of notes and package
mail lay on the counter beside a set of silver bracelets and earrings
–different earrings from the ones Ismene was currently wearing.
Was this why Solymi treated Salene tolerantly? Because he bucked
tradition himself by living with his fiancee? But maybe Jake was
making wrong assumptions about Vulcan morality. No doubt, there was
some “logical” reason for the arrangement. He grinned. Vulcans could
argue for anything with logic.
She came back out, took the other chair at the table, folded her
hands–now clean except around the nails–on the top and just looked
at him. But even when Ismene sat Vulcan quiet she still radiated that
same electric vitality he had encountered among Terran preschool
teachers, and he wondered if it was a requirement for the profession.
Then again, given how Jenny could run him ragged, it probably took
that kind of spunk to keep up with a classroom full of them. Children
were energy vampires, sucking vigor out of the adults around them.
“We’ve got to get Salene out of that shop,” Jake said now without
preamble. “It’s driving him crazy. He won’t come downstairs because
there’s always someone dropping by. He’s convinced they’re coming to
…well, not spy on him, but to put an eye to the keyhole, I guess.”
She tilted her head, clearly confused by the metaphor.
“Snooping,” he said. It didn’t get him anywhere; she just shook
her head. “Trying to find out what’s none of their business.”
“Ah. An invasion of his privacy.” She sighed, unlaced her hands
and ran one through her hair, ruffling its neat lines. “I fear even
our people can be guilty of curiosity about those who attain social
prominence.”
“Royalty-watching.” He tended to forget his friend was *famous*,
just like he forgot his father was the Emisary, and Worf and Dax were
Federation ambassadors now. He’d spent his whole life around people
of significance; the shine had worn off a long time ago.
“None would go so far as to ask personal questions,” Ismene
explained, “but they will…be aware…of what transpires in my
father-in-law’s home.”
“And talk about Salene behind his back.”
She just lowered her eyes as if to accept personal responsibility
for this fault shown by others of her race. Vulcans did that, traded
on an overblown sense of community sin. It drove him nuts.
He sighed. “I’m thinking that, even if his flat is small, it
still might be better to stay there than at the shop.”
“Impossible.” Her voice left no room for argument. “His flat is
no bigger than this–” she indicated the sitting area behind them.
“One room in the chi`pain dormitory. For a single individual, it was
sufficient. For two men and their three-year-old daughter, it would
be impractical.” She leaned back. “It may, however, be time to
consider alternate housing. Much depends on you.”
“On *me*?” But his mind was still back on the ‘their daughter’
part. He wasn’t sure what he thought of that phrasing. “How does it
depend on me?”
Tilting her head again, she asked simply, “Do you intend to stay
with him permanently?”
“I– Yeah. Yeah, I do.” He realized that the decision had been
made in small increments somewhere over the past few months. He had
known it was permanent the first night they had spent together–his
later rage at Salene not withstanding.
Now, she shrugged. “Then perhaps it is time for him to consider
moving out of the dormitory and into a family dwelling. He need only
apply to the T’lingShar Housing Authority.”
“They’d *give* him a house? Just like that? Doesn’t he have to,
well, buy one? And what about the fact he’s not married?”
“No one would ask such questions, Jake Sisko; it would constitute
a serious breach of his privacy. As for giving versus buying–Vulcan
property laws do not match Terran. Our single-person or single-family
private dwellings are community owned. All Vulcan citizens have a
right to appropriate housing. It is assumed that one does not request
what is not needed. Nor would this be a house, as you think of it.
The only ‘houses’ on Vulcan belong to clans, not people. He would
receive a larger flat; that is all.” She stopped, leaned in a little,
said, “You are troubled.” It wasn’t a question.
He got up and paced. “This is moving kind of fast.”
“But you indicated–”
“I know what I indicated! And I meant it. I do intend to stay
with him. But we haven’t had much chance to talk about the future.
We’d just started to, before– Well, before the whole mess that ended
up with him…like he is now. But there’s a lot more to it than just
me deciding that I want to stay with him. There’s my daughter. I
don’t know how much Solymi told you about my situation–?”
“He explained that you are newly divorced.”
“Yes, well, her mother and I plan to share custody. But if I’m
living on Vulcan, that’d be a bit hard–”
“Jake,” she interrupted. “Did you expect Salene to live on
*Earth*? What of his music?”
“I know, I know!” Frustrated, Jake made a cutting motion with
his hand. “Believe it or not, I’ve thought of that. I’ve thought a
lot about everything, in the past week or so. I can write anywhere, I
guess. But nothing’s ever that simple, is it? Salene needs to stay
on Vulcan, at least some of the time. But Sarah’s going to want Jenny
on Earth.” He ran a hand over his face, glared out the sitting room
window. It overlooked a park with more fountains. Vulcans and their
fountains.
“Now you see why I haven’t tried discussing any of this with him
yet,” Jake said. “He doesn’t need one more thing to worry about. Or,
well–you know what I mean.”
“What makes you believe he has not also considered the matter?”
Jake looked over at her.
“I would suggest that you *do* discuss it with him. There is
nothing wrong with Salene’s intelligence, and this is a decision which
the two of you must make together. You cannot make it for him–nor
would he appreciate it if you tried. He dislikes being ‘protected.'”
She stood, crossed to face him. “Go back to the shop, Jake.
Talk with him. He is the one to whom you need to speak–not Solymi.”
Jake just nodded, turned for the door, but paused before leaving.
“Forgive me if this is a bad question, but I need to know. What’s the
business with Saserna?”
He watched her face close down in that way unique to Vulcans: the
distant stare and a total evaporation of even the slightest facial
expression. “It is well you asked me instead of one of them.” But
she shook her head. “It may be something you need to know but– Not
now, Jake. I cannot discuss the matter now. Suffice to say that
Saserna’s is a name better not spoken to either Solymi or Salene.”
She opened the door for him, a polite way of telling him it was
time to go. “Ask me later; I will attempt to explain matters, later.”

VII.

Salene had taken Jenny out into the little cul-de-sac courtyard
beside his father’s shop, the first time since his arrival that he had
left the building. Yet Jake had gone into the old city and someone
had to entertain the child; it was no hardship, though sometimes her
energy and the shrillness of her voice grated too much. Today, she
was in a pleasant mood, bringing him “treasures” which she had
discovered: a pretty rock laced with pink quartz, someone’s lost
earring, a red and white tira on a leaf. “Beetle bug!” she crowed, in
Standard.
“Tira,” he told her, in Vulcan. “Tira-da kor shaen.” The red-
winged beetle. “Ate! Is-shaar.” Be careful! They bite. She almost
dropped it in fear and he had to steady her arm, shake his head. “Ita
na-bo, ita se-na-baes se.” Don’t hurt it and it won’t hurt you.
“S’kya-iss na-faar de na-i’shae.” Now, return it to where it belongs.
With almost exaggerated care, she returned the tira to the bush
where she had found it.
“Father told me that you treated her as if she were your own.”
Every muscle in Salene’s body froze, then went weak in a flash.
It was fortunate that he was sitting, as it saved him the ignobility
of having to do so. He turned his head. The figure was a dark shadow
outlined by the sun.
Saserna stepped out of the direct light and came around to face
Salene. Jenny had come back over, too, to see the visitor. Nervous,
she crawled into Salene’s lap and squeezed up close against his chest.
He held her there like a shield. “What do you want?”
Saserna did not answer immediately, as others were passing on the
thoroughfare beyond. Instead, he sat down on the decorative stone
opposite Salene’s and, in silence, watched the two of them. Jenny had
burrowed even closer to Salene and stuck her thumb in her mouth: her
gesture of anxiety, and he wondered if she was somehow able to sense
his own? He forced himself to hold her less tightly.
Finally, Saserna spoke. “I came to say two things to you.
First, I will not sing with you again, individually or as a member of
a choir. Nor will I sing in any festival to which you, also, have
been invited.”
“Is there a logical reason for this, or mere pusillanimity?”
Eyes narrow, Saserna said, “Given that you cannot comport
yourself as befits a Vulcan, to permit you to continue exploiting your
status as chi`pain is a disgrace. I will not sing with you because,
in my opinion, you should not be permitted to sing at all.”
Salene’s breath went out as if knocked. “My comportment differs
not at all from that of several of my colleagues. Even you cannot be
that blind, Saserna. Seven months ago, you deigned to perform with
Talek who, I might point out, shares his flat with sopranist T’Gaylin
–a woman elsewhere married and no kin of his–”
“Silence!”
Jenny jumped in Salene’s arms and made a hiccuping sound like a
sob. Salene hushed her and stroked her braids.
“You speak what is not to be spoken,” Saserna said in a softer
voice.
“And you, my honored brother, are a hypocrite.”
“Neither T’Gaylin nor Talek are my kin. It is not my place to
chastise them. You, however, are another matter. When you insist on
shaming the family, I cannot ignore it. Silence would be interpreted
as my tacit approval.”
“And we certainly cannot have it thought that you might approve
of anything I do.”
“Your sarcasm is unvulcan and your assumptions are faulty. There
is much about you that I did approve, once. Or have you forgotten
that you would not exist if not for my encouragement and cooperation?”
Salene’s restive temper stirred and he leashed it, refusing to
give Saserna one more matter for which to criticize him. “Oh–I would
still exist. And so would my children.”
Saserna snorted softly. “I was referring to your career, as you
well know. I did not insist that you undergo the operation. You were
the one who asked for it–demanded it in fact.”
“But you certainly did not mind naming a brother among the
chi`pain. All I had to do was tell you that I was considering it and
from that time on, you talked to me of nothing else but the honor of
the guild. You readily submitted yourself to a fertility test and
promised me a child of your begetting. No obstacle could be permitted
to stand in my way! Yes, I asked for it; I think I did even wish for
it, though I have occasionally wondered how much of my wishing was
merely a product of yours. Yet in the end, it was not *you* who went
under the knife.”
“I was never offered the opportunity.”
“And so I was the one cut, because you were not offered the
opportunity.”
“Do not oversimplify, Salene. We both know that you had reasons
of your own for making your choice.”
“But even those reasons originated with you. It was you who
suggested that undergoing the operation would eliminate desire along
with pon farr.” He tilted his head. “You were wrong, you realize.”
“Perhaps. But it is *you* who chose to act on impulses no longer
demanded by biology, rather than properly deconstructing the emotional
complex. That displays your own appalling lack of discipline.
“Which brings me to my second point,” he added before Salene
could interrupt. “You spoke earlier of my promise to provide you with
a child. Although it requires me to break a sworn promise, I cannot,
in good conscience, give a child to be raised by a man who is mentally
unstable.” He glanced at Jenny on Salene’s lap. “Whether you should
be permitted to participate in her upbringing is questionable but”–he
stood to brush sand from his pants–“perhaps your rampant emotionalism
will not harm a human child.”
For some moments, Salene could not speak. He had known this must
come, had known that, promises not withstanding, Saserna would find
any excuse possible to avoid fulfilling his oath. That did not lessen
the shock of hearing it bluntly stated. He pressed his chin against
Jenny’s head.
“It is not my illness which is your reason,” he said finally.
“It is your disapproval of my attachments. Do not lie.”
“I have not lied. I said ‘mental instability.’ I consider your
…attachments…to be perfect evidence of that instability, and of
your consequent unsuitability to raise a child. You are sick, Salene.
You should be institutionalized where you could be properly cared for
instead of being permitted to disrupt the family constantly with your
whims and relapses. Our brother does you no kindness by pretending
that you will ever be able to lead a normal life.” Turning on his
heel, he walked away.
Salene sat a long time, Jenny in his lap. Sensing his upset, she
patted and petted his face. Stop it!, he wanted to shout, but held
his tongue. Finally, he managed, “Jenny Gwen–go in to my mother and
stay with her until your father returns.”
“But you unhappy.”
“Go now!”
She scrambled off his lap and backed away. Guilt slammed into
him; he had never before spoken so roughly to her. Perhaps Saserna
was correct and he could not be trusted with her upbringing. He was
not normal and never would be. She should not be exposed to him.
“Go,” he said more softly.
Without another word, she spun and disappeared into the shop.
Rising, he walked out of the cul-de-sac garden into the street.
Pedestrians passed. Flitters whipped by overhead, the sound of their
engines a soft hum. He walked. It had been over a year since he had
simply walked the streets of his home. There was pleasure in it, in
the quiet organization of building architecture offset by the green
interruption of parks and fountains, the tranquility of meditation
halls open to the air. It was a welcome change from Earth’s noise,
yet–oddly–he missed the Terran bustle.
He headed for the city walls, and the ruins beyond: the ancient
city outside the new. Parts of it had been incorporated into modern
T’lingShar, but much spread west and north: a march of great stone
columns and the fallen stone figures of Vulcan kings and magistrates
millennia dead.
Half sunk, a shattered visage lies, whose frown
And wrinkled lip, and sneer of cold command,
Tell that its sculptor well those passions read
Which yet survive, stamped on these lifeless things…
“My name is Ozymandias, king of kings:
Look on my works, ye Mighty, and despair!”
Nothing besides remains….
The lone and level sands stretch far away.
Outside the west gate, he bent to touch a marble face, pockmarked by
time and lichen. No name was left to be read; all that remained was
the arrogance. Men who would be gods. They had nearly destroyed his
world with their bloodletting and their drive for everlasting renown,
like Achilles at Troy–trading a long life of peace for a short life
and undying fame. Yet their names had been forgotten, erased by time
and desert sand and the indifference of history.
Salene stood. Ozymandias. Achilles. Terran poetry and Terran
heros–he had been around Jake too long. Yet it was clear his own did
not want him. ‘You should be institutionalized…,’ Saserna had said.
If they could lock him away, they would not have to be reminded of the
embarrassment.
He set out across the Little Sand for the ruins proper: remains
from Vulcan’s passionate, violent past. He walked alone; it was mid-
afternoon and most people had more sense than to cross the Little Sand
in this heat. He had come without water or headdress or suitable
shoes for hiking. But in a little while, none of that would matter.
The courtyard he sought lay on the edge of the ruins, facing out
onto the flat expanse of the Greater Sand. T’lingShar’s desert was
unusual. Most of Vulcan was rocky red floor and wadi. The Negev, not
the Sahara, Jake had called it. Salene would not know. T’lingShar,
however, sat at the edge of one of the great dune deserts.
Turning back from the yellow expanse, he crossed a courtyard of
cracked tile towards the bloodstone altar at the center, ran his hand
over its moist, green surface. Sun on cool stone surface condensed
what little moisture was in the air, made the rock damp as if with a
morbid memory of the blood spilled here: tens of thousands murdered,
Surak among them. Not religious sacrifice. Political sacrifice–for
expedience, fear, power, or the insatiable pursuit of perfection.
His people had not changed much in two thousand years. They
still sacrificed the marginal and deformed for the sake of fear, or
expedience–or perfection. His own brother would gladly sacrifice
him.
Fingers outspread, he stared at the contrast of living flesh and
inanimate rock. Blood-green stone, bone-white marble, passion-red sky
above. Lifting his hand, he pressed damp skin to his lips, tasted
mineral-bitter moistness, then bent down to the small groove on the
stone’s right side, removed the obsidian knife. It was left here for
pilgrims come to remember what they had once been, and could be again
if not for the wisdom of Surak and the rigorous discipline which
chained the bloodlust hiding at the core of the Vulcan soul. Pilgrims
let their own blood now, instead of that of others, dripped it onto
the thirsty stone to mingle with water and memory.
But for those like him who lacked the control to be properly
Vulcan? All the blood in the world could not erase his imperfections,
so he would give all the blood he had.
He touched the edge of the stone knife; it cut his thumb. He
bared his wrists, then set the point to the big vein. In the midday
heat, with no water, the dying would not take long. Let them find him
here, their modern sacrifice.
But he did not cut. He stared long and hard at the dark bronze
vein under brown skin. Grand gestures and grand passions, suitable
for Vulcan’s past, not Vulcan’s present. If he did this, would he be
any different from the toppled stone faces? Their fame had ended in
obscurity; their descendants had forgotten them. He was not Achilles,
or Jake’s Orpheus. He was tired of tragedy, tired of being their
willing victim; he would not sing that role today.
Wrist unmarked, he slipped the knife back into its sheltering
niche and turned his face into the sudden wind which had come up. It
smelled of rain. Clouds boiled in over the mountain ridge and the red
sky arced with lightening. Wind whipped harder, pressing his loose
tunic to his body. He stared, fascinated. Then the heavens opened
and the rain came down, drenching him in moments. Raising his arms,
he lifted his face into it.

“Where have you *been*? My god, you’re soaking wet!”
Salene peeled off his tunic, then trousers. Even his underwrap
was damp. He dropped that. “I was caught in the downpour.”
“Obviously!” Jake went to snatch a blanket from Salene’s bed.
On arriving here, Jake had expressed surprise at finding blankets on
the beds–until his first night. Now, he enveloped Salene in heavy
felt and rubbed Salene’s arms through the fabric. “You idiot.
Where’d you go?”
“To the ruins.”
“*Why*?” He frowned; still rubbing Salene warm. “I was worried
about you.”
You had cause to be, Salene thought, but did not say. Telling
Jake what he had nearly done would only disturb his friend needlessly.
After a minute, Jake added, “Jenny said someone came to visit and
upset you. She couldn’t tell us who.”
“Saserna.”
Jake stopped, looked up at him. “What’d he want?”
Salene stepped out of Jake’s grasp, turned away. He did not wish
to discuss it.
“What’d he want, Salene?”
Salene shook his head.
Jake walked around to face him. “Where’d you go, this afternoon?
And don’t just say ‘the ruins’. You were gone for hours.”
“I walked out,” he said, “then was caught by the storm. It took
hours before it was safe to return.”
“What were you *doing* out there, though?”
Humans did not know when to stop. “That is my business. Some
matters are private.”
Snorting softly, Jake said, “Yeah? Well, you scared me.” His
voice was rising. “I walked around looking for you, then when I
couldn’t find you, I beeped Solymi and started calling hospitals–”
Touched and annoyed both, Salene set a hand on Jake’s shoulder.
“Shhh. I am here now.” Had he gone through with his plan, what would
it have done to Jake? He would have left Jake alone again, as he had
eleven years ago. That was selfish–and cowardly. “I am here now,”
he said again, held out fore and middle fingers to Jake, who wrapped
his hand around them.
A light scratching on the door interrupted. “That must be Ismene
with Jenny.” Jake moved to answer. “She said she’d watch her.” As
soon as the door was opened, the child exploded into the room,
chattering about the park they had visited–then she saw Salene and
stopped in her tracks.
The last time he had spoken to her, he had snapped. He knelt
down to her level, blanket trailing floor, started to apologize but
did not have the chance before she threw herself into his arms.
It had never occurred to him that she, also, might have been
scared. Securing the blanket, he lifted her up and she wrapped arms
around his neck, gave him her wet kisses.
Ismene’s expression betrayed her amusement. She handed Jenny’s
diaper bag over to Jake. The change in Jenny’s surroundings had set
back her toilet training. “She behaved?” Jake asked.
“Indeed. Although her main concern was as you can see–” she
nodded to Salene with Jenny in his arms. “Keeping her sufficiently
distracted was somewhat challenging.”
She had been speaking to Jake but her eyes had not left Salene.
She would not ask; she would wait for him to tell her. In the doorway
behind, Solymi appeared.
“I went to the west ruins,” Salene said.
“To the courtyard?” Solymi asked.
Salene just nodded. Solymi would know; it was not the first time
Salene had fled to the bloodstone.
“I looked there,” Solymi said now.
“The rain drove me to find a cave.”
“Ah. You came back this time.”
“Indeed. I had…obligations.”
Solymi nodded. “You do.” He glanced at Ismene. “Come.” They
left, shut the door behind.
“What was that all about?” Jake asked, approaching. “What
courtyard?”
Salene twisted his neck to see Jenny’s face where she had laid
her head on his shoulder. She smiled at him around the thumb in her
mouth. Beautiful child. “There is a courtyard in the ruins; I
visited it.”
Jake snorted, probably frustrated by the vagueness of that
answer. “What *did* Saserna say to you?”
Salene eyed him. “Persistent.”
“Well, it makes me mad when you won’t tell me things!”
“Shhh.” Salene laid a finger over Jake’s lips.
Frowning, Jake pulled back. “Then tell me what he said!”
“He said that he would not sing with me again.”
“He came all the way down to the shop just to say *that*?”
“‘All the way down to the shop’? Jake, he and his family live in
the housing complex across the street.”
Jake blinked. “Why haven’t I seen him then?”
“He will not enter the premises while I am present, or permit his
family to do so. At least he has not demanded that our parents choose
between us.” He paused. “No doubt, he was waiting to catch me alone
outside.”
“The son of a bitch!”
“Jake–enough.” He handed Jenny to her father. “It is time for
dinner, and I must dress.”
They did not speak of the matter again until Jenny was asleep.
Salene had hoped that Jake would not pursue it, but Jake possessed a
very human doggedness regarding some matters. Salene was preparing
for bed himself–his afternoon exertion had tired him–when Jake
appeared in the fresher doorway behind. He moved Salene’s hands and
braided Salene’s hair for him. “What else did he say?”
“Who?”
“You know who. Don’t play dense. Even if he just lives across
the street, I still can’t believe he’d seek you out after avoiding you
like the plague for the past week, only to say he wasn’t going to sing
with you again. And I can’t believe that would upset you enough to go
running off to the desert.”
“‘Upset,’ Jake?”
“Jenny said you were upset; don’t try to pretend you weren’t.”
He paused, tied off the end of the braid. “I asked some questions
after dinner, when you weren’t around. You used to run off to that
courtyard all the time; once, you tried to kill yourself there.” His
hands gripped Salene’s arms, turned him around. “That’s what you went
to do this afternoon, wasn’t it? You went off in sandals. Your
mother said nobody crosses the Little Sand in *sandals*.” Jake’s face
was hard. “You weren’t planning to come back.”
“But I did come back,” Salene pointed out.
His own shoulders slumping, Jake let Salene go. “I used to be
jealous of you for having brothers–did you know? My dad has two
brothers and a sister. I never had any.”
“Having siblings is not always a…blessing.”
Jake was studying a dried flower arrangement on the bathing room
counter. “Yeah. But I remember from before, when we were younger–it
was always *Saserna* you talked about then. Never Solymi. It wasn’t
Solymi you were close to.” He turned his eyes back to Salene. “What
happened?”
Salene stepped around him. “I do not wish to discuss it.”
Jake grabbed his arm, pulled him about. “Don’t do that to me!
You’re the one who lectured me about ‘partners’ sharing things. Okay,
it’s time to share. I need to know about your family, dammit. I’m
trying to understand you, and you’re not helping me any. What did
Saserna say to you this afternoon, and why does he hate you so much?”
Salene pulled his arm free, rubbed it. “He does not hate me. He
…disapproves…of me.” Leaning against the jamb, he told Jake about
his conversation with Saserna. Jake was right–he did need to know.
But Salene’s telling only succeeded in angering Jake.
“Damn him!” Jake hit his fist against the stone wall.
Salene grabbed the fist before he could hit twice. “Stop! That
is why I did not wish to tell you. Anger is not productive.”
“Neither’s killing yourself.” Then Jake shoved the bruised fist
in his mouth and walked away to sit down on the sofa.
“Agreed,” Salene replied. “Which is why I am still living.”
Jake studied him a moment, then said, “Okay. But dammit, promise
me there won’t be a next time. I can’t take it, wondering if I’m
going to get a call from a morgue some day, asking me to come down and
identify a body.”
Sighing, Salene sat down by Jake, raised his hands and stared at
them. “I cannot promise. Saserna was correct; I am ill, and when the
darkness comes, it is hard to remember what it is to be normal. The
best I can promise is that I will try.” He clenched fingers, glanced
toward Jake’s cubicle where Jenny slept. “I wish to see her grow up,
among other things. That is what I meant when I told Solymi that I
have obligations, obligations I did not have before. But I cannot
promise I will never relapse. Most likely, I will; most likely, this
condition will plague me for the rest of my life. I will understand,
however, if you cannot live with that uncertainty. And Saserna may be
correct that I should not be involved in Jenny’s upbringing.”
“Saserna is full of shit.”
The words made Salene start and glance over at Jake, who was not
looking at him. “Sorry if that makes you mad, but he makes me mad.”
Then Jake rubbed his forehead. “Look, I know the depression isn’t
going to go away, and I can deal with that. There are things to do
about it, and you do improve. You’re a lot better now even than this
morning.”
“I made decisions about myself, this afternoon,” Salene admitted.
Jake nodded. “I guess it just scares me, not knowing what you’re
going to do next.”
The sound of his voice–strained but trying to be calm–moved
Salene. “I am not so unpredictable as that. My illness follows a
pattern. When I am in the midst of an episode, I am, quite literally,
too depressed to do anything at all. It is as I become better that
there is a danger, and not always then. I have been put on a suicide
watch before. Solymi did not order one this time because he did not
believe it necessary.”
“Until Saserna showed up.”
“Yes.”
Jake gripped his hand, said after a moment, “We should get out of
this house. It’s not doing you any good, and I don’t like it that
he’s sitting across the street, watching. I don’t want him coming
after you again.”
Salene felt his lips twitch. “He will not. He has said all that
he intends to; he will not…harass…me, Jake. That would not be
Vulcan, and above all, Saserna is concerned with appearing *Vulcan*.
Your protectiveness, while appreciated, is unnecessary.”
“I don’t know–”
Salene laid a finger over Jake’s lips. “Unnecessary.”
They fell silent then. Salene leaned back against the couch
cushions and watched Jake, who sat with elbows on knees, hands clasped
and brow furrowed, thinking. At times like this, Salene found it
difficult to keep from touching him, seeking out the bright spark of
his thoughts. It was hard to believe that he was *permitted* to
touch; Jake was his bondmate. For all the grief this pairing had
brought, their connection was nothing short of miraculous to Salene.
After a moment, he set his palm on Jake’s back and rubbed his thumb
against thin cream fabric. Jake twisted to look and whatever he saw
in Salene’s face made him settle his back against Salene’s side.
Belly shaking, Salene wrapped arms around him. They stayed that way a
while.
There were forms of mental touch besides the mindmeld. Bondmates
shared a subconscious awareness of one another. For bondmates who had
shared physical intimacy, that awareness was stronger, and touch
heightened it yet more, as if mental fingers could brush inside the
skin. When Salene let himself hold Jake, he did not feel different,
or lonely, or depressed. For a little while, he could step out of
himself, exist in Never-Neverland–or perhaps, exist in the most real
place of all: human communion. His heart spilled over bright with it.
He was aware, though, that Jake was in need of sexual release.
His friend had been patient, holding himself back, afraid to press
Salene–but humans were not Vulcans, and Jake was no eunuch. Salene
understood desire, but felt it as an undifferentiated pressure in his
chest and gut as much as in his loins: shaking tenderness rather than
pressing need. Yet, a telepath, he knew it was different for Jake.
He rubbed his thumb over the nape of Jake’s neck, then pressed
his mouth to the raised curve of vertebrae. Jake shuddered. “Hey!”
“Shhh,” Salene interrupted.
Nervous perhaps, Jake laughed high. “Salene! I don’t think you
know what that does to me.”
Salene blew against the exposed brown skin above the brown band
collar. *I do know,* he said into Jake’s mind.

VIII.

Salene wondered if Jake could be trained out of his tendency to
take up most of whatever bed he slept in. Salene’s cot was scarcely
large enough to accommodate two, and certainly not if one insisted on
sprawling on his stomach over three-quarters of it. Accommodating
three was out of the question. Yet when Jenny pulled herself over
Salene’s chest to wedge her body between his and Jake’s, he did not
have the resolve to tell her to go back to her own bed. Oblivious,
Jake slept on. She wiggled up to push her nose against Salene’s and
giggle. “You ‘wake!” If she was surprised to find him in bed with
her father, she gave no indication.
“Yes,” he whispered back, then put a finger over his lips, nodded
at Jake’s back. Wordlessly, she snuggled down so that he was nearly
pushed off the cot altogether. He would most definitely have to see
to new sleeping arrangements. This was untenable.
Nevertheless lying with Jake’s daughter tucked in his arm, he felt
content–even optimistic–for the first time in weeks. If Saserna had
sought to unsettle him, he had failed spectacularly. But perhaps it
was unfair to assume a hostile motive on Saserna’s part; he had only
come to say what Salene had known for some time that he would, what
Salene himself had set in motion the day he had left Vulcan for Earth
four and a half months ago. But really, there had been no choice. The
link with Jake was vital to his soul. As vital as music.
Abruptly, he sat up, startling Jenny a little, but she had been
growing restless in any case, squirming against him. She sat up, too.
“We go eat breakfast?”
Slipping from beneath the blankets, he dragged on tunic and
trousers, recalling belatedly that humans kept different modesty
codes. Jenny, however, appeared undisturbed. Perhaps young children
did not much notice. “I shall feed you breakfast, yes,” he said.
“Then I am going to practice.”
He hadn’t sung since falling ill.
They ate quickly; after, she insisted on following him down to
the practice rooms where he settled her in a corner with one of the
educational toys Ismene had loaned them. While on Earth, she had
often listened to him practice and was surprisingly well-behaved, not
interrupting too often to demand his attention.
Now, he sang a few warm-up exercises, then simple pieces which
fell in the low and middle end of his range, only gradually working up
to the high notes. His voice was rough with disuse, and he muffed the
high appoggiaturas, but it was extremely satisfying to *sing* once
again. A knock on the door interrupted him twenty-two minutes into
his practice. It was Jake. “You’re singing!” he said when Salene let
him in.
“Indeed.”
“Daddydaddy!” Jenny plowed into Jake. “Look!” She held up the
nearly completed hologrid. She had been attempting to match colored
geometric shapes to their appropriate slot. When she succeeded, she
was rewarded by blinking lights in the plastic piece. It had vastly
improved her shape recognition in a single week.
Jake knelt. “Very good, honey.” They continued to discuss the
toy. Salene returned to his music, paging through the display screen.
After a moment, he sensed Jake step up behind, wrap arms around his
shoulders and kiss the side of his face; Salene stiffened. “What’s
wrong?” Jake asked.
Glancing at Jenny who, involved in her toy, ignored them both, he
said, “The child.”
“So?”
“Not in front of the child.”
Jake let him go and walked around to face him. He was frowning.
“What’s the problem?”
“I told you before. Public displays–”
“This isn’t exactly public!”
Salene dropped his eyes to the music. “Nonetheless. The child
is present. It is not done.”
“You hug her.”
“That is different.”
“Oh, please!” Jake threw up his hands, then reached out to
switch off Salene’s display stand. Annoyed, Salene glanced up. “You
let her get in bed with us this morning.”
“I thought you were asleep–”
“It’s hard to sleep with the wiggleworm digging her toes into my
back. And like I said, you let her get in with us; this isn’t any
different.”
Salene lowered his eyes, turned the stand back on. “Perhaps. I
am still…uncomfortable with it.”
“Listen,” Jake said softly, moving up beside him to grip his arm.
“I think it’s important for her to see us touch one another. Children
need to know their parents love each other, as well as love them.”
Salene stiffened again. “I am not her parent.” Tension sent his
voice tight and high: a eunuch’s voice. He hated the sound of it.
“You are her parent,” Jake said.
Spinning, Salene glared at Jake. “Don’t–!”
“You know I wouldn’t. Not about that, ever.”
Salene trembled with the attempt to contain his emotions: hope
and humiliation in equal measure.
“You’re my partner, aren’t you?” Jake asked softly. “That makes
you her parent–if you want to be.”
“She has a mother.”
“And now, two fathers.”
Tearing away, Salene fled the room, stalked out to sit on a stone
in the courtyard, fingers pressed to his temples.
Two fathers.
Saserna had taken away Salene’s opportunity to be a father. Jake
had returned it. But was it right? Jenny had two parents already.
He was an interloper.
Steps in the doorway made him look up, afraid it was Jake. It
was not. His mother stood there. “Salene?”
“I am well.”
She came out to join him on the stone, fold her hands in her lap.
“You may be well, but I believe you are also troubled.” It was an
invitation.
Leaning over to rest elbows on knees, he steepled his hands and
pressed thumbs to his lips. She waited. Though she had no music, she
had always understood him best. Solymi understood him also, but from
a learned expertise. He and his mother shared an artist’s soul. “The
child,” he said finally.
“Mmmm.”
“She is not mine, yet Jake calls me her parent. I do not wish to
replace her mother.”
“Is that what Jake asked of you? To be a replacement?”
“No.”
“So.” There was a long silence, then she said, “Traditional
family arrangements do not always suit, nor are they necessarily to be
preferred. There are more important considerations than a genetic
relationship, or lack of one, between a parent and child. Anyone
fertile can produce offspring. To be a parent is something else
again.” She stood. “Perhaps, my son, you should consider what it
means to be a parent before you decide that you are not one. To the
rest of us, the truth of the matter was self-evident from the day that
you arrived here with the child in your arms. Sometimes parents and
children choose each other.”
She returned inside and he sat a while longer, mulling over what
she had said, then rose himself to go upstairs to the room he shared
with Jake Sisko. Jake was there, working at something on a PADD; not
far away, Jenny built a tower from couch pillows, then hopped on them,
toppling them with a squeal. He paused in the door and watched them
both a moment.
Perhaps sensing his presence, Jake looked up, stood abruptly.
“Your mother said to leave you–”
“I…needed to think.”
“I didn’t mean to insult you, or hurt you–”
Salene held up a hand. “I know.”
Jenny had seen him enter but continued with her pillow game, now
trying to belly-flop on them instead. She was likely to bruise her
chin on the floor. He scooped her up and carried her, giggling, to a
place on the cushion-denuded couch, sat her down on the one remaining
cushion, then knelt in front of her. Her giggles petered off, as if
she could sense the seriousness of his mood. Jake had come over to
sit on the floor with his back against the couch front, watching
Salene’s face. Salene met his eyes. “Did you mean what you said, in
the practice room?”
“Of course I did.”
Salene nodded, then looked at Jenny. “On Vulcan,” he told her,
“children were sometimes raised by people who did not give them
birth.” Confused, she tilted her head. How did one explain the
concept of fosterage versus genetic parenthood to a three year old?
He tried again. “Sometimes a child had foster-parents: people who
cared for the child even if they were not related to him or her.”
She still looked utterly confused. Jake was grinning. “You’re
talking over her head.”
Snorting delicately in frustration, Salene said, “How would you
explain this?”
Hauling Jenny off the couch, Jake tickled her. She squirmed and
giggled in his lap. After a minute, he tugged on her ears. “No
points.”
She giggled again. “No points!”
He touched his own ears. “No points.”
“No points!” she agreed.
Reaching over, Jake tugged on Salene’s ears. Salene tried not to
be offended. “Points.”
Jenny bounced up, grinning. “Pointy-ears!”
Then Jake held up his arm beside hers. “Brown skin like
Daddy’s.”
“Yup.”
He touched her nose. “Daddy’s nose, too.” She giggled. “See,
you look like Daddy because Mommy and Daddy made you from our bodies,
and you grew in Mommy’s tummy until you were big enough to come out–
like Nancy’s babies last summer, remember? So you look like us just
like two of Nancy’s kittens were grey because Nancy is grey. You’re
*related* to us. That’s what related means.” He glanced at Salene.
“You’re not related to Salene in the same way. He’s a Vulcan and
you’re a human.”
She actually appeared somewhat disappointed by that. “I won’t grow
pointy-ears?”
“No, no pointy-ears. Yours will stay round.”
She sighed. Jake grinned, looked up at Salene. “Apparently, she
hoped they might change.”
“Apparently.”
Jake looked back down at her. “Sometimes mommies and daddies
can’t raise the babies that they make themselves. So other people
adopt the babies and raise them instead. They become the new mommies
and daddies, even if they aren’t *related* to the babies.”
“They love them just as much?”
“They love them just as much.”
“Why didn’t the mommies and daddies who made them keep them?”
“Sometimes they can’t. Sometimes the mommies and daddies stop
living together–like your mommy and daddy. And sometimes, those
mommies and daddies fall in love with new people and live with them
instead; the new people become step-mommies and step-daddies. They
aren’t related to the babies, but they love them just as much as if
they had helped to make them.”
Jenny Gwen was not a slow child. Salene could see her little
mind working, looking from Jake to him, making connections. “You and
mommy don’t live together no more.”
“No,” Jake agreed.
“You live with Salene.”
“That’s right.”
“So you love Salene now.”
“That’s right.”
She looked directly at Salene then. “You won’t go away from Daddy?”
“I will not go away,” he promised, wondering if she assumed Jake
had left Sarah because Sarah had ‘gone away’ to a space station.
“Then you my step-daddy!” she said.
“In a manner of speaking. I am your de’ab.” He glanced at Jake.
“It means foster-father…a title somewhat more appropriate, perhaps.”
“De’ab,” Jenny repeated. “De’ab Salene!”
“Just de’ab.”
“De’ab!” Abruptly, she transferred laps, leaping at him; he
caught her. “Two daddies! One mommy, two daddies!”
Jake grinned at Salene. “Told you.”
She had a strangle-hold on his neck. “I hope,” he said, “that
she does not find a wealth of parents to be an embarrassment.”
“I doubt it. To her at this age, it just means more presents at
Christmas.”

“What are you doing?” someone shouted over the high grind of
drilled metal.
Salene shut off the drill and looked up at Solymi standing in the
back-room door of the new family-sized flat for which Salene had
applied last week. It was not far from the flat which Solymi shared
with Ismene. “I am attempting to conjoin the two cots.”
Shutting the door, Solymi walked over to squat beside him. “To
what end?”
“It is a human custom to share a bed.”
“Ah.” Solymi rubbed the bridge of his nose. “You do not find
that…intrusive?”
“One grows accustomed to it.” He returned his eyes to his work,
drilled a second hole in the metal frame and slipped a staple in to
seal it. Several of these along the side and legs should suffice.
They were quiet a while then, Solymi watching Salene finish the
joined cot. Like Jake, Solymi was utterly incompetent with machinery.
Ismene was little better and Salene was the one called upon to repair
anything in their flat which required a knowledge of tools greater
than a hand-laser. At last, Solymi said, “Your disposition has
improved remarkably. I do believe that we have found the correct
medication balance–one far lower, I might point out, than you needed
before.”
“Indeed.” Salene stood, nodding for his brother to take the
other side of the cot. Together they flipped it rightside-up and
pushed it against the far wall between the former sleep-cubicles.
Jake planned to use the cubicles for storage, or a closet. Jenny had
her own room here. At the moment, the two of them were out looking
for a child’s bed–and sheets for this one. “So, you consider me
sufficiently recovered to return to Earth?” he asked, looked up in
time to catch the surprise on Solymi’s face. “Apparently not.”
Solymi sat down in front of Salene’s computer. “I believe it
somewhat premature for that. Yes, your medication seems at last to
be measured correctly, but only three weeks have passed since your
return to Vulcan and except for the incident with Saserna, you have
suffered no stressful situation. I wish more time to pass, Salene.”
Suppressing a sigh, Salene propped himself on the edge of the
matressless bedframe. “Jake is anxious to return to Earth,” he said.
Solymi raised an eyebrow. Salene crossed his arms. “He cannot keep
the child away from Sarah indefinitely; they had agreed to share
custody.”
“I see. But what would be the point of your going to Earth?”
Salene blinked. Of course Solymi would not understand. “I had
meant to return to Earth on a semi-permanent basis.”
“But what of your music?”
Salene permitted the edge of a smile to lift his mouth. “Earth
does have music, brother. In any case, I am as yet unready to return
to performance quite yet. Frankly, I’m out of practice. When I do
return, it hardly matters where my abode of permanent residence is,
does it?”
“You and I both know that it would place a significant strain on
your career, were you to reside on Earth.”
Salene nodded. “Hence, this apartment. Perhaps we shall live in
two places, or at least I shall. If Jake chooses to live on Vulcan,
he would likely see far less of his daughter. Sarah might even be
awarded full custody with Jake granted only visiting rights; there is
still a bias towards a child remaining with its mother. I cannot ask
him to sacrifice his role in his daughter’s life for my sake.”
“So you sacrifice your music.”
“No.” Solymi was occasionally obtuse. “There are many possible
venues for performance. In the past, I have been somewhat…elitist.
Pride masked is still pride, a sin to which our people are rather
especially prone, no?” Solymi’s eyebrow flickered. “If I sing a
child to sleep, is that any less worthy than if I draw an audience to
its feet? Both are a gift of music.”
Solymi nodded solemnly, then his eyes glinted. “So you will sing
opera?”
“I will *not* sing opera.”
Even across the room, Salene could sense the mental bubble of
Solymi’s amusement. After a moment, Salene added, “There is another
reason that Jake should return to Earth soon. Sarah is, as far as I
am aware, still ignorant of my arrangement with Jake.”
“You believe it would be a problem?”
“I am uncertain. But she must be told.”
Solymi rubbed the bridge of his nose again, considering. “Then
perhaps it is time to test whether your bond has stabilized. Let Jake
return to Earth with Jenny while you remain here. I would prefer to
monitor you the first time you are separated from him by a significant
distance.”
Salene nodded. “That will be acceptable.”

“You think I should *what*? Salene!” Jake let Jenny down to the
floor along with her latest acquisition: a glitter-streamer. She
could make it spin out behind her when she ran, which she proceeded to
do: round and round the two of them. Jake ignored her. “We planned
to go to Earth together, to go house-hunting–if you still want a
house.”
Jake sounded defensive. He was the one who deeply wished a house
but Salene was not adverse to the idea, and understood Jake’s need.
“We can seek a house at another time, or you alone might look while
there. This is an experiment which my brother wishes to conduct to
determine whether the bond has stabilized between us.” Jenny was
still running in circles; irritated, Salene reached out to catch her
and hold her still. She wailed and twisted against his arm.
“I’m not sure I like the idea,” Jake said, then put hands over
his ears. “God! Just let her go!”
“You know that is unwise.” Salene knelt down to pull Jenny about
to face him. “Stop,” he said to her. “This accomplishes nothing.”
She continued to scream, was working herself up to a point of
upset past reason.
“Salene!” Jake said, loudly. “You’re making her worse!”
“Go in the bedroom, then,” Salene said.
Jake hesitated, then stomped off, muttering under his breath
about checking his messages. It was clear that he was as irritated
with Salene for pushing the matter as with Jenny for her behavior.
Consistency in Jenny’s discipline was not Jake’s strong point. For
the most part, she was an easy child but when she decided to be
difficult–such as now–she had learned that she could often get her
way by raising the decibel level of her protests. Salene intended to
put an end to that.
She was still twisting in his grasp, kicking at him and screaming
at the top of her voice. If she were a Vulcan child, he would simply
meld with her to calm her. Humans required more finesse. “Jenny
Gwen,” he said in Vulcan, “that is not acceptable. I realize that you
feel anger towards me, but kicking is for dreba, not children. When
you cease fighting, I shall release you.”
She kicked again, but weakly, and quit screaming. He let her go.
She wiped her eyes and glared at him. “You’re not my friend!”
He ignored that. “You know perfectly well that running is for
outdoors. It will not be tolerated in the flat; neither will
screaming. I believe you need to think this over in time out.”
“No!”
“‘No’ is not an option.” He picked her up, removed the glitter-
streamer from her clenched fist, and sat her down against the wall
between two as-yet-unpacked boxes. She pouted and refused to look at
him. Fatherhood had its unpleasant aspects.
He left her there a few minutes to calm herself before sitting
down to talk with her about where she could play with the glitter-
streamer, and where she could not. Then he let her return to her
room. Jake had come out of theirs, rubbing his eyes. “I wish I knew
how you can manage her when she gets like that. She hurts my ears.”
Salene regarded him wryly. “And mine. But it must be done.”
“I can tell which of us is going to be the disciplinarian.” He
sat down on their new sofa. “As for me going to Earth to talk to
Sarah–it doesn’t look like I’ll have to.”
“No?”
“I just got a message from her. She says she has a new space
station assignment and wants to know if I can keep Jenny another four
months.” His smile was bitter. “I knew this would happen, once she
took the first one. I wonder who’s going to feed the cats.”
Salene sat down beside him. “It was a recorded message?”
“Yeah.”
“When will you tell her about our arrangement?”
“I don’t know. When she gets back, I guess. I need to do it in
person, I think.”
“So you said before.” Salene considered. “Perhaps you should
travel to meet her at the station instead. I am certain that she
would be glad of the chance to see her daughter.”
Jake thought about it. “Maybe. We’ll see. I’ll have to wait
till she gets there, first. She’s already left Earth.” He snorted.
“As for Jenny, Sarah prefers to have her on her own terms. She likes
the *idea* of being a mother better than she likes being one. When
Jenny’s inconvenient, she leaves her to me.”
Salene, who had surmised that already, said nothing.

IX.

After almost two years offstage, Salene had resubmitted his name
to the concertmaster of the chi`pain guild just last week. There had
been a few moments of blank-screened wait during which he had wondered
if perhaps Saserna had managed to poison the guild against him, then
the concertmaster had reappeared. Would Salene be ready to sing with
the choir by the Rain Festival? Would he be able to solo? How soon
could he return to conservatory rehearsals? To touring?
So. Saserna had not won. Heart light in his side, Salene had
answered the concertmaster’s questions, promised to attend rehearsals,
and given the concertmaster his new address so that he might be sent
copies of the music. If he was not ready yet for a trip to Earth or
the stress of touring, he did need to stretch himself, and to sing for
more than four walls, Jake Sisko, and a child.
He would attend his first rehearsal that evening. Now, he opened
the folder of festival music to practice, flipped through it on his
display stand and hummed parts to himself. The majority of the pieces
were known to him already. Fortunate, as the festival was less than a
month away. He scrolled down to Salet’s “She’taar na-korr,” the aria
which the concertmaster wished for him to solo. The coloratura in the
middle section was diabolical, with places which required him to go
without breathing for a full minute.
Opening his mouth, he intoned the first note of the aria, let it
crescendo until it echoed off the walls, until it swallowed him whole.
He lost himself then to the melody.
To sing was to open his soul to the first music, the primal music
which curled like an unborn child at the center of the universe. The
golden embryo. Sometimes–especially when he sang the old hymns–he
felt less that he made music than that he released it from somewhere
deep inside him, from a place where living began and ended. To sing
was joy. Perhaps he should have been ashamed by such an emotional
response but when the music sank claws into him and lifted him out of
himself, he found it difficult to be ashamed of anything. His one
regret had been that he had no one to sing with, no harmony to press
his against, bear him up, meld him to another in a unity of sound.
Jake could not sing. He could, more or less, carry a tune, but
that was not singing. Salene was unsure Jake quite understood why it
mattered. Writing was a solitary art. Even when Jake sought Salene’s
opinion or input, in the end, he returned to his PADD and chose how to
incorporate that input–or not–alone. And he seemed content with
that. A continual solo. Salene needed harmony.
He heard steps enter the room behind: Jake’s saunter. Bringing
the musical phrase to an end, he turned.
“I love to hear you sing,” Jake said.
Salene bowed his head in reply. If Jake could not sing with him,
at least he could appreciate the music. And it did please Salene to
please him.
“I came to tell you that I’m headed out for a while,” Jake went
on. “Jenny’s in her bedroom. Do you mind keeping an eye on her?”
“Not at all.”
“I’ll be back in an hour or two.”
Salene just nodded. He never asked Jake where he went on these
walks. He had once, only to have Jake reply evasively, “Around.”
Salene had not pressed; Vulcans understood the need for some privacy
with one’s own thoughts.
Salene finished his practice, then went into the kitchen to order
lunch for Jenny. Convincing her to come eat it was more difficult.
She was engrossed in building something with blocks and had her
father’s ability to exclude the world when she wished. Even a banana
and peanut butter sandwich was not sufficient temptation for her to
leave the task unfinished. He finally gave up and sat down with her,
coaxing her into an explanation of what she was fashioning. It
fascinated him, the way her child’s mind worked.
The chime rang. Odd; he had been expecting no visitors. Leaving
Jenny to her creation, he went to see who had come to call, opened the
door to find Sarah Fernandez.
“Where’s Jake?” she asked before he could offer even a ritual
welcome.
“He left thirty-two minutes ago, for a walk.”
“With Jenny Gwen?”
“No, she is here with me.”
She shoved past him. “He left her with you?”
The stress she placed on the last word concerned him. “Yes,” he
replied. “It is hardly the first time.”
“Damn him! Where’d he go then?”
“I do not know; he did not say.”
“And you didn’t *ask*?”
Before he could answer, Jenny came out of her bedroom, face all
smiles for her mother. Sarah swept her up and held her close a
moment, eyes closed. “At least she’s all right.”
Completely baffled now, he replied, “Of course she is. Why would
she not be?”
Sarah opened her eyes to glare at him. “Your brother sent me a
message four days ago.” Salene frowned; Solymi had said nothing of
contacting Sarah Fernandez. But Sarah was still speaking. “I’d just
got to the space station and I had a message waiting for me.” Her
voice was rising. “He told me all about your so-called *illness*.
You’re not sick at all. You’re crazy. And Jake brought my daughter
here with you. He even leaves her with you without telling you where
he’s going!”
He understood then. She did not mean Solymi. She meant Saserna.
Salene could well imagine what Saserna had said.
“I am not ‘crazy.'” The word tasted sour in the mouth, though he
had used it of himself now and then. “I have a condition called major
depressive disorder. I take medication for it. At present, it is in
remission. Jenny is in no danger in my care.”
“That’s not what your brother said. He won’t even let you near
his children.”
Salene could not deny it; he felt his lips thin. She continued
to glare at him. “Where’re my daughter’s things?”
“In her room.”
“*Her* room?” She moved past him, stalked down the hall to
glance into both sleep rooms, saw the joined cots in his and Jake’s,
the sheets still mussed where Jake had not made it up after rising
that morning. She looked back at him. “Oh.” The sound was small and
startled, her face blanched pale. “I understand now. I understand
everything.” Still carrying Jenny, she advanced on him, paleness
giving way to a flush. “How long has this affair been going on? A
year? Two?”
He did not follow. “Affair?”
“Don’t play dense with me, Vulcan!” She struck his chest with
her free hand.
He moved away from her. “Forgive me, but I do not understand
you.”
“You’re having an affair with my husband!”
“You and Jake are divorced now.”
“Yes! Because of *you*, we are!”
In her arms, Jenny was squirming. “Mommy, don’t yell at de’ab.”
But Salene had turned away. In all honesty, he could not deny
that accusation of Sarah’s, either. Jake had divorced her because of
him. There were other factors, certainly, but in the end, what he had
once been to Jake had stood like a shadow behind everything.
He could hear Sarah speaking to Jenny to calm her. “You and
Mommy are going to take a trip, go live on a big space station that
Mommy helped design.”
“With Daddy?”
“No, not with Daddy.” Sarah’s footsteps retreated into Jenny’s
room, then came the sound of packing: drawers opened, items slammed
into Jenny’s carry-cases. Everything would not fit, he knew. “Jenny,
where are you going?” Sarah snapped.
“To talk to de’ab.”
“Stay here.”
“Don’t wanna.”
“Jennifer Gwendolyn! I said stay here!” The door hissed shut
and he could hear the child protesting behind it. He stood staring
out over the balcony rail at the courtyard garden below. Dim panic
unfolded petals low in his abdomen. He should do something, but what?
Sarah was Jenny’s mother; he had no legal right to stop her from
taking her daughter. *Where was Jake*?
Nine minutes later, the bedroom door opened again and Sarah
emerged with two bags slung over her shoulders, case in one hand, a
protesting Jenny pulled along by the other. “We’re leaving,” she said
unnecessarily. “Tell Jake that everything about Jenny’s custody is
going to be re-thought now. He might get visiting rights, but I’ll be
damned if I let him bring her anywhere near you. It’s bad enough that
he’s been having an affair behind my back for God knows how long, but
that he exposed Jenny to it by setting up house with you, even let her
be babysat by a man who’s in and out of mental institutions…! What
he does with you is his business, but I won’t let our daughter be any
part of it!”
Salene had no idea how to respond to that, so he said nothing.
She glanced down at Jenny, who had collapsed at her feet in an effort
to keep from being dragged any further. The child hung limply in her
mother’s grip. “Get up,” Sarah snapped.
“No!”
“Get up this minute!”
“NononoNO!” Jenny yelled. Sarah looked ready to spank her out of
frustration.
“Jenny Gwen, go with your mother,” he said. She shut up and
stared at him. “Go,” he said again, more gently. He did not want
Sarah to take out on Jenny her anger at Jake, and him.
“But you’re not coming!” Jenny said.
“No, I cannot come,” he answered.
“No fair!” She jerked on her arm but Sarah had it fast.
“Sometimes life is not fair,” he told her. “I am sorry.”
Jenny was past listening; she was screaming her lungs out. Sarah
looked ready to scream herself. She put the case down and picked up
Jenny to carry her–still screaming protests–to the door.
“I’ll be back for the case,” she called.
“Do you wish me to carry it down for you?”
“No! I don’t want anything from you! Put it outside and I’ll
come back for it. I don’t ever want to see you again!” The door slid
shut behind her, muffling the sound of Jenny wailing as her mother
carried her away. After a moment, he forced himself to move, to lift
the case and set it outside the door. He could scarcely hear Jenny
now. The silence fell on him, numbing.
Where was Jake?
He let the door slide shut, turned dumbly and looked into the
kitchen. Jenny’s uneaten lunch, cut into neat triangles, still sat on
her highchair table. Seeing it, he collapsed in the open doorway
between foyer and kitchen, back against the arch, knees bent, arms
resting on them. He stared at the floor, at the geometric tumble of
tiny colored tiles, until the colors blurred. He felt a sting in his
eyes, wiped at them, then stared at his wet fingers.
Sudden anger burned away tears and numbness both. He was not
going to give in to the despair this time. If he gave in, he would
lose his daughter, and in that moment, he felt it fiercely that she
*was* his daughter. Not by blood perhaps, but by choice; as his
mother had said, sometimes parents and children choose each other.
Pushing himself to his feet, he bent his head a moment, thinking.
He had no idea where Jake was, and had not thought to ask Sarah where
she was going, if she would even have told him. Solymi would have a
better chance of locating Sarah Fernandez than he would, and a far
better chance of convincing her not to depart the planet until he–and
Jake–could speak with her again.
Going into his practice room, he sat down at his desk and placed
a call to his brother, explained what had occurred and what he wished
Solymi to do.
“Find Jake’s former wife and bring her to my office?” Solymi
asked.
“Or at least prevent her from leaving Vulcan. I doubt that she
has immediate ship reservations off-planet. She had no luggage with
her and therefore, must have a room somewhere in the city. As a
doctor, you can locate her more easily than I could.”
Solymi frowned. “To do so would be a misuse of my professional
status for personal reasons.”
“Would it? I may be your brother, but I am also your patient.
What effect on my mental health do you think losing my daughter would
have?”
Solymi’s frown did not entirely disappear. “You appear perfectly
rational at the moment. But–” he went on before Salene could reply,
“I shall see what I can do. In the meantime, where will you be?
Trying to locate Jake?”
“No. I shall leave a message for Jake, telling him to contact
you.” He paused, then explained, “I intend to confront Saserna.” And
he flicked off the comm before Solymi could protest.

It was the hardest walk he had ever made, from the tram station
to his father’s shop. He made it by sheer force of will, noticing
little on the way, numb to the world around. As usual, the workshop
was busy, but although his nephew Sarroni was there, Saserna himself
did not appear to be in the main studio. Fortunate. Perhaps it would
allow them to avoid a public confrontation.
“Where is my brother?” he asked old T’Shar, cousin to his
father’s mother. She glanced up at him, eyes wide–surprise at his
arrival or his request?–then nodded towards one of the back rooms
that contained the laser-saws. “My thanks,” he replied, headed back
there. A memory of the childhood awe in which he had once held his
brother turned his knees weak and tightened his abdomen but he ignored
it, propelled by something more compelling than mere discipline. He
wanted his child back.
Shoving the swinging door open, he found his father and brother
at the computer. They appeared to be analyzing the density of a new
shipment of woods. Saserna’s jaw tightened. “I shall leave you.”
And he headed for the exit.
“It is you I came to see,” Salene said, blocking his way.
“I have nothing to say to you.”
“Ah, but I have something to say to you.”
“I do not wish to hear it.”
“I am not giving you a choice in the matter–”
“Enough,” their father interrupted, glancing from one to the
other. He ran a hand through the bronze-blond hair he had bequeathed
none of his sons. “Take it upstairs to the private residence.”
Saserna glared. “I said I have nothing–”
“Take it upstairs.”
Saserna turned on his heel and headed out the door, over to the
staircase. Salene followed. Their father did not. Their footsteps
on the wooden stairs were heavy.
Upstairs, they faced off in one of the guest rooms, the same one
in which Jake and Salene had stayed after they had first arrived.
“Now,” Saserna said, turning to face Salene, fists on hips, “what do
you have to say?”
For the first time in his life, Salene did not find his brother’s
posture intimidating. He found it childish. Moving forward, he used
his height against Saserna, who actually took a step back from him.
It was heady, freeing.
“Once, I believed your disapproval of me to be rooted in your
beliefs and your traditionalism. I could honor that, even if I
disagreed with it. Not everyone interprets Surak’s tenets in the same
way. Now I see your motive for what it truly is: petty malice.”
From Vulcan to Vulcan, it was a profound insult; from brother to
brother, it was an unforgivable one. The tell-tale bronze flush of
fury touched Saserna’s neck, cheeks, eartips. “You will explain that
remark.”
“I had planned to. You sent an unsolicited message to Jake’s
former wife, Sarah Fernandez, on the subject of my mental condition–a
message which deliberately misled her into an unfounded fear for her
daughter’s safety. It must have taken no little effort or expense on
your part to find her present location in order to do so, and it seems
that it was not enough for you simply to refuse your one-time promise
of providing me with a child to adopt. You also set yourself the task
of separating me from Jake’s child, as well. I can see no *logical*
reason for such an action on your part. Only an emotional one:
malice.”
The bronze tinge deepened in Saserna’s face. “I told her what I
believed she needed to know for her child’s safety. You have no
business raising children, Salene. I said that before.”
“Ah! Prejudice parading as ethics. You nobly decide what is
right not only for your family but for others’ as well. It was not
your *affair*, Saserna. Jenny is Jake’s daughter–not yours. It was
for Jake to tell Sarah, not for you.”
“Then why had he not told her yet?”
“Perhaps because he had not had opportunity to do so in person.
You have interfered–uninvited–in someone else’s private affairs, and
acted without having all the data. That is irresponsible.”
“She seemed grateful for my uninvited ‘interference.'”
“No doubt due to the manner in which you shaded your revelations.
The fact of the matter is that you know very little about human
psychology, Saserna, and even less about Sarah Fernandez and her
relationship with Jake Sisko. You have done untold harm with your
attempt to be ‘ethical.'”
“I simply told the truth.”
“You did not tell the truth. You told half-truths, and it is
that which I say stems from malice, not from ethics. You are not
concerned with ethics. You are concerned only with destroying my
reputation.”
“You seem quite capable of destroying your reputation without
help from me. You have spent the entire last year doing so. Since
your return, the crafter’s quarter has spoken of little else but your
living arrangements with the human.”
“Hyperbole. The neighbors may gossip, but I suspect that *you*
are the one who is able to speak, and think, of little else. You have
a petty mind. You would have destroyed my career if you could, but
found you could not. Was it learning that I would be performing at
the Rain Festival which decided you on the course of destroying my
family instead?”
His brother’s eyes narrowed and Salene knew that his accusation
about the festival had struck close to the truth. “As you just
pointed out to me,” Saserna said, “the child belongs to Jake Sisko and
Sarah Fernandez. She is your family no more than she is mine.”
“You may not wish to acknowledge it, but I call Jake Sisko
t’hy’la, and the child calls me de’ab. They are my family.”
“Not by Vulcan law.”
“No, not by Vulcan law. And I have not tried to make them so, by
Vulcan law. Yet you know as well as I that what is legal does not
necessarily reflect what is right, or true. Jake is my partner and
Jenny is my daughter, and you will not succeed in taking her away from
me out of some misbegotten notion of what you consider to be ‘ethical’
unless you wish to cast yourself as the voice of the All–something
not even Surak pretended to. You are not a god, Saserna.”
“That, I never claimed.”
Salene ignored the interruption, went on, “Nor am I immoral, or
mad, or incapable of being a father even if I am incapable of begetting
children. But like you or any other Vulcan, I do need companionship to
stay sane. The only difference between you and me in that respect is
that I look for it in a man and you in a woman. If you cannot accept
that, then you cannot, but cease meddling in my life!”
Salene was breathing hard. He had never before said these things
to Saserna, had never dared to defend himself to the brother he had
once idolized, had not, in fact, believed much of it himself until
recently. He had been ashamed of his attachments. Today, he was
tired of being ashamed.
Saserna seemed torn between astonishment and outright anger over
Salene’s outburst. “So. You accuse me of malice and hubris both in
one afternoon simply because I cannot approve of your behavior. But I
do not approve, Salene, and I never will. That does not mean I bear
you malice.”
“Then demonstrate it. Tell Sarah Fernandez the truth.”
“I told her the–”
“You told her only part of the truth. You told her that you
consider me mentally unstable. You did not tell her *why*. Nor did
you tell her that our other brother–who is a licensed psychiatrist–
disagrees with you.”
“I did not tell her that because I believe Solymi to be quite
mistaken in this matter. He has let his emotional attachment to you
interfere with his judgement.”
“And you never permit emotions to cloud yours?”
“No, I do not.”
“That, I do not believe. Your judgement is far more clouded than
Solymi’s, since you have presumed to present as a fact what is only your
opinion of my mental health, your *layman’s* opinion, no less. If not
outright hubris, that would certainly reflect a lack of objectivity. If
you would show that you bear me no malice, then explain your convictions
in full to Sarah in the presence of Solymi and myself, so that we might
present our own points of view as well. That is fair, is it not? I
have asked for no recantation on your part, only that you be completely
honest. If you are convinced that your opinion is correct, then there
is no need to silence ours, is there? The truth of the matter should be
evident to Sarah Fernandez.”
“But will Sarah Fernandez be able to recognize that truth?”
“How patronizing. Or perhaps you are simply afraid that your
truth will prove to be subjective, not ultimate?”
“The truth is the truth, Salene.”
“Then let her hear both our truths, and decide for herself which
of them she accepts.”

X.

Jake heard the story, or most of it, from Ismene.
He had returned to their flat to find the place empty and a note
from Salene on the message board to call Solymi’s office for an
explanation. Fearing that Salene had collapsed again, he called, only
to hear that Solymi was out–collecting Sarah, he found out later–and
Jake should contact Ismene instead. Ismene, at least, was available.
She assured him that Salene was well, Jenny was well, but there had
been an emergency and could he come down to the school? Vulcans, he
had learned, very much disliked discussing the personal by comm if it
could be avoided.
By the time he arrived, she had arranged a temporary replacement
for herself and took him by flitter into the old city to Solymi’s
office, explaining matters on the way. The more he heard, the angrier
he got. “Where does she get off,” he yelled finally, “thinking she
can just swoop in and take my daughter?”
“You were not present, and Salene had no legal right to prevent
her.”
Jake made a cutting motion with his hand. “I don’t blame Salene.
But Sarah can’t just take off with Jenny. We may have joint custody,
but Jenny was in my care by mutual agreement and Sarah would’ve had to
get a court injunction to overturn that without my consent. If she’d
taken her off planet without my permission, it would’ve amounted to
kidnapping!”
“I doubt she was thinking of legalities,” Ismene replied dryly.
Jake snorted, then said, “And Salene went to talk to Saserna
*alone*? What the hell does he expect that to accomplish?”
“I do not know. He did not say. Let us hope first that he-who-
will-be-my-husband has succeeded in finding your former wife and your
daughter. Without that, none of the rest will matter.” She settled
the flitter down into the roof lot and cut the engine.
Solymi had found Sarah, all right. Jake could hear her all the
way in the outer office waiting room. Her voice–especially in
“strident” mode–carried as well as Major Kira’s. In fact, there were
similarities between the two beyond just voices. He had never noticed
before, and wondered if his long-ago crush on Kira had subconsciously
influenced his wrongheaded decision to marry Sarah. The great irony
there lay in the fact that Kira Nerys had taken a profound dislike to
Sarah Fernandez at their one and only meeting on DS9, not long after
Jenny was born. She had told Jake’s father later, “I don’t see what
Jake sees in her.” At the moment, neither did Jake himself.
Setting his shoulders, he opened the door between the waiting
room and office, nodded to the office administrator (Vulcan for
“secretary”) and was nearly bowled over by a small figure that flung
herself at him bodily. Jenny. He caught her in his arms and held her
tight. She had clasped him with arms and legs both, face buried in
his shoulder. Sitting down in one of the chairs behind the desk, he
rocked her, grateful just to have the moment. The administrator
returned to his work; Ismene stood to one side, waiting. In the
distance, he could hear the rise and fall of Sarah’s voice. “How long
has she been here?” he asked the administrator.
“They arrived seven minutes before yourselves.”
“Where’s de’ab?” Jenny whispered to Jake.
He lowered his head and whispered back, “He went to talk to
someone. I think he’ll be along soon.” She nodded but her hold on
him did not relax any. “Can you let Daddy go so he can go talk to
Mommy? Can you stay with Ms. Ismene? I promise I’ll see you again
after.” And Sarah couldn’t do a damn thing to prevent it.
Jenny thought about this, raised her face to his. “All right.”
She kissed him and let go, slid off his lap and permitted Ismene to
lead her away by the hand.
“I shall take her back to the school,” Ismene said. “You may
pick her up there, or at our apartment, later.”
Jake nodded. “And Ismene, she’s to be released to no one except
myself or Salene.” He glanced at the administrator, who was listening
to everything with great curiosity. “You heard that; you witness it.
Jenny is currently in my custody, not in her mother’s. Sarah may not
pick her up unless I’m there to say she can, or she has a sealed court
order.”
The man nodded. “I so witness.” Jake could just imagine him
thinking, Barbarians, to fight over a child. The hell of it was that
he and Sarah had sworn they wouldn’t fight over Jenny. Turning, he
headed down the short hall to confront his ex-wife.
This close, he could hear her words clearly even through the
door. “How can you say that? They were having an affair behind my
back!”
Jake entered. “We were not.” Sarah swung around, face an almost
comical mixture of surprise and aristocratic irritation.
Solymi was leaning against his desk, arms and ankles crossed. He
appeared perfectly calm and Jake envied him that control. He took
advantage of the pause Jake’s arrival made in Sarah’s tirade to say,
“It is quite impossible that my brother and your former husband were
conducting an affair. For one thing, Salene had not been off of
Vulcan for two years prior to his recent trip to Earth; he has not
been well enough. For another, had they somehow managed a long-
distance affair, I assure you, I would have been aware of it. Part of
his treatment included regular mind-melds and other forms of mind-
touch. He could not have kept such a secret from me. He and your
former husband had neither seen one another nor been in contact of any
kind for eleven years.”
“It’s true, Sarah,” Jake added, somewhat unnecessarily. She was
not likely to believe him.
Cornered between them, she had hunched her shoulders, arms
crossed over her breasts. The three gold bangles on her wrist shone
in the light from a desk lamp. Turning to him, she asked the question
that must have been foremost in her mind. “Why didn’t you ever just
tell me you were gay? I can’t understand why you would’ve kept it a
secret. I feel so *stupid*!”
“You’re not stupid.” Jake looked over his shoulder for a spare
chair, sat down and clasped his hands between his knees. “And I’m not
gay. What I have with Salene is unique. I’ve never been attracted to
any man except him. Don’t ask me to explain it–I can’t.”
She threw up her hands. “What does he have that I don’t?”
Jake sighed and rubbed his eyes. “I don’t know. I told you, I
can’t explain it.” He looked up at her again. “I’m sorry.”
Making an apology felt meaningless; words couldn’t begin to
assuage her pain, but somehow, they seemed to calm her. “So there was
never an affair?”
“There was no affair.”
“Then why did you dedicate that book to him?”
“Because he helped me with it, a long time ago. And because my
marriage to you was falling apart, and because I loved him once. He
left me eleven years ago, Sarah. I never expected to see him again,
not really. But I dedicated the book to him for the same reason
people bet on tongo. You were long gone to Deep Space Seventeen
before he showed up in Bellefonte.”
“And if he hadn’t, we might have been able to fix things!”
“I doubt it. We’re too different.” He did not add, We should
never have gotten married in the first place. She didn’t need to be
told she had been a mistake from the beginning. “In fact, when you
called and asked for marriage counselling, *he* argued that I should
at least give it a try. He never attempted to take me from you. I’m
the one who knew it wouldn’t work.”
She had turned away from him and Solymi both; he thought she
might be weeping, but was not sure. Sarah rarely showed weakness
before others and for all that Solymi had been silent, he was still
there. Jake waited but before she could turn back, he heard feet in
the hall beyond, then a scratch on the door, Vulcan style.
“Come,” Solymi called.
The door swished open and Salene entered, followed by another,
older man who had to be Saserna. Jake knew it the same way he had
known Solymi when he had shown up on Jake’s doorstep in Bellefonte.
Three peas in a pod, indeed. If anything, Salene looked even more
like his elder brother than his younger. Saserna was taller and more
solid, lacking Solymi’s slightness, and like Salene, he was large in
the chest: vocal training, probably. He wasn’t as handsome as the
younger two, but perhaps that was merely a function of his sour
expression. He had all the classic pinched-mouth disapproval which
Jake had associated with Vulcans before meeting Salene.
Solymi had stood up straight, uncrossing both arms and ankles;
his eyebrows had disappeared under his bangs: astonishment. Whatever
he had expected from Salene, it was not this. Jake glanced at Sarah.
She had turned back around and any trace of tears which might have
given her away were already erased. She glared at both new-comers.
Salene wasted no words. He turned to Saserna, said only, “Tell
her. The whole truth.”
Saserna glanced over once; his eyebrow flickered and he gave a
little bow. Jake knew now where Salene had gotten that gesture, but
from Saserna, it was mocking, not respectful. Jake would have given
his eye-teeth to know what had transpired between those two, and
Salene would probably never tell him.
“Tell me what truth?” Sarah was saying. She appeared to be as
much curious as angry.
Saserna flicked eyes to her, ran them down her length, over the
tight-fitting blue drafter’s jumpsuit which Jake had always admired,
then returned to her face. His cheek twitched and Jake had a sudden
insight: Saserna was one of those Vulcan men who didn’t approve of the
freedoms of human women. He might never say anything–IDIC prevented
it–but he didn’t approve. He probably insisted that his wife walk
exactly three steps behind him and never speak to other men without
his permission when he was in the room. Jake could just imagine what
Sarah would say to *that*.
Rather than answering her immediately, Saserna took a chair and
folded his hands in his lap. He seemed perfectly at ease though Jake
had the clear impression that he was here under duress. Salene had not
sat down; he had crossed to stand beside his younger brother, near
Jake’s own chair. The lines were drawn. Sarah appeared oblivious.
“What truth?” she asked again.
Saserna gestured casually at Salene. “My brother insists that I
explain to you why I consider him to be mentally unstable. I see
little point in it, but shall indulge him.” He made it sound like a
favor. Jake noticed Solymi shift, just slightly, and wished he could
read Vulcan body language better to know if the movement signaled
nervousness or satisfaction. By contrast, Salene gave away nothing;
Jake could not read him at all.
“Salene’s condition, as you have no doubt been informed”–his
voice was dry–“is an affective disorder. That is, it handicaps his
ability to properly manage his emotions.”
The irony of that, set against Salene’s current perfect facial
control, was obvious.
“As you must know,” Saserna continued, “emotional mastery–
arie’mu–is the cornerstone of Vulcan philosophy and Vulcan social
order. A Vulcan who cannot control his emotions, who insists on
giving evidence of them, disrupts both family and community. He
should be institutionalized in order to prevent such disruptions.”
“There is medication which regulates Salene’s condition, Saserna.”
That from Solymi. “You know it.”
“And here is where we disagree,” Saserna said smoothly. “I say
it does not entirely regulate it, not if our brother’s current
*behavior* is any indication.”
Solymi turned his attention to Sarah, whose face was closed, as
cool as a Vulcan’s. “As I explained earlier,” he said, “my brother
does indeed have an affective disorder and Saserna is quite correct.
Such disorders, which cause a disjuntion in one’s emotional stability,
are particularly disturbing to Vulcans. However, most can be treated
effectively by a variety of medications. Salene’s condition is caused
by a chemical imbalance in the serotonin levels of his brain: a
biological cause. However, this imbalance produces psychological
disturbances rather than physiological ones. Medication corrects the
imbalance and allows him to function normally–just as on Earth, a
diabetic once corrected his or her blood sugar level by regular doses
of insulin. My brother’s condition is presently under control.”
This was the kind of language which Sarah the architectual engineer
could understand: an identifiable problem with a precise solution, like
a formula. Jake was glad that Solymi hadn’t gone into how tricky the
process could be. As he had told Jake on the trip to Vulcan, psychology
was rarely simple, and Sarah understood buildings, not people. Now, she
nodded, but turned back to Saserna. “And why do you say the medication
hasn’t corrected his condition?”
“Because of his relationship with Jake Sisko.”
Sarah blinked. “What?”
“Their relationship is illogical.”
She actually laughed. “I might call it something else, but
‘logic’ isn’t a word I’d apply to any love affair.”
Perhaps irritated by her flippant response, Saserna frowned. It
cut his face into severe planes. “That may be so among humans. Among
Vulcans, their relationship is considered illogical because it is
infertile. There is no cause beyond the emotional for its existence,
which indicates a lack of proper emotional control on Salene’s part–
which in turn indicates his continued mental instability.”
It took her a moment to detangle the implications, then she said
incredulously, “You mean you think he’s unstable because he’s in love
with a man instead of a woman?”
Jake wanted to burst out laughing. Salene was brilliant. He
could not have found a better way of convincing Sarah that Saserna’s
opinion of Salene was biased than to get Saserna to explain Vulcan
attitudes about homosexuality. Two of her best friends were a gay
couple from her department. They had a son only a little younger than
Jenny. Sarah might be self-centered and jealous, but prejudiced she
most definitely wasn’t.
Saserna had pressed his lips together. “Salene’s homosexuality
may be beyond his control–a matter on which I am not entirely convinced
–but indulging it is certainly a display of irrational desire. Logic”
–he stressed the word–“would dictate that he remain unattached. He
refuses to do so, and therefore his behavior is illogical. In light of
his affective disorder, I can only see that behavior as evidence of
continued mental instability.”
Sarah’s mouth hung open; she snapped it shut. “So you mean to
tell me the only reason Vulcans marry is to have children?”
“Yes,” Saserna said at the same time as Solymi’s, “No.” Sarah
glanced from one to the other. Solymi went on, “There are other
considerations only indirectly related to actual reproduction. I will
not go into them.” Pon farr, Jake knew.
“The cause to which you allude does not apply in our brother’s
case,” Saserna argued.
“Nevertheless,” Solymi replied, “You cannot say that Vulcan
marriage is purely for reproduction.”
“But that *is* its primary function.”
Sarah was looking bemused; Salene was studying his nails. Jake
had forgotten the Vulcan tendency to debate a minor detail to death.
“Anyway,” he said before they could get completely off the track, “if
I understand things right–and I think I do–” he spoke to Sarah, not
the brothers, “Vulcan society doesn’t approve same-sex attachments.
So the fact that Salene lives with me is, to Saserna’s mind, evidence
that he’s mentally disturbed.” He did not explain that *any* such
attachment on Salene’s part, gender aside, would have struck Saserna
that way because Salene was a eunuch and from the Vulcan point of
view, no longer had a need to marry. Humans could employ selective
truth, too, and he knew what buttons to push with Sarah.
Her reaction was gratifyingly predictable. “How medieval!”
“It is not ‘medieval,'” Saserna corrected. “It is logical.
There is no *logical* reason for Salene to marry at all, and certainly
none for him to partner himself to another man.”
“Once again, I must disagree,” Solymi said. “There is a logical
reason for Salene to take a mate, whether or not he can father
children. The peculiar nature of Vulcan psychology benefits, and in
some cases almost requires, the bonded state. Otherwise, infertility
of any kind would be a cause for divorce and that is not the case–”
“I’ve heard enough!” Sarah said, raising both hands, pushed past
her limit. “I don’t give a damn about your logic chopping. This is
absurd!”
Salene raised his head finally, spoke for the first time. “Now
you see why I insisted that Saserna explain himself. His reasons for
his opinion of my mental condition are Vulcan ones; I doubted that you
would share them. You feared for your daughter’s safety in my care,
but I am no danger to her. If I thought I were, I would not have
allowed Jake to leave her with me–and if I were, I doubt he would
have done so, in any case. Even when ill, I am not violent. Saserna
does not permit me to see my niece and nephew not because he fears for
their safety, but because he does not wish them to be exposed to my
particular…emotional irrationality.”
Sarah looked over at Saserna to see if he would correct Salene,
but he stayed silent. “So all this comes down to whether or not you
approve of your brother’s lifestyle?” she asked.
“It is not about approval, it is about whether or not he conducts
himself as befits a Vulcan. He does not.”
“It looks to me like it is about approval, whatever you say.”
Sarah ran a hand through her pageboy, ruffling it, then sat down
finally. Her attitude seemed to have taken a complete reversal where
Salene was concerned; she might not be happy about Jake’s relationship
with him, but Saserna’s attitude was altogether too alien for her.
She looked at Solymi. “What do you think about it? You defend him,
but I haven’t heard you say anything about his relationship with Jake.
Do you think it’s normal?”
Solymi shifted slightly. “Define ‘normal.’ There is no such
thing as normal. There is, rather, a range of characteristics and
behaviors which are defined as more or less close to a mean. In that
respect, Salene’s affective orientation is atypical. But then, so is
his musical talent. Whether the atypical characteristic is valued or
deplored is a matter of culture. So my brother is not *normal*, no,
if by that you mean does he conform to an average. He is exceptional
in many respects. But if you mean to ask if I consider homosexuality
a psychological condition in need of corrective treatment–no, I do
not. Neither, I might add, do most other Vulcan psychiatrists and
psychologists. That the general public continues to view it so is
evidence of a lack of proper education–or a lack of open-mindedness.”
This last he directed, almost defiantly, at Saserna.
Saserna had clearly had enough. Standing, he tugged his tunic
straight. His expression had grown even harder and more pinched. “I
will not remain here to be insulted further. I have done what you
asked of me, Salene; ask nothing of me ever again. From this point
on, though we may share the same parents, I refuse to call you
brother.” He included Solymi in his glance. “Either of you. I have
no brothers.”
“So be it,” Salene said softly, would not look at him.
After Saserna left, the silence stretched; even Sarah was subdued
as if aware that she had just witnessed an irrevocable tearing.
Finally, Solymi touched Salene, very lightly, on the elbow. It seemed
to pull him back from the brink of something. Both turned to Sarah,
their faces expectant. “All right, all right,” she said, lifting hands.
Her bangles jingled. “So I jumped to conclusions.”
Salene nodded to her, minutely, as if acknowledging the apology
she had not quite said. Sarah might be fundamentally self-centered
and given to flying off the handle, but she was not unreasonable
unless she felt herself to be threatened. Jake suspected she had been
far more upset by her belief that Salene had somehow seduced Jake away
from her than she had been by Salene’s mental condition. Sarah had
been reacting, not acting, when she had taken Jenny. She did not
really *want* full custody; it would require too much commitment from
her, particularly right now with a new project in the offing. In the
end, it was easier for her to accept things.
Solymi glanced at a chronometer on the wall. “I should keep some
of my afternoon appointments; the fewer I must reschedule, the better.
I assume the crisis is past and the three of you are able to work out
any details yourselves?”
“I think we’ll manage,” Jake said, standing and swallowing a
grin. Psychiatrist or no, Solymi could still be Vulcanly blunt at
times.

The three of them went for a walk in a nearby park: neutral
territory. This was Sarah’s first visit to Vulcan; she studied the
gardens with their different flora, and discussed the architecture of
the nearby buildings with Salene. He knew too much about her to find
her entirely congenial–and he could sense her continued resentment of
him–but at least they could speak politely to one another. When they
had reached a mostly deserted area of the park, Salene turned, hands
behind his back, and came to the point. “Do you still insist on
taking Jenny back with you to Space Station Twenty-Seven?”
She shook her head, did not quite look at him. “No.” She
glanced at Jake instead. “But if you’re planning to live on Vulcan,
we’re going to have to rethink the joint custody.”
Salene replied before Jake could. “We are not planning to live
here, no–though I may do so part of the time, for career reasons.”
Salene also glanced at Jake. “He wants a house. Here, that is
impossible.”
“He’s always wanted a house,” Sarah replied, half smiling. “It
was almost the first thing he said to me after he proposed. ‘I want a
house,’ like it was the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.”
Jake frowned. “I am standing here, y’know. I’d rather not be
talked about in the third person. And what’s wrong with wanting a
house, for pete’s sake?”
“Nothing,” Salene and Sarah said at the same time. Surprised,
Salene glanced at her, then added, “Jake and I are more than willing
to keep Jenny while you are on the station. However, should you wish
her to visit or stay with you for a time while there, that could be
arranged with little difficulty.”
“Salene!” Jake snapped. “I don’t want her to live on a space
station! Sarah knows that. So do you.”
Salene bit his tongue to hide any trace of amusement. “Indeed, I
know that it is a matter about which you are not entirely rational.”
Sarah threw up hands as if petitioning the sky. “Finally!
Somebody who agrees with me!”
Jake stopped walking, faced them both down. “I didn’t like
growing up on a station. I’m not going to see my daughter have to
suffer it.”
“Spending a few weeks with her mother is hardly ‘growing up’ on a
station, Jake. In any case, Jenny Gwen is not you. Her experience of
station life may differ. Although certainly, if she does not care for
it, there is no reason to force her to return since other options are
available.”
Jake’s expression was sour with mild betrayal. Before he could
lash back, however, Salene touched his arm. “Come; we should retrieve
Jenny. It is nearly time for the evening meal and I still have a
rehearsal tonight.” To Sarah, he said, “I hope you will join us for
dinner?”
“If Jake’s cooking.”
“I haven’t had time to start anything,” Jake replied, still
sullen.
“I have seen you make a meal in less than an hour before,” Salene
said, steering Jake subtly back across the park. “I expect you will
manage.”

XI.

Dinner was neither comfortable nor entirely uncomfortable. Even
Jenny felt the ambivalence, swinging from wild chattering to a quiet
watchfulness. Her mother had returned her bags to the flat and Jenny
had stood watching as Sarah unpacked them, but Salene thought her
still suspicious. What surprised–and gratified–him was that she
appeared to want to stay with Jake and him. She was glad to see her
mother, but her mother had become too much a stranger over the past
year, and had acted too erratically that afternoon, for Jenny to quite
trust her.
That night after Sarah had left and Salene had returned from his
rehearsal, they readied Jenny for bed, then let her fall asleep with
them. “We shouldn’t make a habit of this,” Jake said as she snuggled
in between them, “but tonight, I want her here as much as she wants to
be here.”
They lay silent a while. Salene rubbed her back. Gradually her
eyes fell closed and her breath became heavy, her little mouth open to
help her breathe. Something currently in the air had clogged her
sinuses, though why a child from pollen-rich Pennsylvania should have
difficulties on Vulcan, he could not fathom. After a while, he said
to Jake, “I admit, I was somewhat surprised–if gratified–by Sarah’s
reaction to Saserna this afternoon. I feared it would not be so
simple.”
“Sarah has her good points, or I’d never have married her in the
first place.” Jake flopped onto his back and folded his hands behind
his head. “But you’ve heard the old adage ‘opposites attract but they
don’t wear well’?”
“No.”
Jake grinned. “Well, you have now. And it pretty much defined
our marriage.”
“Mmm,” Salene replied. Then, changing the subject, “She’s fast
asleep now.” Jake rolled up on an elbow to see, then carried her in
to her own bed.
Thereafter, life returned to normal. The Rain Festival came and
Salene sang on a stage again for the first time in almost two years.
Jenny was too young to attend the full concert, but Salene’s mother
brought her into the hall long enough to hear his solo, then took her
out again. Salene suffered no anxieties and, somewhat grudgingly,
Solymi allowed that he might be ready for short tours. Personally,
Salene was more concerned about the state of his voice than the stress
of touring.
Shortly after the festival, Jake and Jenny left Vulcan for Earth
to search for a house and, for several days, Salene moved back into
his parents’ home in order to be under observation should he react
badly to the separation. When nothing untoward occurred, he was
permitted to return to his flat and Solymi pronounced him stabilized.
Yet the perfluoxetine he took every morning reminded him that his
continued stability depended on chemical aid. He would live life a
slave to a pink-and-yellow pill.
He received regular updates from Jake regarding the house search.
Jake also had news about ANSLEM; the book had gone into a second paper
printing…quite an accomplishment in this era of largely electronic
media. Not that the electronic sales were hurting, either. Jake was
finally beginning to see royalties–small cheques, but Salene could tell
it had increased his confidence in his ability to make a career at
writing. “Of course, you’re only as good as your last set of sales
figures,” Jake would add, as if to remind himself as much as Salene not
to place too much on his current success. Salene was less cynical.
Their time apart ended up to be longer than either had planned.
Salene engaged a short tour and Jake had more trouble finding a suitable
house than he had thought he would. Salene did not return to Earth
until almost a year from the time he had first arrived. The new house
was located south of the university complex rather than north, outside
Boalsburg on a lane running up the side of Mount Tussey ridge. It was
not far from his grandparents’ residence. “In the country,” Jake had
said. In the country indeed. No shunt line came even close and Salene
had to hire a silver cab from the transporter station. Jake would have
picked him up but he had told Jake he did not know precisely when he
would arrive. A partial lie–he could easily have found out–but he
wished to make his way there alone for reasons he did not care to
examine closely. They were sure to be illogical. Perhaps it was some
peculiar re-enactment of the December previously. Or perhaps he simply
preferred to approach Jake on his own terms instead of being collected
like a package.
It was early evening when the flitter-cab let him out at the end
of the lane: a dirt lane! He had little luggage, only a shoulder bag
and his gadulka. Most of his things had already been shipped here
over the past few months. He started the climb up. Once-endangered
elms branched over the lane, their bare limbs pleaching together with
maple and oak in a tangle above. It was snowing lightly; his boots
crunched the icy lace carpeting over rocks and dirt.
He had seen the house already, inside and out; Jake had sent a
number of images and a complete holo program of it before actually
signing the closing papers. He had wanted to be sure Salene liked it.
Salene was more concerned that Jake be content. A house was a house.
As long as it had space for a garden and a room he could use for
practice, Salene was not particular.
He turned a sharp leg in the lane and caught sight of it, nestled
under more trees. Christmas lights blinked blue and orange, green and
red along the slate roof and on the bushes beside the walk; white
electric candles burned in the window. By the light of one, he could
see a cat staring out. Nancy. Jake had inherited all three of the
cats. He had also insisted that Salene make it back to Earth before
Christmas this time. Make it home. An alien house on a cold world,
but it was home.
He picked his way up the front path, reaching into a pocket of
his robe for the key card Jake had sent. He unlocked the door.

The ship dropped out of warp half an AU off DS9. Jake could not
see the station clearly, though, because Jenny had plastered herself
against the viewport. “That’s it?” She was so excited, she squirmed
all over his lap, heels digging into tender places. If she wasn’t
careful, she’d never have siblings. Of course, that wasn’t likely in
any case. He glanced at Salene in the seat beside his. His partner
was trying to work on something–a composition probably; Salene had
finally begun the writing he had always wanted to do–but Jenny kept
inadvertently kicking his PADD. His lips had gone thin in the way
Jake knew meant he was about to lose his temper, though he’d never
call it that.
“The first time I saw the station,” he said to Salene, “I thought
it was ugly as all get out. It looked like some kind of weird crab.”
“And now?” Salene asked without looking up.
“Cardassian architecture grows on you.”
Salene flipped the PADD closed and eyed him.
“The wormhole!” Jenny crowed. Jake could see no more than a
flash of blue past her braids. Salene had leaned forward a little,
trying to see himself. Jake remembered his fascination with the
phenomenon. The wormhole was why he had come to DS9 in the first
place, thirteen years ago. Whimsically, Jake supposed he owed the
celestial prophets. They’d brought Salene to him, though it had been
one hell of a strange ride since. He wondered what Kira Nerys would
say to that.
“There’ll be plenty of time to see it,” he told Salene.
“Yes.”
The station was busy and docking took a while. Impatient, Jenny
crawled from one lap to the other, asking how much longer?, and could
she have a mint?, and she had to go to the potty *right* *now*. Jake
was glad he had put a toddler diaper on her even though she had
protested at the time that she was almost four and a Big Girl now.
“You must wait,” Salene told her.
“But I gotta *go*.”
“I took you half an hour ago,” Jake said.
“I know, but I gotta *go*.”
It went on like that for a bit until she finally gave up–or used
the diaper. He’d check when they debarked.
As it turned out, checking Jenny’s diaper wasn’t immediately
possible. Jake had expected his father, if he could get away, and
Kassidy. He had not expected a mob. It seemed that everyone who could
find an excuse had shown up dockside; Jake wondered if they had come to
greet him, to see the station captain’s granddaughter, or to get a look
at Salene. His father and Kassidy were there, of course, and Jenny made
a beeline for “Grandpa!” But so were Keiko O’Brien, Molly and
Kirayoshi. It was ironic that Molly had the Irish name but Yoshi the
Irish body build. Except for dark hair and almond eyes, he looked a lot
like his father; he also looked as if he had been dragged here at
phaserpoint. Jake grinned, remembering himself at twelve; mass
greetings for near-strangers he hadn’t seen in years had not been his
idea of a good time, either. Jake almost didn’t realize Molly was with
them at first, as she had immediately dropped down to talk to Jenny.
Well, he knew who *she’d* come to see.
Kira was there, too; she kissed him on both cheeks in welcome,
which made him blush a little and he was glad she couldn’t tell. Even
Quark and Odo had shown up, Odo hanging about the edges. There were
other station personnel whose faces he remembered but whose names
escaped him now. Everyone was more or less talking at once.
“I’ll be *four* tomorrow!” Jenny was telling Molly. “I want a
pony for my birthday. We got a *big* back yard for her to run in!”
“You’ll be lucky to get a newt.” Kassidy laughed and picked her
up.
“When do you want her party?” Quark hissed in Jake’s ear, or at
Jake’s shoulder-level, actually. He was trying to be conspiratorial
and not succeeding well.
“I’ll talk to you about it later,” Jake replied.
“So this is Salene,” Keiko was saying on his other side; she
propelled Yoshi forward. “My son plays cello. My husband’s cello,
actually. Miles thinks Yoshi has real talent and was hoping you might
have time to hear him and give us your opinion as to whether we should
try to send him to a conservatory.” And now Jake knew who Keiko had
come to see.
“I would be pleased to do so,” Salene told her.
Things went on in similar vein until his father, acting with the
privilege of command, finally commandeered them for lunch. By that
point, Jenny had definitely wet her pants.

Jenny’s party fell late the next day: a madhouse celebration at
her grandparents’ with too many presents from too many people, present
and absent both. Even Dax and Worf had sent something all the way
from the Klingon empire: a very delicate piece of silver mail made for
a girlchild, complete with plastic knives in holders and a plastic
batleth. Dax must have been laughing her head off when she’d wrapped
that. Salene the pacifist was horrified, though he hid it well;
Jenny, of course, was delighted and played Warrior Princess for the
rest of the evening. She got her newt, too–from Rom and Leeta, of
all people. It was in a tank of unbreakable glass.
Three other events from that visit stood out later in Jake’s
mind. The first was more or less expected: a conversation with his
father.
He had told his father about Salene some time ago. They still
talked, even with lightyears between. The elder Sisko had helped him
through the first weeks after Sarah had left, and there had been no
recriminations for the separation. Jake had told him, too, about
Salene’s initial arrival on Earth, and later, had written a long
letter from Vulcan, explaining their new living arrangements. His
father had accepted it all fairly phlegmatically, had not even seemed
particularly surprised, but Jake had known he was storing up his
questions to ask in person.
They had gone for a walk along the promenade. Usually when his
father appeared publicly, station people would stop him for a piece of
the captain’s time, or Bajorans would ask shyly for a blessing from
the Emissary. Today, seeing him with his visiting son, they left the
two of them in peace. Jake was relieved.
“I really have only one question,” his father said after a while.
“Are you happy, Jake?”
Jake smiled to himself. “Yes.”
They walked a bit further in silence, Jake waiting for his father
to work around to what he really wanted to ask.
“I mean,” Sisko said finally, “are you *completely* happy. I
like Salene, make no mistake. I’ve always like him. But–” His
father tried to shape the idea with his hands. “There’s a *physical*
side to marriage. Marriage is more than just the physical, of course
–I tried to impress that on you–but sex does matter. Salene’s a
eunuch. I’m not asking you to tell me what the two of you do in
private; that’s your business. Just…are you satisfied?”
Reaching out, grinning, Jake wrapped an arm around his father’s
shoulders. “Yeah, Dad. I’m satisfied. Really.”
The elder Sisko nodded. “Then that’s all I needed to know.”

The second event came the evening his father and Kassidy took
Jenny for the night to give he and Salene a vacation. Trying to coax
romance out of a Vulcan was like trying to get milk from a rock, but
Jake had a bottle of sapphire wine and was cooking a fancy dinner for
them both with I’danian spice pudding for desert. After the dinner,
he took Salene, what was left of the wine, a blanket and tissues up
to the same upper pylon where he had first showed Salene the wormhole,
years ago. Using the codes he’d wheedled out of O’Brien earlier, he
temporarily blocked the turbolift, then proceeded to make love to
Salene by the wormhole’s light. Salene’s initial comment was, “Your
choice of locale is…somewhat questionable.”
Jake laughed. “But is it *illogical*?”
“Mmm–not illogical, no, if one allows for sentimental motivations
among humans.”
“And do you allow for them?”
“It would seem that I do.” He shut up after that.

The last event was another conversation. A few days after
Jenny’s party, Julian Bashir ran into Jake in Quark’s. “Before you
leave for Earth, could you and Salene come down to the infirmary? I’d
like to talk to you both. Don’t worry–” he added before Jake could
ask, “it’s nothing horrible, no terminal illnesses.” Bashir had
grinned then and walked away.
Jake worried anyway. He was a writer. His imagination was
finely honed–or just ‘unbridled,’ as Salene put it. When Jake told
Salene about Bashir’s request, the Vulcan merely shrugged and said,
“Then we shall find time to talk with him.”
“Aren’t you worried?”
“About what?”
“About what he’s going to say! Has he found out something bad
about Dad’s health? About Kassidy’s? I mean, it could be anything–”
“Exactly. It could be anything, and as neither of us has any
idea what it is, unbridled speculation is unproductive.”
Salene was right, but by the time Jake managed to schedule an
appointment to meet with the good doctor, he had worried himself into
a chronic headache anyway. Salene was unsympathetic, which made Jake
grumpy. They did not arrive at the infirmary on the best of terms.
Bashir called them into his office, grinning widely, but the grin
disappeared as soon as he sensed the tension. “What is it?” Jake
asked almost as soon as Bashir shut the door. “Is something wrong
with my father? With Kassidy?”
“Have a seat first, please.”
Bashir walked around behind his desk, neatening it up while Jake
and Salene took the pair of chairs in front. Jake had clenched his
hands on the chair arms. Bashir noticed. The grin returned, but at a
lower wattage. “Jake, really. I’ve no bad news for you. Good news,
I hope.”
Then he turned serious, sat down and leaned over the desk to tap
at the top with his fingers, frowning thoughtfully. “Before I begin,
let me say to Salene”–he glanced at the Vulcan–“that if I should
inadvertently offend or step on any cultural taboos, chalk it up to
ignorance, not malice, please.”
So, Doctor Bashir had learned a little tact in the intervening
years. Jake grinned. He suddenly felt less tense.
Salene’s eyebrow had gone up. “There is no offense given where
none is taken. Please proceed.”
Bashir nodded. “At your daughter’s party, I overheard Jake make
a comment to his father about Jenny being the only grandchild he was
likely to get. At the time, I assumed it was a choice you both had
made for personal reasons, but later, it occurred to me you might not
be *aware* that that doesn’t have to be the case.”
Jake felt his breath stop. Beside him, Salene sat very, very
still.
Bashir went on, still nervously drawing invisible designs on his
desktop and talking in his rapid-fire, precise speech. “It would be a
somewhat complex process to produce a viable embryo from both of you,
but not a particularly difficult one. In fact, the technology to do
so has been around for over two hundred years.” He glanced up again
to judge how his words were being received. Salene’s expression was
completely blank; Jake wished he knew what his friend thought.
“How would you do it?” Jake asked.
Given the encouragement of a question, Bashir sat up a little
straighter. “Well, the first step would be to take a DNA sample from
Salene and activate it, eventually creating–more or less from scratch
–a meiotic cell: a gamete.
“That solves the main hurdle. The rest is relatively routine for
same-sex couples. We’d replace a loaned egg cell’s genetic data with
that from one of you. If you were both human, or both Vulcan, we’d let
nature take it’s course then, albeit in a test-tube. But in this case,
I’ll have to help it along by engineering the haploid chromosomes to
produce a viable hybrid. As Vulcan-human mixes have been around for
some time, though, there’s plenty of precedent. After, it would be your
job to find someone to carry the fetus to term for you.” He grinned,
visibly pleased with himself. “Nine months, and voila! Another
grandchild for the captain.”
Jake became aware that Salene was gripping the arms of his chair
so hard that his knuckles were white. He’d lost color, too, like he
might faint right there.
“Doctor, could we have a minute?” Jake asked. Bashir glanced at
Salene, nodded, and went out.
Jake turned to Salene. “Are you all right? Do you want me to
tell him to forget it?”
“No. No, I– No.” He was silent a while. Jake let him be.
Finally, he said, “To my knowledge, this has never been done for
chi`pain. But surely the possibility has been known. Why was I never
told?” His voice was not angry. It was hurt. “Solymi never said
anything of this to me. He must have known.”
“Maybe he didn’t. His specialty’s psychiatry.”
“He is still a healer!”
“Salene.” Jake took his hand, squeezed. “He may not have known.
Doctors can’t keep track of every specialty, and Starfleet doctors are
exposed to a lot of unusual things a regular doctor isn’t. For that
matter, sometimes I think Bashir makes a career of the unusual.”
Eyes unfocused, Salene stared off at a wall. Jake squeezed the
hand again. “Are you listening to me?”
“I am listening.”
“All right then. Yeah, somebody on Vulcan probably should have
figured this out before and offered the opportunity to chi`pain–but
don’t assume your brother has been deliberately keeping you in the
dark. He’s gone to bat for your before.”
“I am aware of that.”
Another silence, then Jake asked, “Shall I get Bashir, or do you
want to hear any more right now? We could go talk this over by
ourselves then come back later.”
“I wish to hear.” Then, suddenly intense, “I want this.” Jake
didn’t miss the use of ‘want.’ He rose, but Salene’s grip on his hand
stopped him; he looked down. Salene’s magician eyes were deep.
“Jenny will be no less my child.”
“I know.”
Salene let him go. He opened the door. Bashir was leaning
against the wall outside, waiting. “Tell us what we have to do,” Jake
said.

Epilogue
(five years later)

Four generations of Siskos occupied the kitchen of the Friends’
School. They ranged in age and color. The eldest was the darkest.
He sat on a stool off to one side, cane against his legs, giving
orders to his offspring like a sergeant to his troops. The youngest
and lightest stood on a stool between father and grandfather, less
help than nuisance. He had three fingers stuck in his mouth while he
watched his grandfather rapidly slice the green pepper.
“The Sisko men always cook,” his grandfather told him.
He looked up, took out the fingers long enough to say solemnly,
“Me, too.”
“Of course. You’re a Sisko.”
No one remarked on the fact he was the first Sisko who would
bleed green on the cutting board if he sliced his finger.
Someone grabbed Salene’s arm and hung on it, diverting his
attention. It was Jenny. “Saba!” she nearly shouted, all excitement.
“Aleta and I are ready to take Seitu to the pony rides now.”
“In a moment,” he told her. “He is with your grandfather just
now.” She let him go to dance back a step and join her friend. They
twirled each other around on the floor of the school cafeteria, all long
limbs and swirling hair, too full of energy to stand themselves. He
returned his attention to the bake sale, spread out on the long counter
which fronted the kitchen area, and tried to ignore the chaos in the
kitchen behind. Cooks–more than just the Siskos–prepared food for the
lunch stands. The stands did not open for another hour, but they had
been cooking all morning.
This was the school’s “Family Fun Fair,” an annual event which
Salene had found to be rather more work than ‘fun,’ by any definition.
But it raised additional funds for the school–quite successfully–and
so justified its continued existence, year-in, year-out. Salene and
Jake had been volunteering since Jenny had first been enrolled in the
preschool. In fact, the “Sisko Special” had become traditional fare
at the lunch booths, and Joseph Sisko had been beaming in from New
Orleans for the weekend in order to oversee its creation ever since
their first Fun Fair when Jenny was four: five years now. This year,
Jake’s father was visiting, as well.
The bake sale was busy at the moment, people looking for a late
morning snack. Humans ate even when they were not hungry, Salene had
learned. His function here was largely to oversee, not deal directly
with the public. There were other volunteers to do that. Most humans
found him somewhat intimidating, aliens being uncommon in central
Pennsylvania even here in the shadow of a major university center of
the Americas. This was not San Francisco, or Paris; the people were
parochial and Vulcans did not share Terran body language or facial
expressions. Even Jenny’s friends were wary of him. He had become
accustomed to being misunderstood, was concerned at times that Seitu
would face the same as he grew older.
His son had grown bored with the cooking and now climbed down
from the stool to eel his way out of the kitchen crowd over to
Salene’s side. Wordlessly, he tugged on Salene’s tunic and Salene
bent to pick him up, absently smooth the loose curls which never needed
moisturizer, unlike Jenny’s. That fine black hair was his genetic gift
to his son, along with the eyes and more obvious racial characteristics.
His miracle child. But otherwise, he saw more of Jake in Seitu. The
boy had Jake’s nose and chin and basic facial shape, and the skin was
creamed coffee, only a shade lighter than Jake’s own. Even his name was
not Vulcan, though it had been chosen because it could be. Seitu was
East African, meaning “artist.” Jake’s cousin Jillian Odowu had
suggested it.
“Jenny Gwen,” he called. She came, dragging Aleta after by the
wrist. “You may take him now.”
Accepting her brother, she balanced him on her hip. “Ready to go
ride the ponies?” He nodded, stuck his fingers in his mouth again.
Jenny pulled them out–“Don’t suck your fingers, doofus”–and bounced
him in her arms. She held him easily; she was a big girl, like her
father. Already she loomed over most of her class, and Salene feared
puberty would come to her early. He wondered how Jake would handle
that, and whether it might not be advantageous for her to spend a year
with Sarah in space. As Jake had long ago predicted, once Sarah had
begun taking on-station projects, she had continued to do so. Jenny
lived with Jake and him on more or less a permanent basis. At some
point after Seitu’s birth, she had even taken to calling him saba rather
than de’ab: father, not foster-father. It was inaccurate, but he had
permitted her to continue lest she feel he was somehow less her father
than Seitu’s. In his mind, she was no less his daughter. She was the
child he had faced down his brother in order to keep. Sometimes
children and parents chose each other.
He pushed back her long braids from her face, ran a thumb over
one of the bright beads; the familiarity was an indulgence which he
permitted himself. She smiled at him. “We’ll be back in a little
while.” And she carried Seitu away, Aleta skipping along in her wake.
He sensed rather than saw Jake come up beside him. “She’s
getting too big.”
“Do you speak metaphorically or literally?” he asked without
turning. He still followed the girls and Seitu with his eyes as they
stepped outside through the sliding glass doors, dodging the crowd.
“Both,” Jake replied.
“It is the way of things; children grow, become adults themselves
and have children of their own.”
“I’d rather it didn’t happen quite so fast.” A pause. The noise
of the fair rose and fell around them. “You know, you’ll likely live
to see her grandkid’s grandkids. I’ll be lucky just to see her
grandkids.”
Salene turned. “Perhaps. But that difference between us is not
something on which I care to dwell, just at the moment. You are living
yet, and so am I. Let the future see to itself.”
“That a Vulcan proverb?”
“No. Merely an observation.” He held up two fingers. Jake
smiled, wrapped his hand around them.

*** FINIS ***

Let us know what you thought of our tale. Send all feedback to
macedon@geocities.com

Posted in Deep Space Nine | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Messiah

shelly@camcomp.com

Okay, this is a good summary of the beginning of “The Q and the Grey”,
with parts deleted and changed where needed. Many thanks to James Wright
who wrote the original review. He already said I could use it. Thanks
Jim! Read this summary before going on to the real story. This is just
will help you not be confused. Okay? Okay. Enjoy! And some of this is
silly, not my doing, but it’s okay. Yeah.
By the way, standard disclaimer, Paramount owns this all, but guess what,
I’m playing.

Sforzie
“Messiah” Primer

Space…the peep show of the universe. In the silent vacuum of infinity,
a star went supernova. Less than ten billion kilometers away, the crew of
the Starship Voyager applauded enthusiastically. It was a banner event.
Only two other Starship crews had witnessed supernovae live, and none as
close as Voyager.
Janeway wanted to get right to work, but Chakotay noticed her rubbing her
neck and falling asleep in mid-sentence, and ordered her to bed. She left
the bridge in the able and manly hands of her first officer (who didn’t
offer her a neck rub this time).
Janeway returned to her quarters. But they sure didn’t look like her
quarters. They looked like the Motel 6 Honeymoon Suite. Soft Muzak, red
roses, lit candles surrounded a bed of red satin sheets with two
heart-shaped pillows, dimmed lights, windows unshaded to reveal the stars,
ten-credit champagne, the telltale scent of Brut.
“Janeway to bridge, intruder alert!” she called into her commbadge.
“There’s no need to call room service, Kathy. I’ve already ordered.” A
familiar figure stepped from the shadow of the anteroom.
“Oh, Q!” she whispered hoarsely. She buried her face in her hands. She
repeated the Intruder Alert order.
“I’ve taken the proverbial phone off the hook. After all…we don’t want
any interruptions.” They stood on opposite sides of the bed. He had on
his best puppy-dog face.
“What are you doing here?”
Q raised a toast. “To us.”
“There is no us, Q,” Janeway snarled.
“The night is young, and the sheets are satin,” he purred.
“I want you out, but first get rid of this bed.”
“I have no intention of getting between those Starfleet-issue sheets.
They give me a terrible rash.” He pouted the response.
“Since you won’t be getting in the bed, I wouldn’t worry about it.”
“Oh, Kathy, don’t be such a prude! Admit it! It has been a while…”
“And it’s going to be a while longer. Now get out!”
“So tense! Why don’t you slip into something more comfortable.” There
was a flash of light, and Janeway’s Starfleet uniform was replaced by her
pink satin nightgown. Janeway looked down at herself in a mixture of
shock and disgust.
“If you think that this puerile attempt at seduction is going to work,
you’re even more self-deluded than I thought!” She turned her back on
him. He grabbed her arm and pulled her into an off-balance Tango dip.
She looked up at him, he down to her, their eyes locking in mortal combat.

“Oh, I see; you think I’m interested in some tawdry one-night stand.
That’s because I haven’t told you why I’m here yet! Of all the females of
all the species in all the galaxies…I have chosen you to be the mother
of my child.”
Her mouth dropped open in shock.

She had to scramble out from underneath his omnipotent pawing. “Augh!”
she said in disgust as she headed for the other room.
Q lounged on the foot of the bed, kicking his heels lazily. “I know that
you’re probably asking yourself, ‘Why would a brilliant, handsome,
dashingly omnipotent being like Q want to mate with a scrawny little
bipedal specimen like me?”
“Let me guess! No one else in the universe will have you!” Janeway
called from the other room. Q sprang from the bed in mock outrage, and
rushed to the doorway where his twue wuv awaits.
“Nonsense! I could have chosen a Klingon Taarg! A Romulan empress! A
Cyrillian microbe!”
Janeway appeared wearing a Q-proof bathrobe. “Really? I beat out a
single-celled organism? How flattering!” She tried to get past him, but
he blocked the doorway with his arm.
“It’s an overwhelming honor isn’t it?” He said, missing (or ignoring) the
sarcasm. “I can’t get you out of my mind,” he rasped. “You’re
confident, passionate, beautiful…”
“And totally uninterested.” She snuck under his arm and escaped into her
room. He pursued.
“Kathy, you can’t leave! My cosmic clock…is ticking. Besides…you
have no idea what you’re missing! Foreplay with a Q can last for
decades.”
“Sorry, but I’m busy for the next 60 or 70 years!” she said, ducking away
from his advances yet again.
“Oh, I see, this is one of those silly human rituals! You’re playing
hard to get!”
“As far as you’re concerned, Q, I’m impossible to get.”
His face lit up. “Goody! A challenge! This is going to be fun!” He
snapped his fingers, and the captain’s quarters returned to their previous
monastic condition.
Janeway ensured that all was as it was supposed to be, and then hailed
the bridge. She told Chakotay of Q’s visit, sparing details, and told the
crew to be on their guard for anything unusual. Chakotay asked what his
purpose was, concerned. “Let’s just say he had a personal request,”
Janeway said coyly. “I have a feeling he’ll be back.”

The next morning, Janeway sat at her desk in her ready room, poring over
reports, and yawning her way through her sixth pot of coffee. Chakotay
rang, bearing the data from yesterday’s supernova. She took it without
even looking at him. He didn’t leave immediately, and she broke out of
whatever she had been thinking about.
“Is there something else?” she muttered distractedly. He asked for
details of Q’s visit, knowing he wa’s being nosy, but unable to resist.
“He wants to mate with me,” she finally said, and Chakotay seethed. “Of
course it’s out of the question,” she added; she figured Q has some hidden
agenda he hasn’t bothered to reveal yet. She sensed Chakotay’s reaction,
stood and placed a hand on his arm. “Oh, Chakotay…” she said, peering
intently into his eyes, her hand still welded to his arm.
“I know I don’t have any right to feel this way, but this bothers the
hell out of me,” he said.
“I do believe you’re jealous,” Q remarked, for once appearing silently.
“Why didn’t you tell me there was another man?” he demanded. Janeway and
Chakotay looked at him, caught in the intimate moment.
“Because there isn’t,” Janeway responded, as she and Chakotay broke
contact. Chakotay fell on the ground in a puddle of rejection. “I’m just
not interested in you.” Chakotay managed to add, “any questions?”
Q insulted Chakotay, and asked what she could possibly see in the big
oaf. “Is it the tattoo? Because MINE’S BIGGER!” He turned his face, the
left half of which was now completely covered in elaborately detailed
facial art, intended to emulate but surpass Chakotay’s own.
(How…wilderness of him.)
Janeway considered him. “Not big enough,” she sniffed, then exited for
the bridge with the upper hand. Chakotay stayed a moment longer, as if to
say something (tattoo envy?) But eventually followed the captain, leaving
Q with ink on his face, thinking furiously.

*
Chakotay called from the bridge. Janeway said she was on her way, and
told Q and Miss Q (who happened to be bothering her at the time) to take
their squabbled off her ship.
Janeway enters the bridge, followed by the two Q’s. Chakotay told the
Captain that there were two more supernovae building up, far nearer to
their position than before. Too close, in fact, to warp away from.
Janeway ordered Paris to get them out of there at maximum impulse, but
they knew it was too late to avoid some serious stellar debris.
Janeway advanced on Q. “One supernova every century is about average.
We’ve experienced three in as many days. I suspect you have something to
do with it.” Suzie Q piped in from her vantage point at the edge of the
bridge, posing like the Venus de Continuum (with arms).
“She may be a member of an intellectually challenged species, but she’s
right. Your irresponsible behavior is continuing to have cosmic
consequences.” Janeway asked if it was true.
“Not exactly.”
He frowned as he regarded Suzie Q. “Will you stop overreacting? Always
nagging; you can see why I left her.” The shockwaves from the supernovae
were coming in. Janeway demanded that Q do something. He snapped his
fingers, and he and Janeway disappeared.
“That two-timing toad!” Suzie Q shouted, then snapped her own fingers and
disappeared. Okay, in this version, she’s gone for GOOD! Okay.
Voyager was rocked, tossed, folded, spindled and mutilated in the wake of
exploding suns. Janeway found herself in hoop skirts and her hair up, in
an elegant sitting room. Q entered wearing the uniform of a Union
general. “You’re in the Continuum now,” he said. The current image is
far more expressive of the Continuum at the moment. He, the dashing
Northern officer, seeking the hand of the testy Southern belle in war-torn
Georgia (yah, hadda keep that bit, my home state), despite her hatred for
“Yankee interlopers.”
Janeway was concerned about her ship and crew. Q said that the first
officer–Chuckles, was it?–surely could handle the situation for now. He
was still bantering, but his mood seemed more somber, though subtly so at
first. “This is beyond your ship. It’s even beyond you and me. This is
about the future of the Continuum itself.” He poured himself a mint
julep. Janeway ran at him–not an easy task in full Southern Belle
regalia. She demanded to know what’s going on. “I’ll do better than
that…I’ll show you.” He opened the shutters to reveal the horizon of
night. Bonfires and gunfire lit it with a surreal glow.
“The Continuum is burning,” he said, all trace of irony gone. “The Q are
in the middle of a civil war.” Janeway’s mouth stayed shut, but her
silent expression belied her third shock of the episode.
As Janeway stared out the window, Q reminded her of Quinn, the Q
philosopher who sought asylum and committed suicide. “Do you recall what
I said would happen?” Janeway remembered; a disruption in the Continuum,
dire consequences. “I’d say a civil war is pretty dire.”
Q himself had led the charge for greater freedom in the Continuum, more
of what Quinn had argued for, causing the forced for the status quo to
seek to squash them permanently. The battle spread throughout the
Continuum, and even spread into the galaxy–the Supernovae are “galactic
crossfire.”
Q also thought that the Civil War could be a good thing–it could pave
the way for a greater Q society. Janeway argued that the American Civil
War was fought before her people had learned to resolve their arguments
peacefully. Q wanted her to help him transform the Q.
“By mating with you?”
“I know; brilliant, isn’t it?”
Janeway still didn’t see how it will accomplish things, but Q explained.
By combining the omnipotence of the Q with the civilized DNA of humanity,
he believed they could produce a better breed of Q–bred for peace, and
wider understanding, and capable of leading the Continuum to a new and
greater age. Janeway was still confused, but the passions of Q’s argument
did seem to be making her think about his arguments. She had her
questions, but for now she listened as Q suggested their fruitful union
would give rise to a new Messiah of Q, a Q of peace and intellect and
enlightened immortality. (That was the important line, go read it again.)
The window exploded. They ducked. Q ended up on top of her. He asked
her what she thought. A bullet (or whatever in the Continuum was
represented by a bullet) ricocheted around the room, and Q collapsed, a
bloody wound in his right forearm. Q and Janeway were equally shocked at
the sight of the blood. The room continued to erupt in hot leaden death.
Aboard Voyager, electric death sparked from panels and access hatches.
Crewmen lay unconscious or worse. But the cast members whose named we know
are okay, and they were quickly up and barking status and damage reports.
Warp was down, and they were 16 billion kilometers away from where they
were before. Chakotay wanted answers, but few were to be had. They were
forced to wait.
Q continued to bleed. “I didn’t think you were capable of bleeding,”
Janeway said. “They’re merely a representation of what is actually
happening,” he said. “You’d be surprised at the ingenuity of an immortal
being bent on destroying another.”
The Q outside the house ordered his surrender. Q limped, bleeding, to the
window, and swore never to surrender and fired back. He told Janeway to
grab a rifle from the wall and join in. “If their weapons can make me
bleed, imagine what they’ll do to you.”
The room exploded; Q was hurled to the ground, unconscious. Janeway
rushed to his side and helped him out of the room.

Night fell. “Shenandoah” played on a lone harmonica (among the Union
soldiers? Feh!) Janeway brought a cloth with hot water to the supine Q,
who was more hurt than originally believed. She pointed out that she
encountered some of Q’s faction as they were fleeing the homestead. “It
doesn’t look like you’re on the winning side.”
“And now it’s time to end all this,” she told him. “I knew you’d come
around,” he said, his voice hopeful.
“I’ve been thinking about what you said,” she added. “That creating a new
Q will bring about an era of peace.”
“But I can’t mate with you Q, I won’t,” she said.
“But why?”
This is where the train stops, folks. Time to get on and read the first
part of “Messiah”. It starts where this left off.

This story takes place in what should be considered an alternate time
line or alternate universe. Its a different version to the ending of “The
Q and the Grey”. If you haven’t seen the episode, you might be a bit
confused, but the story really has little to do with that episode.
There’s not much in the way of spoilers in this, so don’t worry your
pretty little heads too greatly. I’ve
gotten a good response from the folks who have read it thus far, so I am
posting it. After all, I did write this story just for you folks. It
couldn’t be used anywhere else. Some people who have asked what I’m
working on just don’t understand the things one will do for the
entertainment of their community. Like lighting their butts on fire and
running around screaming “The Tribbles are coming the Tribbles are
coming!”. Yes, I’d do that. This isn’t quite along those lines, but, oh
well, you get the point….
And another thing. There is quite a bit of sap in this story, so bring
your gloves. The pages might start sticking together in places. I may
not really enjoy reading it in every story, but somehow it always ends up
in mine. 🙂 All comments and stuff are welcome, really. I’d like to know
what my community thinks… even if you hated it, this time, I want to
know. I guess this can be considered my first short novel.

DISCLAIMER: PARAMOUNT IS GOD! THEY OWN EVERYTHING TO STAR TREK EXCEPT FOR
THE COOL STUFF THAT I ADD. This story and the twisting it involves are
MINE.

And so here it is (drumroll please, thanks Doug) .. the much long awaited
story that has taken me months to write and fret over (kinda)… the new
ending you’ve all been waiting for to “The Q and the Grey”….it feels so
good to be posting this….

“Messiah”
By: Sforzando

Part One:

“Q, you just have to understand,” sighed Janeway. Q was
pouting. The look wasn’t becoming on him.
“Well, I don’t,” he said.
“Q, I could never, ever mate with you, because… because I
don’t love you,” she sat next to him on the ground.
“Why not?”
“Do really want a list?” Janeway libbed, “look, Q you are an
okay guy but…”
“Don’t patronize a dying Q,” Q cried,” just make it quick.”
“Q, you are not going to die,” Janeway said.
“Wanna make a bet? I think the fact that I left half my
blood in that mansion says something about the chances of me
living,” Q was still pouting.
“Q…”
“Listen Kathy, tell me,” Q turned slightly to look at
Janeway, “if you don’t love me, than who do you love?” Janeway
bit her lip. “And don’t say that overgrown Indian of yours.”
Janeway scowled, “Q, there is nothing wrong with-”
“Don’t say it, don’t say it!” Q cried, “I can’t stand to lie
here and have my heart broken.”
“What heart?”
“Well, aren’t you just nice?”
“Nobody ever said I was.”
“You dragged me out of that mansion. I’d say that was
pretty nice,” Q sighed, “one of the nicer things anyone’s ever
done for me. Saving my life.”
“Considering you’ve rarely had the problem of having you
life threatened,” Janeway smirked.
“Why do you love him more than me? What’s he have that I
don’t? I could list you several things that I have that he doesn’t.”
Janeway frowned at Q again, thinking.
“Chakotay is… more than just ‘that overgrown Indian’ of
mine,” she said, “he’s a friend.”
“Aren’t I?”
“Not really,” Janeway paused, “Chakotay is caring-”
“Aren’t I?”
“And sensitive to others needs-”
“Aren’t I?”
“If you were,” said Janeway, “I wouldn’t be stuck here with
you right now.”
“Well if you had just mated with me, we’d neither be in this
predicament!” cried Q.
Janeway continued, “Chakotay loves me.” Q paused at
Janeway’s bluntness.
“What makes you say that?” he asked.
“He told me so,” Janeway looked uncomfortably down at her hands, “he has
another thing you don’t.”
“What’s that?”
“My respect.”
“I don’t have your respect?”
“Most of the time, no,” Janeway looked over at him.
“Well, isn’t that just dandy?” sighed Q, “no wonder you were playing
impossible to get.”
“You said you liked a challenge,” Janeway smiled at Q.
“Yes, I did.”
“Will you please send me back?” Janeway asked. Q stared
silently at Janeway.
“I’m not sure if I can.”
“Why?”
“I’m just not. I feel as if I’ve lost my last reason to keep fighting,”
he looked at Janeway. She stared levelly at him.
“Q, please?”
Q sighed, “alright, fine, as you wish.” Q weakly waved his
arm.

Janeway leaned back with a sigh. Q had thankfully restored
her bed to its original coverings. She lay there for several minutes,
before realizing she wasn’t alone. Sitting up, Janeway found Q sitting at
the foot of her bed. His shoulder was still bleeding.
“Well Kathy,” his voice completely subdued, almost a
whisper, “you got your wish.”
“Q, I know you’ll find another solution,” Janeway said
softly. Q looked at her quietly. A small smile pricked his face.
“You may be right Kathy.” Then, in a flash, he was gone.
“Chakotay to Janeway,” the break between Q’s leave and the chirp of the
intercom was so short, that it made her wonder.
“Janeway here.”
“I, um, have that report you wanted…” he sounded unsure of himself.
“Which report?”
“The one on the forward phaser array,” Chakotay said,
more secure.
“Oh, yes,” Janeway frowned, “well, um, bring it to my
quarters. It’s an important report. I think.”
“Right, Chakotay out.” The line ended.
“What the hell?” mumbled Janeway. “If that ain’t the most
damn awkward conversation I’ve had with the Commander…”

“Congratulations Captain,” said the Doctor, “I don’t know
how you did it, but you did.”
“What?” Janeway peered at the Doctor. She swung her feet, which didn’t
reach the floor as she sat on the biobed in
Sickbay, “I discovered another way to get sick from Neelix’s
food?” The Doctor mimicked her smirk.
“No,” he said, “despite all the boosters and such, you’ve
still found a way to get yourself pregnant.”
“What!?” Janeway nearly fell off the biobed. As it was,
she did lose her balance and had to hop off. She gripped the
holographic doctor’s uniform front, pulling him down to face
level.
“I think you heard me,” sighed the Doctor. Janeway released her grip,
and slid to the floor. She buried her face in her
hands, moaning something that sounded to the Doctor like “going
to kill coo”. The Doctor picked her up, and redeposited her on
the biobed. Janeway looked at him.

The night two weeks ago was not lost on her mind. It had
happened shortly after that strange conversation with Chakotay.
It had been him, hadn’t it? She really hoped so. Janeway had
already come to the decision that she would kill Q, somehow, if
it hadn’t been Chakotay in bed with her. It certainly had felt
like him in bed with her…

“Um, Doctor, is it too early yet to tell who the father is?”
Janeway asked weakly.
“I would assume that you would be able to remember,” sighed the Doctor,
“but yes, I can.” He ran a tricorder over Janeway’s belly, “yes, it is
Commander Chakotay’s baby, Captain.” Janeway was afraid he would make
some strange rude comment, but he just smiled congratulations at her.
“Okay,” said Janeway. Seeing the upset look on Janeway’s
face, the Doctor added another suggestion.
“You can terminate the baby if you wish,” he noted. Janeway shook her
head.
“No,” she said softly, “um, I need to think a little about
that.” The Doctor nodded.

“Think about it, yeah, right,” Janeway sighed, flopping onto
her bed. She rubbed her nose.
“Janeway to Chakotay,” she called quietly, tapping her
commbadge.
“Yes?”
“Come down here please.”
“I’m on my way.” After closing the link, Janeway sighed again. She sat
up, fumbling with the zipper of her jacket.
“This is *not* my idea of fun,” she mumbled, wriggling out
of the confining black cloth. Her boots followed with a thunk,
and Janeway stalked off, looking for something else to wear.

Chakotay had a feeling that he was in trouble the moment he walked into
Janeway’s darkened quarters. She was sitting, back
to him, staring out the porthole into space.
“Kathryn?” he said quietly, coming up behind her. She
didn’t move, chin still propped up on the knees of the dark blue
pantsuit she wore. Chakotay placed a careful hand on her
shoulder. He felt the muscles tighten at his touch, and removed his hand.
With a sigh, Janeway’s feet hit the floor, as she stood. It was a quick,
graceful movement, yet Chakotay noted a flicker of pain in her
expression.
She remained with her back to him for another moment, then turned slowly.
Janeway looked up at Chakotay, features set in a determined line. The
confusion of a moment before was gone.
“Chakotay, we need to talk,” Janeway’s voice sounded slightly strained.
Chakotay nodded silently, and Janeway led him
over to the couch. He sat, then she did, trying to distance
herself from him. Chakotay scooted over a little bit. Janeway
put her face in her hands.
“Kathryn, what’s wrong?” asked Chakotay. Janeway looked up, unshed tears
in glistening in her eyes. She took a shaky breath,
then let it out slowly.
“Chakotay, um,” Chakotay couldn’t remember seeing Janeway so distressed
before, “um, you remember that night two weeks ago?”
“Yes,” Chakotay said slowly, trying not to grin at the
memory.
“Well, um…” Janeway took Chakotay’s hand, threading her
fingers with his, then closing them in a fist. She looked up into
Chakotay’s eyes. “Chakotay, I’m pregnant.”
Chakotay swallowed. He said nothing. He didn’t know what to say.
“Chakotay, I don’t know what to do,” Janeway said softly.
She broke the gaze to look down at their intertwined hands.
“Kathryn,” Chakotay said. She looked up again, “I… I’m
not quite sure what to think. But, I know that I love you.”
Janeway bit her lip, a small tear spilling over.
“You do?” she asked hoarsely. Chakotay smiled.
“Yes,” he promised. A small smile crept onto Janeway’s lips. Chakotay
bowed his head to kiss her. Janeway sighed when he broke the kiss.
“It still doesn’t solve the problem of what to do about this
baby,” she said. The lost, confused look in her eyes had returned.
“Kathryn, what do you what to do?” he asked carefully.
“I…” she took another shaky breath, pulling her hand free.
Kathryn clasped her hands over her stomach, “I don’t know. I
haven’t really thought much about it.”
“Then why did you call me in here if you didn’t know what
*your* opinion on this was?” Chakotay asked.
“I needed to know,” Janeway cried quietly, “I needed to know your opinion
on this. Whether you wanted this or not.”
“What makes you think that I wouldn’t want this?” Chakotay asked.
Janeway sighed again, looked up into his open face.
“Chakotay, I love you, but-,” Janeway stopped.
“What? What did you think?”
“After what happened with Seska, I wasn’t sure that this
would be something that you’d want.” Chakotay’s laugh was short and
bitter, almost a snort.
“Kathryn, Seska was… Seska was…” his voice trailed off.
Chakotay’s brow furrowed as he tried to find the right words, “Seska was
a mistake. I never felt as close to Seska as feel towards you. This is
totally different.”
“Is it?” Janeway asked.
“Yes,” said Chakotay, “it is.”
“But you loved her.”
“I thought at the time, that I did love her,” said Chakotay, “but now I
know differently.”
“Someday you’ll realize the same thing about me,” Janeway
whispered, looking down. Chakotay sighed feeling like he was losing an
important battle.
“Kathryn, please,” he pleaded, “you have to understand. I
don’t love anyone else in the galaxy. But I *do* love you. I don’t think
I love you. I *know* I do.” She looked up at him, and smiled. Her hand
lifted, tracing Chakotay’s jawline, yet never quite touching the skin.
Chakotay smiled back.
“I get off duty in an hour,” he said, “you want to meet me
in the mess hall for dinner?” Her fingers ghosted over the lines
of his tattoo. She nodded, raising herself slightly.
“Sounds good to me,” she said. Their kiss was broken only
by Tuvok’s hail from the Bridge.

Janeway sat herself down carefully. This earned her a small
smile from Kes.
“So how do you feel?” Kes asked.
“I’ve been better,” Janeway moaned, fingers spread over her
stomach.
“Ah, good morning Captain,” said the Doctor, a bit too
loudly. Janeway flinched.
“What’s so good about it?” Janeway was bitter and still a
tad pale.
“Morning sickness again?” the Doctor queried.
“I’m afraid so,” sighed Kes.
“More like morning, noon and night sickness,” retorted Janeway, “I
really don’t think I can look at Neelix’s cooking again.”
“It *was* yellow,” admitted Kes, half-smiling.
“How much longer is this supposed to last?” asked Janeway, “I haven’t
held anything down in two weeks.”
“Not much longer,” said the Doctor, “but you’re right,
you’ve lost three pounds when you should have gained six. I’m
going to have to give you a nutrient supplement along with
something to calm your nerves.” The Doctor filled a hypospray.
“You do look a little pale,” Kes noted. The Doctor lifted
the hypospray to Janeway’s neck.
“I suggest you take a few days off,” he said, “your nausea
should pass in a week or two, I want you to stay off duty until
then.” Janeway sighed tiredly.
“Really Doctor, is it necessary?” The Doctor scowled.
“You are over stressing yourself Captain,” he said, “you’re
hurting yourself more than you realize by attending duty on the
Bridge.” Janeway scowled back at him.
“Doctor, I need to be on the Bridge,” she protested, “I’m no good to the
ship in my quarters.”
“You say you’re needed on the Bridge, but I have confidence that the
crew can run the ship without you.”
“Doctor, can you two make some sort of arrangement?” Kes said, “you two
are going to be standing here arguing forever if
you don’t.” The Doctor looked thoughtful.
“Alright,” he spoke after a minute, “Captain Janeway, you
can attend your bridge duty for two hours every other day.”
“Every day,” Janeway shot back.
“One hour every day,” the Doctor said.
“Fine.”
“So Captain,” smiled Kes, helping her off the biobed, “shall I have
Neelix send something less yellow to your quarters?”
“I have to go back to the bridge,” Janeway protested.
“Ah, ah Captain, you’ve already been on duty for three hours today,” the
Doctor stopped her, laying a hand on her arm. Janeway snapped her
fingers.
“Darn, I was hoping you wouldn’t notice,” she said. Then, a
hopeful look, “can I go down to the Bridge to tell the Commander?”
“Captain, do I have to escort you down to your quarters to
make sure you get there?” the Doctor was scowling again.
“No,” Janeway sighed, “I’ll go to my quarters.”
“Good,” the Doctor saw the upset look on Janeway’s face. He followed
her to the doors, adding, “Captain, I know you don’t like this, but you
still have six months to go. Do you really want to risk harming your baby
by driving yourself to exhaustion?” Janeway stopped, turning slowly to
face the Doctor.
“No,” she said, her voice low. Then she turned again,
leaving Sickbay.

A few days later, Chakotay entered the Captain’s quarters.
He was just finally getting past the feeling of being like a
teenager sneaking around, and was starting to feel comfortable entering
Janeway’s quarters. The rooms were darkened, but light spilled into the
living room, throwing shadows on the bed. Chakotay could hear humming
from the bathroom.
“Kathryn? Are you there?” Chakotay crossed the sitting
room.
“Mm, Chakotay? Is that you?” Janeway’s sleepy voice larked out from the
bathroom.
“What are you doing?” he asked with a soft laugh. He heard her moving in
the tub.
“Just trying to relax,” she said. Chakotay leaned in the
bathroom door, a wolfish grin on his face. Janeway lay in the
tub, covered up to her shoulders in murky grey water.
“Why is the water grey?” asked Chakotay, sitting on the
floor next to the tub. Janeway shrugged, sending ripples through
the water.
“Something Doc gave me,” she told him, “it’s supposed to help me reduce
stress.” Janeway wiggled her toes.
“Does it work?” Chakotay asked. She shrugged again.
“Yes.” Then, an afterthought, “it has the smell of lavender.” Janeway
closed her eyes and leaned her head on the wall.
“Lavender?”
“Mm…” Janeway hummed to herself again. Chakotay ran a
hand through her wet hair.
“You’re going wrinkle up like a prune,” he laughed, “how long have you
been in there?”
“I dunno,” Janeway said, “considering he fact the water is
still warm… not long.” She pulled Chakotay’s hand from her
hair. “So what did I miss on the Bridge today?”
“Not much,” Chakotay admitted, “just another dull day in the Delta
Quadrant.”
“I’m going to go crazy,” Janeway sighed, “I just lie around
all day, doing nothing, waiting for an excuse to leave my
quarters.”
“I envy you,” Chakotay laughed, “I wish I could do nothing
all day, and not get thrown in the brig for it.”
“You think you do,” Janeway nearly whined, “until it happens and you’re
under orders not to do *anything*.”
“I can’t believe the doctor took you off duty completely for
two weeks.”
“Just because I fainted in the mess hall,” Janeway sighed.
Chakotay chuckled.
“The look on Neelix’s face was priceless,” he said,
smothering a laugh. Janeway smiled, her eyes opening.
“I think he’s afraid to talk to me now,” she smirked, “I went
in there for lunch and he completely avoided me. Kes had to
serve me.”
“And you’re complaining?” Chakotay laughed.
“He thinks it’s his fault that I fainted,” Janeway idly played with the
end of her hair. Chakotay’s expression sobered.
“You really should have been more careful,” he said, “the
doctor warned you…”
“I know, I know,” Janeway sniffed, “he warned me that I was at the risk
of over-stressing myself, and my body would give up
before me mind did.”
“He knew what he was talking about.” Janeway rolled her eyes. Chakotay
patted her hand. “Are you hungry?”
“I guess,” Janeway sighed airily.
“Do you want to go to Sandrine’s for dinner?” Chakotay
asked. As of recently, Neelix had begun bringing dinners down to
Sandrine’s. The holoprogram for the bar was almost always
running in Holodeck one. Either that program of Neelix’s resort
program. Sandrine’s played during the night hours.
“Sounds like a good idea to me,” Janeway sat up, “why don’t you go change
out of your uniform, and I’ll get dressed.”
“Alright,” said Chakotay, standing up.
“I’ll meet you down there in half an hour.”

The floor was cold under Janeway’s feet, as she stepped out
of the tub. After toweling off, she pulled her robe over her
shoulders. Janeway went out into the living room, picking her
clothes up off the bed. She dressed, then went out into the
other room to find her shoes. Janeway stopped, when she saw who
was sitting in there.
“How long have you been sitting there?” Janeway demanded, trying to keep
her rising anger out of her voice.
“Not long,” said Q, a dumb smile on his face.
“What do you want?” Janeway asked, a hand rising to her
forehead. She was dizzy again.
“You should sit down.” Janeway sat on the couch
across from Q, glaring at him.
“So?” She crossed her arms defensively.
“There is something you need to know.”
“About what?” her eyes narrowed.
“About your baby.” Janeway resisted the urge to stand, her
head was still swimming slightly.
“What about my baby?” Janeway’s voice was rough and
dangerously low. Q stood, then paused, apparently gathering his
thoughts.
“The Doctor told you it was Commander Chakotay’s baby,
didn’t he?”
“Yes,” Janeway’s eyes narrowed more, “it is, isn’t it?”
“Yes,” said Q, “and no.” She couldn’t help it. Janeway jumped to her
feet, her stomach lurching a few seconds behind.
“What to you mean ‘and no’?” Q held up his hands
defensively, trying to keep her away.
“I, um, well,” Q frowned, “it’s a bit difficult to explain.”
Janeway lurched forward again, grabbing Q by the collar.
“You better start explaining,” she growled.
“Okay, I’m explaining!” cried Q. Janeway let go. Q
stumbled a few steps away. Janeway still stood, fists clenched
at her sides, her breath coming in short snorts.
“Kathy, sit please,” Q said, a slightly worried expression
on his face. Janeway sat down again on the couch.
“Tell me something,” Janeway said, a fist tapping the arm of
the couch, “it was Chakotay, right?”
“Yes,” said Q, “but it’s a bit technical.”
“Technical.”
“Yes.” At Janeway’s snort he added, “but I’ll do my
best to explain. You see, the child you carry has three
parents.”
“Excuse me? Three?” Janeway mocked a bit.
“Yes, let me explain,” said Q quickly, “do you remember our conversation,
almost four months ago?”
“When we were at your troops’ camps? Yes, I remember,”
Janeway look slightly suspicious.
“I don’t know if you recall, but you told me that you knew I
would find another solution to my problem.”
“I said that after you had returned me to Voyager,” Janeway
corrected.
“Whenever. The fact is that you said it. Well, I found a way.”
“Were you responsible for me getting pregnant?” Janeway
asked.
“No,” Q smiled thinly, “that was all your own doing. But..
I had a feeling that this might happen, so…”
“What?” Janeway asked. Q looked uncomfortable.
“I took the liberty of changing the genetic code in
Commander Chakotay’s reproductive organs,” Q mumbled.
“You what?!”
“Don’t worry!” Q cried, “it’s not permanent, I set the new
codes to degrade in another week.”
“I can’t believe you did this.”
“It was the only way…”
“So I’m having your child?”
“No!” cried Q, “that’s just the thing. I altered Chakotay’s
reproductive genetic structure to contain Q genotypes. It’s more
my child than his, but it is still his too.” Janeway’s fury was
barely kept.
“How dare you-”
“Please listen!” shouted Q, “you would have never willing
carried my child. I found a way, and I took it.”
“God damn it Q, you are such a self centered pig!” Janeway
was on her feet again. This time her stomach rebelled, and she
fell to her knees, doubled over. Q was instantly at her side.

END PART ONE

Disclaimer: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Two

“Kathryn! are you alright?” the worry in his voice was
obvious.
“I’m fine Q, really,” Janeway tried to shake him off. She took a few
slow deep breaths, then shakily sat up. She looked at him, nausea and
pain still in her expression. “Q, didn’t you consider the consequences of
you actions?” Q helped Janeway back to the
couch. He held on to her hand.
“Yes Kathryn, I did. That is why I had to do this,” Q explained, “I was
considering what would happen to the universe if I did not find a way to
bring peace to the Continuum. You have to
understand.” Janeway’s free hand pressed against her forehead.
“But did you consider how it would affect Chakotay and I’s
relationship?” she wondered, “I’m not sure this is going to work Q.
I’m not sure I want to have this baby.”
“Kathy, you have to.”
“Do I?”
“Think of all the lives out there that may be lost if the
war in the Continuum continues,” Q said. “When you became
pregnant with this child, the war stopped. But it will only be
pause in the destruction of the universe if you terminate now.
I’m not talking of just the loss of Q lives, but of the lives of
possibly every species in the universe.”
Janeway took a shuddering breath. “I need to talk to
Chakotay about this first.” She look up at Q, “should I tell him
or you?”
“You were on your way to meet him for dinner in the
holodeck, weren’t you?” Q asked, “I’ll tag along, and I’ll tell
him.”
“You’ll tell him?” Janeway looked dubious.
“Yes,” said Q, “I’ll be able to control him if he doesn’t
take it too well.”
“Well… okay.”
“Just get a table for three,” Q said. Then, with a wave of
his hand, Q was gone, leaving behind an emotionally broken woman.

Janeway walked carefully into Sandrine’s. Chakotay was waiting for her
at a table in the back.
“Sorry I’m late,” she said, sitting down, “but I’m afraid
we’re going to have a visitor with us for dinner.”
“Who?” Chakotay was a bit suspicious.
“Q,” said Janeway. Chakotay sighed. “Chakotay, I know he’s not usually
a very welcome dinner guest, but he needs to talk to you about something.”
Chakotay just grunted. There was a flash, and Q stood solemnly next to
the table.
“Commander, may I have a moment of your time?” Q asked. Chakotay
helplessly agreed. There was one flash, in which they disappeared,
leaving Janeway alone at the table, and a second
flash a few seconds later which redeposited Chakotay and Q.
Chakotay wore an odd expression, but Q looked pleased. He leaned over to
Janeway and spoke into her ear.
“I think it went pretty well,” he whispered, “but you need
to talk with him. When you’ve decided on what you’re going to
do, just call me.” Then he was gone again. Janeway turned to
Chakotay. His mixed expression was gone, replaced by one of mild
confusion.
“Chakotay-”
“Kathryn-” They both sighed.
“Chakotay, I’m sorry,” Janeway rushed.
“It’s okay, I think,” Chakotay said, “Q did a pretty
thorough explanation of what he did. I’m just not sure what to
think of it yet.” He rubbed his chin thoughtfully.
“Chakotay I-”
“How do you feel?” Chakotay asked.
“Fine, why?” Kathryn was briefly confused.
“Q said you weren’t feeling well earlier.”
Janeway gave a weak laugh.
“It was just nausea again.”
“Are you sure?”
“Yes,” said Janeway, “I was just a little worked up, that’s
all.” Chakotay gave a wry grin.
“Just a little pissed off?” He laughed. “Q said you were
practically attacking him.”
“Like you didn’t,” Janeway grumbled.
“Okay, I’ll admit, I did lose control for a bit,” said
Chakotay, “but my actions didn’t affect my health.” Janeway
snorted.
“With Q they could have.” She waved the
holographic waiter over. He appeared with two dinner trays.
“Good evening Captain, Commander,” the waiter greeted them, “Mr. Neelix
has finally perfected his macaroni and cheese.” The waiter grinned,
setting the trays down.
“This looks edible,” thought out Janeway, “thank you.” The
holocharacter nodded and went off to do something else.
“Macaroni and cheese? Interesting.”
Janeway sampled, nodding her approval. “Tastes right,” she decided. A
thought entered her mind, and she chuckled wistfully to herself.
“What?”
“I remember the other Q, Quinn, back when he first appeared on the ship,”
said Janeway, “he took me to the mess hall, and set a table with Welsh
Rabbit for dinner.”
“Welsh Rabbit?”
“It’s like a grilled cheese sandwich,” Janeway grinned, “poor Neelix, he
had no idea what a rabbit was, and he didn’t know Welsh Rabbit had nothing
to do with rabbits.” Chakotay was grinning now too.
“Now he knows how we feel when he comes up with some weird new recipe.”
“Like tempi fried golkah with neb sauce,” Janeway pretended to shudder.
“Or his wonderful nakantu berries with maraktua sauce,”
Chakotay stuck his tongue out.
“I like that one.”
“That’s only because you’re pregnant,”
“Which brings us back to the matters at hand,” Janeway said. Chakotay
sighed. “What are we going to do Chakotay?”
“I don’t know,” Chakotay shook his head, “Q’s just made this so
difficult.”
“Do you want me to terminate the baby?”
“That’s just it,” Chakotay said, “it’s my baby too. I don’t
know if I can just sit by and let you kill our child.” Janeway
frowned.
“But it’s not really our child anymore-”
“How can you say that?” barked Chakotay.
“He’ll just be a political toy for the Continuum!” Janeway
hissed back. She looked around quickly, hoping they weren’t
attracting too much attention. “Chakotay, I know you don’t think
this right. I’m not sure I do either. But do you think it is
fair for me as the mother of this child to not be able to ever
know it? From what I gathered from Q, he’s going to take our
child as soon as it is born. I don’t know if I can face that.”
Chakotay was looking down at his plate, a slightly guilty look on
his face.
“I’m sorry,” he said softly.
“I’m not mad at you,” Janeway said, “so, should I have the
baby?”
“Yes,” Chakotay said, “you have the baby, let Q take it,
tell him to keep out of our lives so we can pretend this never
happened.” Janeway searched his expression, not sure if he was
being sarcastic.
“Pretend this relationship never happened,” she was
surprised at her mildly bitter tone. Chakotay gave an
exasperated sigh. He grabbed Janeway’s free hand.
“Kathryn, I didn’t say that,” he defended, “we had a relationship before
you got pregnant. I loved you a long time before you got pregnant. I
don’t want to throw what we have away.” Janeway wondered if he would be
embarrassed about this rather emotional outburst later. She smiled.
“That means a lot to me, you know,” her voice was soft, “so
should we inform Q now?” Chakotay grinned.
“Nah,” he said, “I was hoping maybe we could have a night to ourselves.”
Chakotay wound his arm around Janeway’s waist. She motioned to Chakotay’s
plate with her fork. Even thought neither had noticed, she had been
eating during their whole argument.
“Are you going to eat all that? I’m starving.”
Chakotay covered his plate with his hands.
“Mine,” Chakotay grinned, “call the waiter for more.” The
holo-waiter zapped into existence next to them.
“You called?”
“Another serving of the mac’n cheese for the Captain,”
Chakotay ordered.
“Coming right up.”
“You know,” said Janeway, “I never imagined Neelix being
capable of making an Alpha Quadrant food that actually tasted
like an Alpha Quadrant food.”
“You have to give him credit, he tries.” Janeway shrugged,
and resumed devouring her dinner, “you really are hungry, aren’t you?”
“You bet.”
“Must be the pregnancy,” said Chakotay.
“That, and I haven’t eaten since last night.”
Chakotay sighed again.
“Kathryn…”
“Nag, nag,” quirked Janeway, “I do try to eat Chakotay, and I did eat
lunch. Most of it stayed down.” A frown ghosted her
face as she jabbed a loose noodle.
“How’s your stomach?” Chakotay asked.
“Didn’t you already ask me that?” Janeway laughed.
“Yes,” he said, “but you never gave me a straight answer.”
“Mm, really? I thought I said I was fine,” Janeway tapped
her plate with her fork.
“But I know you’re not.”
Kathryn snorted. “Please, you are such a nag.”
“So you will admit you’re still nauseous,” Chakotay grinned coyly.
“Frequently,” Janeway admitted, “but not right now.”
“You wouldn’t be pigging out if you were,” noted Chakotay. Janeway
laughed.
“I have to eat more because I’ll lose most of it later.”
“Why don’t you see the Doctor about this?” asked Chakotay.
“I did. He gave me a suppressant, but it’s not working.”
“Maybe you should get something stronger.”
Janeway sighed. “He’s already given me the strongest stuff that can give
me, within regulations.”
“Regulations?”
“By Starfleet regulations there is a limit to what he can give a
pregnant human female for nausea.”
“Even if it makes you more enjoyable to be around?”
“Mm hmm.”
“But there is stronger stuff?”
“Yeah there’s some stronger stuff for the non-human crew.” She noted
Chakotay’s expression, “Don’t even think about it.” Chakotay gave her an
innocent smile.
“Think about what?”
Janeway rolled her eyes. “That’s part of the reason why the Doctor took
me off duty, I think. I have such a weak stomach right now. And doing
practically anything makes me queasy.”
“You do look a bit green,” Chakotay laughed.
“I try to control it.” She finished her dinner, and leaned back.
“So what are you plans for tonight?” asked Chakotay, pushing his empty
plate away.
“I dunno,” said Janeway, leaning her elbows on the table, “I
don’t think I’m going to be able to sleep knowing that I have to
talk to Q tomorrow.”
“I’m sure we’re going to be able to help you forget,”
Chakotay grinned. He nodded over toward the pool table.
“I wonder how much Tom’s ego will be damaged when he gets his butt beat
by a pregnant woman,” grinned Janeway.
“He’ll probably crawl under a rock, never to be seen again,”
laughed Chakotay. Janeway slapped her palms on the table,
sitting up.
“We could only be so lucky,” she sighed.
“Could be lucky about what?” Paris came up behind Janeway. Chakotay
snorted, trying not to laugh.
“Um,” Janeway turned in her seat to look up at Paris,” we
could only be so lucky that you’d be so gracious as to invite me
to play pool.” She swallowed, forcing an uncomfortable smile.
“It must be your lucky day.” Paris offered her a hand. He was one of the
few people who knew of Janeway’s pregnancy, and had promised not to tell a
soul until the Captain and Commander were ready to tell the crew. As far
as Janeway could tell he had kept his promise.
“So you had Neelix’s macaroni and cheese?” said Paris.
“Yep,” Janeway took a cue, “it was pretty good.”
“Better than his nakantu berries with maraktua sauce?” Paris
laughed.
“I liked that one!” cried Janeway, “but the macaroni and
cheese is better.”
“You know, I never realized how much I like Terran cuisine
until I had to eat the food out here,” said Paris.
“I know,” Janeway leaned on the cue while Paris took
his shot. She heard Chakotay get up from the table. “Take
coffee, for instance. No harm meant towards Neelix, but…”
“I know,” laughed Paris, “there’s always something missing.”
“Like the coffee,” said Chakotay, leaning on the pool table.
“Sometimes…” Janeway bent to take her shot, “sometimes
even the replicators make it to leave something desired. I don’t
think there is a real substitute for coffee beans.” Chakotay
leaned over toward Janeway.
“Maybe next time you talk to Q…” he whispered into her
ear. She could feel his grin.
“Don’t remind me,” Janeway groaned, “I thought we were going to avoid
that subject for tonight.”
“Just a thought,” Chakotay whispered, “but he probably could find you a
few coffee plants.”
“Yeah, and then the Doctor would ban me from that too,”
Janeway sighed.
“Poor girl,” Chakotay laughed, “you live such a deprived
life.”
“I know,” sighed Janeway, “I can’t go on the bridge, I can’t
do this, I can’t do that. I’m surprised the Doctor hasn’t come
in yet to tell me to go back to bed.”
“Isn’t there something as too much sleep?” asked Chakotay.
“In the Doctor’s mind, no,” said Janeway, “and anyway, I
don’t really get much sleeping done. It’s lie down, feel sick, throw up,
lie down, feel sick, throw up…'”
“Let me guess,” said Paris, “the next thing you do is lie down again,
and begin to feel sick.”
“No,” Janeway took a shot, “usually after two or three rounds of that
either the Doctor or Chakotay comes in to check on me, and they make me
eat something.”
“That’s not true,” said Chakotay.
“Wanna make a bet?” Janeway snorted, “then,” she rapped the table with
her cue, “*then* I go lie down and the cycle starts over.”
“But I guess you’re feeling much more frisky tonight, huh?” Paris grinned
cockily.
“You’d be a bit energetic too if you’d been locked up in your quarters
for a week,” Janeway said.
“You know, you should still be in bed,” Chakotay said. Janeway drew her
face nose to nose with Chakotay.
“Nag,” she said, and the tip of her pool cue grazed the tip of Chakotay’s
nose. She gave him a flirting smile, and with a flourish she sashayed
around to the other side of the table.
“You two are so cute it’s sickening,” said Paris.
Chakotay’s smiled twisted, “watch it Paris or we’ll stick you with diaper
duty.”
“Now there’s a real threat coming from a real man,” came Janeway’s dry
comment.
“Ooh, now I’ve been upgraded to a real man.”
“What were you before?” laughed Paris.
“Before he was just my studly First Officer.”
Paris watched with mild amusement as Chakotay circled the table, and he
and Janeway held an animate whispered conversation. Janeway giggled, as
she cast glance at Paris. Tom pretended to ignore the, as he took his
shot. When he rose, Chakotay and Janeway were silent, staring at each
other, noses nearly touching. Paris cleared him throat, as if to remind
them of where they were. Janeway jumped, blushing slightly.
“My shot? Yes,” Janeway glared briefly at Paris, before moving to take
her shot. Paris rubbed his face to hide the snicker he felt springing
up.
After the game ended, Janeway and Chakotay drifted back over to the bar.
They chatted quietly with Harry Kim and his female interest, though
neither would admit to it, B’Elanna Torres. Kim had looped his arm around
Torres’s waist, and she hadn’t seemed to notice. As it grew late, they
excused themselves, and wandered aimlessly through the corridors. Janeway
ran a hand over Chakotay’s shoulder. He chuckled to himself.
“What’s so funny?” asked Janeway. Chakotay waved his free arm at the
empty hall.
“I was just thinking about how empty the ship feels this late in the
day.”
“I don’t see the humor in that,” said Janeway, “the halls being empty
just mean that everyone is doing something. Like work.”
“I pity the night shift.”
“I still don’t see the humor,” Janeway squeezed Chakotay’s arm.
“It just must be one of your hormone things,” Chakotay grinned. Janeway
sighed, then yawned.
“Getting tired?” he asked. Janeway shrugged.
“Better that than nauseous,” she laughed. They stepped into a
turbolift.
“Senior deck,” Chakotay said. The computer chirped and the lift started
with a jolt. Janeway smiled.
“Sending me to bed, are you?” she laughed. Chakotay grinned.
“You’re lucky that’s all I’m doing,” he said, “you’re lucky that you have
a halfway decent excuse…”
“Ooh, is that a challenge or a threat?” she grinned.
“I haven’t decided yet,” Chakotay said as the doors to the lift opened.

The next morning, Janeway slapped the alarm on the clock off. She
moaned, and reburied her head under the pillow. She felt Chakotay move
next to her in the bed, his arm still wrapped possessively around her
waste. The alarm was still unfamiliar to her ears, as she wasn’t used to
sleeping in Chakotay’s quarters, let alone waking up in them.
“Time to wake up,” Chakotay said, sounding a bit hoarse. Janeway snorted
from underneath the pillow.
“No, I don’t have to go anywhere, you do,” she objected, “I have every
right to stay here until midmorning.” Even so, she rolled over, freeing
herself.
“True, but if you plan on sleeping all day, I’m going to have to drag you
down the hall to your quarters,” Chakotay sat up.
“My quarters, your quarters, what’s the difference?” Janeway shrugged,
sitting up also.
“You do have to get up eventually,” Chakotay said, “and….” From his
tone of voice, Janeway could tell what he was getting to.
“I know,” Janeway sighed, “talking to Q is not top on my list of things
to do today,” Janeway got out of the bed, still wearing her civilian
clothes from last night, for lack of better nightclothes. Chakotay, who
slept in the nude, pulled the bed sheet around him as he thunked his way
into the bathroom.
When he returned from the sonic shower, Janeway was sitting on the couch.
She had apparently went to her quarters and changed. Her head lolled on
her shoulder, eyes closed. Chakotay chuckled as he went to search for a
clean uniform. Janeway woke from her brief nap and was rubbing her eyes
when Chakotay came back into the sitting room a few minutes later.
“How do you feel?” Chakotay asked.
She yawned, “surprisingly good.”
“No morning sickness?” Chakotay asked. Janeway rubbed her stomach.
“No morning sickness,” she realized, “in fact, I feel better than I’ve
felt in months.”
“That’s good,” said Chakotay. Janeway let him pull her up onto her
wobbly feet.
“Though I get a little straight knee at the prospect of talking to Q,”
she admitted. “Now, if I didn’t know better, I’d say you should be in a
hurry to get to the bridge.” She laughed as he pulled her body to his.
“I have just enough time to kiss you good morning,” Chakotay kissed her.
Janeway lay a hand on Chakotay’s arm.
“Now, I think you should be there when I talk to Q,” she said, “as back
up.”
“Back up?” Chakotay rubbed her back before unwrapping himself.
“In case I faint or something,” Janeway grinned, “and you’re a very
imposing character.”
“Unfortunately, I’m not imposing enough to weasel my way out of
explaining to Tuvok why I was late this morning.”
“You don’t mind if I… escort you to the Bridge, do you?” Janeway said
as she followed Chakotay to the door.
“I have a feeling I don’t get much of a choice,” Chakotay keyed the door
behind them, “you’ll just have to hope Doc isn’t roaming the halls again.”

Janeway linked her arm with his, “we’re going to have to do something
about that too. I mean he-,” she stopped.
“Are you okay?” Chakotay stopped too. The perplexed look that had
appeared on Janeway’s face slowly cleared. She smiled.
“I’m fine,” she said, “just a bit- flustered.”
“Uh huh.”
“Where was I?” Janeway gathered her thoughts.
“You were ranting,” Chakotay grinned.
“Ah, yes, ranting,” Janeway smiled. They started moving again, “someone
needs to talk to the Doctor about privacy protocols.”
“You mean someone needs to tell him that it’s not polite to peek into
people’s quarters,” Chakotay was still grinning.
“I was going through your reports the other day from boredom, and I saw
six complaints that had to deal with the Doctor,” Janeway chuckled,
“usually there’s only one or two.” She shook her head as they boarded the
turbolift.
“You know, you’re not supposed to go past here,” Chakotay chided,
“Bridge.” The lift started.
“Do you know how long it’s been since I’ve been on the bridge?” Janeway
whined playfully.
“How long?” Chakotay asked, though he knew.
“Six days,” Janeway said.
“Six days? My gods! How horrible! This has to stop!” Chakotay said with
light sarcasm. Janeway hit his arm.
“Not funny.” Then, a thoughtful looks, “can I at least take a peek?”
“I don’t think that could hurt,” decided Chakotay. The lift stopped, and
the doors opened onto the Bridge. “But you can’t leave the lift.”
“Yes sir,” Janeway was sarcastic. She leaned out of the lift. Chakotay
exited, and Janeway held the door open. Paris, down at the helm, turned
in time to see her. Janeway caught his grin and nodded at him before
releasing the turbolift door to shut.

“How are you feeling this morning Captain?” the Doctor greeted her as she
went into Sickbay. He was giving a brunette Lieutenant from Engineering
an injection.
“Pretty good,” Janeway admitted to him.
“You’re done Mr. Castle,” the Doctor said. The young man hopped off the
bed. Janeway nodded to him as he passed by.
“Pretty good, hmm?” the Doctor put his instruments away. He motioned to
the bed. “Have a seat.”
“Good morning Captain,” Kes called as she came out of the office.
“Good morning Kes,” Janeway said, sitting up on the biobed.
“Kes, could you put it in the record that Lt. Castle had his check up
today?” the Doctor fiddled with the readouts on the medical tricorder.
“Right away.” The Doctor turned back to Janeway.
“So Captain, how long have you been feeling ‘pretty good’?”
“Since I woke up.”
“No headaches, side aches, backaches, stomachaches or anything else of
the sort?”
“Surprisingly, no, nothing.”
“Good,” said the Doctor, “I told you the nausea wouldn’t last too much
longer. I can’t say the same about the other aches though, those usually
just get worse.”
“Great,” Janeway said sarcastically, “as long as I can eat without
worrying about what it will look like in a few hours…”
“You’re still off duty for the next ten days,” the Doctor said. Janeway
sighed. “After that you can more than likely return to duty for about the
next four months, unless other problems arise. I’ll see after four months
whether or not you are still fit for duty.” Janeway nodded.
“Sounds pretty good to me Doc,” Janeway relented, “how does everything
look?”
“Good,” reported the Doctor, “scans are showing normal cell reproduction
levels, normal blood pressure levels, everything looks good.” Janeway
cringed internally when she realized that she would eventually have to
tell the Doctor about the child’s parentage. But not now. There was not
a big hurry. Still almost six months.
“I recommend that you resume normal eating habits tomorrow, after we make
sure that it’s safe to be eating again.”
“Determine ‘normal’ Doctor,” Janeway quipped. The Doctor smirked at the
comment.
“You do a have a point,” he said, “nevertheless, I assume you understand
what I mean.”
“Of course, Doctor,” Janeway slapped the side of the biobed lightly, “so
am I free to go?”
“Yes,” said the Doctor, “come back tomorrow sometime and I’ll do a follow
up on your morning sickness.
“Thank you Doctor,” Janeway made the short jump down off the bed.

END PART TWO

Disclaimer: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Three

“Ah, good to see you this fine morning, Captain!” Neelix was overly
bright as he handed a tray to a blond lieutenant from the Science
department. Janeway watched her cross the room to sit at a table with Lt.
Castle and several other woman.
“Good morning Neelix,” Janeway leaned on the counter, nodded back to the
table.
“Mr. Castle seems to be very popular,” she noted. Neelix chuckled,
rounding the counter.
“Well, it depends how look at it,” he said, “can I get you anything this
morning?”
“Actually, I’m not very hungry, but Commander Chakotay missed breakfast
today,” Janeway told him, “could you get something for him?” Neelix
nodded, going back around the counter, and continued back into the kitchen
to find a cover for a dish. He nodded back over to the table as he ladled
something into a dish.
“Lt. Castle and his table mates have known each other since they were in
the Academy,” called Neelix.
“But isn’t crewman Bathas a former Maquis?” Janeway watched the four
women take turns bopping Lt. Castle over the head. A fifth woman, leaving
her seat from the next table with Paris, moved to join the others.
“Mm, yes I think so,” said Neelix. He set the breakfast dish onto the
counter top, “and so is Lt. Castle, I believe. Those six are the noisiest
bunch we get in the mornings. But they never cause trouble.” Neelix
chuckled.
“What’s so funny?” Janeway asked.
“It just occurred to me that Lt. Castle has a hormone level close to that
of Tom Paris,” Neelix remarked, grinning. Janeway laughed, picking up the
dish.
“Have a nice day Neelix.”

Janeway rested the dish carefully on one knee as she slapped her
commbadge. She repositioned the dish.
“Janeway to Chakotay,” she paused before reaching the turbolift.
“Chakotay here,” he said over the link.
“Are you busy?”
“No, I’m just reading some reports in my office.”
“Do you mind if I bring you some breakfast?” Janeway smiled at Chakotay’s
chuckle.
“I did miss breakfast this morning, didn’t I?” he said, “sure, you can
bring it up.”
A few minutes later, Janeway set the dish on Chakotay’s desk, and flopped
onto the couch. It was one of those rare ones that wasn’t either bolted
down to the floor or built into the wall. Recently it had been relocated
closer to the desk.
“Any idea what this is?” Chakotay asked.
“Not at all,” sniffed Janeway, “and I didn’t take the chance of sampling
it either. I was too busy talking to Neelix to think about asking.” She
grinned as Chakotay sampled the strange looking purple liquid. He
flinched slightly at the taste.
“Not bad,” he reported, “very purplish. A bit tart. I hope Neelix isn’t
trying to put the crew on a liquid diet.” Chakotay set the spoon down to
pick up the roll that also rested on the dish.
“If its better than what he feed us on the solid side, I wouldn’t be
complaining,” Janeway sat up a little.
“Did you drop by Sickbay?” Chakotay asked, braving the purple frontier
again.
“Yes, and he said everything looks good.” Her gaze shifted uncomfortably
for a moment.
“When do you plan to tell him?” Chakotay asked.
“Tell who?” Janeway looked at him.
“The Doctor,” he said. Janeway shrugged.
“Eventually,” she sighed. Chakotay tapped his spoon on the edge of the
dish.
“Where do you want to meet Q at?” he asked.
“I’d rather be someplace where I don’t feel quite as vulnerable,” Janeway
said, “I would prefer to be in my ready room.”
“Don’t you think the Doc won’t like that?” Chakotay smiled. Janeway sat
up, crossing her arms.
“Personally I think this had went past the Doctor’s responsibility.”
Chakotay set the cover back on the dish.
“True,” said Chakotay, “there’s not much he can do in this.” The
commbadge on Chakotay’s chest gave a chirp.
“Tuvok to Commander Chakotay,” Tuvok’s voice came over the line. Janeway
patted Chakotay’s hand, rising.
“I’ll being going,” she said, picking up the breakfast dish. Chakotay
nodded, slapping his commbadge.
“Yes, Tuvok?” he watched Janeway move with a tired grace, slipping
silently out of Chakotay’s officer.
“You’re needed on the Bridge.”

Janeway returned the breakfast dish to the mess hall. As she walked down
the corridor to the turbolift, she had the odd sensation of being
followed. She stopped, turning slowly. Other than Ensign Smith and Lt.
Thomas leaving the mess hall, the corridor was empty. Janeway slowly
continued down the hall, and the feeling passed.
She keyed the door to her quarters, and entered the darkened sitting
room. Still feeling a bit paranoid, Janeway stood stock still, listening.
She strained to hear anything. For some odd reason, fear coursed through
her like bad coffee.
So when a hand clamped over her mouth, and around her waist, she nearly
passed out. Janeway didn’t squirm, she was too tense.
“Jeez, Kathy, you’re as tense a rabbit,” Q’s voice rasped into her ear.
Janeway felt the blood drain out of her face. She swallowed, her breath
snorting onto Q’s cool hand. She growled something into Q’s hand.
“What was that?” he pulled his hand away, placing his arm across her
shoulders.
“What are you doing here?” Janeway hissed.
Q pulled her closer to him.
“I’m here for your answer,” Q murmured into her hair. It was just as
Janeway had not wanted it. Q was at a definite advantage, and she hated
the feeling of powerlessness. Janeway chose her one option, and remained
silent. Q sighed, and released his grip on her. She stepped away,
crossing her arms over her chest. She did not turn to face Q. He sighed
again, and came around to look at her face. Janeway had set her jaw, and
stared down the sides of her nose to the floor.
“Kathy…”
“Don’t call me that,” Janeway snapped involuntarily, her head jerking up,
glaring at him. Her arms uncrossed, pulled straight, her hands balled
into tight fists at her sides. It was a pitiful stance when compared to
Q’s loose ever present arrogance. But it was a force not to be reckoned
with, any mortal could tell that. However, Q was different. Although he
was being as serious as immortally possible, the arrogance was still
there, causing the disgust Janeway felt churning in her stomach. Q
sighed, seemed unsure as to what to do with his hands. Janeway raised a
hand to activate her commbadge, but Q grabbed it.
“No, don’t,” Q said, “this has to be your decision, not his.” Janeway’s
eyes narrowed.
“First of all,” her voice was a low rasp, “you have little right to say
who I can discuss this with. Second of all, as his father, Chakotay needs
to be included in this decision.”
Q looked quietly at her, “what else?”
“Thirdly,” Janeway said, pulling her hand free to reball the fist,
“Chakotay and I have discussed this, and *we* came to a decision.”
“Then you don’t really need him here.” Janeway sighed in frustration.
“I would rather have him here, he needs to be included in this.” Q gave
her a dull look.
“Fine,” he crossed his arms and turned his head away, “I assume you’d
like to reschedule this little meeting? So you can include Commander
Chuckles in it?” Q ignored the scowl from Janeway.
“Yes, I would prefer to have this discussion later,” she said,
“*Chakotay* and I had planned on talking to you about this during lunch.”
“Very well,” Q looked back at her from the corner of his eye, “does 1300
hrs sound good to you?” Janeway nodded silently. Q was gone in a flash,
and Janeway settled tiredly onto the couch, before somehow falling asleep.

Chakotay and Janeway sat in her ready room, eating their lunches. It was
nearly 1300 hrs, and Janeway picked nervously at her food. She had just
finished telling Chakotay about her visit from Q earlier in the day. They
both were quiet now, Chakotay mulling over Q’s brash behavior. Finally he
set his bowl down, and leaned back in his chair. Janeway continued to
quietly eat her lunch, now glancing over a report she had found.
“Have you thought about what you’re going to say to Q?” Chakotay asked.
Janeway looked up.
“Yes, and I’ve tried to arrange my thoughts. I think I’m going to be as
straightforward about this as possible.”
“I know you’re not looking forward to doing this.”
“Damn right,” said Janeway, setting the padd down, “I don’t think I’ve
been this nervous in 20 years.”
“When?” Chakotay asked.
“My first interview with Tom’s father,” she smiled softly to herself,
“but that was better than this, definitely. I ‘m dreading this, I’m not
sure why, but I am.” Chakotay took her hand and squeezed it. He let it
go as the alarm on the chronometer chimed. Q arrived in a flash of blue
light. His hands were laced behind his back, a somber expression on his
face. Or at least, somber for a Q, a touch of humor still glinted in his
eyes. Chakotay could feel Janeway tense next to him. He put a hand on
her arm. She swallowed hard, and stood slowly. There was an
uncomfortable silence.
Q cleared his throat, “so, have you come to your decision, Kathryn?”
“Yes Q, yes I have,” Janeway motioned toward the extra chair in the room,
and returned to her own seat.
“And?”
“I have decided that I will carry this child.” Q smiled.
“That’s wonderful,” he saw Janeway’s pursed lips. “There’s a catch,
isn’t there?”
“There’s always a catch, Q,” said Janeway, “I’ve learned that from you.”
“Well, what’s the catch?” Q leaned forward.
“After I have the baby, I want you to take it to the Continuum, and raise
it. Yourself. And, I want you to leave Chakotay and I alone, to stay out
of our lives from then on.”
“I see,” said Q, “you… don’t want any connection to the child, is that
it?”
“Basically, yes,” sighed Janeway, “Q you’ve made this very difficult for
me. But, you’ll be getting what you want.”
“And what about you? Won’t people be a bit suspicious if one day you’re
pregnant, the next day you have your baby, and the next it’s gone?” Q
asked her. Chakotay finally spoke up.
“That’s why we’ve come up with a plan.” Q raised an eyebrow.
“A plan, eh? This could be interesting.”

The months passed. Five, in total. Janeway, now relieved of duty again,
was in the mess hall kitchen. She peered into a simmering pot. Neelix
came back in from the other room.
“Ah, Captain! Seeing what’s for lunch?” he rummaged through a cabinet.
“Checking to see if it’s safe for pregnant women to eat,” Janeway
murmured. Plural because she wasn’t the only woman with child these
days.
“I’ve made something special for you and Ensign Pandelin.”
“What about Torres?” Janeway asked, put the cover back on the pot.
Neelix shook his head.
“I’m afraid she’s still too nauseous to eat, last I heard,” he said.
Janeway chuckled, going to the next pot. “I know how she feels.”
“Yes, it was such a relief when you started eating again,” Neelix
burbled, “Ensign Wildman was saying the other day that it will be so
wonderful with all these babies coming along, little Rosie will have some
other children to play with.” Janeway’s back was turned, so Neelix didn’t
see the frown that crossed her face.
“Yes, Neelix, it will be nice,” came the strained reply after she found
her voice.
“Four new little babies, my, my,” remarked Neelix, “and poor B’Elanna,
having to carry twins.”
“I think she’s up to the challenge.”
“I just hope Harry’s up to the challenge of dealing with a pregnant
B’Elanna,” Neelix chuckled.
“So, what *is* for lunch?” Janeway asked, wincing under the bitter odor
from one pan.
Not that, Captain, it was to simmer for another five hours, that’s for
dinner,” Neelix said. After seeing her look of distaste, he added, “don’t
worry, once its simmered it won’t be so bitter.”
“I hope so,” Janeway said under her breath.
“For you and Pandelin, and Torres if she feels like it, I tried out a new
recipe that I thought turned out good. I wanted you three to have first
try.”
New recipe?” Janeway said doubtfully.
“Yes, its a version of nakantu berries with maraktua sauce,” Neelix
seemed overly proud of his creation, “I pureed it, and mixed it with some
of the extra fowl from last night, and voila, we have sweet and sour
plakuna.” Janeway took what he said at face value.
“Sounds good.”
“Oh it is,” Neelix opened another pot and spooned something lumpy and
grey green into a bowl.
“I’ll take some down to Pandelin, she’s finish up some systems checks in
Engineering,” offered Janeway.
“That’s a good idea,” said Neelix, “I’ll put some for her to go.”
“Make some up for Torres and me too,” said Janeway, “I think I’ll bring
her some down too, see if she’s hungry.”
“I’m surprised she’s supervising the systems check in her condition,”
Neelix searched for a few more bowls.
“It’s her job,” Janeway shrugged, “and anyhow, its her typical way, too
sick to eat but not enough to not work.” Neelix chuckled again, fitting
the covers on the bowls. Lunch delivery had become a habit for Janeway,
as she was off duty, but still wanted to roam the ship. She set the bowls
and their utensils into a satchel.
“Thanks, Neelix,” Janeway called as she left the kitchen.
“Enjoy your lunch,” Neelix called after her.

“Mm, I smell something halfway edible,” Ensign Pandelin’s head popped out
from under an access panel. Her dark brown hair was dappled with blue
goo.
“I’m sure just about anything smells good compared to Engineering right
now.” Janeway pulled a chair next to Pandelin’s, and opened the satchel.
Pandelin wiped her hands off.
“We had a leak in one of the bioneural gel packs,” she explained, pulling
herself up into her chair. She sniffed at the bowl Janeway handed her.
“What is this stuff?”
“Sweet and sour plakuna,” Janeway said, finding a fork.
“Tastes okay,” Pandelin took a careful taste.
“Have you seen Torres?” Janeway asked.
“Um, yeah, she’s up on the next level working the conduits.”
“The conduits?”
“Yeah, when the gel pack ruptured, we traced the problem back to a
conduit intrasctructure failure,” Pandelin motioned with her fork, “its
pretty messy up there.” Janeway was standing again.
“I’m going to go see how she’s doing,” she said. Janeway took the lift
to the next level.

“I need a shower,” complained Torres, “there is only one thing in the
world that I want right now, and that is a shower.” B’Elanna Torres was
covered in thick green goo that oozed from a conduit that she sat next
to.
“I agree,” smiled Janeway, sitting on a clean patch of floor a few feet
away, “you look like a swamp monster.”
“I hate cooling gel for one reason, and this is it,” Torres ran a hand
through her hair, could you pass me that towel?” Janeway tossed a towel
from several that were piled on a console.
“Thank you,” Torres took the towel, “so you said brought lunch?”
“Yep,” Janeway watched Torres attempt to clean herself and the side of
the conduit off.
“Is it edible? I’m curious to see what challenges my stomach is willing
to face after surviving in this goo all morning,” Torres tossed the towel
in disgust.
“I think so, Pandelin tried some and it hasn’t killed her yet,” Janeway
smirked.
“Where is it?” Torres asked.
“In the bottom level, over where Pandelin in working,” Janeway said. She
shifted, “um, could you help me up?” Torres pulled Janeway to her feet.
“Do you wanna take the lift down?” Torres asked.
“Yes, thanks, I afraid I’m not cut out for climbing right now,” Janeway
smiled in apology.
“Don’t be sorry,” said Torres with a laugh, “I’m going to be getting a
lot of usage out of the lift in a few months.”
“Mr. Neelix told me you’re still nauseous at lunch time,” grinned
Janeway, “now why do I get the feeling…”
“Actually, I get over it pretty fast, I’ve just been using that excuse to
avoid having to eat some of Neelix’s more…”
“Colorful creations?” Janeway suggested.
“Exactly,” said Torres, “I walked in there a few days ago, and whatever
it was, it was neon blue and red. A bit much even for me.”
“Thank the gods for replicators, eh?”
“My thoughts exactly.” They stepped onto the lift. “Engineering level
two.”
“You know, the men would probably call us weak for using the lift to get
everywhere.” The lift stopped, and they got off.
“I’ll show them weak,” Torres snorted, pointing at Pandelin, who had
finished eating and was taking a nap. She noted the empty bowl, “whatever
Neelix whipped up must be good, Stacey’s got to be one of the most finicky
eaters on this ship.” Janeway hoisted the satchel off the floor and sat
down, while Torres found a seat.
“Have you given any thought to a name?” Torres asked as she sat down.
“A name?”
“For the baby.”
“Actually, Chakotay and I haven’t given it a lot of thought,” Janeway
admitted.
“That’s odd,” Torres took her bowl, “I would have thought Chakotay would
be thinking about it a lot.”
“I’m sure that he has thought about it,” Janeway sighed, “its just that
we haven’t discussed it together much.”
“I see.” Torres nodded. Janeway wasn’t quite sure whether Torres talking
about the baby or the lunch bowl she was peering into. Torres looked up,
clearing her throat. “So, the Doctor said the baby is a boy?”
“Yep,” said Janeway, smiling softly, “did you find out what sex the twins
are?” A rueful smile twisted B’Elanna’s features.
“Girls,” she reported. Janeway chuckled.
“How did Harry take the news?”
“About me being pregnant or about the twins, or about them being girls?”
Torres laughed loudly, Janeway joining in. Pandelin snorted from where her
head rested on a computer panel. Still sniffling a giggle, Torres
answered all three questions. “Well, he took everything pretty well.
After he got over the initial shock he was really excited. He made some
silly quip about becoming a father twice at one time, and when I told him
they were girls, he said that he hoped the looked like me.” They were
laughing again.
“Men can say such silly things,” Janeway sighed.
“Especially when it comes to children,” said Torres. Janeway grew quiet.
“Are you okay?” Janeway flinched, looking up, then at her hand that
tightly clutched the arm of the chair. She let go, shaking her head.
“No, I’m fine.” Torres sighed in relief.
“Good, for a moment there I thought you were having a contraction or
something,” she said. Janeway was still shaking her head.
“No, but you’re right, I have to be careful this close to my due date,”
she agreed quietly. Janeway looked at a nearby chronometer, “I need to be
going, I’m supposed to be meeting Chakotay in a few minutes.”
“I’ll take the dishes back for you if you’re in a hurry,” Torres offered.
Janeway stood up stiffly, “Yes, thank you.”

In the turbolift heading for the senior decks, Janeway leaned against the
round wall of the lift. She groaned, nearly bent over, hand clenching the
railing on the wall. The pain was horrible now. Torres’s guess hadn’t
been that far off. She moved to sit on the floor, leaning against the
wall. Her face creased with pain as she activated her commbadge.
“Janeway to Chakotay…” she rasped.
“Kathryn? Are you all right?” Chakotay was almost off the bridge. Over
the link he heard Janeway moan. He pivoted quickly.
“Tuvok, locate the Captain.”
“She is in turbolift three, headed for the senior deck,” Tuvok reported.
“Get the Doctor up there,” Chakotay said, nearly running off the Bridge.
Kathryn was crumpled on the floor of the turbolift, panting. Chakotay
was two steps behind the Doctor.
“Her water’s broke, she’s going into labor,” the Doctor said. Chakotay
lifted her off the floor as the Doctor called for an emergency transport.
He set her on the biobed, where Kes was waiting in Sickbay.

“I really hate you right now,” groaned Janeway, a few minutes later. She
was bathed in sweat, panting, her eyes half closed.
“How long until the next contraction?” asked Chakotay. The Doctor
checked.
“A little over a minute,” he said. Janeway moaned again, “okay make that
less that a minute.”
Chakotay’s commbadge chirped, “Tuvok to the Commander, you are needed on
the bridge.”
“Is this urgent Tuvok?” Chakotay asked. The ship shook lightly.
“Yes, Commander, it is.” Chakotay looked from the Captain to the doors
as the ship shook again. He quickly squeezed Janeway’s hand.
“I’ll be back as soon as possible,” he said to her.
“Uh huh-” her response was cut off by another moan.
“I’m on my way Tuvok.” Chakotay started for the doors.

The ship shook again as Chakotay entered the Bridge.
“What’s the problem?” he barked.
“We have come into contact with an odd spacial entity,” Tuvok reported,
motioning toward the viewscreen which was filled. A swirling blue
maelstrom filled the screen.
“Hail it,” Chakotay ordered.
“Sir?” Kim’s confused response.
“I said hail the damn thing.”
“Aye sir,” said Kim, “hailing on all frequencies.” A perplexed look
crossed his face, “sir I’m reading that the entity is receiving our hail,
but its not responding.” Chakotay nodded.
“Prepare to send a message.”
“Ready.” Chakotay turned.
“This is Commander Chakotay of the Federation Starship Voyager, please
stop your attacks on this ship. I repeat stop your attacks on this ship,”
he waved for Kim to end transmission, “did they get that?”
“Yes,” affirmed Kim, “they heard it.”
“Sir, the entity appears to be withdrawing,” announced Tuvok.
“I’ll be in Sickbay,” Chakotay started for the door, “I want a report on
that entity by tomorrow morning.”
“Aye sir.”

A few hours later, Janeway was resting in Sickbay, while the Doctor ran
tests on the baby. Chakotay hovered about, looking around a bit
nervously.
“Commander, would you like someplace to sit?” Kes asked.
“Um, sure,” Chakotay said. Kes led him over to a chair.
“You look tired, maybe you should get some rest too?” Kes looked at him.
“Maybe,” Chakotay grinned wryly, “how’s the baby look?”
“He looks good,” said Kes, “even though he’s a few days early,
everything…” she drifted off as a strange shrieking filled the room.
The ship began to shake, and a console on the other side of Sickbay
exploded. The ship bucked underneath their feet, and everyone was thrown.
A scream was the last thing Chakotay heard before his body slammed to the
floor.

The red alert siren woke Chakotay. He groggily lifted his head. His
shoulder hurt. Kes was unconscious nearby, and the Doctor stood in the
middle of Sickbay, stiff as could be. He stood carefully.
“Computer, reinitialize the medical program,” Chakotay said. The Doctor
blinked several times.
“What happened?” he asked, looking around. Chakotay was placing Kes on a
biobed. Chakotay ignored the Doctor, turning to look for Janeway, who had
disappeared.
He found her in the Doctor’s officer, knees tucked up as best she could
manage, leaning against the wall. She was crying, her breath coming in
short gasps. He sat down next to her when he realized she wasn’t acting,
and Chakotay pulled Janeway into his arms.
“Why did it have to be this way?” she sobbed into his chest, her own
chest heaving. He didn’t what to say, so he whispered quiet assurances,
and stroked her hair softly.
“You knew this was going to happen,” Chakotay said after she had quieted.
“But I didn’t expect to feel this way about it,” Janeway lifted her face
from Chakotay’s soaked uniform front.
“Oh, good, you found her,” The Doctor appeared at the doorway, “Captain,
your baby…”
“I know,” Janeway said, “I know he’s gone.” The Doctor nodded somberly.
“I’m afraid so.” He helped them to their feet. “I’m not sure what
happened.” The Doctor led Janeway back to a biobed.
“Bridge to Commander Chakotay,” Tuvok’s voice came over Chakotay’s
commbadge, “we are having a few problems.”
“What the hell just happened?” Chakotay asked, helping Janeway lie back
on the bed.
“The spacial entity we encountered earlier returned, and continued its
attack on us. At one point, our aft shields failed, and the ship was hit
with a focused energy beam. Several power relays were blown out. We
detected an explosion in Sickbay. Is everyone alright?”
“Well, yes, but the Captain’s baby disappeared,” Chakotay said.
“When did this occur?”
“Shortly after the power relay blew.”
“I am truly sorry,” Tuvok said, “give my condolences to the Captain.”
“She heard you.” Janeway lay on the biobed, her eyes closed, but he knew
she wasn’t asleep. “Where is the spacial entity now?”
“It had disappeared completely from our sensors,” Tuvok confirmed.
Chakotay sighed.
“Am I needed on the bridge right now?”
“No Commander,” Tuvok almost sounded pitying.
“I’ll be here in Sickbay.”
“Yes, sir.”

A while later, Kathryn woke. She was briefly confused, before realizing
that she was in her quarters. The bed creaked as someone sat down on it,
then Chakotay leaned over her. He smiled down grimly at her.
“How do you feel?” he asked softly.
“I hurt,” Kathryn said. Chakotay nodded.
“The Doctor said the painkillers should be wearing off soon.” He was
holding a hypospray.
Kathryn sat up a bit, “I don’t see why I should still hurt.”
“You shouldn’t, but apparently you got a little bumped up when…”
Chakotay looked down at the hypospray.
“I see,” Kathryn rubbed her wrist, “Q wasn’t supposed to be so rough on
me.” Chakotay shrugged.
“I know, but, Q is Q,” he said, “I suppose he wanted to put on a show.”
“Pig,” Kathryn grumbled to herself. She fell back onto the bed, “I knew
I shouldn’t have expected this to be easy.” Chakotay help up the
hypospray.
“May I?”
“Go ahead,” Kathryn nodded. “Does the crew know yet?” She flinched a bit
at the sting of the spray.
“I don’t think so,” Chakotay said, “at least not about Q’s involvement.
I’m sure that it won’t be long until the crew knows that he’s gone
though.”
“Chakotay, we never even got a chance to name our own son!” Janeway
cried, her voice cracking, “its not fair.”
“I know.” Janeway sighed, her eyes beginning to close.
Janeway’s command voice slipped through her groggy haze. “Chakotay, what
was in that hypospray?” she asked. Chakotay grinned wryly.
“A little of this, a little of that.”
“A painkiller and a sedative.”
“Damn,” Janeway swore, her eyes closing. Chakotay waited quietly until
her breathing slowed and evened out, then went down to the bridge.

END PART THREE

Disclaimer: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Four

Janeway was reluctant to show her face to the crew two days later in the
mess hall. She doubted she could face listening to pity from 140 people.
Janeway knew that eventually she would either break down into tears or
burst out laughing and admit that… Admit what? She wondered to herself.
The whole thing was so difficult to even think about, let alone explain.
So, she ended up sitting in the mess hall, at her regular table, back to
the crowd. After about fifteen minutes, Janeway felt a slight pressure on
her shoulder.
“May I sit with you?” Torres asked. Janeway nodded, and Torres sat down
carefully, across the table.
“Did you get enough food?” Janeway asked.
“I’m hungry,” Torres said with a shrug, “so, how are you this morning?”
“Good,” Janeway stared down at her plate.
“Is it okay to be talking about this?” Torres asked, shifting
uncomfortably. Janeway looked up, giving a reassuring smile.
“Of course,” she said. “You’re really the first person not to barge
their way into the subject. What do you want to talk about?” Torres bit
her lip.
“I feel a bit ashamed of myself for making accusations like this,” she
said after a moment, “but I was checking sensors and going back over the
logs…. and I noticed a few strange readings. They were identical to the
energy readings the occurred when Q took you off the ship some time last
year.” Torres looked down ashamedly for a moment. When she looked again,
Janeway had paled noticeably.
“B’Elanna…”
“I didn’t tell anyone,” Torres said quickly, “I didn’t want to start a
bad rumor mill.” Janeway nodded, swallowing.
“Torres, this isn’t something to be discussed in the mess hall.”
“I understand.”
“Meet me in my ready room at 1500 hrs,” Janeway instructed.

Kathryn Janeway paced her ready room like a caged animal. She had only a
few minutes until Torres was supposed to arrive. She wasn’t sure just
what to say. Mainly because she knew B’Elanna would tell Harry, and he
would have it pried out of him by Tom. Paris would tell someone else and
it would spread like wildfire around the shp. She would have to cut the
rumor mill off at its source.
The door chimed, and Janeway summoned Torres to enter. Her chief
engineer seemed even more nervous than Janeway currently felt. Janeway
leaned on the edge of her desk. Torres sat in the chair that was
offered.
“So Torres, how are you?” Janeway asked. Torres released the breathe she
had been holding in.
“Pretty good.” Janeway decided to get to the point.
“So, B’Elanna, you want to know what Q had to do with all this.”
“More or less,” Torres said cautiously. She felt like she was stepping
into a dark lion’s den.
“Well…” Janeway tried to find the best place to begin. “Do you
remember last year when we saw those supernovas, and the Q’s appeared on
the ship?”
“Yes..”
“Well, do you remember when I was taken to the continuum?”
“Yes.”
“Well, after I was returned to Voyager, that night…” Janeway stopped.
“That was Q’s baby?” Torres said, nearly rising out of her seat.
“No, B’Elanna, it wasn’t,” Janeway assured her.
“It was Chakotay’s?”
“Yes, Chakotay was the father,” Janeway reassured, “but Q…”
“What did he do?” Torres asked, her voice nearly a whisper.
“Q… altered… Chakotay’s reproductive genetic structure.”
“Huh?” Torres looked confused, “how?”
Janeway shrugged, “he’s Q, he just… did.”
“And you still kept the baby?”
“Yes,” Janeway said, “no matter what Q did to it, it was still our
child.”
“I see, I guess,” Torres nodded slightly, “but.. why?”
“Q wanted to mate with me,” Janeway explained, “but I refused. But I
also told him that I knew he would find another way to end the war in the
continuum.”
“And he found one.” Janeway nodded.
“It actually was a difficult decision to make,” she admitted, “I didn’t
know quite what to do. Finally, Chakotay and I decided that I would have
the child, but we wouldn’t keep it. After the child was born, Q would
take it to be raised in the Continuum.”
“You disowned it.”
“No,” Janeway objected, “I still wanted my son. But it was the best
thing to do. We were also faced with explaining everything to the crew.”
“So you found a way around that,” Torres said thoughtfully. Janeway
nodded slowly.
“We did.”. Then she stood, and took a hesitant step toward Torres.
“B’Elanna, its important that you not tell anyone about this.”
“I have to tell Harry, he knows about the energy readings.”
“I figured that would be the case,” Janeway said. “You can tell him, but
no one else. The same goes for Harry. And since I know Tom will pry it
out of him, tell Harry to tell Paris that if he feels the urge to talk to
someone about this, that he can come to me.” Torres nodded.
“I’ll tell him that,” she promised.
“Anything else?” Torres shook her head. “Alright then, you’re free to
go.” Torres rose from her seat. As she reached the door, she paused.
“Captain?” Torres said, “may I ask you something?”
“Go ahead.”
“Do you love Chakotay?”
“Yes Torres,” Janeway said after a moment, “Yes, I do.” Torres nodded
slowly again, then turned and went through the parted doors.
Janeway sighed, and went around her desk, collapsing into her chair. She
rubbed the back of her neck. She wasn’t officially on duty again until
tomorrow morning, but she was no longer banned from the Bridge. The door
chimed again, and before Janeway could answer, Chakotay entered.
Janeway gave him a hazy smiled. She rounded the desk and let herself be
embraced by Chakotay.
After a moment he said, “so, are you feeling ready to return to duty?”
“I think so,” she said.
“So I see you told Torres about Q?” he asked.
“Yes,” Janeway disentangled herself, “you know Chakotay, B’Elanna asked
me something that struck me as a bit odd for her to be asking.”
“What did she ask?” Chakotay wondered. Janeway paused, staring at him.
“She asked me if I love you,” Janeway said softly.
“What did you tell her?”
“I told her yes,” Janeway smiled up at him. Chakotay returned her grin.
It was always good to be reassured of these things.
“Well, that’s good, because I have another question for you.”
“What’s that?”
“Will you marry me?”

Janeway slapped her alarm clock into silence. She shoved the sleeping
form next to her.
“Come on, wake up, it’s your turn this morning,” Janeway said.
“Oh, who came up with this stupid idea anyway?” Chakotay growled into the
pillow.
“I think you did,” Janeway was already standing, and pulling her robe on.
“Why did you let me talk you into it? I hate having to take the shower
first,” Chakotay sat up, rubbing his neck.
“Well, I’ll replicate breakfast while you’re in the shower,” Janeway
said, “if you used the sonic shower it wouldn’t take so long.” Chakotay
grunted and went off to take a shower. She heard the water running a few
minutes later and smiled to herself. She made sure Chakotay had a uniform
to change into, then went to replicate breakfast.
“Janeway6,” she told the replicator, then retrieved the plate. She set
it on the table and returned to the replicator.
“Oh, breakfast? Kathy you really shouldn’t have,” an arrogant voice
said, startling Janeway. It took her a moment to regain her composure.
She turned slowly to find that Q wasn’t alone. Another man, not quite as
tall as Q, but who equally exuded the same annoying energy as him, stood
cross-armed next to Q.
“Q,” Janeway held back a sigh, “what do you want?”
“Nothing actually.” The other man spoke.
“I didn’t expect her to be this bitter,” he said.
“Excuse me?” Janeway’s hands automatically went to her hips in her
defiant how-dare-you-you-little-pig stance.
“Um, Kathy,” Q moved to stand between them, “I would like you to meet
Sage. Sage, meet Kathryn Janeway.”
“Nice to meet you,” Sage sounded a bit condescending.
“I’m sure,” Janeway said, “Q, might I ask again as to why you are here?”
“Why, to introduce you to your son, of course!” Q said, a bit too cheery.
Janeway didn’t flinch, as if she had been expecting this. Her eyes
darted to Sage.
“Interesting name,” she smiled a bit, her arms falling from her sides.
“Short for Sagittarius,” Sage added. Janeway heard the water in the
bathroom shut off, and raised a hand.
“If you’ll excuse me for a minute.” Q and Sage looked at one another,
then nodded. Janeway quickly ran to the bathroom, and nearly pulled the
door shut. She pressed her back against the door and keyed the lock, even
though it matter little.
“What’s wrong?” Chakotay asked, a bit surprised. Janeway had the frantic
look of a deer caught in the headlights. She swallowed a few times and
her breathing slowed. Janeway closed her eyes and leaned her head in the
door.
“He’s here,” she said softly. Chakotay was confused as to what would get
his wife so worked up.
“Who? Who’s here?” he asked. He wiggled into his uniform bottom.
“Our son,” she whispered.
“What?!” Chakotay nearly yelled.
“He’s here,” Janeway repeated, “Q brought him. And Chakotay, he’s…
old.”
“Old?”
“Well, not old, but he’s not a little one year old baby like he should
be,” she said, “I mean, he looks like a teenager or something.” Chakotay
shook his head as he pulled his jacket on.
“Let me guess,” he said, “he wants to meet me.”
“I’m not sure he knows you’re here.”
“Well, I rather you not be out there with them alone again.”
“Don’t you trust me?” Janeway half smiled.
“I don’t trust them,” Chakotay said as he keyed the lock. The door
opened, and Janeway, somewhat timidly, led Chakotay out into the sitting
room. As they went, Chakotay leaned over and whispered into Janeway’s
ear.
“How can you be so sure that it is our son?” he asked. Janeway shook her
head.
“I’m not.”
Q and Sage turned as the couple entered the sitting room.
“Who’s he?” Sage scowled suspiciously.
“This,” Janeway made a somewhat protective motion in Chakotay’s
direction, “is my husband, Chakotay.” Sage looked thoughtful for a
moment, then nodded. Q said something quietly to Sage, who’s eyes widened
as he glanced at Chakotay. Then he nodded again.
“I knew that,” Sage said, “I just didn’t recognize him.” Q sighed and
shook his head. Sage look from one half father to another and then to his
mother. He smiled.
“Do I have any other siblings?” Sage asked.
“No,” Chakotay squeaked. Sage smiled again, a bit sillily, at his half
father’s discomfort.
“It has only been a year,” Janeway said.
“Oh, yes, I forgot, different time lines,” Sage chuckled.
“How old are you, Sage?” Janeway asked.
“22,” Sage replied.
“It’s just a bit confusing,” Q apologized, “you see, while you’ve
progressed one year on this time line, I’ve been lugging this kid around
for twenty-two years.”
“I didn’t realize,” Janeway said. Her emotions were mixed, torn between
suspicion and elation, even thought she had before said she never wanted
to see Q or her son again. Q was obviously trying to lighten a tense
situation. It was beginning to work, she supposed.
“Well, Kathryn, um,” Q turned to Sage, “could you excuse us? Come back
in a minute.”
“Sure thing,” Sage snapped his fingers. In a flash, he was gone.
Janeway blinked in surprise. Q turned back to them.
“Kathryn, Chakotay, um, well, I know you said you did want Sage in your
life,” Q said, a bit uncomfortable, “but I need a break. I’ve been toting
him around for 22 years, and even though he’s still important to our
society…”
“You want us to keep him for a while,” Janeway said.
“A year.”
“A *year*?” Janeway lost her cool, “are you crazy?”
“Kathryn, if you two don’t want to do this, you don’t have to,” Q said,
“but he seemed to want to know more about human lifestyles, for some
reason. I don’t know why.”
Janeway looked at Chakotay. He nodded slightly, then made a cutting
motion.
“Okay,” Janeway said, “but for half a year.”
“A year.”
“Nine months.”
“Fine,” Q snapped his fingers, and a padd appeared in his hand. A
slightly frantic look appeared on his face, “you need to read this. There
are things, though a bit unsettling, that you *need* to know.” He pressed
the padd into’s Janeway’s hands.
“I’ll read it.”
“You might hide this for safety,” Q said, “he won’t be happy if he finds
it.” Janeway nodded, and tucked the padd into her robe.
What was she getting into? she wondered.

“So, Sage.” She slid the padd Q had given her under a pile of clothes in
her drawer. She had used the excuse of changing to hide the padd. Her
hand went over the surface of her dressing table next, and collected her
pips, before turning to her son. It was a bit difficult to think of Sage
as that, he was really just a stranger, claiming to be her son. She
needed some sort of proof. Maybe she could lure him down to Sickbay, and
find a way to do some sort of genetic scan. She wanted to trust him, her
aching heart told her to, so she would have to for the time being.
“Do you eat?” Janeway asked.
“Yes, of course.”
“Well, your popping in caused me to miss my breakfast,” Janeway pinned on
her commbadge. Chakotay had eaten the breakfast she had replicated. “And
I’m late for duty. But, if you’re hungry, I can take you down to the mess
hall.”
“I can make my own food.”
“I’m sure you can,” Janeway said, “but maybe you’d like to try some real
home cooking. Neelix’s food is very… interesting.”
“So I’ve heard,” Sage smiled. “Alright, you win. Maybe I need to be
mothered a little. By the way, what do you want me to call you?”
“Mother, or mom will do, but when I’m on duty, I am the Captain.”
“Alright,” Sage followed Janeway to the door, “what should I call
Chakotay?”
“Well, he’s your father, more rightfully so than Q, though Q is too.”
“I know about that.” He probably knew that she didn’t want him either.
So why was he still so strainingly nice? She’d have to find out later.
“I suppose you can call him whatever feels best, but call him Commander
when he’s on duty.”
“You don’t,” Sage smirked. Janeway sighed, what had Q been teaching him
all these years? How to push his mother’s buttons was probably high on
the list. She suddenly, for a brief moment, felt very old.
“That’s true,” she said, “but I’m the Captain, and I can call him
whatever I want.”
“Even ‘Mr. Studly First Officer’?” Sage asked, grinning. Janeway
wondered who he had heard that from.
“Yes, even that.” Sage looked thoughtful. For someone who had been
raised by a race of omniscient beings, he sure had a lot of questions.
“When did you get married?” He was like an over inquisitive child.
“Six months ago,” Janeway said, “how old were you six months ago?” There
was a hint of mockery in her voice, but Sage missed it.
“Nine,” he said, “I think six months ago I was visiting a colony in the
Alpha Quadrant.” They stepped onto a turbolift.
“Mess hall,” Janeway instructed, “what were you doing in the Alpha
Quadrant? I would have thought Q would have taken you someplace more
interesting.”
“Well, the Alpha Quadrant does have its interesting points, few as they
may be,” Sage said dryly, “but father said something about learning about
the people I was related to. Ancient humans were very strange.”
“I suppose,” Janeway said. She had met some.
“And then I had to read four months of Vulcan poetry.”
“A bit too dry for you?” Janeway smiled at Sage’s grimace.
“Simple words are complex within their simplicity,” Sage said, “and
Vulcans take the cake.”
“I have to agree.”
“I found human literature a bit too light,” Sage commented, “too much
dialog.”
“I always thought that the words make the story,” Janeway said.
“They do, but not when they’re coming out of some air head’s mouth.” The
turbolift stopped, and Janeway led the rest of the way down the hall. “So
where is Daddy-O right now?”
“Daddy-O? I assume you mean Chakotay,” said Janeway.
“Yep,” Sage eyed Neelix as they entered the mess hall.
“He’s on duty, like I should be,” Janeway noticed a few curious gazes
from people sitting at the tables. “He’s trying to find you some
quarters.” Sage nodded.
“Ah, good morning Captain,” Neelix burbled, “oh, have we a new
crewmember?”
“Um, yes,” Janeway heard Paris snicker across the room. “Neelix, this is
Sage. Sage, this is Neelix, our chief morale officer and ambassador.”
“I wish people would notify me when we get new crewmembers,” the Doctor’s
head appeared from behind a counter.
“Well, he hasn’t been here long,” Janeway said. The Doctor stood,
shaking his head.
“Well, bring him and his records down as soon as you can,” the Doctor
ordered, “I’ll be back in Sickbay as soon as I finish checking the health
guidelines here.”
“We’ll do that Doctor,” Janeway said. She and Sage took trays and she
led him to her regular table.
As she passed his table, Janeway set a hand on Paris’s shoulder.
“Shouldn’t you be on duty, Mr. Paris?” Janeway asked. He gave her a look
that said “shouldn’t you?”.
“I got the morning off.” Janeway just grunted, then sat down.
“So who was he?” asked Sage.
“Tom Paris, our pilot,” said Janeway. She forked her Triolein eggs.
“Why did Q name you Sagittarius?”
“I’m not sure,” Sage admitted, “I guess he just like the name.”
“I assumed he’d just give you a letter and be done with it,” sighed
Janeway, “I’m sorry he didn’t even bother asking what we wanted your name
to be. We’re your parents too.”
“He probably didn’t ask because he knew that you didn’t know,” Sage said.
“You don’t like my name?”
“I didn’t say that.”
“I know,” Sage said, “just being bitter again.”
“I can’t help it,” Janeway tried to defend herself.
“He never mentioned being bitter,” Sage said lightly, “stubborn,
headstrong, smart, gracious, witty, faithful, loving, beautiful,
compassionate, he said you were all of those things. But never bitter.”
“How much did Q talk about me?” Janeway asked.
“Too much,” sighed Sage,” at least every other day he’d say something.
Kathy this, mother that, he’d drive me crazy telling about how you helped
that other Q. Somehow he seemed to know more about you than even Daddy-O
does.”
“I wish you wouldn’t call him that,” sighed Janeway.
“Sometimes he could come up with a reference of you nearly everywhere we
went, even at places where you’ve never been. Sometimes it almost seemed
like you were there.” A bit of sadness flickered across Sage’s face.
“I’m sorry, Sage,” Janeway said, “I’m sorry that I made Q take you,
but… at the time, I wasn’t…”
“You weren’t thinking, I know.”
“So what have you been doing lately in the Continuum?”
“I’ve become something of a mascot,” Sage said, “I have to go to all the
meetings and stuff.” Janeway heard the slight tentative edge to his
voice, and knew he wasn’t telling the whole truth. She’d have to make it
a point to read the padd Q had given her. She had the distinct feeling
that she was being lured into a trap.
Janeway set her fork down on her plate, “well, I need to get to the
bridge.”
Sage nodded. “Um, where should I go?” Janeway looked thoughtful.
“You can go down to Sickbay,” she said, “tell the Doctor that you don’t
have any available records, and that I’ll explain it to him later. If he
feel the need to give you a physical, just let him. Do you know how to
get to Sickbay?” Sage nodded.
“I should be able to keep myself occupied for a while.”
“Just don’t damage anything,” Janeway said. Sage grinned, and with a
snap he was gone. Janeway sighed, and leaned back.

“So Chakotay, have you found a room for our ‘guest’?” Janeway asked as
she called him into her ready room.
“Yep, two decks below ours,” Chakotay said, “what’s that?” He motioned to
the report in her hand.
“I’m trying to write a report to explain the situation with Sage,”
Janeway explained.
“Have you had a chance to look at the report Q gave you?” Chakotay asked.
“No,” Janeway sighed, “I’ve been too busy. But I’m beginning to have my
doubts about Sage.”
“Do you think its really him?” Chakotay asked.
“Yes, I’m pretty sure it is him, but, something makes me a bit unsure
about him.” She frowned. “I’m finding it difficult to buy his honesty.”
She shrugged, “I need to read that report.”
“Tonight?”
“Yeah,” a smiled ghosted her face, “have you heard from the Doctor
recently?”
“A while ago,” Chakotay said, “he said something about being the last to
hear about anything and not getting his records.”
“As soon as I finish this I’m going to have to go down there,” Janeway
said.

“So, Doc,” Janeway called as she entered Sickbay, “how’s Sage checking
out?”
“He seems to be healthy,” the Doctor was holding Sage’s wrist.
“I better be,” Sage said, “you’ve run nearly every test in the book on
me.”
“I’m making up a record for him, but I need his complete name,” the
Doctor said, “and I need to show you something, Captain.” He led her over
into his office, and called up something on the screen.
“I was running genotype scans, and noticed that his blood carried three
genetic variables instead of two. And there’s an enzyme imbalance. I
can’t explain it, except that it seems Sage has three parents.”
“Have you determined who they are?” Janeway asked.
“Not as yet,” the Doctor said. Janeway gave him the padd with her
report.
“You need to read this.”
The Doctor nodded. “And about his full name, do you know it?” Janeway
paused before answering.
“His name is Sagittarius Janeway.” The Doctor’s eyes widened, and looked
out the window into the main room, where Sage sat fiddling with a medical
tricorder.
“He’s your… son?”
“I think the genetic scans will show that,” Janeway said.
“But, he should only be a year old,” the Doctor protested, “and the
father…”
“Chakotay is the father, but…” she motioned to the padd again, “just
read the report. It’ll explain everything.” The Doctor sighed.
“As you wish, Captain,” he said. Janeway nodded slightly. Now if only
*she* could fully understand everything as well.

END PART FOUR

Disclaimers: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Five

Janeway yawned, and rubbed her eyes. Her mind swam through the massive
amount of information that she had put upon herself to read. This was too
much, she decided, setting the padd down. She could hear Chakotay stir in
the next room. The chronometer on her desk read 02:07, she had been
reading for five hours. Her stomach turned as she thought again.
It was incredible. It was awful. It was just plain terrible what Sage
was doing. At least, according to Q. Was that why he had brought Sage to
Voyager? To try to keep him out of the Continuum? If Q was half the Q
she knew he was, he would know that dumping his son with his mother
wouldn’t keep Sage out of the Continuum. Out of influence.
When Sage was born, the war in the Continuum ended. It literally fell
apart. Q admitted that he wasn’t quite sure why. Sage had somehow given
the leaders of the warring groups a reason to stop fighting. True to what
he had said before, Q had dragged Sage around the universe for the first
17 years of his life. There was peace.
But then things began to change. The view of Sage in the Continuum
changed from simply seeing him as a “mascot for peace” to pure adoration.
Hell, they were worshiping him. These near gods were treating Sage like
he *was* a god. They followed his every order, wrote songs and stories
and poetry about him, they even prayed to him. The members of the
Continuum somehow were being brainwashed. And Sage accepted this. He
encouraged it, in fact. Sage was their Messiah, he was their God. And
they believed it. Sage gave great speeches and commentaries about the
greatness of the Continuum. In five short years, a mere nanosecond in the
everlasting Q existence, Sage had become the idol of thousands of all
powerful immortal being. And he wasn’t even one of them. He was all they
spoke about. They did everything he wanted done, even wiped out whole
civilizations under one of Sage’s whims. Janeway felt she had every right
in the universe and all its dimensions to hate Sage.
But she had to love him
Because he was her son.

She need to talk to Sage. Making sure Chakotay was still asleep, she
asked the computer of his whereabouts.
“Computer, locate Sagittarius Janeway,” she put the padd in a drawer.
“Sagittarius Janeway is not onboard,” the computer replied. Janeway
sighed.
“See? I told you he can’t be trusted,” Q appeared in front of her.
“Q,” Janeway said, “where’d he go?”
“To another of his meetings, I suppose,” Q said, “Sage has the uncanny
ability to make himself impossible to track. I’m not quite sure where he
is. I suppose he is at the Hall.”
“The Hall?” Janeway echoed.
“A row of stars in the Chinnesa Galaxy-”
“Chinnesa Galaxy?”
“Its very, very far away from the Milky Way Galaxy,” Q said, “its
probably not even visible as a star from here. But that’s not the point.
The Hall is where all the Q go to hear Sage speak.”
“Will he come back?” Janeway asked.
“I suppose so,” said Q, “he thinks you’re asleep right now, and will pop
back in some time before morning. He doesn’t want you to get
suspicious.”
“Why doesn’t he just return to the same point in time as when he left?”
Janeway asked.
Q shrugged. “That’s one of the few things he can’t do.”
“Because he’s not fully Q?”
“Yes. He can move to anywhere in the universe during the continuing time
line. But he can’t move around in or out of time,” Q said.
“But couldn’t he get another Q to take him?”
“Yes, it’s certainly possible,” Q said, “but he won’t, you’ll see.” And
at that, he was gone. Janeway sighed, and went to bed.

The next morning, Sage was sitting placidly on Janeway’s desk, holding a
picture.
“Who’s he?” asked Sage, pointing to the picture.
“You know who he is,” Janeway sighed tiredly, going over to a monitor on
the wall. She keyed it and the Doctor appeared on the monitor.
“Are you busy Doctor?” Janeway asked.
“No, I’m just finishing up my subroutine check,” the Doctor said.
“Do you think you spare the time to see me this morning?”
“Of course,” the Doctor said, “at what time?”
“About an hour from now.”.
“All right.” She turned the monitor off.
“Are you alright?” Sage asked, concern creasing his delicate features.
“I’m fine,” Janeway turned to go back into the bedroom. Sage frowned
watching her go. He heard Chakotay mumble something, but didn’t bother
listening.

“I’m pregnant,” Janeway said, staring at the Doctor.
“Yes, that’s right.”
“I’m pregnant, again,” Janeway said, “great, I’ve spawned another holy
terror.” She laid back on the biobed. Chakotay sighed.
“I’ve determined that there are only two genetic factors present,” the
Doctor reported.
“That’s good.” The doors to Sickbay opened, and Sage silently entered.
He took in the various expression of the people in the room, and smiled.
“You’re pregnant?” It was a statement, not a question.
“Yes,” Janeway said quietly from the bed. Sage nodded, then quickly
turned on his heel and left Sickbay.
“He took that well,” Chakotay said.
“I’m not sure he did,” Janeway frowned.

“I feel like I’m running a day care center,” Paris complained.
“Oh, mi little bon bon, don’t worry, I am here to help,” Sandrine cooed,
carrying Stacey Pandelin’s baby. The hologram grinned at Paris. Five
other babies at various ages were also in the holodeck. Nicky Pandelin
was 7 months old, and Shelby and Samantha Kim were both five months old.
Mike Troja and Susie Pjo were two and three months old. Little Rosie was
nearly two years old. And several more were on the way.
Getting pregnant seemed the thing to be doing among the women on the
ship, Paris thought wryly. “How did I get stuck doing this?”
“Ah, you didn’t get stuck,” Ensign Smith crooned, “you volunteered,
’cause you’re such a nice guy.”
“And you’re starting to scare me,” Bathas said, “didn’t you forget, Paris
isn’t nice.” The two women giggled.
“Oh great, now you’re trying to deface me,” Paris said, “I can’t even get
a good start with the babies.”
“Oh please Tom,” Amy said, “you know they like you.”
“Is drool a sign of that?” Paris asked, “if it is, than Shelby really
likes me.” The baby burbled at him.
“Well, would you rather be doing this or playing pool?” Sandrine asked.
Paris looked down at the baby in his arms, his best friends’ daughter, and
smiled.
“I don’t know,” he said, “but I think I’ve found an easy way to meet
women.”
“Silly man, zey will not be women for many years,” Sandrine set Nicky
back in his crib, “when zey are older, maybe they will be smarter too, and
keep away from dirty old men.”
“I know,” Paris grinned, “but it’s a start.”
“Well, if the captain has a daughter, you better not hit on her,” Bathas
noted.
“Do you think I lack all decency?” Paris let Sandrine take Shelby.
“I wouldn’t put it past you.”
“You people are too cruel,” Paris said, “luckily, I have to meet Chakotay
in Engineering to help with systems checks.” Paris scurried out of the
holodeck before the women could make any more smart-aleck remarks.

“Yeah, we’re going to have to stop at the Kinmeko system soon, to get
more nutrients for the cooling system,” Chakotay sighed a few hours later,
wiping the green gel off his fingers. Torres was swearing quietly.
“We just fixed these things four months ago,” she was nearly whining,
“and two months before that, and six before that.” She sighed. “We need
to find a better source of the gel nutrients, these keep degrading too
quickly.”
“I’m on my way to the Bridge, I’ll tell the Captain,” Paris said.
Chakotay nodded. Torres was checking the relays again.
“For some reason the degradation of the cooling gel is causing the
conduits around the cooling area to loose integrity in the intra
structure,” Torres said, “it happened last year, and its been a recurring
problem since then. The cooling gel needs to be completely replaced, but
we don’t have enough to do that.”
“What will happen if its not replaced?” Paris asked.
“Well, the problem will keep occurring,” Torres mumbled, “and eventually
we’ll have to end up replacing the conduits next to it, and the panels
next to the conduits. Not to mention that the cooling gel makes a mess
whenever there’s a leak.”
“I see,” Paris said, “and you think we’ll be able to find what we need in
the Kinmeko system?”
“I guess,” Chakotay said. Paris stood.
“Well, if I stay, I’ll be late, so I’m off,” he said, and took B’Elanna’s
report with him.

Sage fell into step next to Paris as he walked down the corridor.
“Hey, um, Tom.”
“Yes?”
“Can I ask you something?”
“Sure, go ahead,” Paris said. He was a bit curious about Sage, but
Janeway had remained pretty closed lipped about him.
“Have you ever been jealous?”
“Jealous? Yeah, sure,” Paris said.
“I mean really jealous, enough to want to kill someone.” Paris paused
for a moment in midstep.
“Um, well, yeah, once.”
“What did you do about it?” Sage wondered.
“I… I talked with the guy, and we worked things out,” Paris said.
“What if you can’t talk to him?” Sage asked.
“Well,” Paris thought, “I suppose I’d stop and take the time to think
about it.”
“Would you kill the person?” Paris wondered if this was a trick
question.
“Only if I wasn’t thinking clearly, or being an idiot.”
Sage nodded. “Thanks.” He turned away.
“Sage?”
He stopped. “Yeah?”
“Are you okay?”
“Yeah, I’m fine,” Sage said. Paris gave a reluctant nod, then continued
to the Bridge.

The shuttle craft was slowly moving away from Kinmeka Prime, when the
alarms went off.
“What’s wrong?” asked Janeway. Sage was looking out the window.
“I’m not sure,” Paris said. Then, “I’m picking up a Kinmekan ship. Its
weapons are powered.”
“Hail them,” Janeway said. The ensign next to Paris nodded.
“Channel open,” she announced.
“Captain, their weapons are locked on us,” Paris whispered.
“This is Captain Janeway to the Kinmekan ship, would you pleased tell us
why you have your weapons locked on us?” Janeway leaned over a console.
“There’s no response,” the ensign said. The shuttle shook.
“They’ve opened fire,” Paris said needlessly.
“Return fire!”
“Returning fi-” the ensign was cut off by a loud shrieking, and the main
console exploded. The shuttle craft shook violently to port, then
stilled.

“Commander! A Kinmekan ship is opening fire on the shuttlecraft!”
Ensign Kim’s voice cut the quiet of the bridge, “the shuttle’s main
systems just went off line, I think a power line ruptured.”
“What about-”
“Life signs are minimal.”
“Beam them to Sickbay,” Chakotay ordered, “and get the shuttlecraft in.
Get us out of here as soon as we’ve got the shuttle. I’ll be in
Sickbay.”

“Doctor, report!” Chakotay entered Sickbay.
“The Captain and Lt. Paris suffered minor burns, and a few other
injuries,” the Doctor said, “Ensign Killontha suffered more severe burns,
but we’ve stabilized her.” The Doctor look a bit flustered. “But Mr.
Sage…”
The Doctor nodded over to Sage. The young man was completely without
injuries, and sat staring sullenly at the floor. Chakotay nodded. “What
about the Captain?”
“Well, she had burns on her arms and face,” the Doctor lead Chakotay over
to the biobed, where Janeway lay, her lids hooded.
“Don’t feel too good,” she said as they approached.
“That’s with reason,” the Doctor said. Janeway sat up, coughing hard.
She wiped at her mouth, her hand smearing with blood.
The Doctor frowned. “In addition to the burns, you’ve also got some
minor internal bleeding.”
“Minor?” Chakotay said.
“I’m already working on it.” Janeway coughed again. The Doctor ran his
medical tricorder over Janeway’s midsection. His frowned deepened.
“What’s wrong?” Janeway asked, wiping the blood from her mouth again.
“Captain, your baby…” the Doctor hesitated.
“What about it?” Janeway nearly whispered.
“Its not showing any life signs,” the Doctor said. Janeway paled.
“How did this happen?” Chakotay asked hoarsely.
“I’m not sure, it should be fine,” the Doctor objected. Janeway lay back
on the biobed.
“This can’t be happening,” she moaned quietly, “not again.”
“Is there anything you can do?” Chakotay asked. The Doctor shook his
head.
“I’m afraid not.” Chakotay sighed, holding Janeway’s trembling hand.
Her skin was dry and hot, from the burns she had sustained earlier.
Something wasn’t right about this.

Janeway was silent, withdrawn, on the Bridge two days later. She glared
sullenly at the back of Paris’s chair. Paris was nervous under the gaze.
The captain had lost her baby, and the whole crew knew it. And it was
partially Paris’s fault that they knew. His hand still hurt a little from
where it had been burned.
The silence on the Bridge was horrible. Janeway sat silently, and
Chakotay was in Engineering. And no one else was talking. Paris cast a
short glance over his shoulder. He couldn’t tell whether she was angry or
just that sad.
Finally the silence broke. “Sickbay to Captain Janeway.” She sighed.
“Yes Doctor, what is it?”
“I have something down here that I think you need to see,” the Doctor
said. Janeway sighed again.
“Alright, I’ll be down in a minute.”
“Doctor out.”
“Mr. Paris, you have the Bridge, I’ll be down in Sickbay,” Janeway rose
from her chair.
“Aye, Captain.”

“What have you found, Doctor?” Janeway asked.
“I was going over the scans I did of you from the other day,” the Doctor
said. He brought up an image on a monitor. It showed what looked like a
dimpled worm.
“What is it?”
“This was your baby, magnified several hundred times,” the Doctor told
her, “I found something that I had missed in the original scans, mainly
because I was looking for it.” He pointed to a small string coming off
the ‘worm’.
“What is it?” Janeway repeated the earlier question.
“The umbilical cord,” the Doctor enlarged the image further, “it appears
that somehow the umbilical cord was severed, resulting in death.” Janeway
stared at him like he had grown a second head.
“The strange thing is that in order for something like this to happen,
there had to be a great deal of tissue damage in the surrounding area,”
the Doctor said, “but there is no other damage there. It appears as if
this was intentional.”
“Intentional?” Janeway said to herself, “that doesn’t make any sense.
How…”
“I don’t know,” the Doctor said, “the baby was fine when I checked you
before you left. The only other people who had come into contact with you
since then were Lt. Tuvok, Lt. Paris, Lt. Torres, Commander Chakotay,
Ensign Killontha and-”
“Sage.” Janeway realized that she didn’t know where he was. “I have to
go, Doctor.”
“But-”
“I’ll be back soon,” Janeway was already heading for the door.

When Janeway entered her quarters, she found who she had been looking
for.
“You,” she growled, “this is all your fault.”
“My fault?” Q appeared to be hurt, “what do you mean?”
“Sage. He, he, he killed my baby!” Janeway barely controlled herself.
“And you, what’s your part in this?”
“My part?” Q said, “I’m not sure what you mean. I had nothing to do with
what he did. Whatever he did.” Janeway swallowed. “But I’m afraid we
have more pressing matters to tend to. We have to go.”
“Go? Go where?” her questions vanished with Q’s snap of his fingers.

The materialized in a poorly lit room, behind a curtain.
“Q, where are we?” Janeway whispered.
“The Hall,” Q said.
“What-” Janeway began to question, but Q set a finger to her lips.
“Shh,” he said, “you’re not supposed to be here. Neither am I really.”
“Then why am I here?” Janeway wondered.
“You need to hear what your son is saying,” Q whispered, “just listen for
a minute.” Janeway finally relented, and nodded. They sat on the cold
floor, and strained to hear.
“The Discreation has begun,” Sage’s voice echoed and boomed oddly, “we
have started in point one and are working our way across the universe. I
believe everyone has their orders. Right now the Centa Squad has
destroyed the systems in sector A1 and A2. The Eastern Hijor Galaxy
should be completely destroyed in five weeks, due to problems being found.
We’re going to continue on this linear plan simply for organization’s
sake. I want the nine other squads to continue their starts at sectors
B3, B5, C6, D2, E1, E5, E7, F3, and H9, as were planned.”
Janeway turned and gaped at Q, who was still listening intently, but
cocked his head in a ‘I’m sorry about this’ gesture when he noted her
look. Janeway went back to listening.
“… reach the pre-arranged convergence coordinates, here in sector I1,
in approximately eight linear years. Unfortunately some unforseen
problems have come up, and we’re going to have to do this the old way,
star system at a time. We’ll leave this sector alone, so we’ll have a
meeting place. From here in I1 we’ll work on the other half of the
universe, squads starting at sectors I2, J1, K1, K5, L1, L3, M1, M3, M8,
and N3.” Sage droned on like he was giving any military orders, not
orders on destroying the universe. “I hope you all are remembering this,
I’m not going to repeat it for the fourth time.” Q was dragging Janeway
to her feet, towards the edge of the curtain. She was putting up a slight
struggle, not really wanting to go out there. “Any questions?”
Someone apparently asked something, because Sage chuckled and continued
talking, “sector N19? No, Q, dear, the destruction of that sector is my
privilege. Yes, I know you all want to help in torturing those stupid
Vulcans, and Romulans, and Cards’s, and Terrans-” he nearly spit the term,
“-and other folks, but I want to be the one who gets to. Sorry dear. But
you get the Andromeda’s, don’t you? Then don’t complain.” There was mild
laughter at this. Janeway frowned at Q as they reached the edge of the
curtain. She realized that ‘Sector N19’ was the Milky Way Galaxy, or at
least the Alpha and Beta Quadrants. She shivered slightly. He wanted the
joy of doing in her people.
“Now, just stay behind me,” whispered Q as they emerged from the curtain.
Janeway nodded, following Q carefully. They stepped into a room full of
tables arranged like the spokes of a wheel. In the center of the room a
lone figure stood on a elaborate platform. It was Sage.

Sage looked out over the crowd. A smiled crossed his face as he spotted
someone.
“Ah, and I see my father has joined us this fine evening,” Sage said.
Far at the end of the hall, Q cocked his head. From the stage, Janeway
was as yet invisible.
“Yes, I have,” Q said.
“Why I don’t know,” Sage nearly growled, “you’re not exactly one of my
followers.”
“True,” Q raised a brow, “but I brought along someone to hear your little
speech.”
“Speech? I was giving orders, which probably you shouldn’t have heard,”
Sage sneered, “probably going to go run off and warn your pitiful little
friends.”
It took a strong will to ignore this, Q simply shook his head, “I told
you, I brought someone along with me.”
“Who?” Sage seemed strangely curious.
Q stepped aside, to reveal Janeway, who was standing with her arms
crossed, scowling. The murmuring of the crowd increased; could they smell
the mortal blood in her veins?
The surprised expression on Sage’s face only lasted a second, and then he
smiled.
“And you brought mother along, I see,” Sage said, “how pleasant.” The
look he said her said ‘would you mind leaving.’
“Yes, she expressed her concern about your whereabouts,” Q gave his son a
smile that belied his intelligence.
“Its good to see you Mother,” Sage ignored Janeway’s posture that clearly
the feeling wasn’t mutual and that she was pissed off.
“Would you care to say something to the Assembly before I send them off
to destroy your little mortal universe?” Sage asked. Janeway clearly
didn’t want to, but Q whispered something into her ear. She nodded.
They reappeared at the center of the room, standing next to Sage. What
looked like a microphone appeared in Sage’s hand. But instead of handing
it to Janeway, it landed with a crack against the back of her skull, and
she crumpled to the floor. His eyes angrily blazing, Q took them away.

END PART FIVE

Disclaimer: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Six

“Ow, I wish you really hadn’t let him do that,” Janeway complained.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t know that he’d do that, honestly,” Q said. The
Doctor scowled at the both of them.
“Might I ask what you were doing?”
“Just attending a military meeting that was giving orders to destroy the
universe,” Janeway said as the Doctor tended to the knot on base of her
skull.
“I was unaware that meetings involved such violence,” the Doctor,
apparently unfazed by this remark.
“It wasn’t your regular meeting,” Q was sighing.
“My own son,” Janeway sniffed.
“He didn’t even have a reason, I don’t think,” Q said. Janeway took a
shuddering breath.
“Q,” she said suddenly, “where’s Chakotay?”
“On his way here,” Q said after a minute. Janeway released her breath.
” I know, you’re afraid Sage will go after Chakotay.”
“I don’t feel very safe right now,” Janeway told him.
“Don’t worry about it too much.”
The Doctor looked at them as he came back over. “I’m afraid your little
get together will have to continue later,” he said, “if you had been hit
any harder, serious damage and possible death might have occurred.”
“I think that was the goal,” Janeway mumbled.
“You’re going to have to take a little nap while I work on the tissue
back there.” Janeway raised a skeptical brow. “Don’t worry, its alright,
I just have to relieve the swelling there.” After a sigh, Janeway
nodded.
“Q, when he gets here, tell Chakotay what happened,” Janeway said as the
Doctor instructed her to lay down on the biobed, and he pressed a
hypospray to her neck. Janeway’s lid grew heavily, and she fell asleep.

“I still can’t believe that you took her into that kind of danger,”
Chakotay said. Q remained quiet.
Chakotay looked at Q, who was almost mournfully gazing at Kathryn, and
noted something that bothered him slightly. Q’s look was also one that
Chakotay normally only saw when he was standing behind Kathryn at the
dressing table in the morning, and happened to look at them together in
the mirror.
“You love her, don’t you?” Chakotay asked. Q looked ashamedly at
Chakotay, and then sighed.
“Yes, Chakotay, I do.” Chakotay wasn’t sure just how he felt about this.
“But don’t worry, Chakotay, I’d never try to take you from her. I
respect her too much to do that.” Q glanced back at Kathryn. “One of the
things about forbidden love… you have to know when to hold yourself
back.” Q’s face twisted into a wry smile. “Am I right?”
Chakotay didn’t say anything, but looked thoughtfully at Q.
“Chakotay, she loves you,” Q said, “she loves you more than she will ever
even tolerate me, I suppose. I know now that… that it would be
pointless to try and prove otherwise. I have loved very few people in my
life, and she is one of them. But I always try to keep a respectful
distance.” Q’s face had a strange open honest look to it. “I know she
will never love me, and I’ll be lucky if she ever likes me. I only wish
she would consider me a friend.”
“I think she does,” Chakotay said, “you’re one of our few allies at the
moment.”
Q shook his head, “allies are not necessarily friends, you should know
that. She trusts me, she tolerates me, she even is nice to me when I’m
around. But, I’m not what she considers a friends.” Q’s expression
clouded a bit.
“If you love her so much, then why did you take her there?”
“It was for her own good, I thought. She needed to know what was really
going on. I didn’t realize that this would happen. I know I should have
brought you along too, but I really didn’t need to put both of you at
risk. And, I brought her because she is stronger than you.” Q sighed,
shaking his head. “I’ll just be going.” Q was gone before Chakotay could
say anything, not that there was anything to say.

Q was going through a period of depression that no immortal being should
have to go through. He sat in his human form, knees drawn up to his
chest. Q was on a cliff, watching the waves of an alien ocean crash below
him. Q sighed, looking at the painful purple gash that kept him from
doing what was right.
When Q had come to Janeway wanting a child, he hadn’t intended it to be
like this. In his mind, Q had envisioned the birth of peace for the
universe. But somehow a bad seed had seen sown. Sage was unstable, and
his actions were led by the bitterness under which he was been spawned.
Two of his three parents did not love him, and Q was beginning to question
his own feelings toward his son. And what Q was truly concerned about
what Kathryn’s safety. He wasn’t sure what Sage would do, and it bothered
him. The slight feeling of helplessness made him feel, well, helpless. Q
weren’t supposed to feel that way.
Q had known something was wrong with Sage from the start, but hadn’t
admitted it to himself. Self pride kept him from seeing that everything
he had sought was turning out wrong. As a young child, Sage had been
short tempered, rude, and a bit obnoxious. Q hadn’t seen this as
something strange, because those were qualities that the Q seemed to have
in abundance. It was a social norm. Q had done his best to be a good
parent for Sage, that was true. But it seemed to Q that something had
been left out. He knew the answer was sitting just on the horizon. He
felt almost as if he could simply swim out there to find it.
Q launched himself from the cliff side, and landed with barely a splash
in the churning waves below. His human form melted away as he moved
through the water. He spotted a large school of pink, shiny fish, and Q’s
mind shifted back to the Continuum.
The Q were like those fish. A churning faceless army following only one
leader. They would kill everyone on Voyager if Sage so wished it. So Q
did fear for Kathryn’s safety. Even at this very moment, while he calmly
moved underwater, he was concerned and afraid. She was out to destroy the
universe, something Q felt that he nor anyone else had the right to do. Q
wasn’t even sure why Sage held this goal.
Q broke the surface of the water, a faceless mass of energy. He drifted
upward for sometime, too busy thinking to really be looking where he was
going.

Q went throughout the universe for some time, going back and forth, yet
still in the linear plane. Looking, for something, anything that would
help them in this situation. He finally did find something, written on a
primitive scroll in a far off galaxy. It was a prophecy, and the words
excited Q. He hurried back to the place where he was desperately needed.

Q discovered that Kathryn had disappeared off Voyager. Chakotay was
quite upset about this. Q went off in search for Kathryn, hoping that he
wouldn’t be too late.

Q materialized on a murky planet somewhere in the Gamma Quadrant. Q
wondered, if Sage was here, why he had went such a short distance. The
sky was grey and the land on all sides was choked by fog. Q could barely
see. It was quiet and still on all sides, except… Q strained to hear.
He felt his way down a pebbled path.
There again. A soft cry. A gasp. Then a noise like a chicken
scratching. Q took a few more careful steps forward. This was proving a
point, he thought wryly, that the Q were not all knowing. He didn’t know
what lay ahead of him. There was a moaning noise, and Q saw a hand
swimming in front of him. It was pale, white. Then it disappeared. A
few moments later, a comparatively dark face emerged through the milky
fog.
The fog suddenly thinned a little. Q tensed as he stared at Sage. Q
noticed a form dangling from Sage’s left hand. Q took a few hesitant
steps forward. The fog wound around his ankles, dropping lower. Q’s
vision cleared, and he saw what Sage held. A small cry escaped his lips.
Kathryn’s feet dangled above the ground. Sage’s hand twisted as he
clutched her neck, her chin nearly resting in his palm. He held her like
a wine glass, except where on would have held the glass carefully, Sage
clenched Kathryn’s neck tightly. Kathryn’s breath came in small, choked,
gurgling gasps. Sage had apparently already done some amount of damage in
her neck, because a thin line of blood trickled from the corner of her
mouth.
“Sage,” Q said lowly. Sage said nothing, glaring silently at his
half-father.
“You would kill your own mother?”
“Yes.”
“But… why?”
“I want immortality.”
“That’s understandable.”
“And there are three things keeping me from what I want.”
“What?”
Sage half closed his eyes, as if thinking back.
“I paid a visit to Connela,” he said, “you know her, yes? Delightful Q,
if I must say. One of the few to take a name.”
“Your point?”
“She is something of a know-all. More than me at least,” Sage sighed a
bit, “she told me that in almost every aspect I am immortal. But there
are people who can kill me. Connela said ‘those who give you life may
take it away’.” Sage scowled at Q, and shook the limp body in his hand.
“You, father, and mother. You three are the only things in the universe
that can kill me.”
“So you’re going to kill us.” Though seemingly impossible, Q had seen
Sage’s power and knew that his own life was at risk.
Sage nodded, “starting with mother.”
“Sage, we’d never think of killing you,” Q protested.
“I can never be sure,” Sage stared at the face in his hand.
“But she loves-”
“She hasn’t loved me since I killed her second child,” Sage spat, his
eyes narrowed.
“She did always blame you for that.”
“She had good reason,” Sage said, “so did Daddy-O.”
“No wonder Chakotay has never liked you.”
“I know,” Sage said grimly.
“Sage, just please, let her go, don’t kill her,” Q pleaded. He noticed
Kathryn’s eyes open slowly.
“Why-” he was cut off by his own cry of pain. Kathryn’s dangling foot
had connected with Sage’s chest. She fell to the misty ground. Q took
the opportunity, and snapped his fingers.
They appeared in the Sickbay on Voyager. The Doctor appeared.
“What happened?” he asked. Q helped him lift her onto the biobed.
“Sage happened.”
The Doctor did his version of sighing, and began to look over her. “I
though I just finished fixing Sage inflicted wounds a few weeks ago,” he
grumbled. “She has a mild concussion, a broken wrist, and an internal
rupture of the jugular.”
“Is that bad?” Q wasn’t well versed on human medicine.
“Very,” the Doctor rushed about, trying to stop the bleeding. “There’s
blood in her lungs, and she’s not breathing. That’s very bad. Where is
Kes when I need her?” The Doctor set something over Janeway’s nose.
“I’m going to get Chakotay,” Q said. “If Sage-”
“I’m not letting the Captain go anywhere,” the Doctor said as he quickly
set Janeway’s wrist.
“Good.”

“Chakotay, we have something of a problem,” Q appeared in the First
Officer’s office. Chakotay looked up, surprised. Usually Q went to
Janeway with his problems first…
“What?”
“It’s Sage, he’s come after us.”
“What do you mean?”
“Sage wants to kill us,” Q said. “He thinks that the best way to achieve
his goal is to kill us. We’re not safe. I’m not sure how long we have
until he comes after us again. But right now it might not matter because
your wife, Kathy dearest, is dying in Sickbay.” Chakotay had never seen Q
so concerned about time before.
“Get me there *now*.”
They appeared in Sickbay almost as soon as Chakotay had given the order.
The Doctor was bent over Janeway’s still form. She was breathing now at
least; they could hear her soft wheezing. They could also hear the whine
of the internal tissue regenerator. Chakotay moved to the other side of
the biobed.
Janeway looked oddly serene, despite the fact that her neck was red and
swollen and half her face was obscured by blood. Kes had arrived also,
and was preparing something on the other side of the room.
“Blood pressure is improving,” the Doctor reported, “its up to 90/50 and
improving steadily.” He turned off the regenerator. Kes came over.
“Here,” she set something in Chakotay’s hand that looked like a miniature
gel pack, “hold this on her neck for a few minutes. It should help reduce
the swelling.” The Doctor pressed a hypospray to Janeway’ neck. The area
below where Chakotay held the pack moved as Janeway moaned.
“Please be still Captain,” the Doctor instructed. For once she obeyed,
and remained still. “Good, blood pressure is stable at 102/60. I’ve
relieved the pressure in your brain, and right now all that need tending
is your wrist.” Janeway winced as she swallowed. “Captain please try to
refrain from talking or swallowing for a few minutes, until I’ve had a
chance to completely mend the wound.”
“The wound?” Chakotay asked. The Doctor moved Janeway’ hand slightly,
causing a silent wince from her. Janeway’s face remained creased in
pain.
“Its almost as if she were stabbed in the throat, but there was no entry
wound- no damage to the dermal area. It was if it were cut to allow blood
to flow into the lungs,” the Doctor moved Janeway’s hand again. “The
direction of the cut skin suggests stabbing from the outside, not from the
inside.”
“Then why aren’t you working on that right now?”
“Because its no longer priority,” the Doctor told him, “the wound has
been sealed, but the tissue is still sensitive. Right now her wrist needs
to be set so I can mend the bones.”
“Don’t argue with the Doctor,” Q sighed. Chakotay scowled back at him.
Kes was slightly amused by the whole scene.
“Alright Commander, you can take off the coolant now,” she took the pack
from him.
“But what about the blood that was in her lungs?” Chakotay asked.
“We syphoned the excess fluid out,” Kes said, “the body will flush out
the remainder naturally.” Janeway sighed, a slight wheezing sound, as Kes
wiped the blood off her face.
“What about the concussion?” Q asked quietly.
“It was an aggravation of her previous wound to the back of her head.
There was no permanent damage, just a lingering headache,” the Doctor
said, a mender in his hand.
“How long until she can talk?” Chakotay asked. Janeway’s look said ‘I
can talk right now’, but she remained quiet.
“Once I finish up and give her a pain suppressant, she should be able to
talk,” the Doctor said, “though I don’t know if all these people crowded
around her is doing any good.” His comment went ignored. There was quiet
for a moment, except for the whine of the regenerator again. Finally, he
put the unit away, and went to get another hypospray.
“The damage wasn’t dangerously close to you vocal cords, Captain, but you
should be careful about who you yell at for the next few days.”
“Alright Doctor,” Janeway said softly.
“I’d like you to stay for a little while longer while I run a few more
tests to make sure there are no other problems I might have missed,” the
Doctor allowed Janeway to sit up.
“Sure, I’m not in a hurry.”
“Do you mind if we stay to asked a few questions?” Chakotay asked.
“As long as you don’t get in my way.”
Janeway rubbed the sore area of her wrist. “Can I have something to
drink?”
“Yes, you can have water, but no coffee other hot beverages or acidic
drinks like orange juice for at least a week.” Janeway sighed. Kes
brought a glass of water over. The Doctor added, “you may also get a
stomach ache, we weren’t able to remove all the blood from your stomach.”
Janeway sipped the water.
“So, Kathy,” Q was still bent on calling her that, despite past
arguments, “just what exactly happened?”
“I’m not sure,” Janeway admitted, “I was eating lunch in my ready room.
I don’t remember much after that. I think-” she gingerly touched the back
of her head, “I think Sage hit me over the head. And I remember… I
remember waking up, but I couldn’t breathe, and I wasn’t touching the
ground, or anything else for that matter.”
“When Sage was carrying you,” Q supplied.
“I remember you, Q,” Janeway smiled softly, drinking again, “you were
begging for my life.” Her expression sobered.
“You saved yourself,” Q tried to hide his slight embarrassment about the
begging, “by kicking him. He exerts some sort of force, that I couldn’t
save you while he had a hold of you. Though I think you broke your wrist
when you landed on it.” Janeway gave a wry smile.
“Well, thank you either way.” Janeway looked at Q again. “What did Sage
say to you?”
“He wants to be immortal,” Q told them, “and the only way for his life to
truly not be at risk is if you, I and Chakotay are dead.”
“You mean that we’re the only people who can kill him?” Janeway asked.
“And so he is going to kill us all so that he won’t have to worry about
dying?”
“That’s what I said,” Q nodded, “he was trying to kill you.”
“I realize that,” Janeway said thoughtfully, “but I wonder what made him
stop.”
“Probably my interference slowed him down,” Q frowned, “but if I hadn’t
arrived you’d likely be dead now.” Q moved to stand next to Chakotay.
The Doctor came by again.
“Hold out you hand,” he instructed, and ran a tricorder over her palm.
“Good.” He went back over to the lab. Janeway swallowed, reaching for
the glass again.
“Where is Sage now?” she asked.
“I’m not sure,” Q admitted.
“Don’t let him back on this ship.”
“We’ll try not to let him,” Chakotay said, as the Doctor came by again.
“I’m not sure how safe the crew is,” Janeway said, “I mean, we don’t know
what Sage is going to do!”
“Don’t get too worked up,” Chakotay’s hand rested on her back.
“I’m trying not to,” Janeway said truthfully.
“We know, but-” Q was cut off by Kes.
“I’m sorry for interrupting, but the Doctor needs to speak with you,” Kes
waved at the office.
“What?” Janeway asked as she entered the office.
“We have some news for you Captain,” the Doctor looked at a padd. “But
considering the recent turn events have taken, I’m not sure whether its
good or bad.”
“Well,” Janeway looked from the hologram to the Ocampa and back, “tell
me.”
“Well, Captain, you’re pregnant.”
“Again?” Janeway whispered, looking for a seat because she was suddenly
lightheaded. “No. I, I can’t be.”
“If you do not wish-” Janeway cut the Doctor off with a shake of her
head.
“No. I mean-” she sighed, “I’m not sure what I mean. But how, how can
this happen? How could have I gotten pregnant three times in the past two
years, and…”
“And the other women on the ship have not? I know honestly know,” the
Doctor said, “its another problem we’re facing. I’m running out of the
proper minerals for the boosters. Soon I will have to make a standard
booster that will be unable to differ for the variance in genetic
structure.” Janeway nodded slowly.
“I need to tell Chakotay,” and as an afterthought, “and Q.” Janeway
looked up sharply at the Doctor and Kes. “You can’t tell anyone, not a
single soul, about this. No one. Not Neelix or Tuvok or Torres or
anyone. I can’t risk Sage finding out.” Both Kes and the Doctor nodded.
“We won’t tell anyone, I promise.”
“Thank you,” Janeway turned to the door.
“What’s wrong?” Chakotay was quick to ask as she approached the pair.
“Wrong? Nothing really,” Janeway guiltily clasped her hands in front of
her.
“Don’t try that one with me Kathy, I can tell,” Q said, crossing his
arms.
“I need to talk to you in private.” They quickly appeared in Janeway’s
quarters.
“Go ahead.”
“I’m pregnant. Again,” Janeway announced. Chakotay’s mouth opened and
shut a few times, and then he broke out in a grin. Q’s expression
softened, though he still appeared concerned.
“This isn’t happening at a good time,” he said.
“There may never be another time,” Janeway was thoughtful. Q looked at
her, the prophecy ringing in his ears.
*The seed of protection, in she it lies.*
Q blinked, focusing again.
“We’re going to have to keep this from Sage,” Chakotay said, “if its
possible.”
“Oh, it is, though not indefinitely” Q said, “we just can’t tell anyone
about this. Maintain the highest level of security as possible.”
“I agree,” Janeway remarked, “the fewer people that know, the less of a
chance of Sage finding out, and well… you know what will happen if he
finds out.”
“We just have to hope that we have nine months before Sage comes after us
again,” Chakotay commented.
“Its not a matter of if Sage finds out, its when,” Janeway said, “I think
that its inevitable that he finds out. We just have to make sure that he
doesn’t know long enough for me to have this child and…” And then what?
she wondered. What comes after she has this child?
“I don’t know what happens next,” Q said, “I suppose maybe it would be
safest living with-”
“-another family,” Janeway nodded, “out of the spotlight, out of view,
unsuspicious. Not bearing any reason for Sage to wonder.” Q nodded.
“My thoughts exactly.”
“But, who?” Chakotay asked. Janeway looked from Q to Chakotay.
“I’m not sure…”

Q was sitting on the cliff once again, the prophecy in his hands. He
read the words aloud for what seemed like the thousandth time, pondering
their meaning.
*When the time of peace finds an end
Only the strongest of hearts can hope to mend.
The numbers 3, 2, 4, then 1
Are the only way to beat this son.
There is a woman whose being is true
And windows pained in cobalt blue.
The seed of protection, in she it lies
To save all time with sightless eyes.
To the ends of all with in it stands,
She holds his promise in her hands.*

The main portion of it didn’t make much sense to him yet. The time of
peace finding an end had happened, but who was the strong heart? The
numbers were confusing too. The son was Sage, and Q suspected line 5 and
6 dealt with Kathy.
Q’s thoughts slowly drifted downward, spiraling in a small circle to the
ocean below. A seabird screeched overhead. Q looked up. It was a
warning, he knew. A few seconds after he left, a team of patrollers from
the Continuum materialized.

END PART SIX

Disclaimer: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Seven

Q had come to a decision. It was a highly controversial one, he knew,
but so were many of the things that were happening nowadays.
It was early morning when Q materialized in Janeway and Chakotay’s
quarters. He moved over to the bed, where Chakotay had stolen most of the
covers. Janeway was nude from the waist up, but Q paid little attention.
He set a careful hand on her wrist. Her eyes opened sleepily, and then
she jerked awake when she saw his face.
“Hurry up and get dressed,” Q said softly, “I’m going to do you a favor.”
“What?” her voice was cold from the usual suspicions and thick from
sleep.
“Just hurry up,” Q said quietly, “I’ll be back in a few minutes.”

There was a flash, and the nearly smirking form of Q appeared on the
Operations command deck in the currently Federation space station known as
Deep Space Nine. Benjamin Sisko was on his feet almost as quickly as Q
appeared.
“Q,” he said. “What are you doing here?”
“Don’t be so rude,” Q was brisk, “I haven’t time to deal with it.”
“That’s a new tune,” Sisko said drily.
“Perhaps it is,” Q said, “but its not the point.”
“Then what is?” Sisko asked, “you didn’t bring good news the last time
you were here.”
“Then it is a new song,” Q sighed, “I’ve come to tell you that a very
important ship will be arriving soon, carrying some very important people.
I hope you will be ready.” Sisko looked to Dax. She shrugged, equally
confused.
“Just what ship, Q?”
“You will see in due time,” Q promised, “just be ready for some
unexpected visitors. Don’t plan anything, I’m just telling you be
expecting someone.”
“Who Q?” Sisko demanded. But Q was already hurriedly shaking his head,
and disappearing in a flash of blue.

“Well Q?” Janeway was in uniform, standing on the bridge. Janeway had
managed to wake up Chakotay and bring him along too. Most of the senior
bridge staff was already assembled for their morning shift. Q stood, a
bit nervously, on the command level, facing Janeway and Chakotay.
“Captain, you have my upmost respect. And as captain I know that you are
concerned about the safety of your crew after this… unfortunate turn of
events.” Q turned slightly, to look at the viewscreen. “I don’t want you
to feel responsible if something happens to them. So, Kathryn, I am
sending you all home.” There were a few whispers on the Bridge. Paris
turned in his seat.
“But, why…?” Janeway’s mouth hung open a bit.
“I know that you didn’t want my aide in this,” Q said, “but I felt that
in this case that by sending you home, your crew will be sager, and you
will be able to tend to yourself for once. And you shouldn’t have too
many problems with the Maquis.”
“Q-”
“Please, Kathy, don’t make this difficult. Just accept it, please.”
Janeway felt the eyes of everyone on the bridge on her.
“Thank you, Q,” she said after another moment. More excited whispering.
Q stepped up to her, and whispered into her ear.
“I’ll being seeing you and Chakotay once you get settled,” Q told her,
“and don’t be surprised that things have changed a bit.” Janeway nodded,
her eyes watering as she stared at the viewscreen. Q vanished. The image
on the screen seemed to change a bit. Both Paris and Kim spoke at once.
“Captain!” Janeway blinked.
“Ensign?” she acknowledged Kim first.
“I’m picking up something on long range scanner,” Kim’s voice nearly
breaking under the excitement, “it’s Deep Space Nine.”
“Captain, we’re being hailed,” Paris spoke up.
“From the Station?”
“Yes.”
“Open the line,” Janeway did bother hiding her grin. She was only
slightly confused the image on the screen. A man wearing a grey-topped
uniform smiled back at her.
“Captain Janeway, this certainly a surprise,” the voice of Captain Sisko
sounded in the bridge.
“A good one, I hope?” Janeway smiled.
“Very good,” Sisko said, “Captain you had us worried. You’ve been gone
for nearly four years.”
“I know, and it would have been a lot longer, but-”

“Q, I know,” Sisko nodded, “he told us to be expecting someone
important.”
“Well, Captain, would it be a hassle for Voyager to dock at Deep Space
Nine?”
“Not at all. We’ll send you instructions for docking.”
“Thank you Captain.”
“And Captain?”
“Yes?” Janeway turned back to the screen.
“Welcome home.”

“Starfleet is requesting a full report on the Maquis prisoners you’re
carrying,” Sisko said. In her seat, holding a mug of coffee, Janeway
looked up.
“Prisoners?” she said questioningly. Sisko sighed.
“I know you consider them members of your crew,” he was apologetic, “but
Starfleet is a bit suspicious and reluctant to accept that.”
“That’s understandable, they haven’t changed at all.” Janeway sighed.
“But Captain-”
“Ben.”
“Ben, Captain, whatever,” Janeway set her mug down, too close to throwing
it. “What about my Maquis crew members? What’s going to happen to
them?”
“I don’t know,” Sisko admitted, “I don’t think that they will be jailed.”
He noticed that Janeway’s clenched jaw only relaxed slightly. “I know
you’re worried about Commander Chakotay.”
“He’s my husband, I should be worried,” Janeway said, “but its not just
him I’m worried about. I’m concerned about everyone formerly Maquis.
They’re afraid to come off the ship because they think they’ll be arrested
as soon as they do. We’ve become family, and I have to look out for my
family just like you do.”
“I understand,” Sisko said, “but I noticed Chakotay came onto the
station.”
“I made him.” Janeway smiled to herself. She reached for her mug once
again. “When do they want the report?”
“At your convenience.”
“Within the week?”
“Yeah. I’ve been looking at some of your logs,” Sisko changed the
subject, “you guys certainly were busy out there, weren’t you?”
“We had to be if we wanted to live,” Janeway stared down into the cup.
“How long have you and Chakotay been married?”
“Almost seven months.”
“No kids?”
“Not yet,” Janeway answered. The Doctor had left her pregnancy out the
records, by her request, along with the information about Sage. In fact,
he had set it in his own program so that if anyone other than he or she
tried to access it, the information would be deleted completely. Even
Chakotay couldn’t get to it, unless he asked the Doctor to. “Someday
maybe. We tried once, but there were problems.” Sisko nodded quietly.
“Um, listen, Ben, if you’ll excuse me, there are some things I still need
to get done on board Voyager,” Janeway said.
“Of course,” Sisko said. Janeway rose from her seat. Instead of going
straight to the ship, she detoured and ended up on the Promenade. She
felt out of place among the Bajoran uniforms, and the strange Starfleet
greys. Here and there she could spot members of her crew, the familiar
red, yellow and green-blue shoulders. For some reason her crew had been
reluctant to abandon their duty fatigues for civilian clothes.
Janeway ended up at Quark’s, sitting at the bar in the same place Harry
Kim had several years before. She resisted the urge to grab the squirmy
bartender by the collar. She waited until Quark moved off before relaxing
with her drink. Janeway was only sitting for ten minutes before she
sensed someone behind her.
“Kathryn?” Janeway’s blood cooled and she stiffened at the voice. She
squeezed her eyes shut, wishing this weren’t happening. She really didn’t
want to talk to him. Janeway was about to turn and face him, when Quark
returned.
“You’re Mrs. Chakotay, aren’t you?”
“Um, yeah,” Janeway was relieved to see the Ferengi for once.
“Well, your husband, or some weirdo sent you a message,” Quark eyed the
confused man behind her.
“Do you have someplace I could take it?” Janeway asked. Quark nodded.
“Follow me.” He started off to the other end of the bar. Janeway quickly
followed.

“Hello Kathy,” Q grinned at her. Janeway sighed with relief.
“Q,” she said, “very funny.”
Q shrugged. “Just saving you from your ex-boyfriend.”
“Well, thank you,” Janeway smiled, “I didn’t really feel like dealing
with Mark.”
“I know. I was thinking about turning him into a taarg.” Q smirked.
“Having fun?”
“Depends what you call fun,” Janeway remarked.
“Oh, missing Commander Chuckles, are we?” Q grinned. “Listen, if you
need me, I’ll be around.”
“Don’t cause too much trouble,” Janeway smiled again.
“I wouldn’t dream of it.” Q’s grin broadened, and the screen went blank.
Janeway sighed and decided it was time for her to be getting back to the
ship. She avoided Mark on her way out and made a hasty retreat.

Janeway reached for her coffee cup, which hadn’t been empty since their
return. Chakotay had estimated that Janeway had drunk thrice her weight
in coffee in their four days home. He said it wasn’t safe for the baby,
so she had cut back to one cup an hour. Janeway had spent the past two
days reading and writing reports, and arguing with Starfleet about the
Maquis. Chakotay had stayed out of her way, claiming that he was afraid
of women who had drunk as much coffee as Janeway had.
She noted the appearance of Q out of the corner of her eye, and continued
to down her coffee. Her attentions remained on the computer monitor.
“Hello Q,” Janeway’s hand trembled a bit as she set down the mug.
“Good morning,” he said cheerfully.
“Evening,” Janeway quickly corrected.
“Whatever,” Q said, “you’re a bit jittery aren’t you?”
“Coffee,” Janeway explained.
Q nodded. “You mortals and your addictive substances.”
“I’m not addicted,” Janeway objected. Q humphed. “I’m dependant.”
“What’s the difference?” Q sat on the edge of her desk.
She sighed. “Not much, I suppose.”
“What are you reading?” Q squinted down at the monitor. “More reports?
Dull.”
“If you’d like to read them for me, go right ahead,” Janeway rubbed her
nose.
“Please, I’m sure I can find something else to do,” Q said airily.
“I’m still worried about the Maquis, Q,” Janeway looked up at him. “I
know you said not to, but, something’s nagging.”
“I know, I told you that you wouldn’t have too many problems.” Q picked
up her coffee mug. “And you shouldn’t, but there will be some hurdles.
You’ll have to muddle your way through, like you always do.”
“How do you know all that?” Janeway wondered. Q gave her a mysterious
smile, he really didn’t know, and set the coffee mug back down, which was
now full again. Janeway looked down at the mug, and cast a curious look
up at Q. Then she started laughing.
“What’s so funny?” Q asked.
“You’re so weird,” Janeway laughed uncontrollably, clutching her coffee
mug. Q sighed, and patted Janeway on the shoulder.
“I’ll be going now Kathy, please find your sanity sometime.”

Janeway was still chuckling to herself when Chakotay entered her office.
“Should I come back at another time?” he asked. Janeway pushed the
coffee mug away, shaking her head.
“No, I’m alright,” Janeway sighed, “its just that-” she looked at the mug
and held back a snicker. She stood, slapping a palm on her desk. “Care
to join me on the Bridge?”
“Where you go I shall follow,” Chakotay made a semi-dramatic bow. This
got Janeway laughing again.
“Don’t worry, a laugh is good for the health,” the Doctor was standing on
the bridge.
“Tell that to the Vulcans.”
“Doctor, what are you doing down here?” Janeway asked.
“I’d ask much the same for you,” the Doctor smirked, “I haven’t much else
to do here anymore, so I’m wandering.”
“Don’t get yourself into too much trouble,” Janeway smiled. “How many
people are currently on board?”
“Twenty three,” the Doctor replied.
Janeway shook her head. “Chakotay, do you have the current status
reports on the crew?”
“That’s what I came to give you when I interrupted you laugh session,”
Chakotay held out the padd he had been holding. Janeway quickly thumbed
her way through.
“Hmm, forty-three crew members have been dismissed at their requests for
family time,” Janeway smiled, “why is Tom Paris being detain?”
“Got into an argument, the security chief’s holding him until he calms
down,” Chakotay reported. Janeway nodded.
“Seventy two crewmembers are currently on Deep Space Nine,” she noted to
herself, “but only three are former Maquis. Why is that, Chakotay?”
“They’re still worried,” he said.
“I’m still a bit surprised that none of them tried to get back with the
Maquis,” Janeway admitted. Chakotay shrugged at this.
“I suppose they like it better on this side of the law,” he noted.
Janeway sighed.
“Captain, you’re being hailed from the station,” an ensign, the only
crewman on the bridge, reported.
“On screen,” Janeway turned to greet Sisko.
“Captain, if I might trouble you, I need to talk to you about some of
these reports.”
“I’m on my way,” Janeway sighed as the link was cut. “Chakotay, you have
the ship.”

“And so this is all of the logs from the Engineering department?” Sisko
asked, paging through something on a monitor.
“Yes,” Janeway said, “I know there aren’t a lot but I think they’re
thorough.”
“Yes, they are,” Sisko looked thoughtfully at something, “are you sure
none of this was fabricated?”
“Fabricated?”
“You know, made up,” Sisko shook his head, “I have to look at everything
before it is sent off to Starfleet Command. They’re going to think I’m
crazy from letting this pass.”
“Excuse me, but just what exactly are you talking about?” Janeway frowned
at Sisko.
“The things you let your engineers do are totally unacceptable, and not
following proper Starfleet regulations.”
“They were often necessary,” Janeway snapped, “we couldn’t do everything
by the book because we never would have made it.”
“I can understand that some things were because you had a former Maquis
as your chief engineer, but she had some Starfleet training,” Sisko
argued, “but the alterations made were totally in ignorance of Starfleet
protocol.”
“We didn’t have much of a choice, we followed regulations, but when they
let us down and were going to let us die, we had to play by our own rules.
It was no walk in the park out there, we had to fight to live,” Janeway’s
voice lowered angrily, “I’d think you would have some small inkling of
what it feels like to face the dangers of the unknown. I’ve read about
the problems that sprung up in the Gamma Quadrant.”
Sisko sighed. “Yes, Captain Janeway, we did have problems for a while,
but that was different.”
“Was it? I know you weren’t always following regulations, Starfleet or
otherwise,” Janeway clenched the side of her chair.
“Are you willing to take responsibility for all breaches of protocol that
occurred on your ship from 2371 to 2375?”
“Yes.”
Sisko’s brows rose in surprise. “Many other captains in your situation
would have through away their honor and blamed everything on someone
else.”
“Well, I’m not going to do that,” Janeway said stiffly.
“I realize that.”
Janeway’s commbadge chirped.
“Kim to Captain Janeway,” Kim’s urgent voice came over the link.
“This the Captain, what’s the problem Harry?” Janeway was standing now,
her back turned to Sisko.
“It’s the Maquis.”
“What about them?” Janeway was beginning to inch toward the door.
“I think you should get down here,” Kim said.
“I’m on my way,” Janeway didn’t wait to excuse herself from Sisko’s
office.

“What’s going on?” Janeway barked as she stormed onto the Bridge. Ensign
Kim looked up, a frantic look in his eyes.
“Captain, Starfleet, B’Elanna-” Kim couldn’t complete a sentence.
“Harry, calm down,” Janeway grabbed the frantic man’s shoulders, “now,
tell me what happened.” Kim took a shaky breath.
“Starfleet Commander issued the arrests of all former Maquis that were
crewmen on board Voyager,” Kim said quietly. Janeway swore under her
breath, dropping her arms.
“What about-”
“They took everyone,” Kim broke in, “Chakotay, B’Elanna, Bathas, every
single Maquis. They’re all being held on Deep Space Nine.”
“I hope they know enough to behave,” Janeway said under her breath. “The
meeting I had with Sisko. He must have known. Starfleet knew I’d put up
a fight if I was onboard, so they made sure I wasn’t before moving in.”
She pounded an angry fist on a console.
“B’Elanna put up a fight,” Kim smiled to himself, “they nearly had to
knock her out. It brought back memories. Chakotay made her quit though.”
Janeway sighed. “They’re in the holding cell on the security level.”
“Then that’s where I’m going to be for a while,” Janeway started off
again. She passed a few other distraught crewmembers on her way off the
ship.

“You knew about this, didn’t you?” Janeway hissed angrily. Sisko gave
her a guilty look. Janeway sighed, rubbing her brow.
“I want to talk-”
“I’m afraid you can’t talk to any of them right now.”
“Why not?” Janeway glared through the window that showed the inside of
the holding room. B’Elanna was pacing.
“No one can talk to them during the interrogations,” Sisko said, “not
even me.”
“Interrogations?”
“They’re being questioned, that’s all.” Janeway snorted. “There’s
nothing you can do about it right now.” Janeway sighed, rubbing her brow
again.
“I’m… I’m going back to my ship,” she said after a few minutes, “I want
to know the minute that I am allowed to speak with them.”
“I’ll make sure you are notified,” Sisko said. Janeway gave him a curt
nod, then quickly left. She went out onto Promenade, and settled on
taking a walk to cool down, instead of unleashing her anger on some
unsuspecting crewman. She really felt like doing the latter, but didn’t
want to end up in a holding cell with Tom Paris.
Janeway walked down an empty corridor, relishing the quiet, the brief
pause from chaos. Janeway sighed, and rounded a corner, but there slowed
when she heard heavy footsteps behind her. A tall blond man passed.
Janeway relaxed as he disappeared down the hall. Janeway continued down
the hall, idly reading the names on doors. One opened, and a man stepped
out.
And Janeway froze. She backpedaled, taking a few steps down the hall.
She looked around for a place to go, while mind screamed unintelligibly
inside her head. The man turned, and smiled briefly as he noticed Janeway
standing there. The smile faded into a scowl when he realized that
Janeway was backing away.
“Hello Kathryn,” he said. Janeway swallowed. “What’s wrong? Aren’t you
glad to see me? I’ve really been looking forward to seeing you.”
“Um… Mark, please,” Janeway came up against the wall.
“Kathryn, how are you?” Mark had come too close for comfort. Janeway
felt the inane fear from earlier building up again.
“Mark, please, just back off,” Janeway tried to keep her voice from
shaking.
“You aren’t happy to see the man you love?”
“Mark, I don’t love you!” Janeway cried. Mark stopped, as if slapped,
and scowled again.
“How can you possibly expect me to believe that?” he asked stiffly.
“Mark, I’m married, I’ve moved on, you should too,” Janeway paced her
words. Mark took another few steps forward, shaking his head.
“No.” The single word made Janeway’s blood run cold. Her scream never
got a chance to start as Mark clamped a hand over her mouth and pressed
something to her neck.

“Computer, locate the Captain,” Ensign Kim ordered.
“Captain Janeway is not on board.”
“Is something wrong?” the recently released Tom Paris asked. Kim shook
his head.
“No, I just need her to see the systems report,” Kim snapped his fingers.
“That’s right, she’s on the station talking to the security officers.”
“I didn’t see her,” Paris said.
“She’s probably on the Promenade,” Kim shrugged. “I’ll just give her
these when she gets back.”

Janeway lifted her head slowly, choking back her groan. She rubbed the
sore spot on her neck where Mark had pressed the hypospray a little too
hard. He had roughly grabbed her, and dragged her to his temporary
quarters. He was refusing to let her leave unless she admitted that she
didn’t really love the Commander, and that she wasn’t *really* married to
him. Thank the gods he didn’t know she was pregnant. Her body’s current
hormones seemed to be affecting her actions. All she could think of was
that Chakotay was in danger and she was too. She kept seeing the brief
image of him in the Federation holding cell on DS9.
Janeway clung to her image of Chakotay like a lifeline, resisting the
urge to cry. She had once used Mark to keep herself away from Chakotay,
but now it was the other way around. Long ago she had used her image of
Mark as an excuse to keep herself from realizing, to deny herself her true
feelings about Chakotay. She knew that she no longer loved Mark, no
longer wanted him. Chakotay was her husband, they were deeply involved
with the fate of the future, no matter how corny it sounded. Mark had
never been that and never would be. Unfortunately he was unwilling to
accept this, he had waited for four years for her return, and now he
wasn’t letting her go. She wondered what had went on in his mind in those
four years.
Chakotay was in jail, and there was nothing he could do to help her at
the moment. Swallowing, Janeway looked up at Mark. She scowled at him,
at the danger he posed. For the moment, her only hope was Q. She was
almost as afraid now as she had been when Sage first tried to kill her,
and she had awaken, hanging from his hands. Janeway had the strange
impression that somehow Mark was responsible for Chakotay being
imprisoned. Just another delusion from her worried mind, she knew, but it
still troubled her. Janeway hated Mark now, almost as much as she had
once hated Q, almost as much as she despised her son.
As Mark slowly approached again, a twinge of panic leapt through
Janeway’s vision. She shut her eyes for a moment. He was closer when she
reopened her eyes. But Janeway’s thoughts were clearer than before. She
couldn’t let Mark touch her; she would lose herself if she did let him.
When Mark was only a few meters away, Janeway stood. Caught him off
guard. He tensed, as if expecting an attack. Janeway had one last option
that had come to her moment of clarity. The implant the Doctor had placed
in her arm. Her commbadge was gone now, so she couldn’t be beamed
elsewhere that way, but the Doctor had insisted that a small tracking chip
be placed in her elbow.
Janeway stared, unflinchingly, at Mark as she spoke. “Computer, direct
beamout to the bridge of Voyager.” There was only a slight delay, and
then the transporter caught her.
Arriving on the Bridge, Janeway shook with rage and confusion.
“Tuvok, I want to know full status on all Maquis crewmembers.” She found
another commbadge laying suspiciously on her commander chair. Tuvok
nodded slightly as her gaze queried him.
“All Maquis crew have been released in the past five hours, with the
exceptions of Commander Chakotay, Lieutenant Torres and Castle, Ensigns
Mill, Neowan, and Thayer, and crewmen Bathas, Pho, and Troja.” Tuvok
reported.
“The only ones who are married to or involved with Starfleet crew,”
Janeway said coldly. “What about the children?”
“As yet, none with Maquis parents have been detained.” Janeway sighed.
Almost every child from Voyager had a Maquis parent.
“I want those people released as soon as possible,” she glared at the
image of the docking ring on the viewscreen. Tuvok nodded.
“They are being held for further interrogation,” he said, “I believe,
according to several of the crew that their reasons for becoming involved
with Starfleet crew are being questioned. Mainly with the Commander.” A
low, almost B’Elanna-like growl escaped from Janeway’s throat.
“I want to go down there, *now*,” she started for the doors. Tuvok
nodded again, knowing that she would explain everything to him later.
“Do you wish to be accompanied?” he asked. Janeway shook her head.
“This is *my* fight,” she exited into the turbolift.

END PART SEVEN

Disclaimers: See Part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Eight

“Captain Janeway, I assume you’re here to see your husband,” Odo said as
the rather distraught woman entered the security chief’s office.
“Yes, but I’d also like to file a complaint against someone you have here
on the station.” Janeway glanced at a chronometer, noting that it had been
over a day since Chakotay and the others had originally been detained.
“I see,” Odo sat up a little, “just what is the problem?”
“Several hours ago I was attacked and nearly dragged to the quarters of a
Mark Johnson,” Janeway leaned on the desk with both palms.
“How do you know who the man was?” Odo asked. Janeway took a slow
breath.
“We were once involved.”
“I see,” Odo said again, “would you care to elaborate?”
“Yes, I would,” Janeway nearly snapped at him, “before ending up in the
Delta Quadrant, I was seeing Mark Johnson. But I got past my feelings for
him. I quit missing him after awhile. I married Commander Chakotay. I
was attacked by Mark while I was taking a walk, trying to calm down-”
“After you stormed out of the Security Area, I know.”
“Yes,” glared Janeway. “He took me to his quarters. He *refused* to let
me leave unless I admitted that I didn’t really love Chakotay and that I
*wasn’t* married to him.”
“Did you do this?”
“No, of course not,” Janeway said, flustered, “I love my husband.”
“They may I ask how you escaped?” Odo asked. She knew he was thinking
that she fought her way out.
“I have an implant in my elbow,” Janeway told him. “The records show it.
It was placed in there for security reasons. I told the computer to beam
me directly to Voyager, using the chip as a replacement for my
communicator, which had been removed and deactivated.” .
“Alright,” Odo nodded. “I’ll speak with Mr. Johnson, and hold him if
necessary. Would you care to be shown to the interrogation room?”
“I know my way there.”
“I only asked with your safety in mind.”
“It’s not too far,” Janeway said, “and my guard isn’t down now.” Odo
nodded again.
“I’ll tell them to be expecting you.”
“Thank you,” Janeway left, and quickly made her way to the room where the
rest of her crew was being held.

“I didn’t have any ulterior motive!” Chakotay said, “I don’t know why you
would think I did.” The interrogators sighed again. One whispered to
another. The other nodded.
“Alright, Mr. Chakotay, you may go sit down,” the first interrogator
said, “Ms. Torres-Kim?” B’Elanna rose quietly, though her anger was
clearly visible.
“This is stupid,” were the first words out of her mouth.
“Ms. Torres-Kim, please refrain from speaking unless you are asked to.”
Torres shut mouth, still glowering.
“Alright,” the other interrogator said, “Ms. Torres-Kim, could you
please, tell how you came to be involved with your husband.” For a moment
Torres looked resigned.
“When I first became Chief Engineer of Voyager, I had trouble getting
along with people,” Torres told them, “but Harry, he became my friend, and
that helped me become a better person I think. We worked together a lot
because of our jobs, and after a while I realized that I was falling in
love with him.”
“You ‘realized’?”
“Yes,” Torres controlled herself, “and, well, the rest is a bit private.”
“I’ve never known the Klingons to be closed mouth about-” Torres cut off
the second interrogator. “I’m *half* Klingon.”
“Miss Torres-Kim-”
“I know, I’m quiet,” B’Elanna crossed her arms.
“You may sit, Ms. Torres-Kim.” Huffing slightly, B’Elanna returned to
her seat. The admirals looked up when the door opened and admitted
another person into the room.
“Captain Janeway,” the first Admiral-interrogator rose to greet her,
“This is something of a surprise.”
“Is it?”
“Yes, I suppose.” The interrogator said, “well, Captain? Do you have
anything to add to this? Would you care to explain your reasons for
becoming involved with a Maquis?” Janeway had heard the whole brief
argument over the intercom in the next room before entering. She didn’t
think that she should have to explain her feelings.
“I can’t believe this,” she was bit hoarse, “I can’t believe that you’d
honestly believe that I would marry Chakotay just to secure his safety
upon his return to the Alpha Quadrant.” She thought of Mark, then looked
to Chakotay and added, “I could never marry someone I didn’t love.”
“And if you think that we had time to prepare for our return, you’re even
more wrong,” Janeway continued. “If you think that we had time to prepare
for this… harassment, you are severely mistaken.”
“Captain, you are out of line,” the first interrogator said.
“Am I?” Janeway said, her voice raising in pitch. “If I am out of line
for trying to protect my husband, than you’re even more foolish than I had
thought. You have release all the other Maquis crewmembers, except for
these nine people. And you’re reason for that? You think that they had
some sort of ulterior motive for falling in love with Starfleet officers
in my crew. You have to understand that out there we were no long Maquis
and Starfleet. We were a family, and we had to protect ourselves. I know
these people better than you probably ever will, and I know that they had
no hidden agendas, or reasons to have any.”
“Captain, that outburst was uncalled for.”
“I must add to what Captain Janeway said,” Sisko spoke up, “there is no
other obvious reason for the relationships that developed on that ship.
If you’re holding these people, then you should be holding every couple
that was on that ship, no matter if they’re Starfleet or former Maquis.”
“There are families that have formed on Voyager,” Janeway said, “despite
the fact that Voyager wasn’t intended to be a family ship, we had no
choice but prepare for the future. We didn’t know how long we were going
to be out there.” Janeway looked at Chakotay again, whose face seemed to
reveal no emotions, but she had learned to read his face better than the
average person. He was proud of her. So was Torres, who was hiding an
evil grin.
“Captain, under normal circumstances you would be equally reprimanded for
that behavior,” the interrogator said, “but these aren’t regular
circumstances, I realize that.”
After that, the Admiral left to deliberate for a few minutes. Janeway
noted Kim and Torres speaking in hushed tones. Their daughters slept at
their feet. Odo was speaking with Chakotay. Janeway moved to another
spot and leaned against the wall. The Admirals didn’t take long, and
returned after a few minutes.
“As I said before, these are not regular circumstances. If they were,
all Maquis would be tried as criminals. But these Maquis have shown
themselves to be better than just criminals. So, it has decided that all
Maquis crewmembers that served on Voyager will be pardoned, no matter who
they are.”
Janeway fought with a grin. “Thank you Admiral.” The others in the room,
the other Starfleet who were waiting to hear the fates of their loved
ones, were less controlled. She waited for the couples to depart before
moving to Chakotay, who was waiting for her. He met her with a kiss,
ignoring the other two admirals in the room.
“That was a good speech,” he whispered into her ear. Janeway smiled.
“Odo told me about what happened with Mark. I’m sorry.”
“Don’t be.” Janeway frowned slightly. “It’s not your fault.” She
patted Chakotay’s arm. “Come on, you’re needed on board the ship.”
“Is that so Captain?” Chakotay grinned at her as they turned their backs
to the admirals and left the room.
“You’d better believe it,” Janeway said, lowering her voice to a whisper.
Chakotay laughed. They met Harry, B’Elanna, each carrying a daughter,
just outside the door.
“Thank you Captain,” B’Elanna said, “I’m not sure how much longer we
would have been there if you hadn’t arrived.”
“Don’t mention it,” Janeway said, “here, give me Shelby.” B’Elanna was
impressed that she could tell the difference, and handed her the baby.
Only a brief thought that in a few months she would be holding her own
child entered Janeway’s mind as they made their way back to Voyager.

“Ah, good morning Kathy, you’re looking positively glowing this morning.”
Q came in loudly, as usual. Janeway nodded at him from her desk, sipping
a cup of coffee. He had appeared late in the morning in Janeway and
Chakotay’s temporary quarters on DS9. Janeway stood, stretching.
“So, have you thought anything of what we spoke about?” Q asked. Janeway
sighed, rubbing her back. At four months, she was beginning to show.
“I don’t know Q.” She went over to a deposit bin to get rid of her
coffee, “I mean, no matter where we go, Sage is eventually going to find
us.”
“But the longer we can stave him off, the better, you know that.”
“Seclusion…” Janeway murmured. “Q, no matter where go, eventually we
will be found out. You know that as well as I do that he won’t give up.”
“I suppose.”
“Which makes me wonder,” Janeway said. “Q, why hasn’t Sage really tried
to kill us again?”
“Because what you said is true,” Q said, “you cannot hide from him
forever. But right now, he’s too busy destroying the rest of the universe
to worry about something he can do whenever.”
“That makes me feel better,” Janeway was sarcastic.
“It should.”
Janeway looked around thoughtfully. “Maybe we should be going about this
in another way.” She spoke after a few minutes. “Its not the most
desirable course of action for me, but, for her safety, I would be willing
to give the baby up.”
“Kathy-”
“I’ve talked to Chakotay about this,” Janeway held up a silencing hand,
“and he agrees. Kim and Torres seem like the most obvious choice for
adoptive parents. We haven’t spoken to them about it yet, but…”
“Under their care the child would be safer,” Q nodded, “I see you point.”
“And Chakotay and I wouldn’t have to go into complete hiding,” Janeway
said.
“But until the child is born…”
“Yes, it probably would be wiser for me to be someplace where I wouldn’t
be noticed,” Janeway smiled to herself as she looked out a viewport in the
direction of the wormhole.
“You should probably file for some sort of long vacation,” Q said. “At
least Chakotay doesn’t have to…”
“Don’t start,” warned Janeway, “I know they haven’t accepted him back
into Starfleet yet. But at least he’s being allowed to do work around the
station.”
“At least they haven’t kicked him off.”
Janeway sighed. “The universe is just such a dangerous place, isn’t it
Q?”
“In most places, Kathy, it is,” Q said, “I’m sorry to say that for now
its not getting any safer.” Janeway sighed again, rubbing her face.
“Sometimes I don’t see why someone doesn’t just go and kill him,” she
murmured.
“The idea is simple, but the action is difficult.”
“What do you mean?”
“He has lookouts everywhere. He’d be warned as soon as one of us showed
up.” Q sighed.
“So going after him wouldn’t be logical, would it?”
“I’m afraid not.” Q laid a hand on her arm. Janeway turned.
“I’ll talk with Chakotay more tonight,” she said after a moment. Q
looked as if he were going to say something, but instead he pulled her
into an awkward half-hug.
“Do what best for the kid okay?” he whispered into her hair, before
leaving.
After he was gone, Janeway sighed, still caught a bit off guard. She
gave her head a tired shake and moved over to her desk, and called up a
communications screen.
“Computer, what is the current residence of Lieutenants Harry and
B’Elanna Kim?” she asked, propping her feet up.
“Lieutenants Harry and B’Elanna Kim are currently stationed at Starfleet
Command on Earth.”
“Earth, eh?” Janeway thought for a moment. It would be mid-day there,
not much time difference.
She contacted them, dialing in their communications code. There was a
pause of about two minutes, and then the image of a room filled the
screen. Janeway turned her head curiously. The room appeared to be
empty. Then a small hand appeared. It moved as if waving, and Janeway
fought back laughter as another figure appeared.
“Samantha! Good lord I’m going to have to tie you up!” B’Elanna
Torres-Kim scooped up the baby and moved off screen. She returned a few
minutes later.
“Oh, Captain, I’m sorry about that,” B’Elanna apologized, “I’m not sure
how she got out again.” B’Elanna sat down, searching for something
offscreen.
“The kids keeping you busy?” Janeway asked.
“Like you wouldn’t believe.” Torres sighed. “It’s impossible to even get
dressed with them awake.” There was a rustling noise and B’Elanna stood
briefly to pull on her grey-topped uniform jacket. Then she sat again.
“Did I catch you at a bad time?” Janeway sat up more.
“No, I’m just waiting for Harry to get home,” B’Elanna sighed, “it’s his
afternoon to take care of Samantha and Shelby. I have to work in a hour,
and I really don’t feel like dragging them along again. They cause more
accidents than the boss knows.”
“What do you do now?”
“Can’t tell, its classified.” She look off screen, and then laughed.
“Well, its about time. Come over here, Harry.” B’Elanna made waving
motions, and Harry Kim, holding a handful of padds, appeared next to her
on the screen.
“Oh, hi Captain,” he said, “hold on a sec, just let me dump these padds.”
He kissed B’Elanna hello, and disappeared off screen.
“So Captain,” Harry said, “what do we owe to your call?”
“How’s the weather there?” Janeway asked, ignoring the question.
“Nice. Sunny, warm,” B’Elanna said, “why?”
“Just curious.”
“How’s Chakotay?”
“Good,” Janeway remarked. Harry sat next to B’Elanna.
“So Captain,” Harry said, “what are you and Chakotay up to lately?”
“Not much. I was wondering if you guys were busy next week.”
“Next week? No, nothing more than regular work,” B’Elanna looked
thoughtful.
“Well, Chakotay and I were thinking of coming to Earth for a few days.
We were wondering if you would mind us stopping by.” Janeway stood for a
moment and got another mug of coffee.
“Well, sure, maybe you can watch the twins for us,” Harry smiled.
Janeway chuckled.
“So where is Chakotay?” B’Elanna asked.
“I think he’s helping systems checks on one of the runabouts,” Janeway
said, “he should be back soon.” Harry darted offscreen to answer the
cries of one of the twins.
“Well, I have to be going,” sighed B’Elanna, “but you can talk to Harry
if you want. Just let us know when you and Chakotay are coming over and
we’ll be ready.”
“Alright B’Elanna, I’ll let you go,” Janeway said. After Torres nodded,
Janeway cut the link.
“Was that something I should know about?”
“No, Q, not really,” Janeway sighed. “Back so soon?”
“The world is dull,” Q smirked. “I thought I’d keep you company.”
“How sweet,” Janeway said into her coffee mug, “here to protect me?”
“Mm, if your big strong Indian isn’t here, than who will keep you safe?”
“Gee, I don’t know, you’re so strong and protective and all,” Janeway
said sarcastically.
“Oh such biting wit.” At Janeway’s snort he added, “at least you’re not
Klingon or your wit wouldn’t be the only thing that was biting.”
“Please, I’ll never bite you if I can help it.” Janeway stood, still
clutching her coffee.
“Is that thing glued to your hand?” Q frowned and took the coffee from
her, “I swear, every time I’m here, you’re drinking coffee.”
“Noticing a pattern?”
“It’s not good for you, you know,” Q looked thoughtfully into the mug.
“Would you rather I drink something stronger?”
With a sigh Q handed back the mug.
“Have it your way,” Q said. “So, you were talking to the Kim’s?”
“Yes.”
“About the baby, I assume?”
“No, not yet,” Janeway sighed, “its not exactly something I feel safe
talking about over comm channels.”
“True,” Q nodded. “So what did you talk about?”
“What do you think?” Janeway downed the last of her coffee, and paced
over to a window.
“Mm, I’m seeing you… and Chakotay… at a park… in San Francisco…
holding one, no, two babies.” Q held his hand to his forehead like a
fortune teller.
“Close,” Janeway chuckled, “I think Chakotay and I are going to take a
vacation to Earth and visit Harry and B’Elanna for awhile.”
“Sounds like good travel plans,” Q commented.
“We’ll ask them about the baby when… when we get settled,” Janeway
searched the dark stretch of space for something. Q assumed she was
looking for the runabout Chakotay was on.
“Have you and Chakotay been thinking about a name?” Q asked, his tone
softening a bit.
“Occasionally,” Janeway leaned on the window sill. “There are just so
many to choose from. And then we have to deal with the problem with the
last name. If they technically adopt her than she’ll just have the last
name Kim.”
“Well, do you plan to keep in touch with her?”
“To a point, yes. I think she’ll need to know just who she really is.
So I think Chakotay and I will establish some sort of relationship,”
Janeway said, thinking.
“But it still will have to involve some amount of secrecy, of course,” Q
noted.
“Of course,” libbed Janeway. “I’m trying to talk Chakotay into a less
*unusual* name.”
Q chuckled. “What, did he want something like ‘Runs with Beavers’?”
“No,” Janeway said, “but it was nearly that strange.”
“Kathy?” Q changed the subject. “Where do you want to go to hide?”
“I don’t know,” Janeway sighed, “but I was thinking that maybe the best
place to hide would be the most obvious.”
“In what way?”
“Well, Sage would never look for us if we were on Earth,” Janeway
thought.
“Are you sure?”
“It would seem more logical if we went to some far off galaxy or
something, because Sage wouldn’t think to look there,” Janeway said, “but
he would think to look in the backwoods first, because he would think we’d
be trying really hard to hide and going someplace unusual.”
“I’m confused,” Q confessed.
“I know its a bit off,” Janeway said, “but think about it. It would be
stupid to hide here or on Earth, because it would be easy too find us
there. So why bother looking there?”
“Good point. But if you need a place to hide, where?”
“I don’t know, where ever Sage would really never think to go, some place
he doesn’t know exists.”
“I think I know of a few spots,” Q decided. Janeway sighed, and shifted
her weight. Q pointed to a spot in the distance where a faint light
glimmered.
“There’s his runabout,” he said quietly.
“It’s about time,” Janeway mumbled, “we’re supposed to be meeting for
lunch.”
“Do you mind if I join you?” Q queried.
Janeway smirked, “do you want an honest answer?” They both laughed.
“No, I really don’t mind, as long as you’re paying.”
“Ooh, goody, do I get to chose where we eat?”
“I don’t know if that’s wise, considering that you don’t eat,” Janeway
laughed, as she went into her room to change.

“Good morning B’Elanna,” Janeway smiled as they hugged their hellos. It
was nearly a week later.
“Oh my God, Captain, you’re pregnant,” hissed B’Elanna.
“Not so loud,” laughed Chakotay, “she’s not supposed to know.”
“Really? Pregnant? Gee, I didn’t notice.”
“But why haven’t you-?” Janeway shushed B’Elanna.
“Shh, its a secret,” she smiled.
B’Elanna nodded. “Well, would you like to come in, no sense in standing
out here all day.” They entered the Kim’s house. For its location the
rooms were fairly large and open.
“Harry’s trying to get the twins to sleep,” B’Elanna explained.
“Sleep? We thought we might get to see them again.”
“Well, I’m sure you’ll have plenty of time later,” B’Elanna said, “I
hope, at least.”
“We’re not in a big hurry.”
“That’s good,” B’Elanna smiled, “well, I made up the bed in the spare
room if you’d like to sleep there.”
“Fine with me,” Chakotay said.
“I’ll go tell Harry you’re here while you go put your stuff up,” B’Elanna
declared, and disappeared down a hall.
“Okay, but which way is that?” Janeway and Chakotay went off to figure
out just where their room was.

END PART EIGHT

Disclaimers: See part One

Messiah
by: Sforzando

Part Nine

“So,” Harry said as they sat at dinner that night, “B’Ela told me that
you guys needed to discuss something with us.”
“Yes, that’s right,” Janeway moved Shelby back to her high chair. “It’s
about my being pregnant.” B’Elanna shifted and leaned forward.
“I was wondering when you were going to talk more about that.” Janeway
suppressed the frown she felt tugging on her lips.
“Well, do you remember Sage?”
“Yes, your son.” Both knew that much about him.
“Well, he isn’t good news for the baby.”
“How so?”
“We’re afraid that if Sage finds out about her, then he may try to kill
her.”
“He’s done it before,” Chakotay whispered.
“What?” Chakotay shook his head.
“But… what does it have to do with us?” asked B’Elanna.
“Chakotay and I think that the best way to keep our daughter safe is for
her not to stay with us,” Janeway stated. “We would want you two to be the
ones to take care of her.” Both B’Elanna and Harry were quiet, surprised
looks on their faces.
As if changing the subject, B’Elanna spoke, “has the baby moved yet?”
“No, I don’t think so.” Janeway shook her head.
Harry whispered something to B’Elanna. “If you’d excuse us,” he said out
loud, nearly pulling B’Elanna into the kitchen.
“I guess they’re off to make their decision,” sighed Chakotay. Janeway
chuckled.
“Three daughters will be a handful,” she said, eying Shelby and Samantha,
who were strangely quiet.
“You think they can handle it?”
“Yes.”
“So you think they’ll accept?”
“I think so. I hope so.”
“Any second thoughts?”
“No.” Chakotay looked at her thoughtfully. “What is it, Chakotay?”
“Just wondering.”
“About?”
“What will become of us,” Chakotay sighed.
“Try not to,” Janeway’s voice was soft.
“How? How can you sit there and not wonder?”
“I have other things to worry about,” she said, “like right now, I have
to take care of myself and our baby. Someday we will have to face the
end. But not today.”
Chakotay nodded quietly. It was still in the room until they heard
laughter from the kitchen. This caused giggles from the twins, as if they
knew what their parents were talking about in the next room.
A few more minutes passed, and then B’Elanna and Harry emerged from the
kitchen. B’Elanna nervously cleared her throat.
“Well?”
“We accept,” B’Elanna said, “I suppose it would be something of an honor.
But there is one condition.”
“What’s that?”
“That you promise to visit.”

“Oh, she’s adorable,” B’Elanna cooed at the baby she cradled in her arms.
“Have you thought of a name?” Harry asked. Kathryn sighed, looking down
at her daughter.
“Grace.” B’Elanna smiled.
“That’s a pretty name,” she said, “but why Grace?”
“I don’t know, maybe for good luck,” Janeway smiled. B’Elanna nodded.
“Grace Chakotay Kim,” Chakotay said, coming up behind the group.
“So it’s official?” Harry asked.
“Yep, got the papers right here,” Chakotay held up a padd, “you now
officially have three daughters.”
“I wanna see, I wanna see,” Shelby tugged B’Elanna’s pant leg, “Aun’
Kathy, I wanna see the baby.” With a low chuckle, Janeway took Grace from
her new mother, and sat down next to Samantha and Shelby. The nearly year
and a half old twins breath in young awe as they gently touched Grace’s
face. The two month old complained in her sleep, squirming. The twins
giggled.
“All right,” B’Elanna spoke in an authoritative voice she had picked up
from Janeway, “your sister needs some sleep.”
“Okay,” Samantha this time, “Aunt Kathy, how much longer are you gonna be
here?”
“A few more days, why?”
“‘Cause Uncle Chakokay promised that you’d take us to the fish place.”
Samantha looked up at her.
“He did, did he?”
“Yeah.”
“Alright, sometime this week we’ll go to the aquarium.”
“Okay.” Shelby and Samantha ran off to the back of the house.
“The aquarium, Chakokay?” Janeway had a raised brow, and emphasized
Samantha’s unintentional lisp.
“Aw, they were being so cute at the time, how could I deny them?”
“You’re such a sucker for pretty women.”
“How do think I got stuck with you?” Chakotay grinned.
“You two are sickening,” Torres took Grace again. B’Elanna looked at the
baby, who had woken, and frowned.
“Kathryn, come look at this,” she said.
“What?” Janeway came around to B’Elanna’s shoulder.
“Look at Grace’s eyes.” She moved her hand across the baby’s face, but
the dark blue eyes didn’t move. A strange strangled noise came from
Janeway’s throat.
“Why didn’t we notice?” she whispered.
Grace was blind.

“Uck, I am too old to be doing this,” Kathryn Janeway sighed.
“You should retire already,” Chakotay said.
“I’m not that old,” Janeway stuck her tongue out at him, “I’ve got at
least another fifty years.” She swatted angrily at her greying hair.
“You can’t even do your own hair.” Chakotay laughed, coming up behind
where she sat at the dressing table.
“I can,” she defended herself. “I’m just nervous.”
“Uh huh,” Chakotay took the brush from her, and ran it through her hair.
“I always get nervous on the first day of new classes,” Janeway sighed.
She was a Science instructor at the Academy.
“How many years now?”
“Fourteen, Chakotay.” Janeway sighed again.
“Fresh meat.”
“Huh?”
“New classes, fresh meat.”
“Mm, yeah. Cadets,” Janeway shook her head, making a face, “was I ever
one of them?”
“I dunno,” Chakotay smiled, “it’s hard to remember. I think so.”
“Chakotay, why did I become an instructor at the Academy?”
“Let me think,” Chakotay twisted her hair around his fingers. “Was it
that you thought ‘Admiral Kathryn Janeway-Chakotay, Starfleet Science
Professor’ had a nice ring to it?”
“No, I don’t think it was that. It might have been
*your* reason for supporting me though.”
“Hmm, I dunno why then?”
“I beginning to think that it was to get away from you.” Janeway laughed,
pulling her hair free and taking her brush back.
“Ha, ha, very funny.” Chakotay wandered back into the bedroom. “Speaking
of funny, isn’t it someone’s birthday next month?”
“Don’t remind me,” groaned Janeway.
“The big 6-0,” Chakotay grinned, “and I’m going to get back at you for
last year.”
“So I threw a party.”
“More like a riot.”
“Behave yourself, Chakotay.” Janeway laughed.
“Really, Kathryn, was the conga line necessary?”
“I didn’t start it,” Janeway called, “Tom did.”
“Who invited him?”
“I didn’t, but Harry and B’Elanna probably told him.”
“At least it was synthale,” Chakotay said. Janeway laughed.
“It was so nice to see the girls though,” she said thoughtfully. She
looked at a chronometer, “crud, I’m going to be late if I don’t go now.”
She stood quickly, clasping her hair up. She kissed Chakotay good-bye,
collecting padds as she went. “I think it was more fun being a captain, I
didn’t have to grade papers.”

Janeway sighed, collapsing into her chair during the lunch break. She
called up a picture, one that had been taken at Chakotay’s birthday party
the year before. She smiled, it had been more like a crew family reunion.
There was Tom Paris and his wife Dolora. Tuvok and his family, and
Neelix. Her eyes paused on the Kim’s, sighing when she looked at their
four daughters. Shelby, Samantha, Grace, and Alana. And barely visible-
he was nearly standing completely behind her- was Q. He had his hand on
her arm. Either that or Chakotay had three hands.
Still smiling, Janeway shut the monitor off. She noted that Q had
appeared. He always seemed to popping in to bug her.
“Hello Q. To what do I owe this visit?”
“Why didn’t you tell me that Grace was blind?” Q asked, his tone almost
accusing.
“I thought you knew.”
“I didn’t.”
“Is it important?” Janeway tilted her head curiously.
“I think it may be.”
“What?”
“I’ve had 17 years to think about this.”
“What? What are you talking about?”
But Q was already gone.

He wished he had a wall to hit his corporeal head against. Why hadn’t he
seen that before? Last year, when he had seen her, he didn’t see the
connection.
*To save all time with sightless eyes*
Grace was blind.
*To save all time with sightless eyes*
Well, duh. Q made a frustrated sound.
*Windows pained in cobalt blue*
Kathryn had blue eyes. Grace’s had been, but had shed their darkness to
become a silvery grey.
Q thought about the words of the prophecy again, for what seemed like the
millionth time.
*When the time of peace finds an end*
That was now.
*Only the strongest of hearts can hope to mend.*
He supposed that was them.
*The numbers 3, 2, 4, then 1*
A puzzle.
*Are the only way to beat this son.*
A bit too self explanatory.
*There is a woman who’s being is true
And windows pained in cobalt blue.
The seed of protection, in she it lies*
Kathryn.
*To save all time with sightless eyes.*
Grace.
*To the ends of all with in it stands,
She holds his promise in her hands.*
This was where Q always got stuck. Who had promised what? Had he said
something, promised Kathryn or Grace something that had somehow slipped
his mind? It didn’t seem possible, but maybe…

“It was so strange,” Janeway said, shaking her head.
“What was?” asked Chakotay. Janeway sighed.
“Q.”
“He usually is a bit odd,” Chakotay smiled.
“No,” Janeway grunted in frustration, “it was different. He just came
in, asked me why no one had told him that Grace was blind, and then
left.”
“That was all?” Janeway nodded.
“Yes, it just puzzles me, I mean, he acted like it was unduly important
somehow.”
“Maybe to him it is.” Chakotay changed the subject. “How are the classes
so far?”
“Pretty good,” Janeway decided, “a few flunks from last year.”
“I know you’ll straighten them out.”
Behind her an electronic chime sound, and Janeway sighed. “Well, lunch
is over. I’m afraid I need to go.”
“Alright, see you tonight,” Chakotay said, “and don’t scare any of your
new students.”
“They must think I’m as bad as Admiral Paris was,” Janeway grinned, “bye,
Chakotay, have a nice day.”
“You too.”
Janeway thumbed the edge of the monitor, and stood after it went dark.
She groaned a bit as she stretched, and reached for her jacket. Students,
second yearlies this time, no fresh cadets, were beginning to fill the
classroom. Janeway attempted to put on her stern captain face, but
failed, chuckling as she downed the last of her coffee. She greeted a few
people as she left her office, and re-entered the real world.

The real world, however, was not a friendly place, with Sage running free
and wreaking havoc on the universe. And what havoc it was; Sage had every
minion he could find destroying everything that they could find. Already
the universe’s total population was down by 3/5 from 20 years before.
There was a resisting force somewhere that was keeping the Q from quickly
completing their mission. And quickly being within the linear time line
of 2375. Sage was bound by mortal limits and the fact that to destroy his
parents before he was born would be his own undoing.

A pair of high heeled shoes clacked their way noisily down a marbled
hallway. A jacket, wallet, and hair clasp made their way to the floor. A
door squeaked slightly as it opened.
“Black coffee, hot,” a low voice ordered and the whir of a replicator
could be heard. The woman lifted the mug to her lips and took a careful
sip. Then her eyes widened, and there was a startled choking cough. The
mug smashed to the floor, and the clattering footsteps started hurriedly
again.

Chakotay pressed the door shut behind him, and walked down the main hall.
He could tell Kathryn was home, she had left her usual trail of things in
the hall. Warm sunlight pooled on the floor through the window
perpendicular to the door to the kitchen. The door was already open,
jammed by something. A closer look revealed the heel of a show stuck
between the wall and the door. Chakotay’s eyes drifted across the floor,
and he saw the shattered pieces of a coffee mug lying in a puddle. The
coffee was still warm on the floor.
“Kathryn?” Chakotay’s trembling voice called out. He carefully made his
way over the shards of glass, and into the dining room.
“Kathryn?” he turned his head. “No-” Chakotay sunk to his knees, next to
Kathryn’s still body. He felt on her neck, which was unusually soft, and
found a very faint, fluttering pulse. Chakotay whimpered; it didn’t even
look like her anymore. Her face was covered in blood, which poured from
her nose and mouth. Her right cheek was crushed inward, and Kathryn’s
eyes hung blankly half closed, one pupil dilated and the other not.
Chakotay’s hands gingerly felt their way over the soft spots, and deeper
void areas. Her shoulder blades were crushed. Kathryn’s left ankle was
swollen from when she had tripped and twisted her ankle in the fatal fall.
It seemed as if her whole torso were crushed.
Suddenly, the two bright bloody lips moved, and Kathryn’s chest heaved.
“Chakotay…”
“Kathryn? Shh, just hold still, I’m going to get the medic..”
“No,” Kathryn croaked weakly.
“What happened?” Chakotay asked, his cheeks felt hot from the unshed
tears in his eyes.
“Sage…” It was all Kathryn needed to say. Chakotay swallowed.
“Why won’t you let me get you help?” Chakotay whispered. He loved her,
but couldn’t go against her wishes.
“There’s no point..” At Chakotay’s shaking head she continued. “Chakotay,
maybe it’s just… my time..”
“No, please Kathryn,” Chakotay said, trembling even more. Kathryn’s hand
moved, and Chakotay clasped it between his own.
“I bear no regrets on my soul… because you are here… and I love
you..”
“I love you too; but please, Kathryn-”
“No. Chakotay… I’m just tired… of fighting.” And she truly was.
The sudden strange defeat of the strongest person he had ever known broke
Chakotay. His tears made strange marble swirls on the pooled blood that
lay on the floor. Janeway coughed, and since he already knew she was
lost, Chakotay pulled Janeway’s broken form into his arms. She whimpered
slightly, but then quieted.
“Just rest, Kathryn,” he whispered into her hair, still soft. It was as
soft as it had been when he first met her over twenty years before, and he
wished it would always be that way. He prayed silently that she would
wait for him.
“I love you Chakotay,” she said again, her voice barely registering.
“I love you Kathryn.” And they said no more. All that needed had been.

He held her until she was gone.

Only someone’s strangled cry at the first notice of this ghastly scene
broke Chakotay from his silent mourning. Kathryn’s still body had
quickly grown cold. He set her down, her mopped hair fanning around her.
Her left cheek was pinched slightly, in a faint smile that had been
everpresent in life. Chakotay looked silently up at Q.
“Chakotay… what happened?”
“I… I don’t know. She said Sage…” Chakotay looked numbly down at the
still form again. Q uttered something too low to hear, and then with a
distraught sigh sat down opposite of Chakotay.
“Isn’t there anything you can do?”
Q shook his head. “No.” His brow furrowed. “I can’t even leave this
time frame.”
“What do you mean?”
“For the past eighteen years, I have been trapped in this linear plane,
because of Sage.” Q raised his hand, and revealed a purple scar on his
palm. “See that line? Somehow, this scar is restricting my movement to
just place to place. It’s horrible. There are so many things I could
have prevented.”
“Oh.” Chakotay downcasted further. Then he looked up, a rabbitish look
on his face. “He’s going to come back, for me, isn’t he?”
Q said nothing, but cast a guilty look down at Kathryn. He picked up
Kathryn’s hand, turning the pale underside up, as if hoping to see a
matching scar.
“All I ever wanted was her respect,” Q said softly, “but, I don’t know if
I ever got it.” His voice cracked.
“If Sage kills me, and then you, then what?” Chakotay asked softly.
Q shook his head. “I don’t know.” Gone was the arrogance, the show that
he had put on when around them, all that seemed left in Q was sorrowed
regret.
“Q, I want you to do something for me.”
“What?” Chakotay stumbled to his feet.
‘I’m going to write a letter… do you know where Grace is?”
“Yes, of course. I always do. I made a promise, didn’t I?”
“Yeah.” Chakotay picked up a blank datapad and a stylus, “I want you to
take this to her.”
“But she’s blind, she can’t-”
“I know, but it really doesn’t matter.” Chakotay dropped the pen and
pressed the padd into Q’s hands. “Please, for Kathryn, if no one else.”
“For us all.”
“Thank you.” Chakotay shook Q’s hand, an odd parting gesture. “Good
luck.”
“I have a feeling that I’ll need it.”
Chakotay turned away. Behind him, there was a flash, and a nearly
immediate following flash. The first swept away Q, and the second
deposited the holy terror himself. Chakotay felt a coldness on his
shoulder, barely a hand, but didn’t have to time panic or struggle as his
neck began to hurt and the room grew dark. Chakotay slumped dead to the
floor, perp to his wife. With a snap, Sage was gone.
Q had left just in time.

Grace Mari Janeway-Chakotay Torres-Kim, and all of her name extensions
sat on a couch in her family’s living room. She sat with her back to the
glass windows that overlooked the yard- not because she was bothered by
them, but because she didn’t know they were there. She sat with her eyes
closed, sitting cross-legged, not doing anything in particular. She felt
the slight shifting of the air- she sensed him- before he ever made a
sound.
“Who’s there?” her soft voice called out.
“It’s just me,” Q said. Grace relaxed a bit. She had always been like
both of her mothers that way, usually a bit too tense.
“Oh, just you.” She sounded as if trying to reassure herself. Q came up
to the couch, grabbed Grace by the wrist and lifted her to her feet.
“Oh.” Grace giggled. “What today, Uncle Q?”
“Grace, this is important.” As soon as Grace heard the seriousness in
Q’s voice, the smile fell off her face.
“What then?” Grace found Q’s face with her free hand. “My parent?” It
was more a statement than a question.
“Yes, they’re dead-”
“My real parents?”
“Yes, Kathryn and Chakotay are dead,” Q said softly. A horrified look
crossed Grace’s face.
“How?”
“Do you remember what I told you about Sage?” Q asked.
“Mostly, yes,” Grace said. “He killed them?”
“Yes. Now, Grace, you are not safe. You need to go-” Q stopped. He set
the just-remember padd into Grace’s hand. “From your father,” Q added.
He looked thoughtfully at her, something rattling in the back of his mind.
Q snapped his fingers and a phaser appeared in his hands. He pressed
this into Grace’s other hand.
“Here, you might need this.”
“But I-”
“Just hold onto it.”
“Alright.”
“Now Grace, I want you to go upstairs and wait until-” until when? Q
wondered. But Grace nodded.
“I understand,” she said softly. Grace made her careful way to the
stairwell, and nimbly disappeared.
Q sighed, and then paced a bit. After a few moments he raised his hand
to go, but suddenly there was someone behind him. The person- Sage-
grabbed Q’s hand and bent it backwards. He heard a strange breaking
sound, and then felt pain in his broken wrist. Pain- this was definitely
not a good thing.
“Hello *Daddy*,” Sage snarled through clenched teeth. Q fought to remove
Sage’s hand from his neck.
“Sage- what the hell do you think you’re doing?” he gasped.
“Time to secure my future,” hissed Sage.
“Why’d you wait so long?”
“There was no hurry, was there?” Q tried not to yelp as Sage pulled his
arms back past the breaking point. Damn these corporeal bodies, Q
thought. He was losing feeling in his back. And there was a strange
warmth coming from across his shoulders. It was a sickly sweet smell that
he had just gotten away from. Blood? No, he couldn’t be…
Q found himself screaming in pain as he struck the wall Sage had thrown
him at. No, this wasn’t possible, it couldn’t be happening… Q hurt too
much to move, and lay motionless on the floor. Sage gave a little
victorious smirk. There was a long moment of silence.
And then… a soft clicking sound. Q opened his eyes and looked in the
direction of the staircase. Was it as empty as it seemed? No, she
couldn’t be…
Grace’s heeled clicked eerily on the hard floor of the staircase, as she
slowly descended, step by step. She held the phaser levelly in front of
her, fingers laying lightly on the trigger. She had apparently figured
that much out. Q wondered if the safety was on.
Then, in a sudden moment of annoying clarity, the prophecy returned to
his mind for the final time. The words suddenly seemed explained, their
meaning clear to him.
*3, 2, 4, then 1. Are the only way to beat this son.*
3, 2, 4, and 1, Q thought, trying not to laugh out loud. It had started
with three: Kathryn, Chakotay, and himself. Then two… Kathryn and
Chakotay. When they had Grace, that made four. And now, the only one
left was Grace… but she couldn’t kill Sage, could she? The last line-
promise in her hands- Q now remembered what he had said to Chakotay before
leaving him to die. He had promised to keep an eye out on Grace, and to
keep her safe. Now she was holding the phaser, her only way to defend
herself. Q smiled weakly, forcing himself to a half-sitting position.
“Shoot him,” Q whispered, thought he doubt either heard him. Sage’s eyes
darted from Q to Grace. Grace wasn’t turned completely facing Sage; she
wasn’t sure where he was.
“Who are you?” snarled Sage. A mistake. Grace turned her head.
“Wouldn’t you like to know?” A strange smile warped her pristine
features. She reached the floor, and turned. Q’s arm gave out he
collapsed back onto the floor, still grinning despite the pain. Sage
looked slightly upset. Grace was standing, eyes focused blindly on him,
and phaser pointed directly at Sage’s chest. Q didn’t know if Sage
realized that Grace was blind, but to him it was now obvious because her
eyes were angled a little too low to be trying to stare Sage in the eye.
She was also visibly straining to hear everything Sage did, and to sense
the movement of air around her. Sage moved a bit to the left, and Grace
cocked her head like a bird, listening. Q saw the flash of realization in
Sage’s eyes. The game was nearly over. Sage took a few steps forward,
but stopped before reaching Grace. He was a few meters away, and at a
different angle than before.
“You can’t see me, can you?” Sage asked lowly. Grace said nothing, her
face still turned away. But her cheek flinched as she tried to locate
Sage.
Finally Grace turned, her face set in a stern expression that would have
made her mother proud. She leveled the phaser, pointing directly at Sage
again. Sage had a curious smirk on his face again, but did not move.
“Burn in hell, Sage,” Q laughed deliriously.
“Screw you, old man.” Grace snorted, and Sage’s attention returned to
her, and repeated his earlier question. “Who are you?”
The letter given to Grace by Chakotay had bore only two words. The first
was Love. Grace unknowingly spoke the other one now.
“The Savior,” Grace nearly whispered. She closed her sightless eyes, and
fired.
Sage was taken completely off guard, by both Grace’s words and her
accuracy. Q closed his eyes and was glad Grace was blind as Sage fell to
the floor.
Grace had shot him squarely in the gut, a fatal wound even for Sage. But
only, *only* if executed by the right person. And by some strange fate,
Connela’s words had held a loophole, and the prophecy had been true. Sage
writhed on the floor for a moment, and then lay still.
Neither Grace nor Q moved for several minutes. Q wasn’t sure he wanted
to; his back and arms still hurt. Finally it was Grace who moved. The
phaser clattered to the floor, and she made her way carefully over to Q.
She ran a hand down the wall until she found him, and frowned.
“You’re hurt,” she felt the unevenness of his arm.
“I’ll be fine,” Q said, “nothing time won’t heal.” Grace took his hand,
the left one, and spread the fingers, opening his palm.
“The line is gone,” Q whispered. Grace didn’t question him, just nodded.
She looked sadly at him, even though she didn’t realize she was. Q
thought for a moment.
“Grace?”
“Yes?”
“What would make you happy right now?” Grace stared curiously at a spot
behind Q’s left shoulder.
“I wish my parents were happy,” she said after a moment. Grace took a
shuddering breath, “I wish this had all never happened. I know that they
didn’t have very happy lives after Sage was born. There was always a
fear…” Grace shook her head, “I wish Sage had never been born.”
“But Grace,” Q was barely protesting, “if Sage was never born… neither
would have you.”
“I know.”
“That’s suicide.”
“No,” Grace shook her head slightly, “but I know the consequences.”
“Grace, I can’t let-”
“Q! I think… I’ve fulfilled my purpose in life.” Grace objected
loudly. “Maybe all I was put in the galaxy to do was to kill my own
brother. But now I’ve done it, and so what’s left? What was *their*
reason to exist? I don’t think they had a chance to fulfill *their*
destinies.”
“Maybe. But you’ll have never existed.”
“Maybe I shouldn’t have. Maybe I won’t, and no one will know of me or
what I did to help. But maybe that’s how it should be. And perhaps,
someday, somewhere someone will remember me. And that’s enough, isn’t
it?” Q looked at Grace, whose eyes were wide and her expression honest.
Q swallowed, and then after a moment, nodded.
“I will remember you, Grace.” With those words he agreed to her plan, as
strange as it was. Grace smiled, and after finding his shoulders, hugged
him hard.
“Thank you.”
Q snapped his fingers.
And Grace never was.

“There is something you need to know.”
“About what?” her eyes narrowed.
“About your baby.” Janeway resisted the urge to stand, her head was
still swimming slightly.
“What about my baby?” Janeway’s voice was rough and dangerously low. Q
stood, then paused, apparently in thought. Then there was a brief flash,
and Janeway thought her vision had doubled. Q stood flustered, glaring at
another Q, himself, who was talking rapidly. Q sighed, nodding.
“What is this, Q?” Janeway asked suspiciously. They both turned and
looked at her. The first frowned, the second smiled.
“Alright,” the first Q said, and vanished.
“Where’d he go?”
“Right here,” Q tapped his forehead.
“What is this all about?”
Q resisted the urge to tell her the truth. “You can’t have that baby.”
“What? Why not?”
“I can’t explain…” Q shook his head and stepped up to her. He pressed
a hand against her temple. Images of people dying, planets exploding,
stars going supernova… with a startled gasp Janeway jerked backwards.
Anger creased her brow. She opened her mouth several times but said
nothing, just glared.
“What will happen if… if you have that child…” Q frowned unhappily.
He swallowed, shaking his head. “I can’t explain it, it wouldn’t be
right. I’m sorry, but I just… I’ve had to live through it already.”
His voice had dropped to an almost inaudible whisper. Janeway noticed the
slight offset of Q’s shoulders. For some reason, she felt she had to
believe him. There was something unchecked in his eyes, the strange
distance of a memory. And he was scared.
“Alright.”
“What?” Q seemed surprised.
“I said… I’ll terminate the baby.” Janeway looked at him hesitantly.
“If its so important to you.”
“Not just me,” whispered Q, “but all of the universe.” Janeway cocked
her head thoughtfully, for a moment, looking at him through half closed
eyes.
“I hope I’m doing the right thing to trust you,” she finally said.
“You always were before.” Janeway did not respond to his cryptic remark,
but waited until Q said his adieus and departed. Then she exited her
quarters, and started down the long hall that led to Sickbay.

Soft, tinkling laughter. A sound that may have never existed before this
moment. Lips met lips, met hand, met face, met soft new skin. Kathryn
Janeway laughed again as the tiny baby in her arms squealed and wiggled
again. Much of the senior staff was assembled around the bed in Sickbay;
everyone wanted to get a look at the Captain’s daughter. Paris had
already determined that she was the spitting image of her mother. The
captain’s husband was present, of course, he couldn’t get enough of the
sight of his daughter. Chakotay had one hand rested in the small of
Janeway’s back, and the other helping her support the baby. Janeway
smiled and kissed the baby’s forehead. She whispered onto the baby’s
skin, unknowingly repeating the name that have saved them all once upon a
time.

When the time of peace finds an end
Only the strongest of hearts can hope to mend.
The numbers 3, 2, 4, then 1
Are the only way to beat this son.
There is a woman who’s being is true
And windows pained in cobalt blue.
The seed of protection, in she it lies
To save all time with sightless eyes.
To the ends of all with in it stands,
She holds his promise in her hands

And with the musical morning that followed
One life began, another swallowed.
The final gift one could give
So and some die, while others live.
A broken heart that never knew
Of life in peace, and of sight true.
With her gift she gives her life
Lovingly, to end her parent’s strife.
But with her blessing, another chance
To live a life, and grace the dance.

END PART NINE
END “MESSIAH”

Hope you enjoyed this. Please send all comments to the author at:
shelly@camcomp.com

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Lineage

shelly@camcomp.com

This is a J/C romance of sorts (eventually) but probably not until part
two, or late in part one. I’m not really sure. I’ve tried to keep it
simple by keeping anything actually dealing with Voyager out of the story.
This is really just a story about Janeway and Chakotay (though Janeway
doesn’t arrive until much later in the story). I still think it’s worth
reading, or it probably wouldn’t be here.
DISCLAIMER: PARAMOUNT IS GOD. They own Voyager, Janeway and Chakotay.
The rest of the characters are figments of my twisted mind.
I couldn’t really think of a title, “Lineage” is the best I can do (if you
have a better idea I’d like to hear it). If you liked the story let me
know. All comments, suggestions, whatever, are welcomed, as long as you
censor your language and BE POLITE! If you really don’t like it, maybe you
should leave me alone. You can send all of your comments and stuff to
thompson@gnatnet.net, but don’t send any garbage, and don’t give out my
email address. Also, if you want to archive this or whatever, ask me
(except for you Alara, I don’t mind if you archive it) or I’ll have to hunt
you down (because my stories are like children, they may misbehave, but
they’re mine and I love them and will protect them with the deadliest of
force) and rip your story stealing fingers off. Just kidding. Well, maybe
not….

Sforzando

Lineage
Part One
By: Sforzando

Chakotay woke suddenly, his head throbbing. He looked around. He sat on
a rock, at the edge of a forest. The sky was purplish, the sun just
beginning to rise. Chakotay hit his commbadge, but there was no response.
He knew, somehow, that this wasn’t the holodeck. It was too real. So
where was he? Not sure where to go, Chakotay started off into the forest.

Chakotay had barely walked a mile through the tangled undergrowth, when a
rustling in the bushes ahead made him stop. A large, bird-like head popped
out of the bushes. It squawked, and emerged. Even if he was better verse
in ancient Earth mythology, Chakotay still wouldn’t have recognized the
young griffin standing before him. All Chakotay knew was that this
creature stood five feet taller than him, and had the claws of a lion.
The baby griffin squawked again, then reached forward with its beak to tug
on Chakotay’s uniform. Realizing that the baby wanted him to follow, he
did, carefully. The baby griffin had the body of a juvenile lion, and the
head of a young eagle. It was cute in a strange way. The griffin lead
Chakotay to a clearing, where an even stranger sight met him.
A fully adult griffin, presumably the baby’s mother, lay on the ground.
Her eyes were closed, her breathing heavy. Her wings were folded on her
back, and Chakotay spotted a long gash on her back. The baby bounded to
it’s mother, squawking. Chakotay wondered if Chakotay had been brought as
lunch. He hoped not, since he had no idea where or when he was.
The mother griffin lifted her head, and looked at Chakotay. She gave a
few reassuring chirps to the baby, then turned to Chakotay.
“It’s alright,” she said.
“You can talk?” asked Chakotay.
“Why not?” said the mother. She shifted her weight.
“Why am I here?” asked Chakotay.
“You have to help me,” said the mother.
“Help you what?” said Chakotay.
“I’m ill,” she said, “I have an infection, and I’m going to die without
help. I can’t bear the thought of leaving Avion defenseless in this
world.”
“Avion?”
“My baby,” said the mother, “he’s barely even five months old. It was a
week ago, I was shot by a hunter. I got away, but caught an infection in
the process. It’s a common human disease, but among us griffins, well, let
me just say that we’re defenseless.”
“And you want me to help you,” said Chakotay.
“Yes,” said the mother, “you are the first person that we’ve come across
in a week.” Chakotay was reluctant.
“What if I don’t help you?” he asked. The mother worked her jaws.
“I think you know the consequences,” she said. Chakotay swallowed.
“Well,” he said, “okay then. What do I need to do?”
“There is only one plant that can help me, and it is very rare,” said the
mother, “the only place to find it is a Duke Nehin’s castle.”
“What is it called?” asked Chakotay.
“‘Kathryn’s rose’,” said the mother griffin. Chakotay paused at the name.
“How do I get to Duke Nehin’s castle?” he asked.
“Avion will take you,” said the mother, “he knows the way pretty well.
You’ll just have to trust him, he doesn’t speak human very well. He can
understand it, but he won’t be able to speak it fully for a year.”
“Is there anything else I need to know?” asked Chakotay, as Avion bounded
over to him, squawking playfully.
“Getting into Duke Nehin’s castle is very difficult,” said the mother, “he
doesn’t like visitors. I suppose you’ll just have to figure it out as you
go along.”
“Okay,” said Chakotay. The mother griffin said something to her baby,
then turned back to Chakotay.
“You have to hurry,” she said, “if you do not return in two days, there
will be nothing for you to save on the third.” Her eyes were full of
trust.
“I will,” said Chakotay. He turned to Avion, “well Avion, shall we go?”
Avion squawked, then lay down.
“He wants you to ride on his back,” said the mother.
“He is going to…”
“No, he can’t fly very well yet,” said the mother, “but he’ll carry you.”
“Right,” said Chakotay. He climbed on Avion’s back, between the folded
wings. “Lets go.” Avion started off at a quick pace, Chakotay holding on
to a few long feathers on Avion’s neck.

“Avion, stop,” commanded Chakotay. Avion came to a stop. It had been
three hours. Chakotay got off of Avion’s back. “Avion, I want you to
stay here in the woods,” Chakotay said, “there’s a pub up there, and I
doubt they take kindly to griffins. I’m going to go in there, and get some
directions. Just to be sure you know where you’re going.” Avion dipped
his head in a nod.
“What’ll you have to drink?” asked the woman standing at the bar, as
Chakotay sat down.
“What do you have?” asked Chakotay.
“You’re new around here, aren’t you?” asked the woman. Chakotay nodded.
“Well, we have ale and water around here. Since your new, you can have
this drink on the house.”
“Thank you,” said Chakotay, “I’ll have ale.”
“Ah, such a polite fellow,” said the woman as she poured Chakotay his
drink, “they’re hard to come by in these parts.”
“I was wondering,” said Chakotay, “what do you know about a flower called
‘Kathryn’s rose’?”
“Well,” said the woman, “I know that the only place to find it is at Duke
Nehin’s castle. And that its used as an aphrodisiac, and it’s been known
to help griffins when they’re ailing.”
“What do you know about Duke Nehin’s castle?” asked Chakotay.
“I know it’s the hardest castle to get into in all of England,” said the
woman. “I also know the story about the woman he had working’ for him.”
“The woman?” said Chakotay.
“About ten years ago, the Duke met a woman, she grew plants for medicines
and was something of a scientist,” said the woman, “he took her as
prisoner, and made her work on a secret project. She worked for him for
five years. At the end of the five years, the woman had created a
beautiful variation of rose.”
“What happened to the woman?”
“She hated her life in the castle, and so she slit her wrists with the
thorns from the roses. The Duke named the roses ‘Kathryn’s roses’ after
his lost prisoner. The strange thing was that he had secretly fallen in
love with her, and he went insane at her death. He’s spent the past five
years looking for a replacement.” The woman leaned over, as if sharing an
important secret, “rumor has it that he’s found one.” Chakotay nodded,
finishing his ale.
“Thank you,” he said. The woman nodded.
“If you come by this way again, stop in,” she said, “I could use some
better company that those drunks.” She waved at the men in the back of the
pub.
“Bye,” said Chakotay, and left the pub.

Avion was sleeping in a clearing half a mile away.
“Avion, why’d you go so far? I thought I told you to stay back there,”
Chakotay approached the baby griffin. Avion shrugged, and let Chakotay
climb back on.
They traveled for three more hours, then came to a break in the trees.
Chakotay and Avion had landed almost right on top of the castle. It loomed
in the distance, barely half a mile away. It didn’t appear quite as
desolate as Chakotay had imagined it would be. Lush gardens spread out in
all directions around the castle, bisected by a tiny streak of a road
leading to and from the main entrance. Chakotay left Avion, told him that
he really should stay put this time, then started down the road. He was
stopped by three guards.
“What is your business here?” asked the head guard.
“I’ve come seeking a plant sample from the Duke,” said Chakotay. The head
guard nodded to the others, and led Chakotay down the rest of the road. He
was brought before the Duke. Just one look at him and Chakotay could tell
that the Duke was crazy.
“So,” said the Duke, “you’ve come seeking a plant?”
“Yes, sir,” said Chakotay.
“What type in particular?” asked the Duke. Chakotay swallowed.
“The variety known as ‘Kathryn’s rose’,” he said. The Duke frowned.
Anger sparked in his eyes.
“Take him to the secondary room,” he said to the head guard.
Chakotay was taken to a room which had a glass door in it. The door led
to one of the gardens. The Duke shooed away the guards, and closed the
door behind Chakotay.
“You can have your flower,” said the Duke, “but first you have to prove
yourself worthy of it.”
“How do I do that?” asked Chakotay.
“I have a woman that works in the gardens,” said the Duke, “she is very
fair of face, and I have killed every man who has went after her. I am
going to put you and her in the same room.”
“And?” Chakotay wasn’t sure what the catch was.
“You must spend six hours together. You cannot speak to her, or touch
her,” said the Duke, “if you do as you are told, you will be given the rose
and sent on your way. But I’m warning you, this woman is so striking, that
men can’t seem to keep their hands off of her. So, if you say a thing to
her, or lay so much as a finger on her, you will die.” Chakotay nodded at
this.
“Is she allowed to speak to me or touch me?” asked Chakotay.
“That is the other catch,” said the Duke, “if she does either of those
things, you will still die.” Chakotay nodded again.
“Alright,” he said.
“Fine,” said the Duke. He opened the main door, and spoke to the guards.
“Does she know the terms of this?” asked Chakotay.
“Yes,” said the Duke, “she’s done this before. Usually she does something
wrong right off the bat, especially if she doesn’t like the looks of you.”
A woman was led in by the guard. A veil was over her face. The Duke
motioned to the guard. “Remove the veil.” The guard pulled away the
fabric. Chakotay’s mouth dropped open, as did the woman’s. She was on the
verge of saying something, but Chakotay put a finger to his lips.
“Good luck,” said the Duke, “we’ll be watching.” The main door slammed
shut. Chakotay peered at the woman. She was indeed very beautiful. Her
eyes were a dark blue, and her hair reddish brown. A true Irish beauty.
She stood there, hands on hips, eyes narrowing slightly. It made sense to
Chakotay then, the rose’s name… She had never seemed so beautiful as she
did at the moment. He wished he could hear her voice, then he would know
for sure.
Kathryn Janeway glared wistfully at Chakotay. Chakotay stared right back.
He really wished he knew what was going on. Suddenly her hands began
moving rapidly. It took a moment for Chakotay to realize what in the heck
she was doing. Kathryn was using sign language. He knew enough to
understand her, but signed, “Please repeat that all over again”. She
stopped, then restarted.
“C-H-A-K-O-T-A-Y,” she signed.
“My sign is this,” signed Chakotay, making a motion.
“Chakotay, do you have any idea what happened? I woke up, and I was
sitting in this very room, and I have no d-a-m-n idea what is going on,”
Kathryn signed frantically.
“Captain,” he made the motion for the word, “how long have you been here?”
“A month,” signed Kathryn.
“I just got here today,” signed Chakotay, “do you remember the last thing
you did on V-o-y-a-g-e-r?”
“I was in E-n-g-i-n-e-e-r-i-n-g,” signed Kathryn, “you were there too. I
think we were working on aligning the warp core with T-o-r-r-e-s.”
“Yes, that’s right,” signed Chakotay, “but if there was an accident, why
did you end up a month ahead in time before me?”
“I don’t know,” signed Kathryn, “maybe it had something to do with how
close we were to the warp core.”
“You were closer.”
“Yes.”
“But what about T-o-r-r-e-s?”
“I think she was on the other side of E-n-g-i-n-e-e-r-i-n-g, wasn’t she?”
“Yes, that’s right. So, how do we get out of here?”
“I’m not sure,” signed Kathryn, “why are you here?”
“It’s a strange story,” signed Chakotay.
“I don’t think we’re going anywhere for a few hours,” signed Kathryn,
sitting down. Chakotay sat too. He proceeded to tell her his story.
After he finished, she signed.
“How long do you think we’ve been in here?”
“An hour
“You look like h-e-l-l,” signed Kathryn, “maybe you should get some rest.”
“I guess I can try,” signed Chakotay. He lay down, and promptly fell
asleep.

Something was tickling his nose. Chakotay sneezed, and woke up. Kathryn
backed away, smiling slightly.
“I think our six hours are almost up,” signed Kathryn.
“How’s that?” signed Chakotay.
“When I was sent in here, it was a little past noon, and the sun sets at
seven. The sun is beginning to go down now,” Kathryn signed.
“After I get the rose, I have to figure out how to get you out of here,”
signed Chakotay. “Then maybe we can figure out how to get back to
Voyager.”
“Chakotay, what if they don’t find us?” signed Kathryn with a frown.
“I don’t know.”
“Do you think we’re on E-a-r-t-h?” signed Kathryn.
“From the plants I’ve seen, yes,” signed Chakotay, “also, I met a creature
from ancient E-a-r-t-h myth, and it could have only been from E-a-r-t-h.”
“This whole situation is very strange,” signed Kathryn.
“I know this is out of line,” signed Chakotay, “but the Duke wasn’t
kidding when he said that you were beautiful.” Kathryn smiled.
“Thank you,” she signed.
“Will you be terribly unhappy if we never get back to V-o-y-a-g-e-r?”
“I don’t know,” signed Kathryn, “I’d rather not think about that right
now.”
They both turned as the main door finally reopened. The Duke appeared, a
bag in his hands.
“Well done,” said the Duke, “you have met the challenge, and you will
receive your reward.” He handed the bag to Chakotay, who carefully opened
it and looked at the rose. It was dark in color, almost black, with a red
fringe around the top half inch. The Duke motioned to the guards, who
roughly grabbed Chakotay and led him out of the room. As he was led down
the hall, Chakotay could hear the Duke’s words to Kathryn.
“Ah, yes my dear, it’s sunset. And you remember what we do every day at
sunset, don’t you?”
As he was thrown out the door, Chakotay heard Kathryn’s scream echo
through the halls. The door slammed shut, and there was nothing more he
could do. He walked back down the road, and found Avion waiting for him.
“I got the rose,” said Chakotay. Avion squawked happily. He flattened
himself on the ground. “Lets go back to the pub where we stopped earlier.
I think I can probably get a room there, or at least someplace to sleep.”
Avion nodded, and set off at a very fast pace. They reached the pub just a
short while after dark.
“You don’t mind me coming back so late, do you?” asked Chakotay. The
woman behind the bar smiled.
“Ah, no, I don’t mind. Usually stay open another hour or two anyhow,” she
said, “care for a drink?”
“I’m afraid that I don’t have any money, but I work to pay off my dues, if
that’s alright,” said Chakotay.
“Mm, yes, that’ll do,” she said, pouring him an ale. “Can you wash dishes
and tables?”
“Sure, I guess so,” said Chakotay, “do you have a place that I might sleep
until tomorrow morning?”
“Yes, we have an extra room,” said the woman, “I’ll let you sleep in there
if you tell me what’s in the bag, and how you got it.”

END PART ONE

DISCLAIMERS: Same as last time.
Comments and stuff are, as always, welcome.

Lineage
Part Two
By: Sforzando

Chakotay woke early the next morning, thanking the woman, who was already
awake, for her hospitality.
“Pay me another visit some time,” she called as he left.
“I will,” promised Chakotay.
Avion was waiting at the edge of the woods, and they set off quickly.
Avion’s mother lay where they had left her.
“You came back,” she smiled.
“I got the rose,” said Chakotay. Her eyes brightened.
“You did!” she cried, “well, hurry up with it, I can’t wait all day.”
Chakotay took the rose out of the bag.
“What should I do with it?” he asked.
“Take the rose and give it to me,” she said, “all I have to do is eat it,
and my system should be cleared in a few hours.”
“Won’t it hurt going down?” asked Chakotay, as he set the rose in the
mother’s beak.
“A little, I suppose, but not as much as it will make me feel better,” she
said, and swallowed the rose whole. She coughed as it scratched going
down, but afterwards, the mother already seemed to improve.
“I have a favor to ask of you now,” said Chakotay.
“Yes?”
“Have you heard of the Duke’s prisoner?” asked Chakotay.
“Yes,” said the mother, “she works in the gardens.”
“That’s right,” said Chakotay, “I met her in the process of getting the
rose, and I feel that I have to save her.”
“Why?”
“I know her from a long time ago,” said Chakotay. The mother nodded.
“Enough said,” she said, “now, how do I come into this?”
“Well,” said Chakotay, “I suspect that she’ll be out working in the
gardens, right?”
“Correct,” said the mother.
“Well, all we have to do is find her, fly down there really quick, pick
her up, and go,” said Chakotay.
“A reasonably good idea,” said the mother, “but I think we should wait
until tomorrow.”
“Why?”
“I think that you should write her a note, and we’ll drop it to her,” said
the mother, “that way she can be prepared to go.” Chakotay nodded.
“Now where am I going to find something to write with?”

Chakotay watched Kathryn pick up the letter and read it. She looked up
and nodded. The mother griffin carried Chakotay back to the pub, and her
baby back to her lair. Chakotay had procured what he needed from the woman
at the pub, her name was Loreen, who had gladly supplied him when she heard
his reason for needing the paper.
“You just bring her by so I can meet her,” Loreen had said. Chakotay now
lay on his cot, thinking of Kathryn. He still wished to hear her voice.
Chakotay wondered what they would do if they never made it back to Voyager.
This was somewhat like when they had been on New Earth, just less
technologically advanced. Maybe they could get a job at the pub, thought
Chakotay ruefully. Maybe he could get an agreement from Loreen and her
husband, and build some sort of hotel. That would bring in customers, and
money, and Chakotay and Kathryn could run it. The possibilities were
endless, yet Chakotay knew in the back of his mind that they would be
eventually found by Voyager. Somehow.

The next day, at the arranged time, Chakotay, riding on the back of the
mother griffin, swooped down into the garden of the Duke’s castle. He
lifted Kathryn, who was carrying a bag, in front of him.
“Hurry now,” he said to the mother. She took off quickly, “hold on
tight,” Chakotay whispered to Kathryn.
“I am,” she said.
They were long gone before the Duke, or anyone else even realized what had
happened. Oddly, there were no witnesses. Though the fact that Kathryn
had drugged the guards probably had nothing to do with it. Kathryn leaned
forward.
“Thank you…” she whispered.
“Diama,” said the mother.
“What?”
“Diama is my name,” said the mother griffin, “now, Chakotay, should I take
you two to the pub?”
“Yes, please,” said Chakotay.

“Thank you again,” said Kathryn, as Diama lifted off into the night sky.
“See you again sometime,” called Diama. Kathryn turned to Chakotay.
“Well…” she said softly.
“We’re going to have to share a room,” said Chakotay.
“What?”
“You heard me,” said Chakotay, grinning, “I can only wash enough dishes to
afford one room.”
“Oh,” said Kathryn. She remembered the bag in her hands, and handed it
over to Chakotay. “This is for you.”
“What is it?”
“Gold coins,” said Kathryn. “I stole them from the Duke. I took all I
could fit in the sack.”
“Kathryn, this is a lot of money,” said Chakotay, looking in the bag.
“It’s all yours,” said Kathryn, “I owe it to you.”
“You didn’t bring anything else?” asked Chakotay.
“I had nothing to bring,” said Kathryn, “I think that money should keep
you secure for a few months, if we’re here that long.”
“Thank you,” said Chakotay. He stared at Kathryn, then set the bag down.
Chakotay pulled Kathryn forward, and kissed her.
“What was that for?” laughed Kathryn as Chakotay pulled away.
“You deserved it,” said Chakotay. He picked up the bag, and took
Kathryn’s arm. “I have to introduce you to the landlady, Loreen, before we
get settled.

“Ah, so this is the woman from Duke Nehin’s castle,” said Loreen.
“I’m very pleased to meet you,” said Kathryn.
“Same here,” said Loreen, “let me get you something to drink.”
“Do you have an extra cot lying around somewhere?” asked Chakotay.
“Let me see,” said Loreen, pouring ale into a mug for Kathryn, “yes, I do
have one. For Miss Kathryn, I suppose?”
“Yes,” said Chakotay.
“I’ll get my husband to put it in your room,” said Loreen.
“About the room…” said Chakotay.
“Yes?” said Loreen, pausing from rousing her husband.
“I recently came across.. an award for something, so I’ll be able to pay
for the room,” said Chakotay.
“That’s good,” said Loreen, poking her husband, “up now, I got something
for you to do.”
“I was wondering if I could continue washing up around here, for a small
payment?”
“As in a job?” said Loreen, pushing her husband through the back door,
“sure, I hate having to clean up the pub anyhow. It would be a pleasure to
keep you two around for awhile.”
“It would be very kind of you,” said Kathryn.
“Think nothing of it,” said Loreen, “I’ll be right back.” She went off to
help her husband with the bed.

A few hours later, Chakotay and Kathryn sat on their beds.
“Loreen said the dressmaker would be down in a few days to get me
outfitted,” said Kathryn.
“Jake gave me some of his old things,” said Chakotay. Jake was Loreen’s
husband. “There’s a tailor that’s coming down in a week to get me
clothed.” He kicked off his black Starfleet issue boots, lying back on his
bed. Kathryn had already changed into a nightgown borrowed from Loreen’s
daughter, Gena. The daughter spent five days a week in town working, and
came home on Thursdays and Fridays.
“Do you mind if I turn off the light now?” asked Kathryn.
“Go ahead,” said Chakotay. Kathryn extinguished the lamp.
“Good night,” she said into the darkness.
“Pleasant dreams,” whispered Chakotay.
He was only mildly surprised, when waking later in the night, to find
Kathryn snuggled next to him on the cot.

The next morning, Loreen stood behind the bar, as usual, when the door
opened. Several of the guards from the Duke’s castle entered. Loreen was
thankful that Chakotay and Kathryn were still asleep.
“How can I help you gentlemen?” asked Loreen.
“We’re looking for a woman that escaped from Duke Nehin’s castle
yesterday,” said the head guard. “You wouldn’t happen to know where she
is?”
“No,” said Loreen, “I don’t think so. I haven’t had any unusual customers
lately.”
“Do you mind if we checked the back rooms?” asked the head guard.
Loreen’s hesitation was unnoticeable.
“I don’t see why not,” said Loreen, “just let me make sure my husband’s
dressed.”
“Hurry please,” said the guard.
“You two have to hide somewhere,” said Loreen, quickly ducking into their
room. “There are some guards looking for you Kathryn.”
“We’ll hide,” said Chakotay.
“You better hurry,” said Loreen. She scurried back to where the guards
were waiting. “You can go ahead,” she said. The guards went back, then
returned a few minutes later.
“Every checks out,” said the head guard, “thank you for your time. If you
do see anything strange, please contact us.”
“I will,” said Loreen. She waited until the guards were long gone before
telling Kathryn and Chakotay it was safe to come out. They had been hiding
just outside the window.
“Thank you for warning us,” said Kathryn.
“Don’t mention it,” said Loreen, “I think you would have done the same
thing for me.” Kathryn nodded.

Several months passed, and Chakotay and Kathryn continued living at the
pub undetected. The locals paid no real care towards the couple, and they
tried not to draw too much attention to themselves. The guards never came
back again to check. And as more time passed, Chakotay and Kathryn knew
that their chances of ever being found were slim. It made some sense.
After all, how could Voyager ever find them, when it was no where near
Earth, or in the right time period.
They had to face something else. Something more prominent than the fact
that they had to start new lives. Chakotay and Kathryn, like it or not,
were falling in love. Loreen stated this fact plainly to Chakotay every
afternoon while Kathryn was outside working on her art. Kathryn had taken
a liking to making clay art, and no one was stopping her from pursuing the
hobby. Chakotay never really denied his attraction toward Kathryn to
Loreen, but he always dropped the subject as fast as she brought it up.
“So when are you going to ask her to marry you?” asked Loreen, out of the
blue on afternoon.
“Excuse me?” said Chakotay, pausing in the middle of washing dishes.
“You heard me,” said Loreen, “when are you going to ask.”
“I don’t think…”
“Come on Chakotay, admit it, you’re in love with her, and she loves you.
You’re not going anywhere, and there is no one else to come between you, so
why don’t you ask her?” Loreen leaned toward Chakotay over the counter.
Chakotay sighed.
“Who would marry us?” he asked.
“I could get the priest to marry you,” said Loreen, “he comes down here
every other week anyhow, might as well make his journey worthwhile for
once.”
“Maybe,” said Chakotay, “I have to think about it.”
“Oh, please,” said Loreen, “if you think about it for too long, she’ll
find someone else. Trust me.” Chakotay glared.
“I’ll ask her,” he said, “just give me a few days to find the right time.”

Chakotay went outside, sat on a rock, and closed his eyes. He was well
out of sight of Kathryn, who sat in a clearing in the woods on the other
side of the pub. Chakotay concentrated for a few moments. Then he felt a
rush of warm wind on his face, and opened his eyes. Diama was sitting
before him.
“Hello,” said Diama, “long time no see.”
“I need to ask you something,” said Chakotay.
“What?”
“Do you think that I should ask Kathryn to marry me?” asked Chakotay.
“Do you love her?” asked Diama. Chakotay thought.
“Yes,” he said.
“Do you think she loves you?”
“Yes.”
“Do you think she’d say yes if you asked?”
“….”
“Well?”
“I don’t know,” said Chakotay.
“Think hard,” said Diama. Chakotay did. He thought of they way she acted
around him, both publicly and privately. He thought of how she always
ended up lying next to him on his cot every night.
“Yes, I think she would say yes,” Chakotay said.
“So then ask her.”
“I don’t have a ring.” Diama shook her head slowly, then shook her front
left paw. A small, simple gold ring fell to the ground. Chakotay picked
it up.
“Go ask her.” Chakotay nodded.
Kathryn was seated on a bench, working away on a piece of clay. It had
the slight shape of a bird, which made sense, since she had just started
working on it. Chakotay sat next to Kathryn on the bench.
“Hello,” she said, through her teeth, which were clenched around a small
carving tool. She was working at the clay with her fingers. Chakotay took
the tool from her, set it down next to the clay, took Kathryn’s hands,
which were surprisingly clean. She turned more to face him. Chakotay
looked at her, looked at her loosely pulled back hair, at the delicate
smile that graced her lips, and knew that he was doing the right thing.
“Kathryn…”
“Yes?”
“Kathryn, back on Voyager, our lives never would have happened like this.
But I feel that this is right. That somehow we were meant to live here,
now,” Chakotay paused, staring into Kathryn’s eyes.
“Yes?”
“Kathryn… will you be my wife?” he waited for her reaction. She smiled.
“Yes,” she said. Chakotay gave a happy hoot, a kissed Kathryn. He slid
the gold band on her finger. She kissed him again, and Chakotay merrily
lifted her off the bench.
“Just where do you think we’re going?” Kathryn laughed.
“I think you know,” said Chakotay. Kathryn’s smile froze.
“No, not now,” she said, “can’t it wait at least until we’re married?”
Chakotay looked at her, then smiled.
“Sure,” he said, “I’ve waited this long, what’s a few more days?” He
pulled her up for another kiss.

They were married a week later, by the priest from Sunton. Chakotay
carried Kathryn back into their room, which now housed one bed instead of
two cots. Chakotay laid Kathryn on the bed, slowly unbuttoning his shirt.
Then he helped her pull off her dress. They pulled off the rest of their
clothes. Kathryn pulled Chakotay down to kiss him. A small tear streaked
down her cheek. He caressed her cheek, wiping away the tear. Kathryn
rested her head on Chakotay’s chest, listening to his heartbeat.
“I love you,” he said softly.
“I love you too.”

END PART TWO

DISCLAIMERS: SAME AS PART I AND II.
All comments are welcome, as always.

Lineage
Part Three
By: Sforzando

They had been married two months when Kathryn first noticed it. Barely
noticeable, but she could tell. Kathryn ran a hand nervously over her
stomach.
“Chakotay, do I look funny to you?” asked Kathryn.
“What do you mean?” Chakotay asked. They were eating breakfast.
“I think I’m pregnant,” said Kathryn. Chakotay nearly choked on his eggs.
“Are you sure?”
“Not really,” said Kathryn, “but I haven’t had my period in two months,
and there is a slight difference…” she ran her hand over her stomach
again. “Are you okay with this?”
“Of course,” smiled Chakotay, “I’m just not used to hearing that when I’m
eating breakfast.” Kathryn smiled too.
“I’m glad,” she said.
“I was thinking,” said Chakotay, “the other day, I spoke to Loreen and
Jake about an idea.”
“What idea?” asked Kathryn, sitting down at the table.
“I suggested that, since a lot of travelers come through here, may they
should build some sort of lodge,” said Chakotay, “we could live in it, and
run it.” He looked at Kathryn, waiting to see here reaction. She smiled.
“I think that’s a great idea,” she said.
“Loreen even said she would give us the land to build it on,” said
Chakotay.
“So it would be our establishment?” said Kathryn.
“In a way, yes. We’d just pay a small fee to Jake and Loreen every
month,” Chakotay paused, “so what do you think?”
“I think we should do it,” Kathryn said. Chakotay grinned.
“Good, I’ll tell Loreen after breakfast,” he said.
“Now what about the baby?” asked Kathryn. She wouldn’t be pulled off
subject that easily.
“What about it?” Chakotay grinned, “you’re having it, aren’t you?”
“Yes, I think so,” said Kathryn, “but what about the risks?”
“Risks?”
“Yes,” said Kathryn, “isn’t there a risk of birth defects in mothers over
40? And what if we somehow pollute the time-line?”
“I don’t know what we can do about that,” said Chakotay, “we’ll just have
to wait it out.”
“What about the time-line?” pursued Kathryn.
“Well, I don’t think we’ll do too much damage to the time-line,” said
Chakotay softly, “if we keep ourselves low key.” He shrugged, “or maybe it
won’t make a difference. Maybe we’re supposed to be here. Maybe its part
of destiny.”
“You mean you think we were born destined to be transported over a
thousand years back in time?”
“Maybe,” said Chakotay, “the fact that we’re still here says something.
If the future has already played itself up to the 24th century, then if our
having a child now affected the future, we wouldn’t be here, we may not
have ever been born.”
“So, you’re saying,” said Kathryn, trying to grasp the confusion of time
in her mind, “that if our children born now affected the future, then we
would have never possibly been born, or at least never transported back in
time to have the children?”
“Yes,” said Chakotay, “that sounds about right.”
“And by having children, and by our descendants not having any major
impact on the future, we would still have existed in the future up to the
point when we were transported back here, to have the children?”
“Yes.”
“Then Voyager is still out there, lost in the Delta Quadrant,” said
Kathryn.
“Well, not really,” said Chakotay, “the crew of Voyager won’t be born for
a thousand years.”
“But if the future already exists…”
“Then yes, they would be still out there,” said Chakotay. “But you have
to realize that… well, that they don’t exist now. Their predecessor
might, but they don’t.”
“Chakotay,” said Kathryn suddenly, “what if the accident that transported
us back in time affected the whole ship? What if everyone was transported
back in time, but at different points, like we were?”
Chakotay frowned, “somehow, I don’t know why, but that just doesn’t seem
likely.”
“Why?”
“Well, for one thing, Ensign Bema was standing right behind me,” said
Chakotay, “shouldn’t he have been transported to a point in time shortly
after I appeared, and in the same relative area?”
“Maybe,” said Kathryn. She sighed. “I guess you’re right.”
“Now,” said Chakotay, rising from the table, “finish your breakfast, and
I’ll meet you outside at your workbench in an hour.”
“Okay,” smiled Kathryn, tilting her face up to receive a kiss from
Chakotay. He left then, off to tell Loreen the news about the lodge.

An hour later, Kathryn was seated on her workbench, as promised, working
away. She had finished the bird a week before, it was in its second firing
at the moment. Kathryn rolled the new clay in her hands, trying to think
of something to make. She felt the bench move as Chakotay sat next to her.
She still had her back facing him, but Kathryn knew that he was smiling.
“So what are you working on now?” he asked.
“I don’t really know,” laughed Kathryn. She set the clay down, and turned
to face Chakotay.
“I think you should make a model of Diama,” said Chakotay, staring up at
the clouds. Kathryn looked up too, and saw the large and small forms of
Diama and Avion cruising around.
“You think so?” said Kathryn.
“Yes,” said Chakotay. “I bet I could even get her to pose for you.”
“That sounds like a good idea,” said Kathryn, “so, did you talk to
Loreen?”
“Yep,” said Chakotay, “she said we could start working on the lodge right
away. “Loreen also said that Jake knew some men from Sunton who could help
in the building.”
“That’s good,” said Kathryn, “did you tell her about the baby?”
“Yes,” said Chakotay.
“What did she say?” asked Kathryn.
“Well, first she ran off and told Jake, and then she came back and
congratulated me,” said Chakotay, grinning, “she wants to see you later.”
Kathryn picked up the clay, working it with her hands again. “You know
Kathy, you’re very talented when it comes to working with clay. Did you
every think about trying to sell some of your work?”
“Not really,” said Kathryn, “but if you’d like to try and sell some of it,
with my consent of course, I’m not stopping you. We could always use the
money.”
“Maybe we could display it in the pub somewhere,” said Chakotay said, “or
in the lodge.”
“I don’t know if I’d trust it around the drunks,” grinned Kathryn.
Chakotay laughed, looking up at the griffins again. He put two fingers in
his mouth, and whistled shrilly. This caught Kathryn off guard, and she
slapped him on the arm, “don’t do that!”
There was a squealing noise, and Diama and Avion landed with a thump in
the clearing.
“Good flying Avion!” called Chakotay. Mother and child trotted over to
the couple.
“Ah, hello Chakotay, Kathryn,” said Diama. She nudged her son, “say hello
Avion.”
“Hallo,” said Avion quietly.
“Oh, Avion, that’s wonderful!” said Kathryn, stroking the griffin’s beak.
“How much can he say?”
“Well,” said Diama, thinking, “not much really. His first word was “rose”
believe it or not. I think I’ve heard him say “tree”, “fly”, “wind”, and
“hallo”. That’s all really. But he’s progressing normally for his age.
Learns a lot by mimicry.”
“Well, I think you’re doing very well Avion,” Kathryn said to the baby,
“you’ve grown too.” Avion squawked happily.
“Yes, and his flying has improved too,” said Diama proudly.
“Kathryn has an artistic proposal to make for you,” said Chakotay.
“Really?” said Diama, sitting down and facing Kathryn.
“Yes,” she said, “I don’t know if Chakotay’s told you, but I do clay
sculptures.”
“Mm, yes, he did mention it once,” said Diama.
“Well, I’m going to do a model of a griffin, and I’d like you to be the
model for it,” said Kathryn.
“Oh, I’d be delighted to,” said Diama, “when will you start working?”
“Well, I guess you could come here tomorrow afternoon, maybe every other
day in the afternoon,” said Kathryn. Diama gave a pleased nod.
“That sounds quite nice,” she said, “and it’ll give me something to do.
There’s not much to do around here in the summer. Except fly, and swim,
and sleep really.” Diama shrugged. “Well, I’m afraid we must be going,
Avion hasn’t had his breakfast yet.”
“Have a nice day,” called Kathryn as the two griffins took off.
“Fly!!” called back Avion as he and his mother disappeared over the
treetops.

“So, how’s your sculpture coming along?” Chakotay helped Kathryn off of
the work bench. A month had passed, and construction on the lodge was in
full swing. Kathryn’s belly was slowly becoming noticeable. She brushed
back a loose strand of hair, and returned her attention to the griffin
posed in front of her.
“Very well,” Kathryn mumbled, “Diama, move you left foot a little, yes,
that’s better.” Diama shifted her feet.
“Shouldn’t we be facing the other direction this time of day?” asked
Diama.
“Why do you say that?” asked Kathryn, not looking up.
“Well, doesn’t my shadow make it harder for you to see?” Diama cocked her
head.
“No, actually quite the opposite,” said Kathryn, “during the summer it
gets very hot in the sunlight, and you provide shade. And bright sunlight
makes me squint, so I wouldn’t be able to see anyhow.” Diama nodded,
trying to hold herself still again. She towered twenty feet tall, and
Kathryn’s neck hurt, so she decided it would be easier to work on the feet
today, and not have to crane her neck up.
“The work crew left for the day, so I thought I’d come see how you’re
doing,” said Chakotay.
“I’m fine,” snapped Kathryn.
“Still managing to keep your lunch down?” asked Chakotay.
“Yes,” said Kathryn.
“I find it amazing that you haven’t gotten morning sickness yet,” said
Chakotay.
“I find it amazing that you find that amazing,” sighed Diama.
“Why’s that?” asked Kathryn.
“Human’s are one of the few species that I know of that actually get
morning sickness,” said Diama, “and there is a large percentage of pregnant
women who don’t get morning sickness.”
“How many?” asked Chakotay.
“Probably almost 25%,” said Diama. Chakotay humped.
“Don’t feel bad Chakotay,” sighed Kathryn, “you can have morning sickness
if you want it. I’ll probably get it eventually, so count your blessings.”
“I thought the saying was don’t count your chicks before they’ve hatched,”
said Diama. Kathryn’s laughter broke the quiet of the afternoon.
A man dressed in green moved silently through the forest. Eyes jealously
followed the woman’s form, as she leaned against the man. And a griffin
too! Wouldn’t that be grand, kill a traitor, and a griffin, and get his
love back? He thought of his horse, waiting just a few yards away.

Kathryn was still laughing, when Diama uttered a low cough. Kathryn
quieted.
“Is something wrong?” she asked. Diama quickly hunkered down. She said
only one thing.
“The Duke.” Kathryn and Chakotay whirled as one.
Duke Nehin stood before them. He had a sword drawn, and was pointing it
at Chakotay. Kathryn made a soft cry, and collapsed to the ground.
Chakotay cursed Kathryn’s hormones as he dove away from the swipe of the
Duke’s sword. The Duke angrily threw the sword. It slashed Diama on the
forelegs. Diama screamed angrily, still hunkered on the ground. Chakotay
stumbled to his feet, turning to glance at Diama, just briefly if she was
alright. Diama’s eyes widened and she screeched again. Chakotay whirled.
The Duke and Kathryn were gone. He could hear the gallop of hooves.
“Diama, we have to stop him!” cried Chakotay. Diama was already picking
up Chakotay with her beak, and depositing him on her back.
“Hold on!” she cried, and launched herself into the air, “we’re going to
have to fly, because I can’t run with my forelegs torn to shreds.”
Chakotay knew she was exaggerating, but it didn’t matter. They had lost
the Duke.
“Where are they?” called Chakotay, as they dove low over the treetops.
“I don’t know!”
“We’re going to have to be waiting for him at his castle!”
“What if he doesn’t take her there?”
“He will,” said Chakotay, “he will.”

The Duke kicked the main door to his castle open. He shoved Kathryn in
front of him. She gave an angry, and pained cry as her left shoulder
cracked against the hard floor of the main hall. She rolled onto her back.
“Thought you could get away, hmm?” sneered the Duke, “well, you were
wrong. Running away with that man, when you know damn well that you belong
here. HERE!!” Kathryn tried to sit up, but couldn’t. She stared up
hopelessly at the ceiling. At the endless expanse of glass that formed the
skylight.

They zoomed over the Duke’s castle. The trip had taken longer than
expected.
“You’re going to have to stall when I tell you to,” called Chakotay.
“Are you crazy?” Diama yelled back.
“Just stall when I tell you to, okay?”
“Okay!”
“Now!”
“Now?”
“YES!!!”

Kathryn stared up at the skylight. A smile came to her face.
“My hero,” she mumbled, rolling onto her side, curling into a ball as best
she could.
The skylight shattered into a million pieces as the huge force of Chakotay
and Diama plummeting to the ground hit it. Diama unfurled her wings again,
slowly her decent. She dropped Chakotay to the ground, zooming down the
hall, trying to slow her speed. Chakotay pulled Kathryn, whose was covered
in shards of glass, off the ground. He turned back to the Duke, who had
found another sword.
“Think you can try and save her again?” laughed the Duke, “good luck.”
“Luck happens to be on my side,” said Chakotay, pulling Kathryn back to
the ground. They were buzzed by Avion, who had descended from above. He
slammed into the Duke, who went flying. Avion turned and landed in front
of Kathryn.
“Kattrin,” he said, proudly beating his wings. Kathryn laughed.
“Yes, thank you Avion,” she said. Chakotay stood again, picking up the
Duke’s sword. He walked down to where the Duke lay. Chakotay nudged the
Duke’s body.
After a moment, he turned, “he’s dead.” Avion helped Kathryn up. Diama
landed behind them, panting.
“Good flying Diama,” said Chakotay.
“Do you think you could find something to wrap my feet in?” she wheezed.
“Will do,” said Chakotay, “you stay here Kathryn, I’ll be right back.”
Chakotay ran off down the hall, Avion on his tail. Kathryn stood with her
hands on her hips, peering around the hall.
“It won’t be long before the guards get here,” she said softly.
“What are you going to do?” whispered Diama.
“I’m just wondering how much gold the Duke had hidden in his pantry,” said
Kathryn. Diama had no idea what Kathryn was talking about.
“I’ll be right back,” promised Kathryn, pulling open a door. Diama caught
a whiff of stale bread.
“Be careful,” she said. Kathryn reappeared a few moments later, carrying
two cloth sacks. She shook them. Diama heard the jingle of gold coins.
“I am being careful,” Kathryn said, a dazed look on her face, “very
careful.” She set the bags down. “Come look.” Diama stuck her head in
the doorway. In the dim light, she could see, behind sacks of flour, the
unmistakenable form of bags, identical to the ones at her feet.
“There is a lot of gold in her,” said Diama.
“I think we deserve it,” said Kathryn absently.
“Maybe you should ask Chakotay.”
“Ask me what?” Chakotay appeared at the door, rolls of linen in his
hands. He spotted the bags. “Oh my lord.”
“Are you thinking what I’m thinking?” Kathryn stood with her arms crossed.
“I think so,” said Chakotay, turning to Diama, “how much weight do you
think you can carry?”
“How much can you load me up with?” Diama would have been grinning, if she
could.
“All of it,” whispered Kathryn.

“Can’t you slow up?” panted Diama, as she flew behind Avion, who carried
Kathryn and Chakotay. Twenty bags of gold were tied to her back.
“You said to put as much weight on as we could,” called back Chakotay,
laughing.
“That money is going to keep us secure for a very long time,” said
Kathryn.
“This money is going to be the death of me,” whined Diama.
“How did you know the gold was there?” Chakotay asked Kathryn.
“I remembered having to go in that pantry once,” she said, “and I saw one
of the sacks of gold. The Duke saw that I saw it, and offhandedly told me
that there was enough gold in that room to buy twenty-three million roses.”
“How much does the average rose go for these days?” Chakotay asked.
Kathryn shrugged.
“Let’s just say that the gold on Diama’s back is worth enough that it
could have cancelled out the United States’ debt back in the twentieth
century,” called Kathryn. Chakotay whistled.
“That’s a lot of money,” said Chakotay.
“I know,” grinned Kathryn.
“Don’t you feel even the smallest bit guilty about stealing the Duke’s
gold?” called Diama.
“Strangely enough, no,” said Kathryn.
“You know, we can have a really big lodge built with that money,” said
Chakotay.
“We can have a really big house built with that money,” said Kathryn.
“And a really big pub.”
“And a really big house for Loreen and Jake.”
“And for Avion and Diama,” Chakotay laughed.
“You’d really do that?” called Diama, “build us a mew?”
“Sure,” called Kathryn, “why not?”
“I thought we were going to stay low key,” mocked Chakotay.
“You’re right,” said Kathryn, “okay, so everything won’t be too big or
extravagant. But we can live well.”
“That’s better,” said Chakotay. He leaned forward, and kissed Kathryn on
the cheek, “so how are you?”
“What do you mean?”
“The baby.”
“Oh, I think she’s just fine,” said Kathryn.
“She?” Chakotay raised a brow.
“Yeah,” said Kathryn, “she. Why can’t it be a she?”
“Why can’t it be a he?” Chakotay asked. Kathryn laughed.
“Because I want a girl,” she said.
“Last time I checked, there was no way to be certain,” said Chakotay.
Kathryn shrugged.
“Well, I think it’s going to be a girl. I have a feeling…” Kathryn
drifted off.
“Mother’s intuition?”
“Something like that,” smiled Kathryn, “do you want a boy?”
“Well… I’m not saying that I don’t want a girl. In fact, I think a girl
would be nice. Especially if she’s as beautiful as her mother.”
“Thank you,” said Kathryn.
“I just better get a boy next time,” laughed Chakotay.

END PART THREE

DISCLAIMER: SAME AS PART I, II AND III
Lineage
Part Four
By: Sforzando

Kathryn had her baby half a year later. A healthy, screaming baby girl.
Just like Kathryn had predicted, and much to Chakotay’s joy. They named
her Maria Rose Fieaway. Chakotay and Kathryn had decided to take that last
name shortly after they were married, as to keep any future suspicion down.
The Rose in Maria’s name was suggested by Diama, as a reminder of how
their lives had grown together in the first place.
The lodge had been finished ten days before Maria’s birth. It was just
after their first night in their new home that Kathryn went into labor.
The labor itself was short, but extremely painful.
“And how are the two most beautiful women on the planet doing this
morning?” Chakotay cooed. He had become such a doting father, almost to
the point where he became annoying.
“We’re fine,” sighed Kathryn.
“Something wrong?” asked Chakotay, sitting on the edge of their bed. He
ran a hand over Kathryn’s hair, smoothing it.
“No, just tired,” she said.
“Well that’s understandable,” said Chakotay, “how long do you think it’ll
be before you’re on your feet again?”
“Maybe tomorrow,” said Kathryn. Chakotay smiled. Kathryn’s eyes were
already half-closed.
“You should get some more rest first,” said Chakotay. His words were lost
on Kathryn, she was already asleep. Chakotay took his week-old daughter
from her mother’s arms, and carried her outside.
“See Maria? That-” see pointed to the break in the trees, “that is a
sunrise. Next to the sunset, and you and your mother, it’s the most
beautiful part of my day.” Maria squirmed in Chakotay’s arms. “Ah yes, I
know, I know, you could care less. But someday you will care, someday.”

The years passed. Four, to be more exact. Maria grew into a near
spitting image of her mother. She had the same face, and spent so much
time helping Kathryn that she began to pick up her mother’s mannerisms.
Maria had deep blue eyes, lined with her father’s long lashes, and straight
dark brown hair. She was also as hard-hearted, stubborn, and strong willed
as her mother.
Kathryn also had another baby, a girl, that they named Julia Anne Fieaway.
She exhibited more of her father’s traits. Julia had curly jet black
hair, and her father’s narrow eyes, except they were her mother’s blue.
She was also, strangely enough, fully colorblind. The world to Julia
existed in shades of grey. But the world was just as beautiful to her in
black and white as it was to her father in color, so Chakotay did not mourn
this fact much. Julia could distinguish the difference between the sunset
and sunrise, and the difference between the leaves of spring and fall.
And Kathryn was pregnant again.

The day the strangers arrived was warm and sunny. They opened the door
marked “office”, and entered the office of the Fieaway Lodge. The name
also threw them off too, because they were searching for someone, but not
in realization that they had come to the right place. A short, shout woman
was sweeping the wooden floor, and greeted the entering trio with a warm
smile.
“Ah, hello, may I be of some help to yah?” she said.
“Um, I think so,” said the first stranger.
“Can we get a room?” the second stranger, a woman, barged into the
conversation.
“Ay, yes, let me get the manager,” the woman said. She went back through
a curtained door. The second stranger noticed the curiosity in the woman’s
eyes. They heard the woman call, “aye, Miss, couple o’ new ones we gots.
Yup, they’ve never passed by here afore.”
“I’m coming,” said another, low, female voice. The strangers did not
recognize the voice, nor did they recognize the voice’s owner as she
entered the office. The entering woman, however, recognized the strangers,
and paused, mouth gaping slightly, before stepping up to greet them.
“Hello,” said the second stranger, “we’re in need of a room.”
“Just one?” the woman raised a brow, ambling back to the desk in the
corner of the room. Ambling was the right word, because the woman was
very, about seven months, pregnant. As she turned her back, the strangers
stopped to take a look at her. Aside from being very pregnant, the woman
had long brown hair that flowed down her back, streaked with grey and
blonde, from a combination of age and exposer to the sun. The woman’s skin
was bronzed, and she bore a small tatoo on her right shoulder, which was
exposed through the cut of the dress. The first stranger was staring.
The second stranger hit the first, hissing, “Paris!” The woman turned
back to the strangers, smiling.
“From Paris, did you say? That would explain your clothes. They do wear
such strange things in France,” she picked up a small book from the desk.
The woman, though the strangers didn’t realize it, was extremely talented
at playing dumb, though she wasn’t.
“Um, yeah, Paris,” said the second. The third stranger had remained at
the door unmoving. The woman’s eyes traveled warily from stranger to
stranger, pausing longest on the silent third.
“I have two rooms,” said the woman, “would you prefer top or bottom
floor?”
“Top,” said the third stranger. The woman smiled.
“Alright then,” she said, “I’ll get my husband to take you to your room.
I’m in no condition to going up those stairs, you know. Loreen’s such a
dear, she cleans all the upstairs rooms for me.” The woman smiled,
offering a hand to the second stranger. “My name is Kathryn Fieaway, and
my husband… well, where did he go? Excuse me.” The woman walked back
through the curtained door. The three strangers looked at each other.
“Kathryn?” the first one said softly. The second shrugged. They heard
the another door open, and Kathryn call,
“CHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-KOOOOOOOOOOO-TAAAAAAAAAAAAAYEAY!” It was then the
second’s mouth hung open. They heard a whistle, then a male voice.
“I’m coming, I’m coming,” the male voice said.
“Got a group you need to show to their room upstairs,” Kathryn said. The
strangers heard some undecipherable whispering.
“Okay,” the man said. As he entered the room, the second stranger let out
a whoop.
“Chakotay!? Omigod! Is that really you?” B’Elanna Torres screeched,
practically jumping on top of him.
“B’Elanna?” the curious voice of Chakotay.
“Yeah!” Kathryn started laughing.
“I can’t believe you guys actually thought we’d never recognize you.
Walking around in Starfleet uniforms like that,” Kathryn laughed.
“Well, we didn’t recognize you,” said Tom Paris. Kathryn gave him a hug,
then turned to Tuvok.
“It is good to see you again Captain,” said Tuvok. Kathryn cringed.
“Please don’t bother calling me that,” she said.
“Captain, you’re pregnant!” said Torres. Kathryn laughed again.
“Like I didn’t know that,” she smiled, “do you all still need that room?”
“Well, yeah, I guess,” said Paris.
“I’ll take you up there,” said Chakotay, “but you all are going to have to
join us for dinner.”
“We will,” said Torres. Chakotay led them upstairs.

“I’m not sure who should go first, you guys or us,” said Torres, sitting
at the dinner table.
“When did you get married? When did you have kids?” Paris shot off
questions.
“How did this happen in the first place?” asked Kathryn. Torres smoothed
the blue fabric of the dress Kathryn had lent her. Paris and Tuvok had
also changed.
“Well,” Torres started, “the day you two disappeared, we were working on
aligning the warp core. We’re still not really sure what happened, but
there was some sort of cascade. One moment you two were standing there,
the next…”
“We were gone,” Chakotay said softly.
“Momma, what’s a warp core?” Maria asked, sitting on the other side of the
table.
“Please shush for moment Maria,” Kathryn said softly.
“Why don’t you help Julia get the pie?” Chakotay said to Maria.
“Okay!” Maria hopped out of her chair, helping her sister, “come on,
Dadda wants us to get the dessert.” The two girls disappeared into the
kitchen.
“Well,” Torres began again, “we studied the sensor data for months, but
all we could find was that the warp cascade caused a temporal loop, and you
got caught in it. We worked on trying to find you two for almost a year
and a half, but we finally had to give you up as lost.” Torres frowned,
staring down at the table.
“And?” Chakotay prodded.
“And,” said Paris, seeing that Torres wasn’t about to continue, “we
continued on our way for two more years, before we ran into the Undiranets.
They had some strange technology that we barter for. Initially we were
looking for some part for the main computer grid. But Torres-.”
“I stumbled across something in the Undiranets’ technology that somehow
was able to shift temporal and linear space, even thought the Undiranets
had never used it for that,” said Torres.
“What did it do?” asked Kathryn.
“It is really difficult to explain,” Torres said, rubbing her chin, “but
the simplest way would be this: Imagine that linear time extends forward
and backward, indefinitely. Within the time line, for each moment in time,
there exists a point for every point in the universe.”
“That’s a big thing to imagine,” said Kathryn.
“I know,” said Torres, “now, if something happened, like the warp cascade,
it might break off a small line on the time line, probably big enough to
contain our galaxy. If the time line is twisted backwards, to make a loop,
then wherever the two lines cross, a shift will occur, allowing something
from the smaller line to cross onto the larger line.”
“Like a line intersecting a plane,” said Chakotay.
“Yeah,” said Torres, “and the shift would occur at that one point in time
and place. It was by pure chance that you were sent a thousand years back
in time, to Earth.”
“We could have landed anywhere, anytime,” whispered Kathryn. Torres
nodded.
“We think that there might be some sort of attraction between different
times and places,” she said, “but, the intersection would only occur for a
few seconds, half a minute at most. After that, the line twists forward
again, and rejoins with the original plane. It’s in this way that no
alternate dimensions are ever formed. And this kind of break can only send
things back in time. We can’t just go back to right before the accident,
because there is a risk that if two lines open too closely to each other,
then there might some terrible side effects.”
“But then how did the Undiranets’ technology come into play?” asked
Chakotay.
“Using part of their technology, we went back into the old sensor logs
form your disappearance,” said Torres, “and were able to pin-point when and
where in time you were. The Undiranets’ technology allowed us to form an
artificial break from the main time line. We were able to direct the line
back to Earth’s point, and then back to the relative time where we thought
you’d be. This was our fourth try.”
“You mean to say that with this technology you can go anywhere in the
universe, more specifically, you can go back to Earth?” Kathryn was
intrigued.
“Yes,” said Torres.
“Then why didn’t you?”
“We wanted to find you guys first,” said Torres.
“That’s very touching,” Chakotay noted with light sarcasm.
“How long until you have to go back to Voyager?” asked Kathryn.
“That’s the tricky thing,” said Torres, “we’ve been having difficulty
pinpointing exact time; we can open the line once, then it will close, but
we can record those exact coordinates, and reopen the line. But the
coordinates will be slightly off, and they will go to a different time,
ahead in time, because in the 24th century we’re still progressing forward.
So the amount of time covered between our time and yours will always be
the same. The device we used takes almost two days to recharge, so two
days will pass before the line opens again here.”
“Gives us plenty of time to choose our actions,” Kathryn said softly,
watching her daughters reenter the room, carrying a large pie. She
absently ran a hand over her belly. Torres noted the small glint of
sadness in her former Captain’s eyes.
“You know Captain,” Torres said softly, “you can go back to Voyager, and
decided whether or not you want to stay here or there.” Kathryn looked at
Torres, then nodded.
“I might do that,” she said.

That night, Chakotay and Kathryn lay in bed. Kathryn was crying softly,
her head buried in Chakotay’s chest. He ran a comforting hand down her
back, still marveling at how soft Kathryn’s hair was after all this time.
“Why, Chakotay? Why?,” Kathryn sobbed, “why, after all this time, why did
they come to take us back?”
“You don’t want to go back?” Chakotay said softly.
“I don’t think so,” she sobbed.
“Do you want to go back to Voyager?”
“Yes… I need to say good-bye to her properly.”
“It would have to be secretive, no one but Torres, Paris, and Tuvok could
know.”
“I know.”
“Why don’t you want to return to the 24th century?” Chakotay smiled into
Kathryn’s forehead. She swallowed.
“I just don’t think I belong there anymore,” Kathryn said softly, “and I
don’t think… I don’t think I could take Maria and Julia away from here.
I just can’t get up and leave this life behind.”
“That’s the answer I was waiting for,” Chakotay whispered.
“The decision isn’t mine alone,” said Kathryn.
“To me it is, because whatever makes you happy, makes me even happier,”
Chakotay stroked her back again. Kathryn sighed.
“Then we’ll go back to Voyager, do anything that needs to be done…”
“Maybe get the Doctor to look at your baby, off the record…”
“Maybe… and then, we come back. It’s the best option.”
“Yes,” Chakotay said softly. He thought quietly for a few minutes. “Do
you think Torres and the others will be terribly upset at this?”
“At little, maybe,” Kathryn said, “but I think they’ll understand, in the
long run.”

“I understand,” Torres said softly.
“What?” Paris looked up from his report.
“I understand why they had to stay behind,” Torres moved to sit next to
him.
The former Captain and Commander of the USS Voyager had returned to their
ship for two days. The Doctor had inspected them, and declared them to be
in good health, giving the couple a few vaccinations and such, and taking a
look at the baby in Kathryn’s womb. Everything had checked out. Kathryn
and Chakotay had went through their respective quarters, which had
surprisingly remained untouched for almost four years. The rooms would be
cleaned out, the few belongings left behind would be pack up and given to
the proper relatives when Voyager finally returned to Earth, which wouldn’t
be long now. The crew in Engineering was already working on recharging the
devices, and tracking the proper coordinates.
Torres had hugged Kathryn and Chakotay goodbye, as did Paris and Tuvok.
Torres knew Tuvok had given Kathryn a few things, to be remembered by, as
did Paris, and eventually she herself. After the hugs, Torres had operated
the line opening device, and she, Tuvok and Paris were the sole witnesses
of this event. Even the memory of his checking over the Captain and
Commander had been wiped from the Doctor’s ‘mind’. Torres’ heart had
broken watching them go, knowing that the moment the rift closed, Kathryn
and Chakotay were effectively dead. Again.
“Tell me,” said Paris softly.
“They couldn’t come back, for one thing, because it wouldn’t be right.
And…” Torres couldn’t focus, “and, by staying behind, she still secured
her lineage’s future.”
“I don’t think I follow.”
“I’m not sure I do either,” said Torres, “but… when she stayed behind
and began to raise her family, they were living at the same time that their
ancestors were living, that part of their family line was living then too.
But when Chakotay and the Captain were sent back in time, their lineage
effectively ended. Yet, as they went back, the lineage started over, still
living with the first part of it, and the Captain and Chakotay’s
descendants are probably still living today. So the lineage continues.”
“Interesting,” said Paris.
“And it works, even though she probably never realized it or intended it,”
said Torres.
“Computer,” Paris said suddenly, turning on the nearby monitor, “show all
Starfleet files containing the last name ‘Fieaway’.”
The monitor spewed out several dozen documents, which Paris scrolled
through, before stopping.
“There,” he said, pointing to a line on the screen. Torres leaned over,
reading.
“Maria Katrina Fieaway, former Admiral…” she drifted off.
“Look at the photo,” said Paris.
“My Gods, I see the resemblance,” said Torres.
“The eyes,” said Paris.
Maria Katrina Fieaway’s eyes were the same as Kathryn Janeway’s had been,
bright sparking blue, issuing a challenge to the galaxy.

Kathryn and Chakotay sat, watching the sunset. Thomas Torres Fieaway sat
in her lap, and Julia and Maria were squeezed between their parents. The
autumn wind rustled the leaves in the trees, golden to some, grey to
others, yet beautiful in the eyes of all.

The End… of the Beginning…

END PART FOUR
END STORY

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights: Sanguine Affliction

shelly@camcomp.com

Disclaimer: Paramount is God, they own everything to Voyager, except for
the cool stuff that I
add.
I know that I’ve been making these things shorter, but that is just how
they ended up being.
Okay? Okay. That’s what I thought. Don’t argue with me. 🙂
I love, live for, thrive on, and almost always respond to mail. So
send me some!! C’mon,
if you’re brave enough to read the story, then you’re brave enough to tell
me what you
thought!

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights
Episode Four
Sanguine Affliction
By: Sforzie

“So, B’Elanna, how are things going?” Janeway peered over her chief
engineer’s shoulder.
“Just a sec,” came Torres’s reply. “Hold still, Harry.”
“Be careful or you’re going to light my hair on fire,” complained Kim.
“Quit whining,” Torres shut the welder off. “Okay, you can let go.”
Harry let go of the
panel and rose to his feet.
“Ow. I think you nicked a knuckle,” he commented, rifling through the
nearby med-kit.
“Crybaby.”
“B’Elanna?”
“Oh, yeah. Sorry about that Captain,” Torres reached for a rag to
wipe her hands off.
“How are repairs progressing?” Janeway asked.
“Good,” Torres looked around thoughtfully, “once we run a full systems
check and clean
up, we should be ready to depart.”
“That’s good to know.”
“Sorry about the delay,” Torres apologized. “But the Doctor said it
was necessary.”
“As long as it means these systems won’t be dropping out on us during
the middle of a
conflict…”
Torres considered what might happen, and shook her head. “Don’t
worry, I don’t want
anything going wrong either. We could be in a lot of trouble if something
did happen.”
“Exactly.”
“And it would also involve my having to fix it again.”
Janeway laughed, and smiled at Harry who was running a dermal
regenerator over his
slightly singed knuckle.
“Hey, would you mind doing something for me Captain?”
“Sure, what is it?”
“Go down to Engineering and run a check on the conduits again.”
“Alright,” Janeway excused herself.
Chakotay fell into stride next to Janeway as she exited the Bridge.
“How’s my favorite Captain doing today?” he asked.
“I dunno, how is she?” Janeway grinned.
“She looks good, as usual,” smirked Chakotay. “So I take it you’re
fully recovered this
morning?”
“Chakotay, I was fully recovered last night, or did you forget?”
“I’ll take that as flirting?”
“Well taken,” Janeway laughed as they stepped into a turbolift. “Main
Engineering.”
Once inside, Chakotay curiously lifted the hair from Janeway’s neck.
“No scar?” he asked.
“Nope,” she laughed, pulling her hair free.
“So you feel fine?”
“Of course.”
“Good.”
“I was thinking Chakotay-”
“Ooh, that’s new.” Janeway laughed and kissed him.
“I was saying, that I was thinking about what B’Elanna said the other
day,” Janeway
leaned on the turbolift wall.
“When?”
“The other day.” At Chakotay’s questioning look, she sighed. “The
other day, we were in
Engineering, and B’Elanna was checking the response relays for the helm..
Anyway, she was
talking about when, um… well, darn I forgot.”
“Is there a point to this story?” Chakotay asked. Janeway punched his
arm as they
stepped out of the turbolift.
“Yes,” she said, “the point is, that I was thinking about the problem
the Nevians are
having with the Klingons.”
“Who isn’t having a problem with the Klingons?” Chakotay said
bitterly.
“Well, for awhile, the Nevians weren’t. For nearly twelve years they
had a peaceful trade
agreement. But recently the Klingons began attacking Nevian trade ships,
and even Klingon trade
ships headed for Nevis Prime. About once every six days another Klingon
ship arrives, and
assaults the Nevians in some way. Then they leave.”
“Strange,” Chakotay followed Janeway across the first floor of
Engineering.
“I know.”
“What about it were you thinking about?”
“Why are the Klingons attacking Nevis Prime? Why break up a peaceful
arrangement that
has lasted longer than any other that they’ve had before?” Janeway stopped
at a console and
began to run a check.
“I know, it seems a little silly,” Chakotay commented.
“And none of the information I’ve gotten has shed much more light on
it. I don’t like
going into situations like this with my eyes closed.” Janeway tapped her
commbadge. “Janeway
to Torres.”
“Torres here,” B’Elanna responded, “Did you run the check?”
“Yes. Everything is looking good. All analyses are coming up clear.”
“Great,” Torres grinned over the line. “Well Captain, as soon as we
get everything
cleared up here we’ll be ready to depart.”
“Excellent,” Janeway looked offhandedly at Chakotay, then continued,
“B’Elanna, you
have the Bridge until I get back.”
“Aye, Captain.”
“Get back? Where are you going?” Chakotay asked as she shut off the
running
subprogram.
“I’m going to see Captain Sisko. I was hoping he’d be able to give me
more information
about the Klingons,” Janeway moved back to the turbolift, “care to join
me?”
“Why not?” Chakotay followed doggedly after her as she stepped in.
“That’s what I love about you Chakotay, you’re so agreeable.”
“I’m agreeable?”
“Yes, you are.”
“Hmm. You’re pretty agreeable yourself.”
“Thank you.”
“You’re welcome.”

“I don’t know if I’d be lying if I said that was a complete waste of
time,” Chakotay said as
they left Captain Sisko’s office and made their way back to the ship.
“Almost a complete waste, Chakotay. Nothing is a complete waste.”
“True.”
“I wish he’d been willing to tell us what he knew,” Janeway
complained.
“You think Sisko knew more than he was telling us?” Chakotay looped
his arm around her
waste.
“Of course I do. He was a bit too nervous not to know anything.”
“He was nervous?”
Janeway laughed, “Yes, he was.”
“I would’ve never known.”
“It’s just that he was reading something when he came in. And unless
his son’s come out
with another book lately I don’t think Sisko was reading anything…”
“Ah, I see.” Chakotay nodded, and then cocked his head in her
direction. “Sisko has a
son?”
“Yes.”
“And he’s a writer?”
“Mm, hmm.”
“I didn’t know that.”
“You don’t read much, do you?”
“I guess not. How come you know all these interesting things and I
don’t?”
Janeway shrugged, grinning. “It’s a secret that I cannot tell you.”
“Why not?”
“Because then,” Janeway waggled her brows at him, “then I would have
to kill you.”
Chakotay started for a moment before he realized she was kidding.
“Wha-?”
“Bad movie, Chakotay.” He looked down at her, then shrugged. Janeway
patted his arm.
“Don’t worry too much. Just one of those scary things I picked up from
being married to Tom.”
“Ah. That explains it.”
“Yeah.”
“Actually, it explains a little too much, but I’m willing to forget.”
“That shouldn’t be too hard with your memory.”
They were both laughing as they crossed over the threshold and onto
Voyager. Janeway’s
commbadge chirped.
“Torres to Janeway.”
“Janeway here. What is it B’Elanna?”
“Just letting you know that the internal sensors are all working
again.”
“Good.”
“You were detected as soon and you and Chakotay boarded.”
“Good. And everything else is in order?”
“Yes.”
“Then tell all senior bridge officers to report to the Conference Room
at 1700 hrs for a
briefing. We’ll depart at 1800 hrs.”
“Aye, Captain.”

At 1706 hrs Nirose, Jennon, Kim, Torres, Nugui, Demamos, and Janeway
and Chakotay
were assembled in the Conference Room. Janeway was watching Demamos
curiously as Healy
entered the room. Chakotay cleared her throat, and Janeway rose to her
feet.
“Thank you everyone for being here and being *prompt*,” she looked
briefly at Healy, “as
you know we’ll be departing for the Nevis System at 1800 hrs. I just want
everyone to know
what has been going on there for the past few weeks.” She quickly
explained the situation with
the Nevians and Klingons. “Any questions?”
Demamos cleared his throat nervously. “Captain, before we got here
there was a
communications sent from the Klingons to Deep Space Nine. Isn’t that right
Lt. Jennon?” Mike
blushed furiously at him and nodded.
“Yes, Captain.”
“What did it concern?”
“We don’t know, Captain,” Mike stuttered, “but it was sent directly to
Captain Sisko at
1610 hrs.”
“That’s just before-” Janeway cut Chakotay off.
“I know. That must be what he was reading when we arrived.” Chakotay
nodded quietly.
“Captain?”
“The Commander and I were just concerned that Captain Sisko wasn’t
telling us
everything that he knew about the conflict. That he was leaving something
important out.” She
let out a small frustrated sigh, and hit the panel embedded in the table in
front of her. “This is
Captain Janeway. Requesting permission to speak with Captain Sisko.”
“One moment please,” the Bajoran that appeared spoke quickly off
screen. A moment
later Sisko’s face replaced the Ops level.
“Yes Captain?”
“Captain Sisko,” Janeway’s voice nearly oozed false courtesy, “When we
last spoke you
failed to inform me that you had received communications from the
Klingons.”
“Oh,” Sisko looked off screen for a moment. “I’m sorry about that
then. We received
word from a Klingon ship that they were requesting permission to dock here.
That is all.”
“Thank you, Captain.” With a frown Janeway cut the line. There was a
mumble from two
chairs down, where Torres sat, arms crossed over her stomach. “Comments,
B’Elanna?”
“No Captain,” sighed Torres. Janeway nodded. She checked the time.
“Alright,
everyone is dismissed. Report to your stations in preparation for
departure.”
When everyone was gone, Janeway turned to Chakotay. “What did she
say?”
“Something about stupid relatives’,” Chakotay shrugged. With a
slight laugh, Janeway
nodded and rose to her feet.
“Want to grab a quick coffee?”

Later that night, as Voyager moved through space to the Nevis System,
Janeway and
Chakotay sat in the mess hall.
“I thought you were supposed to have your own room to eat in,”
Chakotay said
thoughtfully.
“They dropped that when designing this ship.” Chakotay nodded. “I
suppose that they
figured that if this was a fighting ship, the captain shouldn’t have the
luxury of eating in private.”
“But nothing is stopping you from eating in your quarters.”
Janeway shrugged. “I like eating in here anyhow.”
“You’ve changed,” Chakotay commented.
“How’s that?”
“Well, a long time ago, back on Voyager you used to always try to
distance yourself from
the rest of the crew.”
“It didn’t work.”
“Who’s fault was that?”
“Yours.”
“Mine now, is it?”
“Yep.”
“Good. I was worried you’d let someone else claim the honor.”
They were still poking fun at each other when Torres and Kim arrived
at the table.
“Mind if we join you?” Torres asked.
“Sit down,” Janeway waved them down.
“Hungry, aren’t we B’Elanna?” Chakotay asked Torres. Kim snorted.
“This is her post-dinner-pre-midnight-snack-snack,” he told them.
“Is not,” B’Elanna defended herself. “I didn’t get dinner.”
“Oh. Sorry.”
“You should be Harry. Now, give me you roll.”
“Get your own!”
“It wouldn’t fit on the plate.” Kim sighed and gave her the roll.
“So, Captain,” Torres spoke between bites, “What do you think is going
to happen with
the Klingons?” Janeway heard Kim groan.
“I don’t know,” she admitted, “I suppose it will depend on how things
are when we get
there. I’m not sure how we’re expected to resolve this on our own.”
“I could probably think of a way or two to resolve it on my own,”
smirked Torres.
“Non-violent, B’Elanna,” Chakotay rolled his eyes.
“Oh. Darn,” she continued eating.
“We’re currently 19 hours from Nevis Prime,” Janeway said, sipping her
coffee thoughtfully,
“I hope we get another report from Starfleet by then.”
“Currently we’re going to arrive there at yellow alert,” Chakotay
said, “there doesn’t seem
to be a need for higher alarm yet.”
“I want full long range scans to begin at 0800 hrs. We should be able
to detect and
non-cloaked Klingon ships by then.” Janeway addressed Chakotay as she
looked at a datapad.
“Beta shift starts at 0700 hrs, what time do you want a senior
briefing?” Chakotay took
the padd from her.
“Mm, I think at 0900. That way we’ll have completed pre-lim scan…”
Janeway looked
absently down at her coffee mug again.
“Is something wrong?” Chakotay asked after she was silent for several
moments.
Janeway looked up. “Oh, I’m fine. Just thinking… What if the
attacks have something to
do with the Merran ceremonies?”
“The *what* ceremonies?” Torres cocked her head curiously.
“Isn’t that the, um, mating ritual?” Kim asked, flushing slightly.
“Yes. I was reading about the Nevians this morning. Every fifteen
years the Nevians go
through something they call the Merran’. It’s more than just a mating
ritual, it’s almost a
complete revision of the Nevian people.”
“But how would that interest the Klingons?”
“I’ve never known the Klingons to be grave-robbers,” Janeway said to
herself.
“What?”
“Well, Nevians live only 75 years, by their tradition,” Janeway said.
“They have five social
groups. Each group is fifteen years apart.”
“Fifteen years…”
“Like generations, but stricter. Every Nevian in each social level is
the same age. At the
Merran in their lives Nevians either mate, give birth, or die.”
“Weird.”
“Yeah, it is. The groups from youngest to oldest I think are called
the Verans, Lerans,
Nerans, Rerans, and Merans. At the Merran, the Merans all die, and the
Verans and Nerans
mate.”
“I still don’t see the point,” Chakotay shook his head.
“Alright, say you were a female Nevian,” Janeway ignored Chakotay’s
laugh. “You would
be born on one Merran. On the next Merran you would mate, and on the next
you would give
birth-”
“Nevians are pregnant for fifteen *years*?” Torres said, a hand over
her stomach.
Janeway nodded.
“Then you would take care of your kid until the next Merran. Then you
would mate, give
birth, raise the young, and die.”
“Gee, fun,” Torres said sarcastically.
“The Merran is this year?” Chakotay said questioningly.
“Yes.” After another quiet moment Janeway pointed at Kim. “Harry, I
want you to find
me everything you can about the Nevians who were killed in the past few
weeks.” He nodded.
“What are you getting to?” Chakotay wondered.
“If the Klingons are killing off any particular social groups, they
could drastically affect all
of the population of Nevis.”
“Making them easier to take over,” Chakotay realized. Janeway nodded
slowly.
“It would almost make sense,” Torres said slowly. “The Klingons have
just been waiting
for the right moment to strike.”
“But, why end trade with them?” Chakotay asked.
“Nevis has a lot of supplies the Klingons need, and it would
effectively be easier for them
to take the planet than pay the price of trade,” Torres shrugged slightly.
Their conversation was disrupted by a hail from the Bridge.
“Nirose to the Captain,” Calle’s voice came through Janeway’s
commbadge.
“Yes, what’s the problem?”
“We’ve detected a cloaked Klingon ship approaching Nevis at high
warp.”
“Where is the ship?”
“They passed us just a few minutes ago,” Nirose reported. Janeway
sighed.
“Seems word of our mission has leaked to the Klingons,” she said to
Chakotay.
“Lieutenant Nirose, I’ll be on the bridge in a few minutes. Janeway out.”
“What do you think?”
“Not good,” Janeway decided. “Definitely not good.”

The Klingon ship was nowhere to be found the next day, as Voyager
approached Nevis
Prime.
“They apparently altered course just before reaching the system,”
Healy reported.
Janeway made a thoughtful noise.
“Where did they go?”
“Unable to determine that, Captain,” Kim called.
“We’ll be in orbiting range of Nevis Prime in fifteen minutes,” Healy
announced.
“Bring us in at yellow alert.”
“Aye Captain.”
“Lt. Kim, have you opened communications with the Nevians?”
“Yes Captain.”
“How are transporter conditions?”
“Transporters are blocked,” Nirose said, “the Nevians aren’t allowing
transporters.”
“That’s right, the Merran,” Janeway said, half to herself. “Alright.
We’ll send a
shuttlecraft down. Healy, Nirose, Nugui, you’re with me.” She ignored the
protesting noise from
Chakotay, quieting him with a look as she stood. “Lt. Demamos, I want you
to have a small
security team meet us at the shuttle. Also, Kim, I want you to tell the
Nevians that we’re coming
down. And work with Lt. Demamos on tracking the Klingons.”
“Aye, Captain.”
The others followed Janeway off the bridge.

“We’re approaching Nevis Prime on heading 5-4-2 mark 03,” Healy
reported as the
shuttlecraft Encanta arched away from Voyager.
“Good. Are we reading anything unusual?”
Nirose and Nugui shook their heads at the same time. “No Captain.
All systems are
reading normal,” reported Nugui.
“And there’s nothing unusual coming from the planet.” Nirose added.
Janeway looked
back at the two security officers who were sitting in the back, both
looking equally bored. She
turned back.
“How long until we arrive at the surface?”
“ETA is-” Healy was cut off by a strange whine. “Something’s wrong
with the engines!”
There were two explosions at once, from both the front and back of the
shuttlecraft.

“I’m reading a distress call from the Encanta,” Kim announced.
Chakotay was on his feet.
“Where are they?”
“I can’t tell, there’s inference,” Kim said. Chakotay sighed.
“Work on it.”

Janeway rose from her crouched position. The lump on her forehead
hurt, but she tried to
ignore it. The panel in front of her glowed faintly as the distress beacon
was sent out. That was
all she could do. Interference was blocking the signal from her commbadge.
Her knees shook for
a moment, but after steadying herself Janeway moved further back to look
for Ensigns Price and
Manit. The two security officers were unconscious and badly burned from
where the power line
had ruptured directly behind them. Their pulses were weak. Janeway
herself felt lightheaded, and
her burnt hand hurt. She turned to the front again, after hearing a
whimper.
Nirose and Nugui were both bent over. Nugui looked alright from the
back, but Nirose
looked emotionally wounded. Nugui backed off when Janeway approached.
Nirose ignored her
captain.
“Come on Aries, wake up, come on.” Nirose murmured to the still form
next to her.
“T’gana, see if you can get the back hatch open,” Janeway whispered.
Nugui nodded,
moving back. Janeway turned back to Nirose and Healy. Nirose was still
talking to Healy.
Calle’s blond hair was singed. Healy wasn’t recognizable anymore, his
whole front had been
blackened when his console exploded. His slightly wrinkled nose was barely
apparent through the
peeling flesh. Janeway marveled at how burnt his uniform was, until he saw
the red underneath
the black and realized that the explosion had burnt right through. Nirose
was quietly crying now.
Janeway crouched next to her, and set a hand on Calle’s shoulder. She
finally
acknowledged Janeway looking up.
“I- I can’t find a pulse,” she mumbled, “he’s dead, isn’t he?” Nirose
moved back slightly
to let Janeway look at Healy. Janeway carefully avoided the exposed flesh
underneath his
uniform, and found the half-Bajoran’s wrist. The skin wasn’t quite as
burnt there, but Janeway
was still overly gentle as she felt for a pulse. Even if there was one, it
would be nearly impossible
to get Healy breathing again without further hurting him. After a few
moments, Janeway finally
found a slightly movement.
“He’s alive, I think.” Nirose moaned sorrowfully. Janeway took a
look at the Science
officer. Her left hand and arm were burnt, and her jaw was swollen. It
made Janeway wonder if
Nugui was more hurt than she let on. And why was she herself barely
injured?
The ceiling above them groaned as the escape hatch opened behind them.
Nugui appeared
as the door pulled down. She immediately went to the security officers and
pulled them out.
Janeway looked back at Nirose and Healy.
“We’re going to have to get him out of here Calle,” Janeway told her.
After hesitating,
Nirose nodded.

Nearly ten minutes later, the away team was counting its losses a half
mile from the
crashed shuttlecraft remains. Nugui had managed to find the medkit, and
brought it along.
Janeway leaned woozily against a tree.
“You’ve a concussion Captain,” Nugui said. “There’s nothing we can do
about it.”
“That’s alright. The others?”
Nugui was shaking her head. “I must be honest, it doesn’t look too
good.”
“Tell me,” Janeway rested her head against the tree trunk.
“Lt. Nirose has a burnt arm and swollen jaw. Ensign Menot is dead,
Captain. Ensign
Price is badly burnt, but she’s breathing and her pulse is nearly steady.
Lt. Healy…” Nugui
crouched closer to her captain. “Captain, don’t think he’s going to make
it. I’ve got him
breathing, but barely. His pulse is still weak. If he doesn’t get help
soon…”
Janeway nodded slightly. “What about you, Ensign?”
“Me Captain?”
“Yes, you. I saw you limping.”
“I fractured my kneecap, that’s all,” Nugui shook her head. “I will
be alright.” Janeway
tried to get to her feet. “Please, Captain, you’ll be better off if you
don’t move.”
“Help Nirose then,” Janeway said softly. Nugui nodded, and moved back
over to the
others. Janeway could clearly hear the conversation.
“Calle?”
“What?”
“How are you?”
“What does it matter?” Nirose looked numbly up at her.
“You’re worried about him?”
“Of course I am.”
“Good.”
“*Good*! Are you crazy? He’s gonna die, and all you can say is
good’?” Nirose was
cradling Healy’s head in her lap.
“You care about him, don’t you?”
“I love him.”
T’gana paused. Janeway turned her head slightly.
“I need him.”
T’gana turned her head slightly to look back at Janeway, who had
closed her eyes, and
mouthing the words let it be’. T’gana nodded at Nirose.
“Calle. We’re going to do everything we can to keep him from dying.”
“We? The captain can’t exactly help you right now. Neither can
Price.”
“*We*, Calle. You and I. If you love him so much, you are going to
help him.” Nirose
looked up at the Vulcan in surprise.
“What can we do?”
“I need you to keep him breathing,” Nugui said.
“Keep him breathing?”
“Is there an echo? Yes, keep him breathing.”
“How do I do that?” Nirose asked.
“If he stops breathing, call me.”
Nirose smiled wryly, “is that really all that I can do?”
“Truthfully? Yes.” Nirose sighed, stroking the blackened skin.
“Alright.”
“And check his pulse every few minutes.”
“Alright.”
“Okay, I’m going to go check on Price and the captain. Just… talk
to him.” Nirose
nodded. Nugui nodded, rising to feet. The Captain was unconcious.

Onboard Voyager, Chakotay glared at the viewscreen.
“Report!” he called for what felt like the hundredth time in the past
hour.
“I think we’ve localized the distress signal,” Kim reported. Chakotay
sighed, finally a
productive report.
“Where?” Chakotay moved to Kim’s station and peered over his shoulder.
“Hmm. The
transporters won’t be usable even if we do find them. Have you located any
of the commbadge
signals yet?”
“No sir.”
“I want to send down a search party,” Chakotay said.
“Sir you shouldn’t go,” Demamos said.
“Why not?”
“I think that the shuttle might have been attacked,” Demamos said.
“Unless you can prove that, I’m going.” Demamos sighed, and shook his
head. “Fine.
Lt. Kim, you have the bridge. Demamos, look into your hunch’. B’Elanna,
Jennon, you’re with
me.”
“Aye sir.”

“Shuttlecraft Defuria is cleared for launch,” the Ensign who took the
conn in the shuttle
announced.
“Let’s go already,” Torres mumbled.
“You heard her,” Chakotay took a seat. The floor shook slightly as
the shuttlecraft left
Voyager.
“Beginning scans for the distress signal and commbadge signals,”
Jennon reported. Torres
was checking the shuttlecraft’s systems. Chakotay peered out at the planet
below. The
shuttlecraft dipped into the planet’s atmosphere. Almost as soon as the
thick blanket of clouds
was passed, Jennon made a report.
“Commander, I’m getting something. Heading 2-1-8 mark 5.”
“Changing course.”
“What did you find?” Chakotay asked, calling up the information.
“Commbadge signals,” Jennon was grinning, “six of them.”
“All in the same area?”
“Yes. And I think I’ve located the remains of the Encanta too. About
a half mile from the
commbadge signals.”
“Life signs?”
“Still hard to tell. I think I’m getting five. Two are low level and
another is nearly not
there.” Chakotay sighed.
“Should we try to contact them?”
“Yes,” came Torres’s near immediate response.
Chakotay tapped him commbadge. “Commander Chakotay to Captain Janeway,
please
respond.”
“Commander, is that you?” Chakotay was surprised to be hearing Ensign
Nugui’s voice.
“Ensign, where is the captain?”
“She’s allright, just unconcious. But we need to get these people
back to Voyager now.”
“Report please,” Chakotay said.
“Ensign Menot is dead. We’ve all got injuries. Nirose has minor
burns. The Captain has
a concussion. Ensign Price has bad burns, as does Lt. Healy, but he needs
more immediate help.”
“What about you?”
Nugui sighed, “you’re as bad as the Captain. I’m alright, just a few
burns and a fractured
kneecap.”
“You make it sound as if it’s nothing,” Chakotay sighed. “We’ll be
down in a few minutes.
Hold on.”
“Aye sir.”

“Be careful with him,” Nirose was snapping as Janeway woke.
“I am, I am.” Was that Jennon?
“Captain, how are you?” the Doctor appeared over her.
“Ugh, my head.”
“Yes, you had a concussion, it will hurt for awhile. How’s your hand
feel?”
“My hand?”
“You had second degree burns on your hand,” the Doctor said, helping
her sit up.
Janeway looked at her hands, which both looked fine.
“It tingles a bit,” she said. The Doctor nodded. Memory suddenly
snapped at Janeway
and she looked around. “The others? How…?”
“It’s alright,” the Doctor said. “We got everybody. Unfortunately
Ensign Menot was
unrevivable. We’ve stabilized the others.”
“Healy?”
“He’s stabilized, but still in bad shape,” the Doctor frowned. “We
can’t be sure with him
just yet.”
Janeway noted Nirose, whose hair looked shorter than she remembered,
talking quietly to
an unconcious Healy. Her arm and jaw looked better.
“If you’ll excuse me, I need to continue working on Lt. Healy.”
Janeway nodded.
“Captain?” Janeway turned at the voice.
“T’gana. How are you?”
“I’m fine Captain.”
“Your knee?”
“Just a fracture. It has been repaired,” Nugui reported. Janeway
gave a slight nod.
“However, you are needed in the conference room.”
“Alright, I’m on my way.”

Chakotay was waiting outside the conference room, and he gave Janeway
a protective
look over and hug before they entered the room.
“What is it?” she asked. Demamos stood at attention but Janeway waved
him down. He
sat.
“Captain, the Encanta was shot down.”
“Shot down?”
“Yes. By the Klingons.”
“The Klingons? But there weren’t any in the area.”
“None that we detected. The ship that we thought averted course early
apparently came
back, and fired a single low-level shot at the Encanta.”
“Why wasn’t it detected?”
“We’re not sure,” Kim spoke up. “The sensors should have picked up
the shot at least,
but it took several closer looks to find it. On both the Voyager and
Encanta’s sensors the shot
most like appeared as only a slight shift in the energy readings given off
by the planet.”
“But why didn’t we feel the shot?” Janeway asked, sitting down and
taking the padd
handed to her.
“It was low-level,” Demamos repeated, “it originally would’ve only
caused a slight flux in
the engines…”
“Yes. I remember Healy saying something about there being something
wrong with the
engines. There was a whining noise.” Kim nodded.
“But that low-level shot caused a flux which we think cause a build up
of pressure in the
containment fields..”
“Causing the explosions.” Kim nodded. Janeway sighed.
“Have you been able to contact the Nevian government and explain the
situation to
them?”
“Yes ma’am. The Chief Chancellor wishes to speak to you at your
convenience.”
“Alright. Is that all?”
The others nodded.
“Dismissed.”

END EPISODE FOUR

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights: Strength of Adornment

shelly@camcomp.com

Disclaimer: Paramount is God, they own everything to Voyager except for the
cool stuff
that I add.
Break out the “Gag-me” gas, this ones a killer.

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights
Episode Three, Part One
Strength of Adornment
By: Sforzando

“So, what did you tell them?” B’Elanna Torres asked, leaning on the
table.
“I didn’t tell them anything, just that I had to think about it,”
Janeway sighed,
rubbing her eyes. She hadn’t slept well.
“How could you not just say yes?” B’Elanna asked.
“I’m not sure if I want to jump right into this.”
“What did Chakotay say?”
“That it was up to me,” Janeway sighed again, “he said that where ever
I went,
he’d follow.”
“That’s devotion for ya,” B’Elanna said.
“Its sickening,” Janeway laughed.
“Maybe, but its sweet too,” B’Elanna noted.
“I think your hormones are affecting your brain,” Janeway shook her
head.
“So where is he anyway?” B’Elanna asked.
“In our room, sleeping,” Janeway said.
“You let him sleep in? How sweet,” B’Elanna mocked playfully.
“More like he refused to get out of bed, so I left him to get
breakfast,” Janeway
laughed.
“But did he say anything about wanting to do this himself?” B’Elanna
asked.
Janeway shook her head.
“No, just that he know that I’ll make the right decision.”
“Boy though, it would be so weird, having you two as my commanding
officers
again,” Torres thought o
“Is that a bad thing?” Janeway wondered.
“No, the first time it happened it was the best thing that ever
happened in my
life,” Torres grinned at her.
“You’re beginning to sound like Chakotay,” Janeway groaned.
“And I need someone to get the Doc away from me,” Torres added.
“Gee, thanks.”
“Well, only until Harry gets on board,” Torres said.
“So, tell me B’Elanna,” Janeway leaned back, “just what does this ship
do?”
“Exploration, I guess you could say,” Torres thought, “or at least,
that’s what
we’re claimed to be. A ship of exploration. But really I guess we’re more
of a patrol
ship, watching out for anything suspicious while we explore’.”
“What kind of exploring’ have you been doing?” Janeway asked.
“We went around part of the Gamma Quadrant for awhile, blew up a few
suspicious ships under Starfleet orders,” B’Elanna said.
“Interesting,” Janeway tapped her nails on the table, “is it boring?”
“Not really,” B’Elanna admitted, “the crew roster is pretty stable,
and we stay out
for long periods of time. There are more little skirmishes out there daily
than you may
realize, and we basically stop them when ever we find them.”
“Nearly every day?”
Torres nodded slowly, then grinned, “here comes your little sleepy
baby.”
Janeway turned a bit in her seat to see Chakotay approaching.
“Sleep well?” Janeway accepted his hello kiss, and pulled out a seat
for him.
“Wonderfully,” Chakotay snorted.
“So what made you decide to honor us with your presence?” B’Elanna
asked.
Chakotay stifled a yawn as he sat down.
“Not much, the bed was just cold, I guess,” he mumbled.
“What’ve you been doing to wear him out like this?” B’Elanna whispered
to
Janeway. She just laughed, shaking her head.
“You really don’t want to know,” Janeway murmured at B’Elanna.
“I’m glad I don’t know what you two are talking about,” Chakotay said.
Janeway
patted him on the arm.
“Don’t worry about it,” she grinned.

“Hello Doctor, what are you up to?” Janeway asked, looking up from her
seat in
Sickbay. She was reading a report about the Voyager-C, and had ended up in
Sickbay
during her search for a quiet place to read.
“Wouldn’t you like to know,” the Doctor smirked.
“Off bugging B’Elanna again?”
“Lieutenant Torres described it more as my using every chance I could
get to flirt
with her,” the Doctor sighed a bit.
“Just checking up on her then?”
“Yes. May I ask why you’re in my Sickbay?”
“Yours?”
“Mine.”
“I’m reading,” Janeway said. “Is that such a crime?” She stretched a
bit and
stood from the chair she had been in.
“It depends on what you’re reading,” the Doctor peered over her
shoulder, “that
looks like a report on the Voyagers last mission.”
“That’s because it is, nosy,” Janeway snatched the padd away.
“I heard from B’Elanna that you and Commander Chakotay have been
offered the
commander positions of the ship,” the Doctor said.
“Yes, that’s right,” Janeway looked at him.
“Well, I have just one thing to say about that,” the Doctor said.
“And that is?”
“Its about time.”

“So this one-”
“Don’t touch it! Please, Chakotay, you’re like a little kid,”
B’Elanna swatted
Chakotay’s hand away from a panel.
“Well, if I’m going to be the first officer of this ship, then I’m
going to have to
know a little about it,” Chakotay defended his curiosity.
“The Admiral hasn’t agreed to it yet,” B’Elanna warned, “don’t be so
sure of
yourself.”
“I know she’ll say yes, I’m just a bit afraid of what it’ll do to us.”
“Us?”
“Kathryn and I. We could never acknowledge our feelings on Voyager,
but now
that we have, how will that affect the way we work on this ship?” Chakotay
sighed,
tapping his knuckles nervously on another console.
“If you behave like mature adults, which considering your rate of
senility is
unlikely,” B’Elanna grinned, “than you should be able to work things out.
Like me and
Harry do.”
“He doesn’t work here.”
“Not yet, and we did work together before. It’ll be okay, Chakotay,
you’ll see.”
“I know it will be. You were the one doubting me before,” Chakotay
said.
“Who could resist a guy like you?”
“You.” B’Elanna snorted.
“Please, your ego is dampening the warp field,” she said, giving
Chakotay a
playful shove away from her workstation.
“Okay, I can take a hint. Why don’t you go call Harry and vent some
of those
hormones on him,” Chakotay called, making his way to a turbolift.
“That’s not a bad idea,” B’Elanna grinned. Chakotay laughed and left
Engineering.

“About time, Doctor?”
“You’re what this ship needs. Someone to look up to. More than just
a
figurehead. I miss the old days.”
“When you weren’t allowed to flirt with Torres?”
“Well, not that,” the Doctor looked offended, “its just that this crew
lacks the
drive the other one had.”
“When were around enough to notice any drive?” Janeway smiled.
“I noticed, Admiral, believe me,” the Doctor said honestly, “I think
that you
becoming the Captain will benefit everyone.”
“But what about Chakotay and I? I’m afraid of the strain and bother
that
command will put on our relationship,” Janeway sighed, tapping the padd in
her palm.
“Captain, Admiral, whatever you want to be called, I think that you
and Chakotay
can handle this,” the Doctor thought, “you always behaved so eloquently on
board
Voyager, what makes you think this will be different?”
“On Voyager we didn’t have a romantic relationship,” Janeway pointed
out.
“Well, maybe not a romantic one, but you had a very strong
relationship
nonetheless,” the Doctor moved to his office, and Janeway quietly followed.
“It was part
of the glue between the truce between the Maquis and Starfleet crews.”
“But then why did I marry Paris?” Janeway asked her hands, rubbing her
face as
she sat in a chair in the office.
“I suppose it was because Chakotay didn’t make the move, and Mr. Paris
did,”
the Doctor said.
“So I might have ended up with Chakotay if he had made the first
move,”
Janeway said.
“In a way,” the Doctor paused for a moment as if thinking, “But you
weren’t
looking for a relationship. You were caught off guard when Paris came
after you, and
well…”
“He took advantage of that,” Janeway looked up at the Doctor.
“In his own way, yes,” the Doctor nodded. Janeway sighed.
“I guess that’s why it didn’t work,” she decided.
“It is likely, but for your own luck, Chakotay didn’t give up on you,
and he came
back to you,” the Doctor said quietly, leaning back in his own seat. “He
could have
given up when you married Paris, but he didn’t. Fortunately he’s getting
the chance he
deserves.”
“You’re right, Doctor,” Janeway finally said, then smiled. “I’d
better be going.”
As Janeway stood, the Doctor shifted in his seat.
“And Admiral,”
“Yes?”
“Congratulations.”

“You look like you had an interesting morning,” Janeway smiled at
Chakotay as
they met for lunch. It was near the end of the last lunch shift, so the
officer’s mess was
nearly empty. Chakotay was grinning. “Were you flirting with B’Elanna?”
“Maybe,” he said, “but I didn’t do any damage.”
“You’d better hope not,” Janeway smiled, “I really don’t feel like
listening to
B’Elanna complain about you right now.”
“Aw, you’ve hurt my feelings,” Chakotay pouted.
“That’s hard to believe.”
“I was just filling in for the Doc, that’s all,” Chakotay said. “I
mean, she looked
so happy there with her warp engine and all, I had to bug her.” Janeway
chuckled.
“You are such a card, Chakotay,” she laughed. “Why do I put up with
you?”
“Maybe its because of my dashing good looks, or my sharp wit.”
Janeway was
laughing again.
“Nope, couldn’t be because of either of those.”
“Ooh, now that’s not nice,” Chakotay pouted.
“Aw, I’m sorry,” Janeway grinned.
“So, have you given it much thought?”
“Thought?”
“The job, Kathryn.”
“Oh, well, I suppose I have,” Janeway said, “I’ve gotten a really good
argument
from B’Elanna and the Doctor as to why I should take the job.”
“Then why don’t you?”
“Chakotay,” Janeway sighed, “I… I want to know what you think about
this. And
not just that you’re behind me, I know that already. I want to know what
you think.”
“What I think,” Chakotay rubbed his chin in thought.
“Yes, Chakotay,” Janeway tapped her fingers a bit nervously on the
table, “I
know that you want me to chose what’s best for me. But what is best for
you? You’re a
big boy, I wish you could just tell me.”
Chakotay caught Janeway’s nervous hands between his own, staring
intently at
her. “Kathryn, you know that I will follow you anywhere. And I know that
you want to
know why.” He took a careful breath. “I love you, you know that. I trust
you and I
think that I can trust my life in your hands. You are stronger than you
realize, more than
you think you have become. We are a team, made of two parts. Apart we are
alone, and
I am not as strong without you as I am with you. The sum of the parts is
greater than the
parts themselves. Together, maybe we can set this ship back on its narrow
way, and help
guide it. This crew is looking for a leader. And they see one in you. I
see one in you.
But I also see more than that. B’Elanna, and maybe even the Doctor, sees
more than just
a leader.”
Janeway’s lips barely moved as she spoke, “behind every great man is a
strong
woman. I suppose it is the same the other way around. Are you willing to
be my
shadow?”
“I’ll never be just your shadow. I’m part of you too, and I’m part of
what makes
the shadow. A man is both his shadow and its caster,” Chakotay smiled
softly. “They
didn’t offer just you the command, because we are a team, and it wouldn’t
be right to
separate us.” His smile broadened, and Janeway returned it.
“I suppose you are right, Chakotay,” she said, “we’ve been a team
since Voyager.
We were… we were separated once. And it didn’t work out. But this… I
think it may.”
“So you’ll accept?”
“I think so.”
“I hear a but’ coming along.”
“Well, I just need a little more time for thinking about it
personally.”
Chakotay released her hands, setting them carefully on the table, “I
figured that
would be the case. So I took the liberty of arranging a transport to a
nice secluded spot
where you can spend a few hours thinking, doing whatever.”
“Where?”
“You’ll see.” Chakotay gave her a mischievous grin.

“I should have known,” Kathryn gave a giddy laugh as water hit her
bare feet.
“Brings back memories?”
“Of a strange sort,” Kathryn said. The Californian beach stretched
out in both
directions. Out under the water several hundred meters away lay the
grounds that they
had trod upon almost 400 years before.
“I thought that maybe you could relax a bit,” Chakotay murmured.
Kathryn
laughed again, memories still flowing back. She pushed them aside to be
pondered later.
“Thank you for bringing me here, Chakotay,” Kathryn smiled, closing
her eyes as
she listened to the pounding surf. For a moment she felt lightheaded,
probably because of
her nerve problem, but before she could topple into the sand Chakotay’s
arms wrapped
around her. He steadied her. Kathryn sighed, and leaned against him.
“Want to sit?” he asked. Kathryn nodded, and they sat on the blanket
Chakotay
had brought. It was a gray summer day on the beach, unusually cool and
void of people.
But it was pleasant in its own way, the chill of the gusty wind woke
Kathryn from the
light haze she had been in since the day before. She took a deep breath,
and leaned
against Chakotay again. She laughed, eyes watching the surf. Despite the
fact that she
felt wide awake, her head began to nod.
She didn’t remember falling asleep. But eventually Kathryn felt
Chakotay nudge
her into wakefulness. Kathryn opened her eyes, and laughed sleepily.
“I take it I fell asleep?”
“You could say that,” Chakotay said.
“I had a weird dream,” Kathryn said suddenly, “it was more of a
memory. I’m
not sure why I remembered it in my sleep.”
“Tell me,” Chakotay bid her.
Kathryn blushed, “I’d rather not, its not something about you.”
“Tell me anyway.”
“It was about Tom,” Kathryn chuckled as she thought about it, “a few
days after
our honeymoon ended, he came across something… some drink, I can’t really
remember
what is was. But it wasn’t synthale, it was the real stuff. Needless to
say, we got
sloshed. I guess it was the Irish in us.”
“Is there a point to that story?”
“No, I suppose not,” Kathryn sighed, “just a misplaced memory.”
“An interesting one,” Chakotay laughed, ignoring the uncomfortable
feeling that
was prodding him at the mention of Kathryn’s ex-husband. “I might be able
to use it for
blackmail someday.”
Kathryn gave an offended laugh, sitting up, “you wouldn’t dare.”
“Mm, don’t be so sure.” Kathryn continued laughing.
“Chakotay, Chakotay, Chakotay,” she finally managed in a patronizing
tone,
“what will I do with you?”
“Tie me up maybe?”
“Cover you in chocolate sauce again?”
“Not a bad idea.”
Kathryn yawned, “what time is it?”
“Its only been two hours,” Chakotay told her, “we’ve still got three
hours before
we’re scheduled to transport back.”
“C’mon, lets explore,” Kathryn pulled herself to her feet, and tugged
Chakotay’s
hand.
“Boy, a few hours of sleep and you’re off like a shot.”
Kathryn’s laugh echoed over the beach as Chakotay got to his feet.

“Oof,” Kathryn grunted as Chakotay play-tackled her.
“C’mon, gimme,” he said, laughing.
“No.” Kathryn hid the stone they were squabbling over under her side.
“You really think I won’t go under there to get it?” Chakotay asked.
“I was kinda hoping you would,” Kathryn grinned.
“I can’t believe how silly you’re being about this,” Chakotay said.
“I can’t believe you’re acting like a little kid over a stone,”
Kathryn shot back.
She held out her hands, palms closed. “Pick a hand.”
“Oh brother,” Chakotay sighed. He picked one hand.
“Nope, pick again.” He picked the other hand, but it too was empty.
“Then where is it?” Chakotay asked. Kathryn opened his left hand.
“Right here,” she said, lifting the black stone from his hand.
“How-?” his query ended as Kathryn got to her feet and started off
again, at a
slower clip this time. Chakotay laughed, but remained on the sand. “Crazy
woman.”
“I heard that!” Kathryn called back, coming to a stop about two
hundred meters
away. She was panting, out of breath. She quickly checked her arm before
heading back
to Chakotay at a slow walk.
“Here,” she said, setting the stone in Chakotay’s palm, and sitting
down next to
him.
“Thank you,” Chakotay made exaggerated gestures of thanks, kissing
both her
palms, and wrists, and eventually getting up to her mouth. After a moment,
Kathryn
pulled away.
“So, are you going to tell me the importance of this stupid rock?” she
asked.
Chakotay looked at the rock. It wasn’t fully black, there were a few white
specks and it
looked gray on one side.
“This isn’t just any old rock,” he said.
“Why’s that?”
“Well, do you remember when we were back here in 1996?”
“Yes.”
“Well, do you remember what covered a lot of the ground?” Kathryn
wondered
if this was a trick question.
“The roads?” she said dubiously.
“Exactly,” Chakotay smiled, looking at the stone, “and what were the
roads made
of?”
“Tar?”
“Yep.”
“This is a piece of 400 year old tar?” Kathryn asked.
“Yep,” Chakotay gave her back the stone. Kathryn made a thoughtful
noise, then
set it in her pocket. Then she sighed and leaned against his shoulder
again.
“Tell me a story, Chakotay,” she requested.
“A story? Anything in particular?” Chakotay wasn’t fully surprised
by this,
Kathryn had often taken to asking for stories back when they were on
Voyager, just not
as directly.
“Tell me about-” she lay down, setting her head in his lap, “-about
something
from the 20th century.”
“I’m not sure if I know that much history, I’m afraid I didn’t pay too
much
attention in school,” Chakotay grinned.
“Then make something up,” Kathryn murmured.
“Alright, let me think…”

END PART ONE

Disclaimer: Paramount owns everything to Voyager except for the cool stuff
that I add to
it.
I’m expecting this episode to be in three parts. Still not sure about the
next episode
though. We shall see.
I love, live for, thrive on, and almost always respond to mail. So send me
some!! C’mon,
if you’re brave enough to read the story, then you’re brave enough to tell
me what you
thought!

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights
Episode Three, Part Two
Strength of Adornment
By: Sforzando

It was late by the time they returned to their assigned quarters that
night. After
returning to the shipyard, B’Elanna, probably in some pregnant hormonal
frenzy, had
convinced them to go with her on a food run. It was just a transporter hop
over to near
Starfleet Headquarters in San Francisco to an ice cream shop, of all
places. But for poor
B’Elanna, there was only one place in the universe that made ice cream the
way she really
liked it. And the replicators never did it justice.
So they stayed out till nearly two in the morning, before returning to
the shipyard.
B’Elanna with her stash of ice cream went off to her quarters on Voyager,
while Chakotay
and Kathryn stole off for a moonlight walk. They were giggling like
teen-agers half the
time, with Chakotay pretending to howl at the near full moon.
It needed little saying that they didn’t wake up until nearly noon.
B’Elanna was
smirking at them when they spotted her in the officer’s mess hall.
“What, no ice cream?” Janeway said sarcastically as they sat down with
their
lunches, having missed breakfast.
“I’m saving it,” Torres responded, “what were you two doing out until
four thirty
in the morning?”
“Walking,” Chakotay said simply. Torres grunted at this, and Janeway
laughed.
“Was that what that howling I heard was?” Torres smiled.
“Probably him,” Janeway punched Chakotay’s arm.
“I was practicing,” Chakotay told them.
“Practicing?”
“It’s nearly the full moon?” Torres rolled her eyes.
“So, have you guys come to any… decisions?”
“Decisions?” Janeway asked innocently.
“You know what I’m talking about,” Torres said.
“Of course I do,” Janeway raised a brow, “just torturing you.” Torres
gave a
frustrated sigh.
“I don’t know why you’re dragging this out,” she hissed, “everyone
know’s you’re
going to accept… you are going to accept, aren’t you?”
Janeway grinned deviously, “if I told you, where would the fun be?”
“I just don’t see why you just don’t tell Admiral Shifferon what
you’ve decided.”
“How are you so sure that I’ve made up my mind?” Janeway asked.
“I can just tell,” Torres said, “you’re too relaxed. If you hadn’t
made your
decision you wouldn’t be.”
“Uh huh.”
“And I think you will take the job because I know you want it, and I
also know
that if you didn’t want it you’d have said so and left the shipyard
already.”
Janeway smiled, “very observant, B’Elanna.”
“So you’re going to say yes?”
“I never said that,” Janeway said, “and I don’t know if I will.”
Torres groaned,
and leaned back in her chair.
“You two are ridiculous.”
“I know, it must be the age,” Janeway nervously rubbed her arm.
“Is your arm alright?”
“Oh, hm? Oh my arm? Its fine,” Janeway shook her head.
“You’ve been rubbing it all morning,” noted Chakotay.
“I haven’t been awake all morning,” Janeway said gruffly. Chakotay
pulled her
arm loose.
“Uh huh, where’d it go?” Chakotay’s voice sounded like a parent
scolding a child,
and Janeway had picked up on the negative.
“It didn’t go’ anywhere, Chakotay,” Janeway said.
“There where is it?”
“Wrong arm.” Chakotay sighed, and check the other arm, where the band
over the
painkiller tab was.
“I thought it was on the other arm.”
“Nope,” Janeway shook her head again, “always been this arm.”
“Then what wrong with your arm?”
“Nothing, I was just rubbing it.” Torres was watching the argument
with an
amused smirk on her face, arms crossed over her belly.
“All right, I’ll believe you,” Chakotay said, letting go of both arms,
“I noticed that
about you.”
“What?”
“When we were on Voyager, in the old days’, as it were, you never
seemed to
know what to do with your hands.”
“You are much too observant, Chakotay,” Janeway said.
“I thought it was a good quality.”
“In small doses, but you take it to the extreme,” Janeway sighed.
“Learn to appreciate it,” Torres said, “its saved my butt more than
once.”
“Maybe,” Janeway was thoughtful, “I guess we’ll keep you.”
“I’m honored.”
“You should be.”

“You really are too cruel, Kathryn,” Chakotay said jovially as they
sat in their
room. She clutched a coffee mug, but seemed to be ignoring it.
“I’m not cruel,” she defended herself.
“Then you should just give them your answer.”
“Don’t you want to know what it is beforehand?”
“I already know that you’re going to say yes, why should I worry?”
Chakotay
grinned slightly, leaning against the headboard of the bed as he nursed a
cold cup of tea.
“Geez, does everyone already know what I’m thinking before I do?”
Kathryn
bounced the bed as she sat, getting a swear from Chakotay, “you really
should get rid of
that. Its been cold for an hour.”
“And your’s isn’t?” he asked, rising to deposit the tea.
“Nope,” Kathryn said, “this is a fresh cup.” She finally acknowledge
the cup in her
hands and took a sip, scowling, “awk, maybe I was wrong.” She let Chakotay
take the
cup and get rid of it.
“You replicated that before I got cold tea,” he grinned, settling back
down onto
the bed. “But why don’t you just give an answer?”
“I don’t know Chakotay,” she mused, “I just can’t..”
“Why?”
“I don’t know,” she repeated herself. Chakotay rolled over slightly.
“If you don’t answer them soon they’re going to think take it as a
no’ and find
someone else.”
“Really?”
“Yes.”
“Hmm…”
“Just, make an appointment or something, and tell them. I’ll be there
too, so
there’s nothing to worry about.”
“Nothing Chakotay?”
“Nothing.”
Kathryn sighed, the back of her head sinking further into the pillows.
“Alright, to make you happy.”

Janeway stepped onto the bridge. It seemed unnaturally quiet, despite
the fact that
the Bridge was currently fully staffed. She made her way down the command
level,
silently, Chakotay following her. Janeway stopped in front of the
Captain’s chair,
currently unoccupied. After a brief glance down, she took the time to turn
slowly. The
bridge was so much like Voyager’s had been. She could tell exactly what
every monitor
read, even though she couldn’t see the words.
Mike flinched under Janeway’s steely gaze. This elicited a smirk from
B’Elanna,
who was currently up to her elbows in console circuitry. Nirose and Healy
exchanged
smirks after noticing Mike’s discomfort. Nirose’s second officer was not
very popular
among the crew. And the Bajoran wasn’t doing much to gain their favor.
Nugui watched
the exchange with a raised brow, but said nothing. Janeway turned,
watching the
underlings work quickly. Janeway felt Chakotay’s hand on her arm.
Janeway turned, and his warming smile was all the reassurance that she
needed.

“Good morning, Admiral Janeway,” the committee sat in Shifferon’s
office again.
She nodded to Bi’Lousa and Yesterfield, and waited until she felt
Chakotay’s presence at
her right elbow. She nearly leaned back against him, but her spine
stiffened further than it
already was. Her arm itched again.
“Have a seat,” Shifferon pointed to a pair of chairs, but Janeway
shook her head.
“I, um, having been thinking about your offer, of the Captaincy of the
Voyager,”
she said.
“That’s good,” Bi’Lousa said, “we were hoping that’s what was taking
so long.”
“Yes, I suppose it was.”
“Well, have you come to a decision?”
“Yes, sir, I have,” Janeway clasped her hands behind her back, and
felt the fabric
of Chakotay’s uniform. He was excited, she could tell; but more so than
herself, because
she was too nervous to be excited. “And I have decided to accept the
Captaincy.” The
other three Admirals were beaming, even the half-Vulcan Yesterfield.
“That’s wonderful,” Shifferon said. “What about you, Commander?”
“I’m with her,” Chakotay grinned. By the sound of his voice, he was
holding back
on a giggle. Janeway would have to get onto him about that later. And in
celebration
style, by the looks of it, not just within a reprimand. Janeway let
herself relax and smiled.
“Ah, that’s more like it,” Bi’Lousa rose and shook their hands.
“Welcome back
aboard, Admiral.”
“It’s good to be back, I think,” Janeway said.
“And its about time too,” Shifferon joked, “we’ve had ships waiting to
take
Voyager’s place on the blocks for weeks.”
“Well, don’t worry, once we get everything settled with paperwork and
all,
Chakotay and I will get her out of your hair,” Janeway quipped. The others
nodded.
“Well, let me get a chance to shake your hands too, before we let you
go,”
Yesterfield rose from her seat. “Now, Admiral, Commander, you’re free to
go until
tomorrow morning. We’ll start with the paperwork and reinstatement forms
then.”
“Thank you,” Janeway said, nodding.

Janeway nearly collapsed once they were in the hall.
“Aw, that was horrible,” she sighed, leaning against Chakotay as they
made their
way down the hall. Chakotay burst out laughing, and she pulled them to a
stop. “Why did
I have a feeling you were trying not to laugh?” Janeway grinned, looking
out the windows
in the bay, at the Voyager-C.
“You must have been the stiffest person in there,” Chakotay snickered,
barely able
to talk. Janeway’s hand fled to the spot on her arm that still itched,
probably something to
do with her nerves, and Chakotay just laughed harder.
“Alright, Commander,” Janeway unsuccessfully used her command voice-
she’d
need to practice on that- “enough of the silly stuff. Lets go bug
B’Elanna.”
“Sounds like fun to me.”

“You accepted? That’s great!!” B’Elanna hugged Chakotay first, before
setting
down a scanner, “and it’s about time!” Janeway was the next victim.
“Oof, B’Elanna, watch it,” she managed as she was wrapped in
half-Klingon bear
hug.
“Oh, sorry, forgot,” B’Elanna giggled, letting go and rubbing her
belly
absentmindedly. “Chakotay was always the sucker for a good hug.”
“I’ll have to remember that,” Janeway laughed.
“What Earth-trembling news did I miss now?” the Doctor asked
sarcastically,
emerging from his office, “and why aren’t you fixing that emitter?” Torres
stuck the end
of her tongue out at the Doctor before she turned and retrieved what she
was working on.
“Now no one’s going to tell you,” Chakotay said.
“What? Tell me what?” the Doctor looked slightly upset. “Somebody
tell me.”
“We’ve decided to replace you with another hologram,” B’Elanna’s voice
rang
from across the room.
“You what?” It took the Doctor a moment to realize that she wasn’t
serious.
“Oh, you’re joking.”
“I wish I wasn’t,” B’Elanna ignored the glare from the Doctor.
“So what is the big news?”
“Be more polite to your captain,” B’Elanna called again. The Doctor
looked
confused again for a moment, and then smiled.
“Ah, you took the job? Congratulations.”
“Thank you, and Torres is right, you should be more polite.”
“Ooh, good rhyme,” Chakotay laughed to himself.
“I try.”
“So, Admiral, what made you decide to take the job?” the Doctor asked.
“Nothing really.”
“Oh?”
“I just knew I wanted the job,” Janeway smiled, linking her arm with
Chakotay’s,
“and I wanted more time to torture you guys.”
“How touching.”
“And I wanted to be around to be one of the first to see B’Elanna’s
baby,”
Janeway smiled.
“I knew it,” Torres grinned, slapping the Doctor’s arm, “you owe me.”
“Whatever do you mean?”
“Yes, what do you mean?” Janeway was still grinning.
“Eh, I made a little bet with the good Doctor that I was one of the
reasons for you
taking the job,” Torres blushed slightly.
“I hope it wasn’t your ego making the bet,” Chakotay commented.
Torres shook
her head.
“Ego? Oh, no, no, not that,” she said quickly, “the Doctor just had
me cornered
on the subject one day…”
“So this had become a topic of discussion?” Janeway asked with playful
severity.
“Um, well, actually yes,” Torres raised her brows, knowing when she
had lost out,
and nodded, “all over the ship.”
“Really?”
“Yeah! Just ask, um, anyone?”
“Calm down, B’Elanna,” Janeway laughed, “I’m not going to do anything
to you.
I’m glad that people actually gave a darn.”
“Good,” she sighed, “I thought I was going to have to take a job
somewhere with
Harry.”
“I really had you going, didn’t I?”
“Yeah, for a minute.”
“How about lunch?”
“Lunch? Yes, I’m *starving*,” B’Elanna said, “um, shall we go?”
Janeway and
Chakotay waited for Torres to hurry out before they broke into a fit of
laughter.

“So what are you two going to do for celebration?” Torres asked, as
they sat
down in the mess hall.
“Oh, I dunno,” Janeway said thoughtfully, “probably raid your ice
cream stash.”
“You wouldn’t if you could,” Torres laughed, “I finished the last of
it this
morning.”
“So much for reserves,” said Chakotay.
“Captain! Er, I mean Admiral! I just heard, great, congratulations!!”
Lt. Nirose
bubbled up next to their table. The Science officer seemed ready to burst.
Lt. Healy came
up next to her.
“Yeah, congratulations!”
“Get off my foot!” hissed Nirose at Healy. He jumped a little, and
they both
started laughing.
“Um, later, Captain, I mean, Admiral, I mean sir- ma’am… uh, bye!!”
they both
nervously stumbled off, hissing at each other.
“What was that all about?” Janeway wondered. Torres shrugged.
“They’re usually like that when we get a new commanding officer,” she
said.
“They’ve had the practice at it,” Chakotay said drily.
“They’re kinda cute together,” Janeway commented. Torres held back a
laugh.
“Please, Calle and Aries? You’ve got to be kidding me. They hate
each other.”
“Check your eyes, B’Elanna,” Chakotay whispered, “if we’re going
senile and still
have at least fifty years left on the warranty, than you’d better be
worried.” Torres stuck
her tongue out at him.
“I know, they flirt, but you should’ve seen them when they first were
stationed
here on Voyager,” she said, “they fought constantly. Reminded me of how me
and Tom
used to fight.” They all laughed. “But I guess maybe they’re becoming a
little civil.”
“She didn’t kill him for stepping on her foot, I’d say that’s civil,”
dead panned
Janeway. Torres groaned.
“Don’t even start,” she said, “Harry is still getting me on that one.
Every time he
steps on my heels, he brings that up.”
“Well, seeing you actually deck him *was* funny,” admitted Chakotay.
“And over
him stepping on your foot.”
“I wasn’t wearing any shoes,” Torres said, “and I have very sensitive
feet.”
“Uh huh,” Janeway said, “I think you were just looking for a reason to
deck him.”
Torres groaned again, trying not to laugh.
“I remember what the Doctor said,” Chakotay laughed, ” would you
please be as
kind as to explain how you managed to relocate Ensign Kim’s nose to his
ear?'”
“He did not!” They were all getting a pretty good laugh in on this,
until B’Elanna
managed to escape to Engineering on another call about the gel plates.

“So, how do I look?” Janeway asked, standing in front of the mirror in
their
quarters on Voyager. It was a large cabin, jointed from the Captain and
Commander
quarters. Nearly a week had passed since Janeway and Chakotay had taken
the jobs.
“Wonderful,” Chakotay planted a kiss on her neck as he made his way
by, in
search of his elusive commbadge. Janeway straightened the clasp on her
hair, and looked
closely at her reflection. Her hand unconsciously raised to her collar,
where four pips lay.
They weren’t normal pips, a new standard had been implemented for this
special’
captaincy, and each gold pip was ringed in silver. Janeway briefly
wonderful whether the
crew would call her Admiral’ or Captain’. She hoped it was the latter,
that term felt
more natural to her.
It was almost like being back on Voyager, the uniform was the same,
the layout
was similar. But Chakotay standing behind her now at the mirror was
different, and much
of the crew was different. Still, she relished the renewed feeling of
power that she felt
now. Chakotay flipped the end of the ponytail, and Janeway playfully
whipped her head
back to slap the hair against his nose. She turned around, sighing as she
looked around
the room.
“Don’t mess with the captain’s hair,” she said with mock sternness,
“wasn’t that a
rule?”
“I can’t seem to remember,” Chakotay said, “try reminding me.”
“Not now,” she grinned, “I’ve got to be on the Bridge in ten minutes,
I don’t know
about you.”
“Let me check my calendar,” Chakotay made a face, getting in a kiss as
Janeway
got to her feet.
“Getting nervous?” Janeway asked.
“Nah,” Chakotay shook his head, “my turn. How do I look?” Janeway
scrunched
her face up as if thinking a bit too hard.
“I dunno, Chakotay, I might have to rethink this you being second in
command
thing,” she said.
“Why’s that?”
Janeway cocked her head, “I think you look too good. I might be
tempted on the
Bridge.”
“Well, that’s what the ready room is for, right?”
“I guess we can get some blinders or something,” Janeway thought to
herself.
“Well, I suppose it wouldn’t be a good thing for us to be late on the first
day, now would
it?”
“No,” Chakotay sighed, “I suppose not.”
“No groping in the turbolift.”
“Kathryn! I’m offended.”
“You should be,” Janeway grinned.
“I guess you know me too well,” Chakotay said, following her to the
door.
“Or at least your hormones,” came the dry retort.

They stepped onto the turbolift.
“Bridge,” Janeway commanded. “How’s my voice sound?”
“Captain-y,” Chakotay assented, “very commanding. Though you need to
stick
your chin out more.”
“Like this?”
“Yeah,” Chakotay said, giving her another quick kiss.
“Alright, now stop,” she smiled.
“Ah, no smiling either. You weren’t aloud to do that on Voyager
either.”
“Bull.”
“I know I am, but what are you?”
“The Captain.”
“Exactly. Now act like one.”
Janeway sighed, straightening her uniform, and turning to face the
doors.

The turbolift stopped, and as the doors parted, Janeway stepped onto
the Bridge.

END PART TWO

Disclaimer: Paramount owns everything to Voyager except for the cool stuff
that I add to
it.
I love, live for, thrive on, and almost always respond to mail. So send me
some!! C’mon,
if you’re brave enough to read the story, then you’re brave enough to tell
me what you
thought!

Alpha Quad Days, Delta Quad Nights
Episode Three, Part Three
Strength of Adornment
By: Sforzando

She stepped onto the Bridge. All heads turned. Chakotay’s footfalls
echoed behind her as she slowly made her way down to the command level.
Janeway took the time to meet the gaze of everyone on the Bridge, smiling
from
time to time at nervous faces. B’Elanna was beaming, barely able to stay
in her
uniform. She’d be needing a larger one as it was already, but B’Elanna
seemed so
jittery that she looked like she was ready to jump out of her clothes.
Janeway
turned her head to look at Chakotay, holding his gaze several beats longer
than
regulation may have approved; but they seemed beyond regulation.
Janeway stood in from of her command chair, arms crossed for a moment.

Chakotay stood quietly next to her, waiting. Finally Janeway lowered
herself into
her chair, and grasped the armrests for a moment, steadying herself.
“Status report,” she commanded. The tension broke, and a sigh seemed
to
come from the people around her.
“All helm controls are functioning at optimum levels,” reported Healy.
“Science is ready,” called Nirose.
“Operations is ready,” came Nugui’s call.
“All Engineering systems are functioning properly,” grinned Torres.
“All decks are secure,” announced a rather timid looking Lieutenant
who
had only boarded the day before, by the name of John Demamos.
“Good,” Janeway smiled, throwing a glance at Chakotay. She resisted
the
urge to stand again. “Are we cleared for launch?”
“Yes, ma’am,” said Torres.
“Well then, Lt. Healy, wipe that silly look off your face and take us
up.”
“Yes sir. Ma’am,” Healy complied nervously. There was a slight shift
of
the floor.
“Switching visual controls to Voyager,” announced Nugui after a
moment.
The image on the viewscreen changed to reveal the darkness of the star
field ahead
of them.
“Lt. Healy, bring us about, and set course on heading 2-3-7, Mark 5.
Warp
4,” commanded Janeway.
“Aye, Admiral.”
“Please, call me Captain.”
This was rewarded by a grin from Healy, “sure thing.”

They were on a straight course for Deep Space Nine, before they would
head out near the Cardassian border to begin their patrols. Janeway had
melded
into her chair, a slight boredom half-closing her eyes. Chakotay was an
excited
bundle next to her, constantly tapping away and reading things. She was
content
to simply sit for the moment. As it were it would still be several days at
low warp
before they reached the station, so she wasn’t in a hurry to be anywhere.
Voyager
was not due to report at Nevis Prime for another week.
Through half-lidded eyes Janeway watched the stars on the viewscreen
streak silently by. She listened to the varying beeps of the Bridge
consoles, and to
the sounds of Nirose and Jennon arguing. It was about something trivial,
so she
tuned them out. There was an occasional thoughtful noise from Ensign
Nugui, as
she listened to the two chief Science officers bicker. Healy’s head swayed
from
side to side as he hummed to himself. Chakotay had picked up the
infectious waltz
too, and was also humming. Torres had left the Bridge on another call from
the
Doctor, and a glance over her shoulder told Janeway that her strange new
chief
Security-Tactical officer was gone too.
A low whistle snapped Janeway out of the light doze, her eyes opened
and
she shook her head a bit to clear it. Chakotay was looking innocently at
her, and
Janeway chuckled. A glance at the chronometer said that their shift was
over, and
Janeway handed control of the Bridge over to the recently returned Torres
as she
and Chakotay made their way off the Bridge.

“You really shouldn’t be napping during the first day on the job,”
Chakotay
chided as they made their way down to the mess hall.
“I couldn’t help it,” Janeway stifled a yawn, “and I thought the old
days
were boring. What were Nirose and Jennon arguing about anyhow?”
“Aries,” called the near-smirking Nugui, as she passed them. The
young
Vulcan was still a bit loose, not quite stiffened by Vulcan order.
“Uh huh,” Janeway grunted at the receding form.
“What was he humming anyway?”
“*The Blue Danube*.”
“Mm. Catchy.”
“You hum it better than he does,” Janeway grinned as they stepped onto
a
turbolift.
“Really?”
“Yeah. He’s too low a bass for that number.”
“Since when am I a soprano?” Chakotay asked in a squeaky falsetto.
“I could make you one really quick.”
“I’ll stick with baritone.”
“Yeah, I figured you would.”
“Since when did you become such a music aficionado?” Chakotay asked.
“I always was,” said Janeway.
“You never told me.”
“You never asked,” Janeway stepped off the turbolift, and covered the
short distance to the mess hall.
“What other musical talents should I know about?” Chakotay wondered.
“I can’t sing,” Janeway declared.
“Really?”
“Yep, never have been any good. My voice was too grainy.”
“Grainy?”
“Yeah.”
“I would never have thought of it as that.”
“What *would* you have thought of it as, Chakotay?” Janeway queried,
ordering something from a replicator.
“Mm, I dunno. Macho.”
“Macho?” Janeway nearly snorted.
“In a good way, of course,” Chakotay defended himself.
“You are this close to being locked in your quarters, Commander,”
Janeway mocked.
“As long as I get you too,” Chakotay grinned.
“Down boy, we’re in public.”
“Darn.”
They sat down. The whole air of the ship seemed different now. It
was
difficult to explain, but something was different. Janeway suspected that
it had
something to do with them finally being out of port, and under new command.

Chakotay made a thoughtful sound.
“What?”
“That would explain why I keep hearing “Spring” when I wake up in the
mornings, wouldn’t it?”
Janeway gave him an innocent smile. “What do you mean?”
“Well,” Chakotay grinned, “when you’re in the shower, it’s either that
or
some other ancient Earth masterpiece you’ve got playing.”
“At least I’ve got good taste,” Janeway pointed at him with a fork, “I
didn’t exactly like your rendition of that Bajoran song the other day.”
Chakotay
laughed.
“A I thought you like the dirty lyrics.”
“Only you, Chakotay, only you,” Janeway tossed something green at him.

“Though I did like the line about the little Irish girl.”
” She can’t choose between coffee, whiskey or sex, and has a hard hard
time deciding which is the best’,” Chakotay sang lowly. Janeway laughed.
“I said not in public.”
” Spends her days watching others, and the nights watching me.
Someday
I’ll get lucky, someday she’ll see. I’m worth more than my weight in
latinum
pressed with gold, and I keep the bed warm at night, though her feet are
cold.'”
Chakotay was having a ball watching Janeway squirm, and she finally stuck
her
tongue out at him.
” He’s lucky that he’s allowed in at all, and arrives like a puppy at
my beck
and call. Someday he’ll get lucky, someday I’ll see, that’s there’s more
things to
life than-‘”
” -just you watching me!'” Chakotay ducked the napkin that was aimed
at
him, as he finished up her off-key supplement.
“Seriously Chakotay, you just don’t know when to quit,” Janeway
laughed.
“You started it.”
“Did not.”
“You’re the one who played the song first,” Chakotay said, picking the
napkin up off the floor.
“How was I supposed to know what was running through your head?”
Janeway grinned.
“Because its what is always what’s running through my head when you’re
getting dressed.”
“Then we’re just going to have to find you a blindfold or something,”
Janeway took her napkin back.
“How about a tranquilizer?”
“Sounds about right.”
“Yeah. For you.”
“Chakotay!”
“You’d be easier to catch that way,” smirked Chakotay.
“Just watch it Chakotay, or I’ll be up, dressed and on the bridge
before you
even find the snooze button in the morning.”
“Wonderful threat,” Chakotay rolled his eyes. “You need to work on
it.
How are the bad guys supposed to believe you like that?”
Janeway’s retort was cut off by B’Elanna’s arrival with a bowl of
something blue.
“I thought you were on the Bridge,” Janeway said.
“So I got hungry,” Torres shrugged.
“Spying on us, eh?”
“If I were I’d find a better way of doing it,” Torres laughed at
Chakotay.
“So, excited to be picking up Harry?” Janeway asked, jabbing at her
dinner.
“Of course,” Torres grinned, blowing on a spoonful of blue, “I haven’t
seen
him in over a month. And it’ll be nice to get the affections of someone
other than
the Doctor.”
“Get him to scare the Doc off?”
“Yeah,” sighed Torres, “when I told him about you and Chakotay
becoming our new commanding officers, he talked to Captain Sisko and had a
few
strings pulled so he could be transferred early.”
“How sweet,” Janeway crooned.
“Yeah, I know. How long are we going to be at DS9?”
“Probably not more than three days,” Janeway said thoughtfully, “I
have an
appointment once we get there, but after you claim Harry we should be
ready.”
“Good,” Torres looked down at her bowl, “I’ll be right back.” She
went
off to the replicators.
“Appointment, eh? Finally going to get that surgery?”
“Yeah, a bit late, but Dr. Kenthas has an associate who’ll be there,”
Janeway leaned on the table.
“I was wondering, why *did* you have to wait so long to get this
done?”
Janeway shrugged, “I’m not sure, really. You’d have to ask the
doctors, I
suppose but it had something to do with its location and the sensitivity of
the
area.” She shrugged again as Torres sat back down.
“Sorry about that,” she said.
“We don’t mind,” Janeway kicked Chakotay under the table.
“Harry’s so excited about everything,” Torres confessed.
“About us or the baby?” Janeway queried.
“Both I guess. But when I found out I was pregnant, he nearly
flipped.”
“That bad?”
“No, it was a happy flip,” Torres grinned, “that was when he
originally filed to be
transferred to the Voyager. But he was also concerned about the safety of
raising a child either
here or on DS9. When we’re in a combat situation…”
“I see your point,” Janeway said, “so have you two decided on
something?”
“Well, Harry said that we’ll see how things are around the time when
I’m due, and then
we’d decide. Which is smart, because we really don’t know what things are
going to be like in
five or six months.”
“True.”
“But right now I’m happy to be here.”
“Well, that good to know. I was-” Janeway was cut off by a hail from
the Bridge.
“Nirose to TK,” Nirose’s voice was sharp over the line.
“What is it Calle?”
“The damn pods again…”
B’Elanna had abandoned her meal before the Lieutenant had finished her
complaint.

Janeway and Chakotay eventually went back to the Bridge to find out
just what the
problem had been.
“Remember the infection we found earlier?” Torres sighed, leaning
against a console. She
was sitting on the floor with a blackened gel plate in front of her.
“Well, this plate’s infected too.
And its a new plate, in the same conduit as before.” She shook her head.
“I just don’t know what
the problem is. We might need to get this whole thing replaced at DS9.”
With a grunt she got
back to her feet, and scowled at the plate as she picked it up. “Get
someone to bring up another
plate.”
“Maybe you should let the Doctor take a look at it,” Janeway called as
she went off the
Bridge. Chakotay laughed at Torres’s snorted laugh as she took the
turbolift off the bridge.

A few days later, Deep Space Nine appeared on long range sensors.
“Captain on the Bridge,” Nugui announced as Janeway strode onto the
Bridge. Chakotay
looked up from his seat on the command level.
“B’Elanna, how’s the new gel plate working?” Janeway took her seat.
“Which one?” Torres complained, holding up two. “We’re going to have
to replace this
whole console and the back Ops panel too.”
More delays. “Great,” murmured Janeway. She sat up a little. “Lt.
Healy, how long until
we reach Deep Space Nine?”
“Approximately six hours.”
“Good. Nugui, when we get within communications range I want you to
let them know
we need to make some repairs too.”
“Aye, Captain.”
“Mr. Healy, increase speed to Warp 5.”
“Yes ma’am.”
“I’ll be in my ready room, Commander Chakotay, you have the Bridge.”

A few hours later, the door to Janeway’s ready room chimed. It chimed
twice more
before getting a response.
“Enter.”
Chakotay laughed as the doors closed behind him, and he noticed
Janeway’s face pressed
onto her desk.
“That tired?”
“Like you wouldn’t believe,” Janeway yawned. She sat up and rubbed
her forehead.
“You should get more sleep.”
“I was,” Janeway grinned sheepishly. “What can I do you for
Chakotay?”
“Nothing really. I was just curious to see if you were asleep.”
“Well, I wouldn’t be so tired if someone didn’t keep me up all night.”
“Was that last night with the snoring or the night before with the
singing?”
“Very funny,” Janeway wrinkled her nose. “I don’t snore.”
“I suppose that’s just the duck that I’m rooming with then?” Chakotay
flopped onto the
couch.
“I’ll duck you,” Janeway rose from her seat and flopped down next to
Chakotay on the
couch. She leaned her head on his shoulder.
“Okay, you don’t snore.”
“You do.”
“Maybe. I dunno, usually I’m asleep.”
“Yeah.” Janeway yawned again. “So, how far are we to DS9?”
“Another hour,” Chakotay said, “we got docking clearance, and the
equipment for
B’Elanna to replace everything.”
“Have they figured out what was wrong?”
“Well, B’Elanna took one of the plates down to Sickbay, under your
advice,” Chakotay
grinned, “he’s still looking at it.” Janeway nodded thoughtfully.
“I suppose she fled as soon as she got down there and delivered it to
the Doctor?”
“Actually I think she stayed awhile to threaten him,” Chakotay
laughed.
“Isn’t that sweet.” Janeway sat up, rubbing her neck.
“Yeah. B’Elanna said that she’ll have a team taking out the infected
stuff this afternoon,
and tomorrow they’ll reinstall everything once it arrives.”
“Sounds like a good plan to me,” decided Janeway.

The main upper docking pylon loomed above Voyager as the clamps took
hold. Torres
and Chakotay were already on their way down to the off-load spot.
“Docking clamps are in place,” announced Healy, “all systems are
secured.”
“Good,” Janeway tapped a fist on the arm of her chair. “You know the
drill, as soon as
you’re off duty you’re free to roam. Just don’t get into any trouble.”
“What about you, Captain?” asked Nirose, leaning on her console.
“I’ve an appointment on the station.”
“Aren’t you lucky?”
“Yeah.” Janeway rose to her feet. “You have the Bridge, Ms. Nirose.”

“So, getting nervous?” Janeway asked as the off loading doors were
secured.
“Me? Nervous? What makes you think that?” tittered Torres as she
watched the lights go
blue. She glanced at the dozen or so other people who were waiting for the
doors to open.
“Oh, nothing,” grinned Janeway. The doors finally pulled open and
Torres darted out into
the hall. When Janeway and Chakotay made there way out Torres and Kim were
still hugging
hello.
“Isn’t that just sweet?” Chakotay cooed into Janeway’s ear. She
laughed and pecked him
on the cheek.
“Hush you,” she laughed and led them over to where Torres and Kim were
talking. Kim
was making a comment on his wife’s stomach when they arrived.
“-are looking like you’re pregnant. Oh, hey Captain, Commander. Go
to see you guys
again,” Kim shook their hands.
“Ready to get back to ship life?” asked Janeway.
“Anything has to be better than this,” Kim said dryly.
“I’m glad to hear that.”
“So when are we leaving?” Kim asked.
“Not for awhile Harry,” grinned Torres, “I’m putting you to work for
that pregnant
comment.”
“Aw, no fair,” laughed Kim.
“Well, we’ll be seeing you two later,” Janeway said. Nodding, Kim
dragged B’Elanna off
to show her something.
“What time’s your appointment?” asked Chakotay as they made their way
to the
Promenade.
“In an hour or so,” Janeway said. “Want to get something to drink?”
“How about Vulcan?”
“Vulcan? I might need to drag you along and let a doctor look at
you,” Janeway laughed.
“That was the idea.”
Janeway laughed again. “Oh, Chakotay you’re hopeless.”
“But you like’m that way don’t you?”
“Only you, Chakotay. Now, how about that drink?”

END PART THREE
END EPISODE THREE

Posted in Voyager | Tagged , | Leave a comment